we
2
4
i+ q
‘ Pane
‘ i ua
<r hee 8
il vue
. vot $
.
ie” foe P ‘
: rt Pu ees “wt
eos r
dic
: : rarer ec ae) rete be!
, eek ‘ fhe ket wees xi)
Acuna se ivietra itn Harner Tay
av 5
.
'
ia)
Fs rm
Leu)
‘,
: ‘
” “se of
: "4
s' '
' ,
J? ms
+p had reo :
hs : 5 tees esti 1)
iv 88 Gedo te Beir
qe 7
ey
rr
a
" ‘ote Ope a8 ed ert
: fay Th prelate Gt yt
bax “ ’ HVE GOhege
} ae re apadve aig
a Retbpdeudinats hee mR ee ane el
- ‘
i : nr
¢ ne
Sorter tiers en a)
ee mereren er irae 20 te,
rere err mrcmer ier ie,
: Weeder
yore tl
: B Parree er Nr Te En oe
Se et Sha teghetane ey bad ae se
a Pirate cA TY Piety ted lm OH patie ave
rer Sees Se) @ Leyes arr erat s aes
Pr ESOS are ear ee Mee rer Mr srave sem ptau
pre reveM ry Perey ale ae Tr Tene ene be eds Beate beg
Vi 'es borers ie. erp ys $0: bab ePwae at om
> piel nae Pitted ne dee gat pe
bel Ae pied Ltt ee tite * aa
A dy eae PG She 0 Beas dts cde etal
vari esd or Hike tae? te aber eid
Rt Lie ear bce cee fae i by ne Taare +
BIT wo 56 capte pace hee eat ae OF:
Sedei od eas beat dt ny tune
eet oy her ted
Ped © bbe ceaatian
peat
we
age
ee werar ie yt
y ea pa ad
PPT re rate)
ue MGay Waymrarecs egy Pk A
Cry obese
Or ere
o fas eile ete
; ton mabe
oe “ a vie wpeaed ke)
poe abe ae
AS, ‘ ‘i 7 ‘ the ner Fy
flee ag
io <a 8
ae ee
roy ay ka
Wee ge
fo Ber trace bathe Aa WS
Re? w@e bb ¥ PRP Sy
720) © Rome) ek tee ee dy
1 Pa! Pe wee oe &
re yy + rey
Picea ge fe :
rors
so geet
er a
ee
.
dea toecase Ww
th sh eo ara seate Deegers
Heap et Wa wes mweers race) Oh hee
oO Eta adnan sede 304 Fae rermerti)
aaa
tyne Oe
Ct On a Oe bape tame aioe
pbs ey ater edew hag
eon ener
DRL Set eecranvany Timmer lave tc Pt Tet Nenees PTC | 1 e
<a st n'a : Pb;AiReW warts co ivdveawcern sie te are Rimi mebebrinenaciiaye drateve Rapergeeh
ayes | “prdegyestpren ta canis p's ; H
sae Rb te ve be ys eigen We rerletyy te
ee y
a Oe a ir te er etaerirte
ow he beadai'y
ie
teat
’
eer ree re Coy
ri ett
perry
uesete gb
pete dg REVO ee ib deny heed
Vile otaey ee er ree +
here.
Pe ee en er eer er eee)
eee re Se ee es ee
BEDE be om Re ve we ce
toon
” Ce ree .
Prete a i
tfeeuedea fa epee te Me eer
Pere eS oe
po
a eo SY ee.
; tg
tee a eee iret
UB ge’ VR
iakdill 1
A) LIRA, Sdedp '
of Sal Rat i
Wh i) Bis,
bee | | severe
Ran ee we.
| Wry Wry y eeh H
We : Wwe rs a Ed 7 ie > = X “as 2
| i hy : TOT ML AL Lid
pee y oD nn AMINE =
iat tah eh heh ee .
ys 5 suite ae PDD A AAIAT TN | : ‘ a
e
Sug
* : 3 : mete fe a ig)
eo gyal yest y VoUe
; ‘ arava a ty
os tet A 4 ‘e we
wi raf ees ees 4 tee g as
atahn id 4,_¢
wty oN
aad | ern
\% 5 a = gi ALN ee
UN iwaser~ ype
Witty oe ae ee ;
Wisi Worn etree uta tate ull
epee ‘ Wyner j
TS OF Dt vee “tT ) : Tstwy : = De NS
eT ANITA AAA BATH 6 ¥ US a ~ wav | AA we! byte
eye Smee cake aweztas . heeeed |) Sa ROS 8 ahd Ve weNere MNT vee
vy : SoS ‘ ; : : Br, i & 4 Se vy ;
— = } g Y yey ww 2 it & ce= ~g9VT
4s eee Ripe Dh ikea da hl fei dea Liphh i eal
woth nal aa F mote | 7 Lz VUEe | hal dh | RA ey Re es
£59 Se OR, : te ee BE ,
we Ne padded ed SO
: 3 ‘ 5 4 % wed Sy
bee fut = ¢ ”
COLT Oe
- APs, | ww
ee & 5 eS es yy Ye S
eel ow Ap A»
siggy
eg ew pet 4 eA
bbl | gOS eeice e a thy hy
Yee
as or * RG bites € - —~7 , . |
SOW TTTDAE Ean eee amatthaw yan tha aaa ceacaptteeesaetee TT NYT Doar
: eet eettr ar enone ae if + 5 Ae he i a Pree Wy : ante of Mey ES ited 4 se Le ee
1 ht heed mee dilileht i ch eect MARL DTS ena Lhe LEN Ei)
sod atm Dare Rw oe
>
Vurreue~ Vvurvw
Mh 4 body ahve :
ts
pare. oe $
4
4 cnt Pe Na x
Te) Vues be ¥ 4)
; bee
Tee ues :
AAAS aa
' [ }
dgi oak TR bab hdl
wd»
Maly wu as
Nel wen
Wiseun,
| hike
we egoaere® TTA Nth) NA et
wo cayennnnt every «7 ey HTT TT oe
“Fy ty, ce “* up Stay “CU pere oe 1
nate area {
WU YN RE veer se rere’ a
“1, \ y eH yet Ue. ‘Tl wie~ 5 hh fn rl Mdddar
VFiy i ;
A : a
io Pel y A j my La ne On | wo ,
a Syren ay Ww i Sa am “K a oe t : ge!
ay Oy Wy | wv
i ST URUUTAHKTUN ITE
Sv : -
(Oy ee it Wh Wnt
= § i i; ww SF C Pug er \y LT
% Cty eee eT semi. oD sueceet j PPh Sin
"4 fy ‘y,°an sof ysee cease see -* A dL AM prettonye,
r] De he ny a wes - S0eunu =
bh "on, id Ph he SEmaNrty | tent a bh heed ay for |
i SO ee sia A
ad HA ‘ivy Tt Wypyrevtti ddtoee ¢? yous ty yy ell dee die |
Vw Me TT Mp yvee le ee Te Vevey cae Sg Ss it
au
bea iF
“seerEMBER 1907
‘York State Museum
_ Joun M. Charke, Dice =; 7 < ot ae
fey Bulletin. ss wo eer
BY
Wis
H. P. CUSHING »
tae toa eter 1 OPGSTapih ya fe ois nek oe
PUeAever acs ws... 451 Gliciatione 20... 42° ss ot ae
pees, tds. Mconomic=peology a... Sossg es: 502
Vteeets oct 45001: Pettasraphy- of the rocks. eka pee SOS
Wane ons 404 Index... sre ees Ryman ss te bes SS oeO
: a ALBANY.
NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
; ot yy Re i
Recor eat S Price 25 cents
°
STATE OF NEW YORK
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1913, WHITELAW REID M.A. LL.D. Chancellor - - - New York
1917 St Cuatrr McKetway M.A.LL.D.Vice Chancellor Brooklyn
1908 DanieL BeacuH Ph.D. LL.D: - - - - - = - Watkins
1914 Puiny T. Sexton LL.B. LE.D) - = = - == Baliye
1912 T. GuitrorpD SmirH M.A. CE“ LL.D. -.- > = Biteae
1918 WitLtiAM NotrincHamM M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. - - Syracuse
1910 Cares A. GARDINER Ph.D. L.H.D.LL.D. D.C.L. New York |
I9I15 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. Albany
1911 Epwarp LautersAcH M.A. LL.D. - - - - - New York —
1909 EUGENE A. Puirpin LL.B. LL.D. - - = =) = Neweiiams
1916 Lucian L. SHEDDEN LL.B. - - - - - - - Plattsburg
Commissioner of Education
ANDREW S. Draper LL.B. LL.D.
; Assistant Commissioners
Howarp J. Rocers M.A. LL.D. First Assistant
Epwarp J. Goopwin Lit.D. L.H.D. Second Assistant
Aueustus SS. Downine M.A. Pd:D. LL.D. Third Assistant
Secretary to the Commissioner
Haran H. Horner B.A.
Director of State Library
Epwin H. AnpgerRson M.A.
Director of Science and State Museum
Joun M. Crarxe.Ph, Dy bi»:
Chiefs of Divisions
Accounts, W1LL1AM Mason
Attendance, James D. SULLIVAN
Educational Extension, Witt1am R. Eastman M.A. M.L.S.
Examinations, CHARLES F. WHEELOCK B.S. LL.D.
Inspections, FRANK H. Woop M.A.
Law, THomas E, Frnecan M.A.
School Libraries, Cuarues E. Fitcu L.H.D.
Statistics, Hrram C. Case
Visual Instruction, DELANcEY M. Eris
e 7 :) - s 7 |
maa es eo > ‘
PCS ee ee ee es ee heer
EO ee ea ee eae ee ee eee
New York State Education Department
Science Division, October 19, 1906
communicate herewith, for publication as a bulletin
useum, an account of the geology of the Adirondack
as the Long Lake quadrangle accompanied by a
on the scale of r mile to the inch, both of which
ared by Prof. H. P. Cushing.
Very respectfully
Joun M. CLARKE
ag Director
9 publication this 20th day of October 1906
New York State Education Department
ee
New York State Museum
Joun M. Cuarke, Director
Bulletin I15
GEOLOGY 14
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRAN GLE
BY
H. P. CUSHING
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
A portion of the field work, on which the following report is
based, was done in conjunction with the topographers of the
United States Geological Survey, while they were mapping the
district. In country of this kind, where accurate location of out-
crops is by no means the least of the difficulties under which the
geologist labors, combined work of the sort is highly advantageous,
since the topographer locates the geologist’s outcrops for him,
and that with a high degree of accuracy. The arrangement was
_ highly advantageous to the State Museum, as well as to the writer,
and he wishes to express his hearty acknowledgments to Mr H. M.
Wilson, whose permission made the arrangement possible, and
to Mr J. M. Whitman jr, and Mr A. P. Meade jr, for a vast number
of courtesies, and a very helpful and pleasant field season.
SITUATION~ AND CHARACTER
The Long Lake quadrangle comprises that part of the Adirondack
region lying between parallels 44° and 44°15’n. latitude, and merid-
ians 74° 15’ and 74° 30’ w. longitude, its area being slightly over 218
square miles. If the Adirondack region is understood to comprise
_ the entire district of the north woods, then this quadrangle lies
| about midway, or in the heart of the district. It is however situ-
- ated on the western border of the more rugged portion of the
area, that included in the Adirondack mountains proper.
The quadrangle is noteworthy for the variety of topography
presented. The main axis of elevation of the region crosses it,
451
452 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
and its eastern border hugs the western edge of the high Adiron-
dacks, the Santanoni quadrangle, just east, being one of the loftiest,
most rugged, and most unsettled of the whole region. The southern
border of the depressed “‘ lake belt’ shows well in the northern
part of the quadrangle. The northern and southern halves of the
Adirondack region are of somewhat different topographic char-
acter, great igneous rock masses predominating in the former,
and gneisses of various kinds in the latter, and the line of division
between the two crosses the quadrangle from east to west about
midway. The differences however are not as prominently brought
out in the sketching, as they appear in the field.
The Raquette, one of the greatest of the Adirondack streams,
runs across the quadrangle, Long lake being merely a somewhat
widened and perhaps deepened portion of the strearn, which
enters it at one end and leaves it at the other. The great reach
from Raquette falls to Piercefield, not far beyond the map limits
to the west, is the longest possessed by any Adirondack stream.
The rapids at Raquette falls are the only interruption to naviga-
tion on the river which are found within the map limits.
The quadrangle is also nicely illustrative of the number and
variety of the Adirondack lakes and ponds, 57 of which are found,
in whole or in part, within its borders. Threeof the larger lakes of
the region, Big Tupper, Upper Saranac and Long lakes, are shown
in part, somewhat over half the length, and all the wider part
of Long lake being included. Of those wholly within the area of
the map, Follensby pond is the largest, followed in order by
Catlin lake, and Big Simons and Jenkins ponds, with thence a
regular downward gradation to ponds so small as to make little
showing on a map of this scale. In elevation of mean water level
they range from the 1534 feet of Big Tupper and Big Simons, to
the 2050 feet of Seward pond. Some of them are rock bound, in
whole or part, with frequent rock islands; others have low shores
of morainic material or of sand. Many of these latter are exceed-
ingly shallow and are being rapidly converted into marshes. The
extent of this conversion is well brought out on the map in
several instances, as in the case of Pickwacket pond, in the extreme
southeast portion of the quadrangle, and of Pickerel pond, 2 miles*
south of east of Axton. The Tupper Lake reservoir is simply a
dredged out portion of what was a nearly marsh-filled lake basin.
With its frequent lakes, the long. reach of the Raquette river
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 453
with its bordering swamps and cut-off oxbows, the broad belt of low-
land separating the highlands of the north from those of the
south part of the quadrangle, and the difference in character of
those two highland areas, the quadrangle shows a diversity of
topography rather unusual, even for an Adirondack map sheet.
Practically the entire area was forest covered until recently, and
most of itis yet thus covered, though with a sadly changed forest.
The rapid growth of the village of Tupper Lake, especially as a
lumber center, has resulted in a steady increase in the amount
of cleared land in its vicinity, and within the past 15 years the
removal of the timber from the district has been rapid. The ordi-
nary wasteful lumbering of the conifers (and much of the lumbering
in the district has been of that type) is bad enough. But in addi-
tion a vast amount of small wood for paper pulp has. recently
been cut, and also much hard wood, so that there is now a wide
area in the northern part of the quadrangle and thence north-
ward for many miles, which has been practically deforested, and
through which the great forest fires of May 1904 ran widely. Here
as elsewhere, the Adirondack forest is disappearing, and much
of it disappearing in such-wise that reforestation will be a difficult,
if not impossivle matter.
GENERAL GEOLOGY
With the exception of the very recent, unconsolidated surface
deposits, all the rocks found within the limits of the quadrangle
are of Precambric age, or belong to the oldest known, great rock
group. The length of that part of the earth’s history which these
rocks record is not known, either absolutely or relatively, but it
is known that the lapse of time involved is exceedingly great.
and it is quite probable that 50% or more of the entire geologic
history of the earth is included. Furthermore most of the Adiron-
dack rocks are of early Precambric age, or were formed during
the first half of this long time interval. They are hence to be classed
as among the earliest of the known rocks of the earth.
There are at least four great groups of these Precambric rocks,
and their relations to one another are, for the most part, known.
Unquestionably these groups are more or less capable of minor
subdivision, but comparatively slight progress has yet been made
in this direction. The study and interpretation of the history
which these rocks imperfectly record is a matter of extreme diffi-
culty, because the rocks have been profoundly modified, both
454 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
texturally and structurally, by action of great compressive forces,
so much so that many of them have lost all trace of their original
character. These four groups are.
t A series of old sedimentary rocks, the Grenville series, much
involved with igneous rocks some of which seem of approximately
the same age.
2 A series of gneisses which seem to be mainly or wholly of
igneous origin, which may be, in part, older than the Grenville
rocks, though no certain evidence of this has yet been forthcoming
in the Adirondack region. If there are in the region any exposed
rocks more ancient than the Grenville rocks, they are here.
3 A series of igneous rocks, usually in great masses (batholites),
which are demonstrably younger than both the preceding, and
which are not so profoundly changed in character, retaining often
traces of their original textures and structures.
4 A series of very much younger igneous rocks which have under-
gone little change since their intrusion.
Rocks belonging to all four of these groups are found within the
area of the Long Lake quadrangle, and all but the last have an ex-
tensive representation, the quadrangle being rather unusual in this
respect. .
Grenville series. Here are classed certain wel! banded gneisses
and schists, some of them very quartzose and grading into quartz-
ites, with bands of varying thickness of coarsely crystalline lime-
stone. They are believed to be old water-deposited rocks, ancient
sheets of sand, mud and calcareous mud deposited on the floor of
some large body of shallow water, in all probability the sea. There
is apparently a great thickness of these rocks, but neither their base
nor summit is known, and they are so disturbed, and usually so
poorly exposed that our ideas concerning their thickness are of the
vaguest. They must-have been deposited upon a floor of older rocks,
but we are at present ignorant as to what these rocks were, and
whether or not they are anywhere exposed in the district.
Because of the thickness and the frequent changes in the char-
acter of the deposit it is certain that the deposition of these rocks
took a long time, pointing to a protracted submergence of the area
at this early day, with frequent relative oscillations of the land and
water levels. The close association of igneous rocks with them, some
at least of which seem only found in this association, is thought to
point to closely contemporaneous igneous action on a large scale.
‘
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 455
Doubtful gneisses. Here are classed other rocks, differing from
the preceding in that they seem to be wholly of igneous origin.
They have been equally, if not more, changed from their original
condition than have the rocks of the preceding group, and all traces
of their original characters have disappeared. Similar rocks, in
general not to be distinguished from them, occur associated with
the sediments, where they are clearly as young, or younger than
they are. So these may represent great masses of such rocks,
massed in such amount as to have wholly displaced the sediments.
On the other hand they may be, in part, older and represent the
rocks of the floor on which the sediments were deposited. The
question is, as yet, undecided; the former is the more probable.
Great igneous intrusions. The rocks of the two preceding series
at present found in the district constitute only a fragmentary rem-
nant of those formed at this early time. They have suffered large
loss from above by surface wear, slow but long continued. They
have likely also suffered loss from beneath owing to the attack of
masses of igneous rocks which were working their way upward.
Prior to the appearance of these intrusions the older rocks seem to
have suffered compression and as a result to have been much
changed in character. At the time of compression they must have
been buried under a considerable load of overlying rock, the great
masses of the intrusions solidified under large load, and both are
now at the surface because of the removal of this overlying rock
during long ages of surface erosion. The intrusive rocks invaded
the entire district, but Essex and southern Franklin counties felt
the full force of the invasion, these igneous rocks forming most of
the present surface there, while elsewhere they are not as prominent.
These igneous rocks may be grouped into four great classes, anor-
thosites, syenites, granites and gabbros, all no doubt derived from
some great parent molten mass beneath by some process of dif-
ferentiation. The anorthosite intrusion was the first and bulkiest,
forms the heart of the igneous district, and was followed by smaller
and more scattered intrusions of syenite, of granite and of gabbro.
These rocks have also been profoundly modified by the action of
great compressive forces, while deeply buried, but are not so thor-
oughly changed in character as the earlier rocks, retaining many
traces of their original structures.
Following this time of igneous intrusion the region seems to have
been a land area for long ages and to have undergone a prodigious
456 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
amount of surface wear during the interval. The thickness of rock
removed is purely conjectural but must have been large, several
thousand feet at least.
Later igneous rocks. Toward the close of this long erosion period
came another time of igneous activity in the region, molten rock
ascending toward the surface, and utilizing a system of east-west
fissures for its ascent. Such lava-filled fissures are known as dikes,
and such dikes are very numerous in the northeastern Adirondack
region, though rather uncommon in the district under considera-
tion. There was likely volcanic action at the surface, but this can
only be conjectured since no known vestige of that surface now
remains, all having. been since worn away. The source of the ma-
terial is equally conjectural, though quite likely the same as that
whence the great intrusions sprang. At the present surface we
see only the old, lava-filled channels of ascent.
Erosion still continuing after the close of the igneous activity,
the surface was still further lowered, but by an amount to be meas-
ured in hundreds rather than thousands of feet, the character of
the dike rocks clearly indicating that they solidified at no great
depth.
Paleozoic submergence. Around the borders of the Adirondack
region we find, resting upon the Precambric rocks, a series of
sandstones, limestones and shales of early Paleozoic age, the Pots-
dam sandstone of Cambric age beneath, and above in order the
Beekmantown dolomites and limestone, the Chazy, Lowville, Black
River and Trenton limestones, and the Utica shale, all of Lower
Siluric age. In the heart of the region such rocks are wholly
absent, save as scattered glacial boulders. Yet nothing is more
certain than that they formerly extended over much of, if not
over the entire, Adirondacks. When the submergence beneath
the waters of the sea began, the region had been worn down to a
comparatively smooth surface by long-continued erosion, and
seems to have had a low, domelike summit in the present south-
western part of the region, whence it sloped gently away on all
sides. The encroachment of the sea was not steady but in oscil-
latory fashion, but was in general progressive; in other words the
waters of the successive seas usually covered a larger part of the
yome than their predecessors had done. This was especially true
jin the northeastern part of the district. Where we today find the
Paleozoic rocks we can be sure that the sea was present, but since
‘
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 457
they have been worn away from most of the region, the extent of
the various seas is highly conjectural. It is quite unlikely that
deposits of Potsdam age were ever laid down within the area of
the Long Lake quadrangle. But the Beekmantown waters may
have reached the district, it is quite likely that the Chazy waters
did, and that deposits of Trenton and Utica age were laid down
here is highly probable. The thickness which such deposits may
have attained here can only be guessed at, but may well have
amounted to several hundred feet.
Subsequent history. At the close of the Lower Siluric the sea
disappeared from the region and there is no evidence that it has
since been submerged. It has instead been a land area, its sur-
face undergoing wear. The altitude above the sea has however
been changed from time to time, and whenever it has been increased,
greater capacity has been given to the eroding agents. Many mil-
lions of years have passed since the close of Lower Siluric time,
no one can say just how many, and in that time every vestige of
the deposits of that age has disappeared from the surface of the
quadrangle, and the Precambric rocks beneath have also been
eroded somewhat. What thickness of these rocks has thus been
worn away can not be told, but many hundreds of feet seem to have
thus disappeared from the hilltops, and from 1000 to 2000 feet
more from the valleys. This is a considerable erosion, but
apparently of much less magnitude than the great Precambric
erosion.
At the close of the Paleozoic occurred the greatest of the Post-
cambric disturbances of the region. Great lines of fracture were
formed, along which slipping, or faulting, of the rocks took place,
along with much minor cross faulting. The great faults have a
north to northeast course across the district, dividing it into a
great series of slices. The cross faults more or less break these up
into blocks of varying size, and at various levels. Some slight fold-
ing of the rocks also took place, but of very minor amount in com-
parison with the sharp folding in the New England area to the
eastward, and the main displacement of the district was by fault-
ing. Nearly all of the great faults downthrow to the east, produc-
ing a rude, steplike drop from the central area down to the Cham-
plain valley. To the eastward, in New England, folds, and large
faults which downthrow to the west, occur, resulting in the great
down-faulted trough of the valley. In the Long lake area and thence
™
458 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
westward, faults are not so prominent as to the east, and the general
altitude diminishes in that direction.
There was a minor period of igneous activity, in all probability
of this date, which affected the country east and north from the
Champlain valley, but not greatly to the west, and no rocks of this
date are known in the area of the quadrangle. The general result
of this period of disturbance was to considerably increase the
altitude of the interior region. .
A long period of comparative stability of level seems to have
followed, sufficientiy long to have permitted of the wearing down
of the whole region to a rather uniform, low altitude,.broad valleys
with rather low, insignificant divides constituting most of the
surface. Numerous hills were however left, with altitudes often
several hundred feet above the general level. Following this a
general increase in altitude occurred, greatest along the present
main axis of elevation, and with likely renewed slipping along the
faults on the Champlain side of the axis. The uplift renewed the
cutting power of the streams and they excavated the present valleys
of the region, the hills representing remaining portions of the pre-
vious surface. No doubt many minor changes occurred during
this long period, but as mere episodes in comparison with the two
greater movements.
Then followed the recent period of cold,and of ice advance over
the region. How many advances and retreats of the ice sheet
occurred across the Adirondacks can not be told, since the last
advance obliterated all traces of its predecessors, at least no traces
of them have yet been discerned. The ice plainly covered the
region to a depth sufficient to submerge even the highest hill tops,
and persisted for a considerable time. It did a respectable amount
of erosion, and, when retreating, covered the country unevenly
with glacial deposits. On its final disappearance it left the topogra-
phy modified somewhat, owing both to wear and to deposit, but
with its larger topographic features little changed. Ridge slopes
were smoothed, summits rounded, valleys clogged with deposit,
lakes produced either by inequality of deposit or by local excessive
downward erosion, stream courses more or less modified, a host of .
minor changes in detail, much altering the general appearance of
the region.
At the time of final disappearance of the ice the region had an
altitude somewhat lower than at present, the amount in the quad-
‘\ «
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE | 459
rangle being some 400 feet in all probability. The altitude has
since slowly increased to its present amount, and the upward move-
ment may yet be in progress.?
ROCKS
With the exception of the glacial deposits and boulders, and later
stream and lake accumulations, all the surface exposures occurring
in the quadrangle exhibit crystalline rocks of Precambric age.
These comprise not only considerable belts of the sedimentary
Grenville rocks, and great batholitic masses of anorthosites, syenites,
granites and gabbros, considerably younger than and intrusive into
the Grenville rocks, but also large areas of gneisses, which seem for
the most part igneous, which can not yet be classified, but which
are, at least in part, older than the great intrusions.
Grenville rocks. The most extensive belt of Grenville rocks
occurring within the quadrangle’s area has its broad northern end
penetrated by the upper part of Follensby pond, down whose shores
it runs for ? mile, with greatest breadth on the west side. It ex-
tends southward from Follensby to the Moose creek valley, curving
toward the southwest as it approaches it, and extends up this valley
and its continuation, the Bog stream valley, to the west edge of the
quadrangle.? Asit runs westit narrows to a breadth of less than a
mule, which is less than half the average breadth south from Fol-
lensby. _ This will hereafter be referred to as the Moose creek belt.
Another considerable belt of Grenville rocks runs west and north-
west from Round island, in Long lake, past Rock pond and Grampus
lake to the quadrangle edge, with an outlying small area to the
‘ south running west from Grampus lake. No trace of undoubted
Grenville rocks could be discovered on the east shore of Long lake,
opposite Round island, doubtful gneisses constituting that district.
This will be called the Rock pond belt.
A third belt is crossed by the Raquette river just below Long lake,
and extends up Cold river some 24 miles. This very likely extends
down the Raquette to a connection with the Moose creek belt, but
lack of outcrops in the interval save for a few meager exposures of
doubtful igneous gneisses, renders the matter uncertain. This is the
Cold river belt.
There is a considerable area of Grenville rocks about the lower
i For a fuller account of the geologic history of the region see N, ¥, State Mua, Bul, 93.
Pp, 272-94.
aSee accompanying map,
460 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
end of Lake Catlin in the extreme southeast part of the quadrangle.
This is likely a northward spur of the great Grenville belt which
Kemp has mapped as running east for miles along the Long Lake-
Newcomb road, in the Newcomb quadrangle which corners the
Long Lake quadrangle on the southeast. At the time Kemp’s
map was made only the actual limestones and closely associated
schists were being included in the Grenville, whereas these rocks
are quartz gneisses."
On the Tupper Lake quadrangle, next west of the Long Lake,
there is again at least one great belt of Grenville rocks, as yet
unmapped, for numerous exposures of these rocks appear for
several miles along that part of the Long Lake-Long Lake West
road which lies between Little Tupper lake and the railroad.
In addition to these belts there are several patches of varying
extent of Grenville rocks occurring within the quadrangle limits,
and such as have been recognized are indicated upon the accom-
panying map.
As usual, most of the Grenville country is valley country, owing
to the weakness of these rocks as compared with the other crystal-
lines. In general the outcrops are infrequent, scattered and
poorly exposed, so that little or nothing can be done toward de-
ciphering the stratigraphy, or.the structure. It is certain that the
rocks are considerably folded, and also that the folds pitch, causing
frequent changes in the direction of strike. The quartz gneisses
form an exception to the general rule. “ Where present in consider-
able thickness, as they are about the lower end of Lake Catlin,
they constitute respectable hills, several hundred feet in hight,
on the sides of which exposures abound.
These quartz gneisses, or schists, constitute a prominent feature
in the Grenville series of the quadrangle. They are metamorphosed
sandstones of varying degrees of purity, and occur in part in beds of
large thickness and fairly uniform character, and in part in com-
paratively thin beds, alternating with beds of mica gneiss and of
impure limestone. These latter quartz schists are much more
variable in character than are the thick ones. In general the rock
is rather evenly granular, though there are all gradations between
a sugary, granuiar, weak rock, and hard, solid, glassy quartzites.
In many instances thin layers of coarse, solid quartz alternate
with the granular layers, and may comprise upward of half the
tN. Y. State Geol, r7¢th An, Rep’t. Map opposite p. sso.
5
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 461
whole mass. They are however a much more prominent feature
of the thinner, variable beds, than of the large masses.
All these rocks are very quartzose, but all contain feldspars in
respectable amount. There are two main types of the rock min-
eralogically. In one a light-colored pyroxene (a white or light
green diopside) is a prominent constituent, while mica (usually
phlogopite) if present is subordinate; in the other the pyroxene
is subordinate or fails, and mica assumes much greater prominence.
The pyroxene rocks are much more apt to be granular and
weakly resistant to wear, while the mica rocks are comparable to
many of the igneous gneisses in resisting power, hence their ten-
dency to form hills. Much of the rock strongly resembles quite
pure quartzite, but careful inspection always shows a considerable
feldspar or pyroxene content.
The larger number of the Grenville exposures in the district show
a quite varying set of rocks in comparatively thin layers. The
quartz pyroxene gneisses described above constitute an important
feature. There are frequent, thin, micaceous bands in which, in
addition to the mica, there is increased pyroxene and feldspar,
and much diminished quartz, and which would seem to represent
thin shale bands. Equally frequent are basic bands of hornblende
mica gneiss, with black pyroxene and soda-lime feldspars for the
other constituents, which have thus the mineralogy of gabbros, but
are distinctly interbanded with the sediments. Rather thin bands
of limestone occur frequently, generally quite impure, showing
more or less pyroxene, titanite and graphite, grading often into
border rocks of black, heavy character and composed chiefly of
pyroxene. These limestones are interbanded with, and grade into
the quartz pyroxene gneisses, producing all sorts of intermediate
rocks, so that the series as a whole seems made up of alternate
limestones and sandstone bands, with an occasional thin layer of
shale. Exposures au not suffice to determine whether thick lime-
stone masses are, or are not present. Ophicalcite was found in one
single locality in the Moose creek belt. This general group of rocks
is the one represented at the majority of the Grenville exposures
of the quadrangle. Next to it in importance is the heavy quartzite
group. No sillimanite gneiss was encountered, which is surprising,
but not infrequently considerable masses of gneiss, both acid and
basic, all cut up by quartz veins, and with frequent bands of solid
quartz are met, which look sedimentary but are somewhat doubtful
462 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
since in composition they are close to some igneous rocks. But
their banded character, and the occasional appearance of thin bands
which are quite certainly sedimentary, strongly suggest a sedi-
mentary character for the whole. Such gneisses occur in force in
the Moose creek belt, along Bog river. The garnetiferous gneisses,
both acid and basic, which usually play sucha large role in the
Grenville make little show in the district, though occurring in
small amount here and there.
The Grenville rocks are all cut up by other rocks which seem
igneous. Some of these are plainly to be classified with the later
great intrusions; but others are quite unlike these. Of these last
some resemble phases of the gneisses here classed as doubtful, and
shortly to be described, while yet others seem to be peculiar to the
Grenville association and not to be found elsewhere. Yet their
discrimination is a matter of great difficulty, there are so many
phases of the other rocks to be borne in mind. Further their sup-
posed diagnostic characters are much easier to recognize than to
describe. Some rocks which seem quite certainly igneous are often
apparently interbanded with the sediments, and may represent
heavily metamorphosed contemporaneous sheets, or flows, or even
beds of volcanicash. Other rocks which are unquestionably igneous,
cut the sediments, and yet have not so far been certainly recognized
away from the Grenville association. While indisputably later
than the rocks which they cut, they are thought to be not greatly
younger, and to be much older than the big intrusions. Yet the
whole question is an exceedingly difficult one, and the poor and
sparse rock exposures of the Grenville throw little light upon it.
Some of these rocks have the composition, or at least the mineral-
ogy, of granites, some of syenites, and some of gabbros. The latter
are perhaps more apt to be distinctly interbedded with the sedi-
ments than are the others, though all seem to have that occurrence
at times.
There seems considerable uniformity of structure in the different
Grenville belts.. The general strike varies from west to northwest,
and the usual dips are to the south and frequently high. In the
Rock pond belt the strike varies between n. 30° w. and n. 60° w. in
the Grampus lake vicinity, and from n. 60° w. to west nearer Long
lake, hence has general parallelism with the trend of the belt. Inthe
Moose creek belt the exposures are very poor and the dips are flat, so
that it is difficult to get observations of any pretense to accuracy upon
‘ .
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 463
the strike. South from Follensby pond the rocks are much folded
and with a general northwest strike, and south dip, but with much
variation in both. This is in sharp contrast with the prevailing and
usually high south dips in the Rock pond belt. The high dips
occasionally run up to verticality and become steep north, sug-
gesting the truncated tops of closed folds, but the north dip never
persists very far. The Follensby Grenville is plainly cut out along
the strike by the syenites which lie to the west, as would be expected
from their proved intrusive character and later date.
Along Cold river the strike varies from n. 25° w. to n. 50° w. in
the few exposures, with a general dip of 45° s., though with much
variation and plainly much folding. This strike is very suggestive
of the extension of this belt to the northwest to a connection with
the Moose creek belt, the proof of which can not be furnished owing
to lack of exposures. |
About Lake Catlin the strike varies from n. 80° w. to n. 60° w.
and the dip is again to the south, and usually under 25°. West of
the lake the sediments are much involved with gneisses apparently
igneous, which soon cut them out entirely. On the hill in the
extreme southeast corner of the quadrangle there is a thickness of
close to 500 feet of the quartz gneiss exposed.
No order of rock succession involving the different members of
the Grenville could be made out anywhere, and but the vaguest
ideas concerning the thickness could be obtained. In addition to
the quartz gneiss thickness just quoted, a thickness of at least 200
feet of quartz pyroxene gneiss and impure limestone is shown on
the low hill just south of Rock pond. But these are mere local
details of what is certainly a great and thick rock series.
Doubtful gneisses. These rocks divide themselves into two main
groups: in the one we find comparatively uniform igneous gneisses
without sedimentary admixture; in the other frequent bands or
patches of Grenville rocks, and also frequent rocks of doubtful
nature but with a Grenville look, appear, associated with the igneous
gneisses. The first group will be styled for convenience the ‘‘ Long
lake gneiss’ and the second “the Grampus egneiss.’”’ The edge
of another great mass of these rocks appears in the extreme north-
west part of the quadrangle, and extends widely westward. This
will be called the “ Piercefield gneiss.”
Long lake gneiss. This occupies a large area in the southern
half of the quadrangle on both sides of Long lake, constituting the
464 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
usual rock which borders the Grenville belts. The exposures ex-
hibit a fairly uniform mass of gneiss, uniform in that it has a certain
facies which is readily recognizable. It is not uniform in composi-
tion, since it varies from a red, granitic gneiss to a black, gabbroic
one, both kinds occurring in many exposures. But the bulk of the
gneiss consists of these two sharply contrasted rock varieties.
Frequent intermediate varieties occur, and the granitic gneiss shows
considerable minor variation; but the group as a whole consists of
alternating masses of granitic and gabbroic gneiss.
The granitic gneisses show a twofold facies; most commonly they
are finely and evenly granular and quite gneissoid; but mingled
with these are many masses of quite coarse, granitic make-up,
vastly less gneissoid than the other. In a few cases very quartzose
granites of the Morris type, shortly to be described, occur, and they
distinctly cut the other and are therefore younger. But in the
majority of instances no such relationship is observable, and the
distinct impression is created that the one rock is merely a phase ©
of the other; or in other words that the coarse material differs from
the fine merely in having localiy escaped the excessive granulation
which that has experienced.
A red to brown feldspar is always much the most prominent con-
stituent of this rock, comprising from 60 per cent to 80 per cent
of the whole.t Quartz forms on the average from 15 per cent to
20 per cent, but runs both higher and lower. Black mica (biotite)
is the next mineral in importance, though usually accompanied
and frequently wholly replaced by hornblende. Both the granites
and the granitic gneiss have essentially the same composition,
though the latter are usually richer in the black, ferro-magnesian
minerals.
Black, amphibolitic gneisses constitute from 20 per cent to 30 per
cent of the general mass of the Long lake gneiss. Sometimes they
occur in bands only a few feet in thickness with red gneisses above
and below, and here they usually appear interbanded, or in other
words the contacts are parallel with the general foliation of the
mass. From these smaller bands there are all gradations up to
very thick masses of large areal extent.. For the most part these
are hornblende feldspar gneisses, or amphibolites, the feldspar
being mainly plagioclase, ranging from andesin to basic labra-
1 The mineralogy of this and the succeeding rocks will be described in detail in a later
portion of this report.
"
GEOLOGY OF. THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE - 465
dorite. They range from fine grained, heavy, resistant rocks, to
coarse, well foliated masses with conspicuous platy hornblende,
which are weakly resistant and easily decayed. In the former type
there is apt to be considerable pyroxene in addition to the horn-
blende. In the latter black mica is pretty sure to develop, some-
times in considerable quantity, assisting the platy hornblende in
the development of well marked foliation.
In many cases rocks, distinctly intermediate in character be-
tween these amphibolites and the granitic gneisses, have been
observed. In no case have they been seen to acquire large bulk,
and in no case has it been possible to definitely determine their
relationships. But since the amphibolites seem at times to shade
into the granites through intermediate rocks of the sort, it is quite
likely that we are dealing with impregnation of one rock by the
other, with the effect disguised and equalized by the subsequent
metamorphism.
In all cases where these amphibolites occur in considerable masses,
comparatively unmetamorphosed cores are found which show typi-
cal gabbro (hyperite) as the original rock. All such found have
been mapped as gabbro, both the unchanged core and the sur-
rounding amphibolite being included. In the case of the smaller
masses such definite evidence of origin is lacking, and all such have
been included in the general mass of the gneiss. Yet they seem
quite certainly to represent the same rock, in the one case only
partly, in the other wholly converted into amphibolite by meta-
morphism. A very accessible mass of such amphibolite is that
composing the island toward the lower end of Long lake on which
the Island House stands. It does not run into gabbro anywhere
within the limits of the island, though it may do so under the
waters of the lake near by. On all near-by points on the lake shore
the granitic gneisses appear. ;
For the most part then the Long lake gneiss consists of two
sharply contrasted varieties of gneiss, both of which are unques-
tionably of igneous origin. There then arises the question as to
their age relations to each other, and to the other igneous rocks of
‘the quadrangle.
It may be stated in the first place that small masses of similar
rocks are found involved with the Grenville sediments, and ap-
parently cutting them intrusively. So far as it goes this implies
their later age, but in the uncertainty prevailing as to the equiva-
466 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
lence of these small masses with the main one it is unsafe to say
that the latter is younger than the Grenville, though it is quite
likely. On the other hand if there are any rocks in the district
older than the Grenville they are here.
The gabbro of the unmetamorphosed cores is exceedingly like the
gabbro found elsewhere cutting the anorthosite and syenite, and
regarded as the latest member of the general eruptive series. This
latter is often somewhat metamorphosed, but its metamorphosed
phases show about the same mineralogy as the unaffected rock,
though recrystallized into a granular rock, and do not run out into
amphibolites, so far as the writer’s observation goes. The meta-
morphism of the one seems less profound and of a different type
from that of the other. The writer has never found these amphi-
bolitic gabbros in connection with the great intrusives, never ex-—
cept in association with the granitic gneisses, the Grenville rocks
possibly excepted. The difference may perhaps be accounted for
on the supposition that the inclosing granitic gneisses were less ~
effective as a protecting buttress against the stresses producing
metamorphism, than were the massive and bulky anorthosites and
syenites. And while this may be true and the two gabbros, not-
withstanding their differences, be of the same age, it seems a much
less likely supposition than that the one gabbro is much older than
the other and its more profound metamorphism thus to be ac-
counted for.
Within the limits of the quadrangle no satisfactory evidence re-
specting the relative ages of the two main constituents of the Long
lake gneiss, the granite and the gabbro, has been discovered. Else-
where in the Adirondacks however the writer has found amphi-
bolites, in all respects like those produced from the gabbro by meta-
morphism, distinctly cut by granites very similar to, if not identical
with, these granitic gneisses, indicating that the gabbro is older
than the granite. Since there is some question as to the precise
identity of each of the rocks concerned, it is not safe to theorize too
widely. It does however indicate the presence of a gabbro in the
region older than a granite, both of which have suffered intense
metamorphism; and hence enforces caution respecting the tendency
to class all gabbros together because they are gabbros, and all
granites because they are granites. While in doubt regarding these
Long lake gabbros the writer is disposed to regard them as alder
than the anorthosite, hence distinct from the later gabbro,
‘
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 467
There is the further question, involved with the last, whether the
granitic gneiss is a member of the general eruptive series, or is a
considerably older eruptive. In part it is to be classed as a granite
rather than a granitic gneiss, and this granitic portion may be
younger than the rest or may represent less metamorphosed cores
of the gneiss, analogous to the gabbro cores of the amphibolite.
There is certainly some younger granite in the mass, but the im-
pression given is that most of it is not separable from the gneiss
and is simply a less metamorphosed phase of it.
Ogilvie has recently described from the Paradox Lake quad-
rangle, a gneiss which has many features in common with this
granitic Long lake gneiss, if indeed it be not identical with it, and
regards it as a granite belonging to the general intrusive group and
younger than the anorthosite and syenite.t That there is a con-
siderable body of granite in the region of which this is true, the
writer is firmly convinced. But he is equally convinced that there
is much granitic gneiss in the region which is much older than the
anorthosite, and his present disposition is to refer the Long lake
gneiss in the main to that group. It would vastly simplify geologic
work in the region if Ogilvie’s interpretation of the Paradox granite
could be shown to be generally applicable to the granitic gneisses
of the district; but there are difficulties in the way. The anortho-
sites and syenites contain not infrequently gneiss inclusions, some-
times of amphibolite, and sometimes granite. These are unques-
tionably older than the intrusives. Now there are amphibolites
and granites associated with the Grenville rocks and the uncertain
matter is whether these inclusions are from such rocks, or not. If
not they distinctly point to the presence of older bodies of such
rocks other than those associated with the Grenville; or else to
large bodies of such rocks of which minor offshoots cut the Gren-
ville rocks. The writer has not yet. obtained any evidence in the
region which satisfactorily clears up these points. So the mapping
of these rocks as gneiss is merely a makeshift, indicative of lack of
exact knowledge respecting their age.
Grampus gneiss. In the southwestern part of the quadrangle
is a mass of gneiss which differs materially from the Long lake
gneiss in the considerable diversity shown. It is in association
with the Grampus Grenville and shows frequent patches of Gren-
ville sediments of various kinds, which are too small to map on
IN. Y. State Mus. Bul. 96, p. 484 et seq. °
468 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
this scale. There are various other gneisses present which are un-
like anything found in the Long lake gneiss, except in the near
vicinity of Grenville belts, most of which seem igneous, though
some are of doubtful origin. Some of these gneisses are easily recog-
nizable, others are discriminated from the Long lake gneiss only
with difficulty. Along with all these is a general matrix of Long
lake gneiss.
-There is, for example, much of a black and white gneiss, which
consists of hornblende or pyroxene and plagioclase feldspar, either
andesin or labradorite, with accessory apatite, magnetite, titanite
and zircon. In most of the occurrences the feldspar predominates,
and the rock is spotted in appearance and fine grained. With
increasing hornbleide the grain becomes coarser and the rock is
striped instead of spotted. Often one variety is interbanded with
the other. A similarly appearing rock in the field shows pyroxene
instead of hornblende, with much titanite and a more acid feldspar
(oligoclase). These rocks have the mineralogy of gabbros and dio-
rites, but the field appearance is often suggestive of a sedimentary
origin. There is often a strong resemblance to the rock of the
“Whiteface” region which Kemp has described as the ‘‘ White-
face type’ of anorthosite.t That rock behaves at times like an
intrusive, at others strongly suggests a sediment, and its true nature
and relations have not been clearly made out. If an igneous rock,
its customary Grenville association has not been explained, and a
close association in age is indicated; an age older than that of the
ordinary anorthosite.
Another gneiss in this group is a red, usually acid, rock composed
of quartz and alkali feldspar, with a considerable content of green
pyroxene and a deep colored titanite. This rock is also quite vari-
able and is a frequent rock in the Adirondack region, often associated
with magnetite deposits, as at Lyon Mountain. Its true nature,
association and age are yet to'be discovered.
There is also found much of a peculiar granitic rock, differing in
appearance from the ordinary Long lake granitic gneiss, the dif-
ference being difficult to describe, though easy to recognize. It is
a rock of medium grain, not extra gneissoid, much lighter red than
the Long lake gneiss, and contains from 10 per cent to 20 per cent
of hornblende, magnetite and biotite. It occurs in a great number
of Grenville sections, lying in among the sediments, or cutting them
tN. ¥. State Geol. rsth An. Rep’t. 1895. . 587.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 469
out, both above and below. It also occurs away from them in the
general body of the gneiss. It may be a phase of the Long lake
gneiss modified in appearance by the incorporation of Grenville
material, but this seems unlikely, in view of its composition and it
is tentatively regarded as a Grenville igneous rock, one whose in-
jection took place during, or only shortly after, the deposition of
that series. It is also thought that there are gabbros of similar age
in the region, though no such have been identified within the quad-
rangle limits.
There are various other. varieties of gneiss found in the Grampus
vicinity, though of very minor importance compared to those
already enumerated. The whole mass is well banded, with frequent
variations in composition and gives the impression of a Grenville
area so intruded with igneous rocks of all kinds-and ages that the
Grenville has well nigh disappeared, the whole subsequently exces-
sively metamorphosed. In consideration of its complicated nature,
and the trifling amount of certain sediments included, it is thought
wiser to give it a noncommittal mapping than to map it separately
from the Long lake gneiss.
Piercefield gneiss. In the extreme northwest corner of the
quadrangle there appears the eastern apex of a great mass of gneiss
which lies mostly beyond the quadrangle limits, and which affords
a somewhat different rock admixture from either of the foregoing.
The rocks are excellently exposed about Piercefield, and in the
railway cuts between Piercefield and Tupper Lake. These latter
are on the edge of the main syenite mass, and show excellently two
of the varieties of gneiss concerned, and their relations. These are
a green, syenite gneiss and a red, granitic gneiss. The former is
exceedingly like some of the very gneissoid phases of the syenite,
near at hand. In one cut the red gneiss plainly shows an intrusive
contact against the green; in another a pegmatite is at the contact,
which repeatedly injects the green gneiss along the foliation planes.
The pegmatite is a granite pegmatite, and seems to be a phase of
the red gneiss. In both cases the green gneiss, which is quite horn-
blendic everywhere, becomes excessively hornblendic near the
‘contact, and this is regarded as a contact phase of the green gneiss,
though it is an unusual contact rock. Here is a syenite cut by a
later granite, and a large mass of syenite near at hand. It would
seem most probable that the two belong together, but they do not
look alike, there are some differences in their mineralogy, and some
470 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
slight differences in their chemical composition also. Much of the
red gneiss is of the type which contains green pyroxene and deep
colored titanite, like that described from the Grampus lake area, and
sume of the green gneiss has the same minerals in abundance. There
are also other gneisses present in minor quantity. It is quite likely
that the green gneiss actually belongs with the main syenite mass,
its differences being due to the granite intrusion. If so then in all
probability most of the Long lake and Grampus gneiss should be
classed with this granite as a great bulk of granite intrusive, later
than the syenite, as Ogilvie has argued for the Paradox lake area.
Owing however to the differences between the two rocks the writer
hesitates to adopt this view without more decisive evidence, and
has again taken refuge in noncommittal mapping.
Great intrusions
Anorthosite. A great mass of this rock lies in the northeast
portion of the quadrangle and comprises about one fourth of its —
area. It is but a small segment of a great batholite of the rock
which has a wide extent in Essex and Franklin counties, and forms
the larger part of the surface of the three quadrangles, Santanoni,
Saranac and St Regis, which bound the Long Lake quadrangle .
on the north and east. It repvresents the earliest of the great in-
trusive masses which invaded the region in Postgrenville times. It
is one of the most easily recognizable rocks of the Adirondacks,
and its area is accurately mapped, so far as surface exposures will
permit.
This great mass of molten rock ascended to its present position
and solidified, not at the surface but underneath a great thick-
ness of overlying rock. This cover, and the upper part of the
anorthosite itself, have since been removed by slow surface erosion.
The present surface extent of the rock is simply the area of the
original mass at the horizon where the present erosion surface
cuts it. We can only conjecture as to its extension downward,
though it no doubt runs deep and broadens downward. ‘The
amount worn away from the surface is less conjectural. Sections ©
of the rock of above 3000 feet in thickness are exhibited in some
of the mountains which it composes, suggesting the removal of
at least that amount from the neighboring valleys, with an addi-
tional unknown amount from the summits. This however necessi-
tates the assumption that the original upper surface of the mass
‘
aSpoy orsny avou ‘Kr1v9 werpuy Aq saspoy aztsoyjyrouy
De hae J
GEOLCGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 471
was comparatively even, which is far from likely. Near the present
borders of the mass inclusions of the older rocks are found, suggest-
ing that here we are near the actual upper limit. Since the rock
was formed the mass has been much dislocated by faulting, shifting
the relative levels of the old surface in the various fault blocks.
This also urges caution in assuming that 3000 feet or more have
been generally worn away from the valley regions, and also ren-
ders it certain that quite different amounts have disappeared
from the surfaces of the various fault blocks. If however the
present surface were not far beneath the original surface it would
seem that inclusions of older rocks should be more common than
they are in most of the anorthosite district, and that we should
also find downfaulted blocks of other rocks within it. So far as
the writer is aware, such phenomena are mainly confined to the
borders, and thus a quite respectable amount of wear from the
upper surface is argued.
The rock solidified as an exceedingly coarse porphyry, large
crystals of labradorite feldspar, often several inches in length,
abounding, surrounded by smaller crystals of the same material,
for as a whole the rock is made up of this mineral, other constitu-
ents being present only in very minor degree. The large crystals
are of deep, blue-black color, often iridescent, and show bright,
glistening cleavage faces, on which twinning striations are usually
plainly observable. Originally the remainder of the rock was of
_ the same color and in the least metamorphosed portions, when
unweathered, it is today.
Changes of composition are observable, both locally within
the mass, and quite uniformly as its border is neared. These con-
sist in increase in amount of the other rock constituents, with
corresponding diminution of the feldspar. This may continue
until they equal the feldspar in amount, and in exceptional cases
exceed it, but these are extreme phases and one rock slowly grades
into the other. These other minerals are augite and titaniferous
magnetite, which are present everywhere in the rock in small
quantity, and hornblende, hypersthene and garnet, which are
not everywhere present, but are universal in the less feldspathic
portions. Chalcopyrite is a widespread constituent, though in
small quantity. The garnet commonly forms zonally around the
magnetite, separating it from the feldspar, and the black center
with the red zone of garnet surrounding it is a very common
472 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
feature of the rock containing these constituents. Most of the
anorthosite of the quadrangle contains garnet and the black min-
erals in noticeable quantity, owing to its comparative nearness
to the border.
Like the other Precambric rocks the anorthosite has been
much metamorphosed, being crushed or granulated and some-
what recrystallized. But owing to its original very coarse texture,
and to the fact that granulation mostly commences at the edges
of crystals and slowly works its way inward, the rock does not
appear so thoroughly metamorphosed as do the other rocks, none
of which approached it in original coarseness of grain. The crush-
ing which would have completely granulated a more finely crys-
talline rock would only partially destroy the large labradorite
crystals, and uncrushed cores of large or medium size would
remain, even in the most excessively metamorphosed portions
of the rock. With increase in the amount of dark minerals present
the original grain of the rock seems to have been progressively
less coarse and such rock is generally more completely granulated,
with the uncrushed feldspar cores fewer in number and of smaller
dimensions. This is a more common rock within the quadrangle
than the coarser and purer variety.
In some portions of the rock the feldspar crystals are more
numerous, are smaller and are all arranged with their long axes
parallel. This is a “flow structure’’ due to movement in the
mass during solidification, which has strung out the already formed
crystals into parallel arrangement.
The granulated portion of the rock varies in appearance accord
ing to the fineness of the crushing. In the majority of instances
where not too finely granular, it has a grayish green to grayish
blue tinge weathering to brownish. In more severely mashed
portions the grain is very fine, gray to white is the color, the rock
is very dense and hard, and uncrushed crystals much less frequent
and of smaller size. Sometimes locally, either near bodies of later
intrusives, or else in badly sheared portions of the rock, the feld-
spar has been largely altered to a dull, white or greenish white
material known as saussurite. This is quite different material
from the soft products of surface decay of the same mineral. Rock
of this sort makes up the rock point on the east bank of the Raquette
* mile below the Raquette Falls landing. Similar material
oecurs at various places in the woods.
river
5
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 473
Gabbro border of the anorthosite. The gradual change in com-
position outlined above continues until, as an extreme product, a
rock is obtained in which the heavy, dark colored minerals equal
or exceed the feldspar in amount. A steady diminution in coarse-
ness of texture accompanies this change, the uncrushed fe!dspar
cores become continually smaller and less numerous till they
finally disappear, and foliation becomes more and more promi-
nent, so that the final product of the change is a heavy, dark col-
ored gneiss which. bears no resemblance whatever to the normal
anorthosite, and would not be recognized as a variant of that
rock by an observer who met it for the first time, coming upon it
from without the anorthosite area. If approached from the other
side however the steady change from one rock into the other is
plainly manifest. This final rock is not anorthosite but gabbro,
and the rock intermediate between the two may be called anortho-
site gabbro. It is perfectly evident from the field relations that
this border phase of the anorthosite was produced by some proc-
ess of differentiation in the general mass of igneous material
after it had reached its present resting place, prior to or during
solidification.
For the larger part of its extent across the quadrangle the syenite,
to be next described, adjoins the anorthosite, and a moment’s in-
spection of the geologic map makes it evident that it has encroached
upon, and cut out the anorthosite border to some extent. Between
Follensby pond and the Raquette is a considerable mass of syenite
which cuts out nearly the whole of the gabbroic border locally,
and holds great inclusions of it likewise. In the Tupper Lake vicin-
ity also the anorthosite has been badly cut out by syenite, and
here again much of the gabbro border has disappeared. Outside
the limits of the quadrangle there are localities where the gabbro
border is lacking where its nonappearance is clearly owing to
faulting. It is quite likely that originally the entire anorthosite
area was characterized by such a differentiation border.
In addition to this border differentiation to gabbro, a similar
change has also taken place here and there within the general anor-
thosite mass. A prominent area of the sort occurs near Panther pond,
within a mile of Upper Saranac lake, which has been mapped as
-gabbro. As it is approached the anorthosite becomes rapidly more
gabbroic, but at the same time dikes of gabbro appear, cutting
the anorthosite and in regard to the gabbro center it is not certain -
t
474 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
whether it should be classed with the anorthosite or with the gab-
bro dikes. But these latter do not seem to be greatly younger than
the general mass, and quite likely represent the injection of a’ por-
tion of the mass which had already solidified by material from a yet
liquid portion.
Within the Santanoni quadrangle, next east, local differentiation
has produced the masses of titaniferous iron ore of the Lake Sanford
and Lake Henderson region.! These are well within the anorthosite
mass with quite pure anorthosite for the general wall rock, and are
remarkable for the narrowness of the gradation zone. No such
masses, large or small, have been noted within the Long Lake
quadrangle.
This border gabbro is a rather uniform grained rock, of sufficient
coarseness so that the white of the feldspar, the red of the garnet,
and the black of the pyroxene, hornblende and magnetite are all
prominent. In the less extreme phases of the rock, occasional
small uncrushed feldspar cores remain. But the small, glittering,
lath-shaped feldspars which are prominent in the less metamor-
phosed portions of the gabbros associated with the Long lake
gneiss have not been noted in this border rock, and the distinction
is believed to be characteristic of the two rocks.
Anorthosite outliers. Three small outlying masses of anortho-
site have been noted within the limits of the quadrangle, and doubt-
less there are others which have been missed, or which are covered
by glacial deposits. Only masses rather remote from the main body
are here under consideration. Curiously all three are in Litchfield
park. They are from 4 to 7 miles distant from the main mass, with
an intervening broad belt of Grenville rocks. To account for their
presence here, and their nonappearance elsewhere is a difficult
problem. In but one case do the exposures suffice to give any clue
to their relationships to the surrounding rocks.
The more northerly of the three outliers forms the summit of a
small hill which lies between Jenkins and Long ponds. The hill
breaks down quite steeply on the north and west in bare rock cliffs,
was burned over some years ago, and second growth has not yet
gained a foothold on the bare rock, so that exposures are excellent.
The hill also forms an easily accessible and excellent viewpoint in
all directions but eastward.
In going north to the hill from the road between Jenkins and
1Kemp, J. F U.S. Geol. Sur: roth An: Rep’t, pt 3, DP. 409-17.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 475
Long ponds, the rock at first is the granitic phase of the syenite,
cut by dikes of fine grained red granite. This is shortly replaced
by a variable rock which seems clearly a basic phase of the ordinary
syenite, also cut by the red granite. At the extreme top is the
anorthosite, extending about 300 yards in a northeast-southwest
direction. The rock is quite typical, is medium grained, and labra-
dorite feldspar constitutes 95% of it, magnetite, augite, chalcopy-
rite and apatite being the other minerals. Not only is the passage
from the syenite to the anorthosite abrupt, but in addition the latter
is all cut up by dikes of the former, both large and small. It is also
cut by dikes of the same red granite as that found cutting the
previous rocks.
On its northwest side the anorthosite is cut out by a reddish
syenite whose relations to the main syenite are not absolutely
certain, though if it be not identical it is a closely related rock.
Red granite again occurs cutting both the other rocks. The anor-
thosite is badly cut up by them and has been much altered in ap-
pearance, likely by the heat and gases given off by the invading
molten rock. The feldspar has been mostly converted to saussu-
rite, producing a dull, white rock.
This exposure, though small, is of much interest in that it clearly
shows anorthosite cut by syenite, which is therefore younger, and
granite cutting both the others and therefore youngest of all, the
anorthosite being entirely surrounded by the other rocks, and there-
fore an inclosure in them. A plausible explanation of its position,
so remote from the main mass, and its inclosed situation in the later
eruptives may be made by the following assumptions: that the
anorthosite batholite originally extended to the locality, or else
sent a large offshoot to it; that the later syenite invaded it and cut
it out from beneath, sending out at the same time the big tongue of
syenite which cuts out the anorthosite clear to the Raquette river;
that the anorthosite inclusions indicate that the present surface is
not far beneath the original upper surface of the syenite; that
Grenville rocks originally overlay the whole, and have since been
removed by erosion; and that later trough faulting dropped the
block of Grenville that lies between, so that it has been less worn
away, the syenite and anorthosite beneath still retaining a Gren-
ville cover. though it has disappeared elsewhere.
The second anorthosite outlier is near the county line (Franklin-
Hamilton) 13 miles from the west edge of the quadrangle. On the
476 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
south syenite gneiss adjoins it, and on the north granitic gneiss and
amphibolite, similar to the Long lake gneiss. Unfortunately no
contacts are exposed so that the interrelationships of the rocks are
most uncertain. -Since the previous outlier proved to be an in-
closure in later rocks it would be natural to regard this as probably
a similar occurrence. The rock however differs-from the last, is
much mashed, the feldspar shows wide variation in composition,
especially considering the small size of the mass, and much scapo-
lite has developed. It is not impossible that it may be a small out-
lying intrusion, connecting beneath with the main mass, and with the
syenite cutting it out on the south. The rapid changes in char-
acter from place to place which it shows are more readily explicable
on that supposition than if it is regarded as a small fragment de-
tached from the main mass. But the whole question hangs upon
the age of the granitic gneiss, and it is therefore doubly unfortunate
that no contact appears. If the gneiss is older, this is a small
separate intrusion, or branch from the main intrusion; if the gneiss
is younger it is certainly an inclosure.
The third outlier is upon the county line, 2 miles east of the sec-
ond. It is completely surrounded by gneisses of uncertain nature
and age, and no contacts are exposed. The rock is very gneissoid,
no feldspar cores whatever remaining in much of it. It also holds
from ro per cent to 20 per cent of minerals other than feldspar.
The feldspar is an acid andesin instead of labradorite, being in this
respect like some of the feldspar of the previous outlier. Both rocks
are quite different from the ordinary anorthosite, while the rock
from the first outlier is quite normal. This is but natural if the tw
latter represent small intrusions into earlier rocks.
Syenite. The general syenite of the Adirondacks has a much
more irregular and patchy distribution than has the anorthosite,
and the present day surface exposures belong to a series of separate
masses both large and small. One of the greater of these masses, the
Tupper syenite, has the larger part of its present surface within the
quadrangle limits and, with the exception cf a few outlying in-
trusions which are likely offshoots from it, is the only syenite mass
within the quadrangle. It is separated into a smaller eastern; and
a larger western portion by the Follensby Grenville. But if that
lies in a downfaulted trough, as seems highly probable, the syenite
may be legitimately regarded as continuous underneath, so that the
separation into two masses is only apparent, and due to faulting.
aIOYS dy} WO sqouy rvpIuis puv ‘aye, taddny, ur puvyst yoo. [[vws v Sururtoy oy1uads dJIGNV JO Sadpel payerovly
a
eit
_
;
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 477
The rock is exceedingly variable, much more so than is the
anorthosite. Allthe varieties grade into one another, so that any
separation in mapping is an arbitrary matter, necessitating the
drawing of boundary lines where none exist. Yet the extreme
variations are so unlike-the normal rock as to require separate rock
names, and must be given a place upon the map, even at the cost
of arbitrary boundaries.
Normal syentte. This is a green to grayish green rock when
fresh, with a rapid color change on exposure to the weather, assum- |
ing a yellow-brown tinge and then becoming a rusty brown, the
normal color on exposed surfaces. Over most of the district the
weathered crust is not thick, and in any opening in the rock the
normal green is quickly reached. It is a highly feldspathic rock,
only second to the anorthosite in this respect, but carries from
ro per cent to 20 per cent of other minerals, quartz, pyroxenes,
hornblende and magnetite. Quartz never wholly fails, though not
rising to large proportions in the normal rock. The pyroxenes are
peculiar, and characteristic. The feldspar (microperthite) is of an
entirely different nature from that of the anorthosite, is never
iridescent, and does not show twinning striations on cleavage faces.
The original rock was not so universally porphyritic as was the
anorthosite, was seldom coarsely so, and even where coarsest was
not comparable to the anorthosite in that respect. Hence, though
the two rocks have experienced substantially equivalent meta-
morphism, the syenite has mostly been mashed by the process,
uncrushed feldspar cores being very few and very small in com-
parison with the anorthosite. They are generally present in the
normal rock however. For this reason the syenite has a more
gneissoid look, and an appearance of greater metamorphism which
is deceptive.
The variations of the rock are in two main directions. In the
one case the dark colored minerals increase in quantity at the
expense of the feldspar, garnet appears, and quartz diminishes
and disappears. The syenite passes into a monzonite and ulti-
mately into a shonkinite. The rock also becomes more even
grained and gneissoid, as does the anorthosite in its similar vari-
ation. The more basic varieties have the dark minerals equaling
or exceeding the feldspar in quantity and so strongly imitate
the gabbro gneisses of the anorthosite border that they are exceed-
ingly difficult to distinguish. In fact distinctly intermediate
478 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
varieties appear, strongly suggesting that one rock has been modi-
fied by incorporating material from the other.
In the other direction the rock changes by increasing. quartz.
The quartz also tends to appear in coarse leaves, or spindles, which
are very prominent on the weathered surface or in the hand speci-
men. The feldspar also changes slightly and tends to become red
instead of green producing green and red mottled rocks. Finally
the red predominates and the rock becomes a distinct granite.
Basic syenite. This is in general a rather finely granular rock
of general black color but sufficiently coarse so that the com-
ponent minerals plainly show their proper colors to the eye. The
feldspar is usually brown, though it is green where fresh material
can be obtained. Garnet is in general not so prominent as in the
gabbro, and the rock tends to a finer and more even grain, but
the differences are slight. In general these basic rocks are con-
fined to the near vicinity of the anorthosite, though in the ordi-
nary syenite there is much variation from place to place in the
percentage of dark colored minerals. It will be later shown that,
even in thin section, it is very difficult to distinguish these rocks
from the gabbros owing to the lack of distinctive features in the
feldspars, but that chemically they are easily separable.
Granitic syentte. As mapped this comprises a mass of very
variable rock, much cut up by later granite, excellently exposed
in Litchfield park and in the two big ridges which run north from
it. Admirable exposures, often blasted, are found along the park
roadways. Much of the rock is alternately green and red, quite
quartzose, and a rock distinctly intermediate between syenite
and granite, often passing into granite. Much of it is uniformly
red, and the red rocks range from syenite to granite in composi-
tion. It is not certain that all these latter rocks are of the same
age, and differentiate in place of the main mass, and this is espe-
cially true of the red syenite. But it is certain that much of the
rock has this character, and the whole is manifestly bound to-
gether as a mass of eruptive material arising from a common
magma. It is all cut up by dikes and larger masses of a red granite,
mostly too small to map separately, a rock to be shortly described
as the Morris granite.
Asymmetry of the syenite dtfferentiation. The formation of a
gabbro border to the anorthosite by some not well understood
process of differentiation, has keen seen to be a rather uniform
yaed proyyoqy ‘puod suryuaf jo o10yYs yjiow / SIOP[NOd [VIoVpSs YIIM uUMaAzS ‘aq1uads-z}1enb par yo saspaT
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 479
feature of that rock. The syenite presents a sharp contrast in
this respect, in that its differentiation is prominently asymmetric,
and that, in the case of the Tupper syenite at least, this seems
conditioned on the nature of the bordering rock. The most of the
basic syenite, and all of the more gabbroic of it is in close asso-
ciation with the anorthosite gabbro border; and the same feature
is noted around the large anorthosite inclosures in the syenite.
It is also true of the syenite bordering the anorthosite outlier
in Litchfield park, this being the only basic syenite which occurs
anywhere in the vicinity, so that its presence is especially sig-
nificant. The differentiation into granite takes place on the south
side of the mass, the bordering rock on the south being granitic
Long lake gneiss. In each case the syenite grades into a rock
approaching in character the adjacent rock. Now the syenite is
unquestionably younger than the anorthosite, as will be immedi-
ately shown, and the observed relations seem to point to the
conclusion that the change is due to the actual digestion, by the
molten syenite, of material from the adjacent gabbro. The rela-
Ci OMe rile OlNer sides sare "not so’ “clea. “since” the sage
of the bordering granitic gneiss there is unknown. If it be an
older rock, as it is tentatively held to be, then the asymmetry
of the syenite is certain. But if it should prove to be a younger
granite then the view may be legitimately held that this granite
has cut away a large part of the original syenite mass, thus account-
ing for its apparent asymmetry. In consideration of the great
amount of syenite that must be regarded as having disappeared
on this hypothesis, however, it is vastly less probable than the
other. In this connection it should be recalled that the Diana
syenite, as described by Smyth, shows a quite similar asymmetric
differentiation.t The character of the differentiation may thus
be regarded as reasonably certain. The explanation to account
for it, namely the incorporation of material from the adjoining
rocks, is much more open to question.
The syenite younger than the anorthosite. Reconnaissance work
in this district in previous years had led the writer to believe
the syenite to be younger than the anorthosite and the evidence
then obtained was set forth.2 It was not however demonstrative,
and as the matter is one of considerable importance in Adirondack
Precambric geology, it was hoped that a detailed survey of the
iN. Y. State Geol. 17th An. Rep’t. 1897. p. 471-86.
aN, ¥, State Geol. aoth An. Rept, 1900, Dp, 741-544
480 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
boundary between the two rocks. might furnish proof of its verity.
This was in fact one of the principal reasons for the selection of
this quadrangle for detailed study. The hope was fulfilled, the
evidence being as decisive as could be desired. 3
About Raquette falls, on both sides of the river, anorthosite
and syenite are found in mixed distribution. All exposures are
in the woods, in no case was any contact observed, and it is only
by the relative abundance and. distribution of the two rocks as
brought out by the mapping that it is inferred that east of
the river the syenite is present as small bosses or large dikes, -
cutting the anorthosite, while west of it the anorthosite has been
largely cut out and mostly occurs as inclosures in the syenite.
The evidence given by the first. anorthosite outlier in Litch-
field park has been already presented. The anorthosite is defi-
nitely cut by syenite which sends dikes into it. The syenite is of
the basic variety in part, and in part is reddish syenite; the whole
is surrounded by a zone of mixed rocks, granitic syenite and
granite which, though believed to be mostly a differentiation
phase of the syenite, lies between it and the normal syenite farther
north, preventing the definite tracing of one rock into the other.
It is along the northern edge of the quadrangle, where the
land has been cruelly lumbered of late years, where the great
fire of May 1904 made a clean sweep of what was left, and where
much of the land has since been cleared, that the decisive evi-
dence was obtained. Even as far east as Upper Saranac lake
occasional dikes are found cutting the anorthosite. These are
narrow, the dike rock is fine grained and peculiar and of two
main types. One is a hard, ringing, light colored, feldspathic
rock, with frequent small garnets, but with other dark minerals
present but sparingly. The other is a dark, heavy, gabbroic-
looking rock, with abundant garnet. From its appearance in the
field it might be either a gabbro or a basic syenite. Now while
these rocks suggest syenite in appearance they differ much from
the main body of the rock, which shows no similar phases. Yet
it is obvious that the physical conditions under which they cooled
differ so much from those under which the larger masses solidi-
fied, that a considerable difference in appearance and character
is normal, rather than abnormal. And the study of thin sections
led to the confident belief that they were really dike offshoots
from the main mass prior to the discovery of decisive field evidence.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 481
The series of exposures that decisively settle the question
occur along the Wawbeek road within the first 4 miles eastward
from Tupper Lake. In the neighborhood of the village itself the
rock is quite typical augite syenite, though with a tendency t)
-become basic locally, well shown in the road metal quarry near
Raquette pond, where the rock is very hornblendic and lacks
feldspar augen [pl. 18]. The syenite runs eastward for about a
mile, then for an equal distance there are no outcrops, after which
they are numerous on both sides of the road, the best and most
continuous being south of it, where exposures run with practical
continuity for another mile. The rock is chiefly anorthosite,
somewhat gabbroic, but by no means the normal border gabbro,
Lan tm a
mueain ui
+ + + Ft + See SS SST Sin Sy 2.88
anorthosite syenite dike syenite
Fig. t Relationship of syenite and anorthosite, as shown in an exposure 2 miles
northeast of Tupper Lake village, and not far south of the Wawbeek road. Scale r inch =
34 feet
this,of itself suggesting that part of the mass has been cut
away by the syenite. In addition it is everywhere cut through
and.through by dikes of the syenite, both large and small, and
in increasing number as the main syenite mass is neared. The
wider dikes show a rock identical in all respects with the syenite
about Tupper Lake, sometimes basic, at others not so, and there
can be no question that they represent direct offshoots from the
main intrusion, cutting into the anorthosite. From these larger
dikes, composed of normal syenite, slender branches may be
Seen running out into the anorthosite, and in these the rock is
at once recognized as identical with that found in the more remote
slender dikes, giving a demonstration of their origin, and cf
the fact that they differ from the ordinary rock because of their.
slenderness, and hence more rapid cooling. In figure 1 is given a
482 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
sketch of a portion of one of these surface exposures, which shows
the observed relations clearly. Just adjoining it on the east is
an exposure which shows chiefly syenite, but with inclosed blocks
of anorthosite. In these exposures neither of the two rocks has
the extreme basic character of the usual border phase of each,
though the syenite is more basic than the normal rock.
Granite. Both the anorthosite and the syenite, especially the
latter, are found cut by dikes and larger masses of granite. So
far as the writer’s experience goes this granite is always of a single,
easily recognized type which he has called the “ Morris granite,”
from its frequent occurrence on Mount Morris, south of Tupper
lake. This is a quite uniform, red, very acid granite, constituted
almost wholly of red feldspar and quartz, other minerals being
usually not visible to the eye. It presents both a fine grained
and a coarse phase, the former being more common. The coarse
type is especially distinctive because of the segregation of most of
the quartz into coarse leaves or spindles, which are very prominent
in both the weathered and unweathered rock, and stripe the red -
feldspar with streaks of dark, glassy quartz. In the other and
more common type the quartz shows as small, dark colored,
glassy spots in the prevailing red of the yet finer grained feldspar.
In some exposures the fine type appears as a border phase of the
coarse and the coarse type has not been seen without the pres-
ence of the other also. The fine type however frequently occurs
without the other being present, the narrower dikes of the rock
are always composed of it, and some of the larger ones also. The
coarse is not only found grading into the fine, but also appears
GING JON su
The granite produced as an extreme phase of the syenite differ-
entiation differs much from the Morris granite in appearance.
It is usually coarse grained, though running locally into fine
types, is quite hornblendic, and is not especially quartzose. The
black blebs and streaks of hornblende distinguish it sharply from
the Morris type. In the coarse varieties the quartz tends to.assume
the leaf form, but the quartz is usually subordinate to the horn-
blende in prominence. Varieties however do occur which are
distinctly intermediate between the normal types.
These two granites belong unmistakably to the general group
of the later intrusives. Similar rocks are found here and there
within the general body ef granitic gneisses of the region, But
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 483
their presence does not aid in the general solution of the problem
as to the age of the bulk of this gneiss, since if it be older it would
be apt to be cut, here and there, by outlying masses of the later
eruptives. Such masses are frequently found in it, but in general
the evidence does not permit the determination of their char-
acter, whether they cut the gneiss or belong with it.
Gabbro. The gabbros are dar': colored, basic rocks, usually
showing a reddish tinge owing to tlie presence of garnet. As found
within the quadrangle the rock occurs mainly in the dike form,
and these dikes have been noted cutting all the other eruptives,
with the exception of the granites, leaving the relative ages of
the two somewhat in doubt though the granite is thought to be
the older. In addition to the dikes is the small boss which cuts
the anorthosite south of Panther pond. The rock for the
most part is tough and resistant, and generally rather evenly
granular. It lacks the gneissoid character of the gabbro border of
the anorthosite, and weathers much less readily than that. It has
not been noted grading into amphibolite, after the fashion of
the gabbro found with the Long like gneiss. The smaller masses
and the dikes of that rock are always found in the amphibolite
‘condition, and this more metamorphosed condition seems to argue
a greater age, though it is possille to explain it as due to local
causes. The unchanged cores of that gabbro have also a more
pronounced ophitic structure than has been noted in this later
gabbro, though that also tends toward the same structure in the
larger masses. It is only with the greatest difficulty that the
rock can be distinguished from that of the dikes of gabbroic syenite.
This will be later reverted to.
As a possible exception to the above statement the gabbro knob
at the farm in Litchfield park, just west of Jenkins pond, must be
instanced. This is thoroughly metamorphosed to a micaceous
amphibolite, yet is an unquestioned gabbro; nevertheless it is
entirely surrounded by granitic syenites, regarded as belonging to
the later eruptives. Unfortunately no contacts show and the rela-
tions between the two rocks can not therefore be made out. It
would seem to be easiest accounted for on the assumption of a knob
of later gabbro cutting the syenite. It is rather large for an in-
closure in the syenite, yet the writer’s present disposition is to re-
gard it as such, since the Long Lake gneiss is close at hand tu the
south. Ifit be not, it of course vitiates the attempt made above to
484 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
discriminate between the two gabbros on the basis of difference
in character.
Diabase. But two dikes of this rock have been noted within the
quadrangle limits. The larger and more accessible of the two is on
Round island, in Long lake, showing the usual dense, heavy, black
rock with chilled borders and coarser center, and with occasional
porphyritic feldspars. On the southeast edge of the island both
contacts with Grenville rusty gneisses are exposed, showing the
dike to be 30 feet wide and to bear n. 30° e., and that it is not
vertical but dips 60° s. No fresh material could be obtained from
the dike but it is one of the ordinary olivine diabases of the region.
The other dike was noted on the south slope of an anorthosite -
hill on the east edge of the quadrangle. Neither contact showed
and there was but a single exposure so that its thickness and trend
can not be stated. It is an ordinary nonporphyritic diabase. Two
other similar dikes are known just west of the quadrangle limits on
the Tupper lake sheet, and a few have been located on the compara-
tively unexplored and rugged Santanoni quadrangle, just east.
They are infrequent in the mid-Adirondack region, though abund-
ant farther east.
ROCK STRUCTURES ;
Foliation.t The rocks of the northern half of the quadrangle are
chiefly massive eruptive rocks, in which foliation is absent, or at
best only rudely developed. This is mainly owing to their highly
feldspathic character, and the scarcity of the minerals which are
good producers of foliation. The gabbroic anorthosite and the basic
syenite have it much better developed, and the tendency of the
quartz to assume the leaf type is responsible for a poor foliation in
some of the granites. Conspicuous foliation is only found in the
Grenville rocks and portions of the Long lake, and Grampus
@nelsses.
In the Grenville sediments foliation and bedding correspond, in
all cases in which it has been possible to determine their relation-
ship. But the Grenville rocks cover such a comparatively small
portion of the area, exposures are so infrequent and in general so poor,
and the stratigraphy of the series is so little known, that scant idea
of the general structure could be obtained from the usual methods.
1 Foliation is a convenient term for that variety of flow cleavage found in wholly crystal-
line rocks, which have wholly or largely recrystallized under pressure, and which hence
possess a parallel arrangement of mineral particles, resulting in a capacity to split more |
readily in one direction than in any other, \
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 485
In the Moose creek belt the dips are so flat that they can seldom be
made out with certainty. Elsewhere the\V are higher, and in a few
instances distinct folds are shown. These are ofthe sharply pinched,
or closed type, steep south dips becoming vertical and then steep
north. But north dips are exceptional. Such folds as show pitch
show.it to the west or northwest, but it can seldom be made out.
Since no aid could be obtained from the stratigraphy in decipher-
ing the structure of the region, it was hoped that some light would
be thrown on it by a careful plotting on the map of all the observa-
tions on the foliation dip and strike [see map]. In many of the ex-
posures only the strike can be made out, and this is notably the
case in the poorly foliated eruptives. Even in the gneisses the
foliation is often poor and indistinct, making exact observations
difficult, and the whole result is indecisive and disappointing.
Taking the quadrangle asa whole, nearly east and west strikes
prevail, and the prevalent dip is southward. This either indicates
comparatively little folding, or else isoclinal folding, or else that the
foliation does not coincide with the bedding and so does not bring
out the folding. It is not possible to demonstrate which of these
alternatives is the true one, though the second is very unlikely,
_and all the direct evidence obtainable is against the third. The
south dips vary widely in amount, and there is certainly considerable
local folding. In spite of the uncertain nature of the result, certain
facts are brought out.
The foliation is more erratic in the eruptives than in the gneisses
and Grenville rocks.
In the southeast the prevalence of east and west strikes and south
dips is noteworthy. In the southwest the strike has swerved to an
average n. 65° w. direction, the dip remaining south. Meridional
strikes are exceptional and most frequent in the central portion of
the quadrangle. Locally, on the northwest, north dips prevail.
There is a local prevalence of northeast strikes about the foot of
Long lake. The general nonfoliated character of the anorthosite is
brought out by the absence of observations in the territory occu-
pied by that rock.
It is obvious that these observations must be extended over a
wider area before their significance can be apprehended.
Joints. The number of readings taken on joints within the
‘quadrangle limits is 647. When tabulated in respect to direction
(all odd degree readings being reduced to the nearest 5° direction)
~
486 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
they are found to run in all possible directions [fig. 2]. In individual
exposures the majority of the joints are seen to be curving instead
of straight. This shows that some latitude in direction must be
allowed each joint set, but is not decisive as to the amount of allow-
ance necessary. Few exposures show more than two good sets of
parallel joints, though some show three and even four. Certain
compass directions are frequent in certain portions of the quad-
rangle, and utterly fail elsewhere, indicating a shifting of direction,
rather than a different joint set, it is thought. From the best ex-
posures it can be learned that in general there are two sets of joint
couples, each couple consisting of two sets of parallel joints which
123
t
Fig. 2 Diagram of the readings on joints within the Long Lake quadrangle. The inner
figures represent the compass degrees east and west of true north; the outer row the num-
ber of joint readings observed for each 5° direction. Four numerical groups are also
indicated.
approximate a right angle with one another, and that one couple
tends to occupy the meridional and equatorial directions, the othe
running northeast and northwest. An attempt may be made to
classify the entire number of readings on this basis, assuming that
each set has a variation in direction of 20° owing to swerve. Thus
then. 80° e. ton. 80° w. joints are grouped together, forming a couple’
with then. 10° e. to n. 10° w. joints; inlike manner the n. 40° e. to n.
60° e. and n. 30° w. to n. 50° w. joints are grouped. The numericat
results of this grouping are indicated in the diagram, and a greater
number of the readings are included, on this basis of subdivision,
than on any other possible basis using the same amplitude of swerve.
It is quite certain that some of the joints have a swerve of this
amount, but it is not impossible that they may have even more.
qyurof “Mm ob u ev Suope Suraq jjos}t sovy Ytpo ayy ‘s}urof Surmoys ‘ayuy soddn yz, S1¢
[ ‘pUv[st yUT_ Jo pus ysaay nos ye IPD
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 487
This grouping still leaves a large number of not included joint
readings, especially in the n. 20° e. and n. 70° e. directions. This is
either indicative of two additional sets of joint couples, a n. 20°
Se tOrm7O> Wo and an. 70° €. to n. 20° w. couple, or else shows
that the amplitude of swerve in the original couples is consider-
ably more than 20°. Ifit be as great as 4o° the extreme directions
of swerve of adjacent pairs would meet, or overlap. But it is
very improbable that the amount is as great as this.
If the region consists of faulted blocks, as is quite likely, and if
the joints are older than the faults, also highly probable, then a
reasonable and probable explanation of the apparent confusion
would be furnished. Both hade and throw vary along faults, caus-
ing some change in horizontal orientation in the various fault
blocks, which may at times become considerable, and produce an
equivalent shifting in the directions of preexisting joints. Hence
the prevailing joints in adjacent fault blocks might well show a
lack of accord in direction, thus accounting for the prevalence of
certain joints in certain districts and their absence elsewhere. For
example in the southwestern part of the quadrangle the more com-
mon joint directions are n. 10° e. and n. 50° e., the latter set more
variable in direction than the former. The set at right angles to
the first is still more variable, from n. 80° e. to n. 80° w. in direc-
tion, while the northwest set is most variable of all, and happens to
be the strike joint set. In the southeast the n. 10° w. direction is
the most prominent, there are no n. 10° e. joints and but one read-
ing to n. 50° e., the two prominent directions in the southwest.
The n. 80° e. to e. and w. direction is next in prominence and is the
strike joint set. The northwest set is again very variable in
direction.
In the fairly massive eruptives, where there is little or no folia-
tion, the joints are mainly highly inclined to vertical. Hades up to
20° from the vertical are common, especially in the curving joints.
But there is often present a set of nearly horizontal joints, also
quite irregular. i
In the gneisses of the southern half of the quadrangle there is a
joint set which is plainly dependent upon the foliation. This
varies in general from a n. 80° e. toa n. 50° w. strike, and in many
exposures good dip joints are seen whose strike is nearly or abso-
- lutely identical with that of the foliation. There are seen also to
488 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
be two sets of joints with this strike, a set of dip joints, dipping
with the foliation which is to the south in general, and another set
at right angles dipping north{see pl. 4]. These would seem quite
certainly to be compression joints whose location was influenced by
the foliation, but whether they antedate the vertical joints or
not can not be told.
Lines of excessive jointing are not infrequent in the eruptives.
In such places from two to four joint sets are well marked, and
the joints are closely spaced, their distance apart being measured
in inches rather than feet, chopping up the rock into a multitude
of small blocks, and forming prominent lines of weakness in it.
Often multiple faulting has taken place along these strips on one
of the joint sets, grinding and slickensiding the rock surfaces. This
faulting seems to be of Precambric age, and has been noted in sey-
eral places, affecting both the eruptives and the gneisses. The
entire rock complex along the gorge at Raquette falls (gabbroid
anorthosite cut by gabbro) is remarkably shattered by multiple
jointing of this sort throughout the length of the gorge, a distance
of nearly 1 mile. At the lower end the Sheared joints run n. 10° e.,
but elsewhere the trend is n. 40°-50° e., and no n. Io° e. joints
appear. The trend of the gorge is clearly determined throughout
by this joint set. There are also two sets of inclined joints, strik-
ing n. 50° w., one hading 20° n., the other 45° s._ It is exceedingly
probable that considerable faulting has taken place on the north-
east joints.
Many excellent examples of the same sort are shown in the fine
series of exposures along the roads in Litchfield park in the
granites and granitic syenites. By the road along the north shore _
of Duck lake, about midway of the lake, occurs the most shattered
material seen in the quadrangle. The rock is granitic syenite, cut .
by Morris granite. The slipping has been along an. 65° e. joint set,
so closely spaced as to form an excellent fracture cleavage, .con-
siderable secondary quartz has been deposited, and the rock rap-
idly weathers down to a mass of fine splinters, strongly resem-
bling rotted wood splinters at a little distance, all due to excessive
shattering, accompanied in all probability by faulting.
Faults. It is not easy to demonstrate the presence of faults in
districts whose stratigraphy has not been deciphered and to defi-
nitely locate them and determine their magnitude, in such areas, is
well nigh impossible. It is however known that faults are fre-
Near view of the steep south face of the Mt Morris spur. The cliff rises
quite sheer for some 800 feet and is probably a fault scarp
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 489
quent and important structural features in the Paleozoic rocks
which fringe the Adirondacks; that they most abound on the east;
that on the north and south they diminish in number and mag-
nitude going westward, and that on the west they are small and
infrequent. It is also known that they are normal faults with
nearly vertical hade; that many of them have throws of several
hundred feet (some of from’ tooo to 2000 feet); that the principal
ones run north to northeast; that there are numerous cross faults
running west to northwest; and that from the Paleozoics they run
into the crystalline rocks with their magnitude unimpaired. A
priori therefore their presence should be expected in the Adiron-
dacks, and they should diminish in importance westward through
the region.
The Long Lake quadrangle is in the mid-Adirondack region.
In the Mohawk valley large faults are found considerably west of
its meridian, the Little Falls fault, longitude 74° 50’, being the
most westerly of the large faults there, and with an average north-
northeast trend. Faulting on that trend, prolonged into the Adi-
rondacks from Little Falls would involve the Long lake region, and
some evidence of faulting would naturally be expected, though not
as prominently as would be the case farther east.
- Actual evidence of faulting is furnished by the slickensided char-
acter of the multiple joint surfaces previously described, but this
seems to be faulting of very ancient date, and is not the common
type of faulting here under consideration.
The indirect evidence for faulting in the district is twofold.
1 Topographic. As repeatedly urged by Kemp for the more
faulted district to the east the shape of the ridge blocks, a gentle
crest slope in one direction and a steep cliff face in the other, is
strongly suggestive of block faulting, and indeed no other reason-
able explanation suggests itself for it. Fault scarps of the sort
appear in the Long Lake quadrangle. The great cliff on the south
side of Mt Morris [see the topographic map and pl. 5] is one such, and
is one of the most conspicuous examples in the whole region. The
two big ridges to the southeast of Mt Morris are also of the block-
faulted type [pl. 19]. But on the whole this type of ridge is not
especially prominent within the quadrangle, or at least recent
faulting of the sort is not suggested outside of the examples men-
tioned. Others of the ridges do somewhat suggest more eroded
examples of the same type. :
HOON dik NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
2 Grenville belts and patches. To explain the situation of
some of the Grenville rock belts, inclosed on both sides as they
are by the later eruptives, it seems necessary to assume that they lie
in downfaulted troughs. They now constitute valleys with the
eruptives forming the adjoining ridges, as well as underlying the
Grenville at an unknown depth in the valleys. This makes a con-
siderable and quite abrupt change in the level of the upper surface
of the eruptive. Unless these are downfaulted troughs it seems
necessary to assume this curiously irregular upper surface to the
igneous batholite, so that the other supposition seems vastly the
more probable.
The areal mapping seems to emphasize this suggestion, though
the evidence has not the weight it would have in a district whose
stratigraphy was well worked out. The boundary between the
Follensby-Cold River Grenville and the anorthosite and syenite
which adjoin it on the northeast, appears to be a fault contact,
though the Grenville exposures are not frequent enough to enable
exact mapping. The boundary between the Moose creek-Bog
stream Grenville, and the syenite and gneisses to the north, is also
suggestive of faulting. Too little is known of the relationships of
the Grampus gneiss to warrant any deductions from the mapped
contact between it and the Grampus Grenville.
TOPOGRAPHY
The main axis of elevation in northern New York bears south
through western Clinton and Essex counties to the Marcy region,
then swerves to a southwesterly trend which is continued through
Hamilton county. This line forms the major axis of the Adiron-
dack highland. From it the surface drops gently westward toward
Lake Ontario and the St Lawrence; from it the surface drops
more abruptly and jerkily eastward to Lake Champlain. The
minor axis of elevation passes westward through Essex and southern
Franklin counties, intersecting the other in the Mt Marcy region.
The general highland of the northern half of the Long Lake quad-
rangle constitutes the western portion of this minor axis, while
the entire quadrangle lies west of the major axis. :
In northern Hamilton two broad valley regions cross the major
axis separating the Hamilton from the Essex portion. Oné of
these valleys is certainly and the other probably located on a beit
of Grenville rocks. The lowland along the southern margin of
*yeotd Ay ayinb st aspa
auo yw sutdy puod ay} ‘punorsar10y oy} ul Ad[[VA pvorq 9Y} puUv UMOYS ][OM SL $}Sor0 OSpra oy} Aq oats oury Ays uaad
Ajaatyeivduios sy y, ‘aye~T oy} Jo xodv yynos dy} YoSnory) sassed sa1jzuUN0d OMY 9Y} WOOAMJoOq OUTT OYJ, “MATA prt oy}
UL OVE Yond yw ‘Ajyunoo urpyuesy ‘yavd ppayyouy url yruums pry vw wrosy ‘Kyunoo uojzpiweypy oyut yynos SuryooyT
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 491
the Long Lake quadrangle constitutes the northern portion of
the first of these lowland belts. A similar, though less conspicuous
lowland belt is developed across the south center of the quad-
rangle, again located on the Grenville rocks, and separating the
two highland areas of the quadrangle.
Peneplains. It has been elsewhere shown to be espaol
that, during Mesozoic time, the Adirondack region was worn
down to a comparatively even surface or peneplain, which was
subsequently uplifted, and that the accordant levels of the hill
and ridge tops and crests observable in the southern and western
Adirondacks are due to the fact that they are remnants of this
old ’surface.t The uplift renewed erosion and the present broad
valleys of the region were cut out, the comparatively concordant
levels of their bottoms marking the new base level, and their
depth below the peneplain horizon measuring the amount of
uplift. Since their development there has been further uplift of
the region, the old valley bottom level is no longer the stream
grade, and the streams are now engaged in the task of cutting
down to the new grade, in which task they have made but slight
progress. i
All these uplifts have somewhat tilted the old peneplain sur-
face though the amount of tilting is but slight, and in the southern
and western regions the even sky line of the ridges is everywhere
notable. But on the northeast the ridge tops appear at varying
altitudes and hardly suggest a peneplain surface. This is thought
to be due to renewed faulting during the more recent times of
uplift, giving the various fault blocks differing altitudes, and
destroying their previous concordance of surface. It seems also
to be true that monadnocks, or parts of the old surface which
were never worn down to the general peneplain level, are larger
and more abundant in the vicinity of the main axis of elevation
than they are elsewhere, and this makes an additional obstacle
in the way of recognition of that surface.
The probability that faulting has played some part in the
production of the present topography of the district, though by
no means as important a part as it has farther eastward, has
already been indicated. Therefore more evidence of former pene-
plaination should be observable here than there. An inspection
IN. Y. State Mus. Bul. 95, p. 423-27; Ogilvie, I. H. N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 96,
Pp. 468-69.
492 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
of the topographic map shows that in both the northern and
southern highland areas the hill summits tend to elevations of
from 2600 to 2800 feet, with the Kempshall and Morris summits
alone overtopping that elevation as small monadnocks [pl. 5, 6, r4].
A study of the topographic maps of the adjacent quadrangles how-
ever quickly dispels the impression that we have here a peneplain
level which can be shown to extend over any considerable area.
On the St Regis quadrangle, just north, but a single hill (St Regis
mt, 2882 feet) exceeds 2600 feet elevation, and there are but two
others which reach 2500 feet, most of the hills ranging from 1900
to 2200 feet. There is further seen a range of hills running across
the quadrangle from northeast to southwest east of which lies a
depressed belt, the lake belt, in which the hilltops little exceed
1800 feet, yet the rock is anorthosite, as it is in the higher range
to the west. This lake belt seems a downfaulted trough, and its
southward prolongation forms the northwest portion of the Long
Lake quadrangle. The altitudes of the hill range are fairly con-
cordant with those of the highlands on the Long Lake quadrangle.
In both the valley levels are near 1600 feet, indicating that the
dislocation of the peneplain surface by faulting dates mainly
from the time of the first uplift which followed. its formation.
On the Santanoni quadrangle, adjoining the Long Lake on the
east, there are several peaks over-4000 feet high, the main water-
shed of the region appears, and we are carried at once into the high
Adirondacks. There are no elevations concordant with those on
the Long Lake sheet, and there are many things which suggest
' considerable faulting. Because of proximity to the watershed
the valley levels are also higher, but seem fairly concordant, taking
this into consideration.
South, on the Blue Mountain quadrangle, are many peaks with
altitudes well over 3000 feet, with Blue mountain, 3759 feet,
overtopping them all. There are also many lower hills which
are more in accord with the general Long lake altitudes. Whether
the higher hills are to be classed with Kempshall and Morris as
monadnocks, in which case they would be very numerous, or
whether they represent the peneplain level, dislocated out of
accord with the Long lake levels, is not certain.
Topography as conditioned by the rocks. Owing to their weak
resistance to erosion, in comparison with the other rocks of the
region, the Grenville rocks give rise to valleys, and the main
‘
“‘JSOMYINOS 9Y} UO UIVJUNOU dq} SopVUTUTIA,
Yor Yrpo eyy yo yavd aoddn oy. savaddy qouy yruuwmns oy} Jo 7Y S14 241 IV “[PA2] SLY} PAoqe qouy yIwuUNs ay} JO
UOIVAITA JYSI[S 94} puv $}Ssoso oaSprt ayy Jo our AYs word ApAIvyz oY SUIMOYS JSAM YY WOLF SSVUL SILLOJ TN OU,
‘Aydvasodoy SJL OyVIISNI[L puv sstous ayevy Suo-y yo orv ILIV
“OSNOTT PULTST oY} Wor] ‘soSpra SUIUAATAJUL ay} pure lvysdway yy
8 AeId
I}ISOYjJIOuB jo 918 MOTTA 9} ul Sospti 9d T1V
“SOUBISIP IVF oy] ur
ulvjunOm puvssoduy yA ‘JJ2] 24} US yojou AOT[VA a}jonbey oy : YR
Suo'y ‘asnoyzy PUBS] 94} Wory a8uvI preMmas oy,
Ui ee
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE - 493
valley belt of the quadrangle is a Grenville belt. Because of
the greater strength of the quartzite member of the series, it gives
rise to considerable hills in each of the belts, but otherwise they
are low. It is quite likely, too, that the lowland along the southern
margin of the sheet, and that about Round pond, is really Gren-
ville territory. The few exposures seen in each area are of uncer-
tain gneisses, and do not suffice to definitely determine what the
prevailing underlying rock may be. Except for the lowland along
the north margin of the sheet, which belongs to the lake belt..
and is likely due to down faulting, the main lowlands are owing
to the presence of Grenville rocks and their weakness,
The hills tend to the long ridge type with their major axes
trending northeast-southwest. Those which suggest faulting have
a northeast pitch to their crest, and a steep, clifflike back slope
on the southwest, as seen on Mt Morris and on the ridges
east of Little Simons pond. Stony Creek mountain shows an ap-
proach to the same type. On the other hand the long, irregular
ridge of Rock Pond and Grampus Lake mountains does not at
all suggest the type, and the Kempshall mass is not even of the
ridge type. There is a tendency on the part of the elevations in
the gneiss country to be of the hill, rather than of the ridge type,
as illustrated by Mt Kempshall and Buck mountain, while this
type is practically absent in the anorthosite and syenite country
[pl. 7-9].
Drainage lines. In so far as there are belts of weak Grenville
rocks, the, valleys so located are drainage lines, whose trend is
determined by that of the Grenville belt. Moose creek, Bog stream,
lower Cold river, and the Raquette between Cold river and Moose
creek, are the principal streams of the quadrangle occupying
Grenville valleys. In so far as the remainder of the water courses
are concerned, the lines of weakness which they occupy must be
structural rather than stratigraphic, hence must be lines of joint-
ing and faulting. Hobbs has recently presented strong arguments
for the belief that such lines have had predominant influence in
the location of the drainage lines of New England and Eastern
New York.t Butitis difficult to apply the argument in a district
where joints are found with all possible compass directions, as
they are within this quadrangle. Yet, as has been pointed out,
there are certain directions of more frequent, and more important
IJour, Geol. s1g01. 9: 469-84; Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 1904. 15: 483-506,
494 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
jointing and it is of interest to ascertain whether those directions
are also the more usual directions of the drainage channels. Since
faults have not the prominence that they have to the eastward,
they can not have the important effect upon the drainage that
they there have.
The two prominently linear drainage lines of the quadrangle are
the Long lake, and the Raquette-Upper Saranac lines. The trend
of Long lake throughout its 134 miles of length is closely n. 35° e.,
nearly half of the lake being on the Blue Mountain quadrangle.
Above the lake the Raquette follows the same trend line for at least 2
miles more. Below the lake for a mile we have the Raquette and
Cold rivers on the same line, beyond which Calkins creek follows it for
5 miles more; in other words for 21 miles this is a linear drainage line.
Other lines, though shorter and less prominent, have the same trend;
the line containing Rock pond, Second and Third Anthony ponds,
and their inflowing creeks for one; Grampus and Handsome ponds
and the main tributary to Upper Moose creek form another; the
Raquette from the mouth of Moose creek to the landing below the
falls is equally linear though not quite parallel, the direction being
n. 45° e. This is the most prominent drainage direction in the
southern half of the quadrangle. It is even more prominent to the
southeastward, the Indian lake-Upper Hudson line having the
same trend. *
In the northern half of the quadrangle the meridional direction
is the more conspicuous. The most prominent line of the sort is that
followed by the Raquette river from the falls to Axton, then across
to Upper Saranac lake, the valley being blocked by drift sands be-
tween the two points. The lake, 74 miles long and trending north
and south is on the same line. Follensby pond, with its inlet and
outlet, and the Raquette river below as far as Tromblee’s, constitutes
another such line. These straight courses would all seem to be
determined by lines of jointing, and likely of multiple jointing and
slip faulting. It is certainly true that the meridional joint direc-
tion is the more important in the northern, and the northeast
direction in the southern part of the quadrangle, and these drainage
directions are in accord with this.
The east and west direction for the tributary streams is the more
common one in the district, though this prominence is vastly better
brought out on the Blue Mountain quadrangle than on the Long
Lake. Here the line of Ampersand brook and the Raquette river
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 495
from Axton to Follensby outlet is the most important one. The
Bog stream and Big brook stream have the same alinement. The
northwest direction is uncommon, though it becomes the prevail-
ing stream direction in the quadrangles to the northwest. But in
these the faulted. district has been left behind, and the streams
seem to be consequent streams.
GLACIATION
Striae. The location and direction of the glacial striae noted
within the quadrangle limits are indicated upon the accompanying
map, with two additional readings just outside these limits to the
west. All are found by roadsides, upon recently stripped ledges.
But the larger number of the rock exposures elsewhere show glacial
rounding and polish, the striae being obliterated by the weather.
The fact that recently stripped exposures show them with great
frequency, seems to indicate that they were abundantly produced
within the district. Further, all seen are in valleys, and some of
them in valleys whose trend is at right angles to the direction of ice
motion. Ogilvie has urged that, in the high Adirondacks, glacia-
tion was comparatively feeble and mainly effective upon the hill-
tops, the ice in the valleys being comparatively stagnant.t But if
this be true it can only be so for a very restricted area, since the
Long Lake quadrangle closely adjoins the high district, and the
valleys show abundant evidence of considerable glaciation.
The 1o readings on striae shown on the map vary in direction
from s. 25° w. tos. 75° w. While plainly influenced by the valley
trends they harmonize well with the statements of Kemp and
Ogilvie that the general direction of ice motion across the Adiron-
dack region was a southwesterly one. Six of the 1o are in harmony
with that statement. The other four, the two on the north shore
of Jenkins pond, the one by Littie Simons, and one of those outside
the sheet, are influenced by, and have closely the trend of the val-
leys in which they lie. More striking instances of similar deflection
are shown on the Tupper Lake quadrangle, next west, where, on
stripped ledges along the railroad, readings of n. 80° w. and n. 75° w.
were obtained, parallel to the trend of the Raquette valley. The
general southwest direction also holds on that quadrangle, and
there also striae are found numerously on recently stripped ledges.
Glacial deposits. No heavy and thick deposits of till have been
noted within the quadrangle limits, nor any bulky moraines. There
I Jour. Geol. Apr. May r901. v.10; N. Y. State Mus. Bul. 96, p. 470.
496 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
is however often a respectable amount of till, and many areas are
at least thinly covered with morainic material. But on the whole
glacial removal seems to have been in excess of glacial deposit.
The main areas of morainic accumulation are shown on the ac-
companying map, though not fully, only those sufficiently extensive
to render the areal mapping somewhat uncertain being shown. It
may be said in general that the main valleys all have their floors
banked up with drift, and that the north slopes of the ridges are
apt to be similarly encumbered: The matrix of the deposits is
quite sandy, or gravelly, as is usual in the Adirondacks, but they
contain many large boulders, and there are often large boulder
trains on the surface. :
A moraine of considerable prominence runs across the northern
portion of the quadrangle from Tupper lake to Axton and bevond.
There is a tendency to kame development along its front, as is
common in the district, and at Moody is a notable instance of the
sort [see map and pl. ro]. The waves of the lake have eaten away
its end producing a 20 foot sand bluff, showing cross-bedded sands
with a coarse gravel streak near the top. A short distance back it
runs up to a conical summit, 150 feet above the lake. Yet further
east it runs up against the moraine, two flat terraces appearing.
during this rise, their surface covered with gravel and occasional
cobbles, but no large boulders. This fringe of water-laid material
borders the moraine on the south for a considerable distance.
About Tupper Lake Junction is another development of sands, and
Little Wolf pond, whose southern shore appears at the north margin
of the sheet, is held up at the south by these sands. A great sand .
and gravel terrace, with occasional large boulders extends up the
Cold river valley, banked up against the anorthosite hills beyond,
and seems a true kame terrace.
The broad Grenville valley belt of the quadrangle is rather
heavily moraine covered. The local character of the drift is empha-
sized here since Grenville boulders abound, but elsewhere are scarce
or absent, so that they can be used rather confidently for areal
mapping. Throughout the gneissic area also the low grounds and
the gentle hill slopes are moraine covered. The accumulations are
in general not large, nor do they tend prominently to the ridge type.
_ There is no indication within the quadrangle limits of any pro-
tracted pause during the ice withdrawal.
Numerous cuts in till are shown along many of the roads, espe-
Bluff produced in kame sand ridge at Moody, Tupper Lake shore. Cross-bedding
shows midway at the top.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 497
cially in the northern half of the quadrangle. It is quite sandy or
gravelly in character, and has been much used for surfacing the
roads, answering fairly well for that purpose in many places.
Valley plains and pitted plains. In the district north of the Long
Lake quadrangle there is evidence of pause in the ice retreat, in the
considerable moraine which runs west from Placid to Saranac, and
thence on northwest to Lake Clear and Brandon. Running south-
west from this is a great sand-filled valley, commencing at Lake
Clear and ending at Tupper Lake Junction. The general character
_ of its surface is well shown on the St Regis quadrangle topographic
map. A number of small rock knobs project above it, and the rail-
way cuts west of Saranac Inn station well illustrate the general way
in which these knobs are wholly or partly drowned in the sand. The
material is mostly even grained sand of medium grain. There is
little gravel in it and no clay. .
In addition to the rock knobs the surface shows diversity of
another sort, small oval or circular depressions below the general
surface which are in some cases dry and in others occupied by
small ponds. There is a notable collection of these between
Upper Saranac lake and Lake Clear, and thence northward to
Upper St Regis lake and beyond. It is exceptional that a topo-
graphic map brings out the feature better.
The general area is also noteworthy in the number of lakes
and ponds. There are about 150 of these in the St Regis quad-
rangle, in all probability a greater number than is found on any
other of the Adirondack map sheets. And they are mainly massed
along this sand belt and occupy depressions in its surface. The
upper end of Upper Saranac lake has these sands for its shores,
and the abundant and good sized ponds to the westward have
also sandy shores except for the occasional rock knobs protruding
through the sand. The general level of the deposit falls to the
southwest though the fall is only slight, from 12 to 18 inches to
the mile. The sand must have been deposited from a current
which ran across the region to the Raquette just below Raquette
pond. In order to account for this flow we must presume that. the
present outflow through the Saranac river was blocked, and it would
seem that it must have been blocked by ice which lay near at
hand. The depressions in the sand are of the kettle hole type, and
the fact that the larger ponds were not filled by the sand suggests
that they were occupied by stagnant and slowlv melting ice tongues
408 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
which persisted until after the melting back of the main ice front
withdrew the water supply from this particular channel. The sub:
sequent disappearance of the ice tongues left the basins occupied by
the present ponds. The small kettle holes were likely formed in the
same way, small unmelted ice masses being left during the general
retreat of the front, covered with sand and subsequently slowly
. melting away. The Upper Saranac lake valley was likely occupied
by the largest tongue of all, and the sands were washed upon its
north end but were otherwise kept out of the valley. If this be the
true explanation of the character of the district it follows that the ice
disappeared from it by melting back toward the northeast and that,
for a time, the Raquette river carried the upper Saranac drainage:
There is another and parallel line of identically the same nature
on the St Regis quadrangle, extending from the Forestmere lakes
down to Bay pond and beyond, with a tributary line coming into
it from the north at Brandon. The sands are similar and the sur-
face characters identical. The writer is not familiar with the dis-
trict to the west and does not know whether a connection with
the Raquette drainage can be traced or not. The flow may have
been down the St Regis.
There are two small sand-filled channels, one wholly and one
partly on the Long lake sheet. The former extends from Coreys to.
Axton, the route of the old Indian carry. The material is mainly
sand though there are a few gravel streaks. A few surface boulders
are to be seen, but very few. The surface partakes somewhat of
the kame character and this was likely a channel of water dis-
charge only during the time that the ice was retreating back over
it. It is this sand filling which prevents the water of Upper Sara-
nac lake from coming south to the Raquette river, to which drain-
age it properly belongs, and sends it through the modern channel,
over the rock ledge at the Saranac Club (Bartletts carry). The
other channel comes down to the Raquette river at the oxbow 1°
mile below Tromblee’s (not the Oxbow further downstream) and
takes off from Upper Saranac lake at Gilpin bay. It seems also a
local channel, used for a short time after the abandonment of the pre-
vious one, and before the ice had withdrawn to the north of Upper
Saranac lake, opening up the great channel decribed previously.
Topography as modified by glacial erosion. The all pervading
effect of glacial wear in the region was the rounding off, smoothing
and polishing of the rock knobs, large and small [pl. 1-3]. Except
‘
‘usa Myoq royvayyrydue daap
v YA sands OM} yno Spulas pUv jSaMYINOS 9Y} UO 4NO Suapeorg yf "71 Seyvutrxordde yr YSnoyy addy oSpr4 peord dy ayy Jo
JOU SI UTeJUNOUI dy J, ‘“soTIM HE JIwWUWNS OY} 0} 9dULISIG “jSVITJAIOU ySv9 SULYOO] ‘uo}XVy WorJ UvzUNOUM Yaery AU04S
porveys pue pejutol <Jaatssaoxe st pur
eiSoyiouy oy} Jo asvyd prorqqes ‘raproq ay} st yoo oul
“ST[R} eqj0nbvy ye 95108 oy} ur [ley ureyy
ZI 93eIg
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 499
in a few protected situations all previously weathered rock was
worn away, and the present day surfaces are of rock which is fresh
except for the slight amount of postglacial weathering. The ice
was thickest over the valleys, whose sides were notably smoothed
and whose bottoms may have been deepened, though no demon-
strative evidence of this has been noted. That the valleys deflected
the direction of the ice movement in its basal portions to parallelism
with their trend, has already been shown.
The pronounced topographic effects produced in lofty moun-
tains by great ice streams, as many believe, are not to be seen in
the region, unless to a very trifling extent. There has been some
local sapping of cliffs-by bergschrund action, and some tendency
to the production of amphitheaters and cirques on the higher
ridges. Seward pond, midway on the east margin of the quad-
rangle, seems a small cirque pond, but is the only sample of the
kind within the quadrangle. There are however a dozen of the
type in the more lofty and hilly Santanoni quadrangle next east.
The two amphitheaters on the south face of Stony Creek mountain
seem due to the same sort of plucking action though no basin was
dug out by the ice at the foot of the slope [pl. 11]. Some of the
lower level ponds may occupy rock basins dug out by the ice,
though there is no evidence at hand that thisis the case. In the case
of the larger lakes it is quite possible that the ice may have done
some excavation on their beds. Long lake trends with the ice
motion and may be arock basin dug out by the ice. But it seems
equally well accounted for on the supposition that its drainage
went out to the east in preglacial times, and that drift filling in
the valley east of Long lake blocked the channel and sent the water
over the preglacial col.at Raquette falls. Certainly the greater
number of the ponds of the quadrangle, both large and small,
occupy hollows in the moraine or overwash sand plain surfaces,
or else drift-blocked hollows in the partly drift-filled preglacial
valleys. The amount of drift deposited in the valleys is consider-
able; not so much but that frequent rock knobs protrude above
it, but sufficient to everywhere hide the rock floor, and sufficiently
variable in amount to give rise to many ponds.
Drainage modifications. The entire area of the Long Lake
quadrangle drains into the Raquette river, except for a small district
in the northeast corner, draining into the Saranac, and a somewhat
larger one on the southeast, which sends its water to the Hudson.
500 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Except locally, the present stream valleys were also preglacial
stream valleys, and the principal modifications in the drainage pro-
duced by the ice, in addition to the formation of lakes, were in
shifting the divides. A moment’s inspection of the topographic
map suffices to show that many of the divides thereon are of the
most trivial character, and are unstable. A drift-filled valley less
than a mile long is all that separates Upper Saranac lake and Stony
Creek pond, whose water level is 26 feet lower and which outlets
by a sluggish stream into the Raquette river just above Axton. The
preglacial drainage here would seem most likely to be that of a west-
flowing stream in the Ampersand brook and Raquette valleys,
with a tributary from the south in the present Raquette valley
whose source was at Raquette falls, and another tributary from
the north in the Upper Saranac lake valley. The Raquette has
been a rapidly aggrading stream from below Raquette falls to
Tupper lake, but shows rapids and falls a few miles below where it
is out of its old channel.
The divide between Long lake and Round pond is less than 20
feet above the water level of the former and is a low drift divide.
The waters of Catlin lake are 33 feet below those of Long lake,
and from it there is a modern water route to the Hudson. There is
similarly a valley across to the Hudson drainage commencing
near Long Lake village, on the Blue Mountain quadrangle, which
is a drift-blocked channel, though with a greater drift altitude
than in the previous case. It would seem that one or the other of
these valleys was the outlet for the preglacial drainage of the Long
lake valley, above it the water flowing north and below it flowing
south, the divide being at Raquette falls; or in other words the
preglacial divide between the Hudson and Raquette waters was
here. Abundant similar examples of modern divides of the most
trivial character and composed of glacial drift can be seen on the
neighboring quadrangles.
The immediate district is up near the main watershed of the
region. Lower down in their courses the main streams are out of
their preglacial channels here and there and are held up by the
rock barriers developed in these new courses. Owing to the slow
rate of progress in cutting through these the headwater portions of
the drainage channels have slight fall and little cutting power,
and divide shifting must in the main be delayed until these lower
portions of the streams have deepened their channels.
puofeq urievzunow yaor9
Auojg ‘yisodap pues weass [v1ov[S v Jo apis ouo qv uoIssaadap v Surkdnos0 puod v ‘puod yaary Au0jg Jo wae 1aMo7y
JSBIYJAOU JY} OF COUY 9}[sOY}IOUY 9Y} WOAF UdYV} MSTA “pula ysaM sqrt ye sjtsodap o1uivioW Aq dn
prey puv Aoqyea [vrovpsoid Mmoaivu v Sutkdnoso puod snonuts Ssuoy v ‘yied prayyoqry ‘(aurapepeyy oye) puod suryuef
VI 93e[g
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG, LAKE QUADRANGLE 501
From the present main elevated axis the steeper and shorter stream
slopes are those toward the east into the Champlain valley. There .
is hence a tendency on the part of the east-flowing streams to push
their head waters across the divide and establish a new stream divide
to the west of the elevation axis. Two great valleys had been pushed
through the axis in preglacial times, on belts of weak Grenville rocks
and, as stated above, much of the present Raquette drainage above
Raquette falls seems then to have gone out to the eastward, and
has been turned back to a westerly drainage system by uneven
glacial deposits. The Saranac is the only present day stream going
to Lake Champlain which crosses the main axis. It is quite certain
that in the future others will do the same thing, unless again
retarded by further uplift on the east.
~ Postglacial topographic changes in the region have been com-
paratively slight. A slow uplift of the district has been in progress
so that the drainage has had a changing base level throughout the
time. The streams, where out of their old courses, or where across
old cols, have developed falls and rapids with gorges below, but the
rocks are mostly very resistant, even the largest of the streams are
of only moderate size, and toward their head waters they are often
filtered clear of sediment by passing through lakes. These things
all combine to make the amount of postglacial cutting compara-
tively slight. Locally the streams have aggraded their valleys,
sometimes because of a reversal of direction, at others because of
being turned out of their old valleys locally by drift obstruc-
tion. Much of the Raquette valley within the quadrangle is of
this character. It is a meandering stream on a wide valley
floor, bordered by mud banks which fall off to swamps away from
the stream, and with frequent cut-off meanders in all stages of
filling [pl. 20].
A considerable amount of lake filling has also been done, as a
moment’s inspection of the map will show. The present Tupper
Lake reservoir is simply the reexcavated portion of a former pond
which had been entirely converted into swamp. It is an interest-
ing locality in that there is a well preserved old shore line on the
north side marking a former water stage to feet above the present.
This shore is marked by a boulder accumulation, concentrated
there by the washing away of the associated finer material by the
action of the waves.
Even the largest of the lakes are not sufficiently large to permit
502 NEW YORK. STATE MUSEUM
of the production of waves powerful enough to have an important
shaping action wpon their shores. Bare rock ledges are a feature
of the shores of most of them. Elsewhere they are largely of
boulders washed out of the moraines, upon which the waves have
a little more effect than upon the ledges. Little deltas appear at —
some of the brook mouths. Where kame or valley sands form the
shores rapid cutting is in progress and rapid shallowing as well.
One prominent sand spit has been developed on the Long lake
shore in the lee of Camp island [pl. 15, 16], with others of less
prominence to the south.
ECONOMIC GEOLOGY
If the district was, or was ever likely to become, a thickly settled
one there are some things that might have considerable economic
importance; as it is there is little of that nature. Aside from its
iron ore the Adirondack region shows little or nothing in the way of
metalliferous wealth. Within the area of the quadrangle no deposits
of iron ore were seen, nor have any ever been exploited, so far as
‘could be discovered, though such are known from all of the adjacent
quadrangles, of which the titaniferous ores about Lake Sanford
within the Santanoni quadrangle are much the most important.:
These ores are found in the anorthosite and result from its dif-
ferentiation, but there are none such found within the anorthosite
area of the Long Lake quadrangle except possibly of such minor
size that they have been missed during the present survey. Nor
have magnetite ore bodies been noted within the areas of gneiss
and syenite, in either of which they might occur. In the district
between Raquette Falls and Follensby pond there is some local com-
pass variation, though it is hardly indicative of any large ore body.
There is considerable graphite in disseminated form in the Gren-
ville rocks, both in the sediments and locally in the igneous rocks,
as is usual in the formation, but nothing was seen which would
indicate that it is anywhere present in sufficient quantity to form
a workable deposit.
Building stone. In the granite, syenite and anorthosite areas of
the quadrangle there is an inexhaustible supply of building stone of
fair quality, and much of the granitic Long lake gneiss can also be
used for structural purposes. It is not likely that any of the stone
is of such high grade that quarrying operations on a large scale for
export would be advisable, but there is an ample supply of material
1Kemp, J. F. U.S. Geol. Sur. roth An. Rep’t, pt 3, p. 409-19.
S9UBISIP 94} UL 9BuLI sIyyeqeg oy] ‘ Spuvyst
94} JO pus ATIoYJNOS ay} pavAo} o1O0YS qsoM ey} Wor yno Sur
Iuund yids pues eq} pure spuryjsr dur 9} “ureyunou
Aria qontg puv [peysdurayy WAN Sursoys : ULBJUNOU you jo yrmumns oy} rvou WOIfJ 9YVL Suoy] ssore SULYOOT
: Cr o1eI4
yids puvs oy} MoYs 19339q 0} ST ayetd jo yavd Jo Mola posiepuq
QI a1
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE - 503
for all possible local use. Perhaps the best material of all is the red,
granitic syenite, the color of which is pleasing, and not susceptible
to the change which the green syenite experiences. The handsome
lodge and gate at Litchfield park are constructed of this material,
and a prettier red granite would be hard to find [pl. 17]. The ma-
terial was obtained: from boulders within the park, and close at
hand, but there is a plentiful supply exposed in places to the east.
In all respects except that of color much of the syenite is an equally
good building material, and its original greenish shade is a pleasing
color to many; but its rather rapid change to brownish tints on
exposure to the air is a drawback. It has been used for foundation
and other work at Tupper Lake to a considerable extent and for
durability and strength is unexcelled. The color change.is the
only drawback to its use for more pretentious work.
The anorthosite is also a strong, durable stone serving well for all
rough purposes. The coarser varieties have had considerable use
in the region in the construction of rustic mantels and chimneys,
and the stone is very handsome when so used. None of it possesses
the property of iridescence in a high degree but much of it has some-
what of the character, and this enhances its effectiveness for such use.
Road metal. The best stone for roadmaking in the district is the
basic variety of the syenite. This has been considerably quarried
at Tupper lake and used locally upon the roads, and also been ex-
ported to some extent [pl. 18]. It is hard and tough and has ex-
cellent binding power, being equal to the best trap rock in these
qualities. The more feldspathic syenite makes nearly as good road
metal as the more basic variety. The more gabbroic anorthosite
would also make a good road rock, though it has not been used
locally because of the plentiful supply of the syenite.
Some of the roads of the quadrangle have been surfaced with
sandy gravel dug from the moraine along the roadsides. Where
carefully selected it makes a very good road provided its usage is _
not too hard. In many cases however it has not been well selected,
and where there is heavy teaming it does not prove very durable.
PETROGRAPHY OF THE ROCKS
While the general petrography of many of the rocks of the
quadrangle has been given by Kemp, Smyth and the writer in
their various reports to the State Geologist, the work is far from
being exhaustive, and some more exact work on certain rocks
seemed desirable.
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
504
Grenville rocks. The quartzose rocks are the only members of
the Grenville series sufficiently well shown within the quadrangle
to repay careful study. In general their mineralogy is compata-
tively simple, as they are made up of quartz, feldspar, pyroxene
and phlogopite mica in varying amounts. Small amounts of various
accessory minerals are also present but seldom in sufficient quantity
to affect the general statement. In general there is little difficulty
in distinguishing the quartz and feldspar under the microscope,
and mostly the feldspar admits of fairly accurate microscopic de-
termination. So far as. they are concerned therefore, the rocks
admit of reasonably accurate microscopic analysis. But the pyrox-
ene and mica are minerals of very varying composition, and as a
first step it was desirable to have analyses of them available, for
use in calculating the results of the microscopic rock analyses. For
a pyroxene analysis a rock was selected free from mica, and with
only accessory titanite and zircon present in addition to the quartz,
feldspar and pyroxene. The titanite was-fairly abundant and oc-
curred included in all the three constituent minerals, so that it was
impossible to wholly separate it from the pyroxene, but with this
exception an absolutely clean pyroxene powder was obtained with
Thoulet solution. Since titanites do not vary widely from their
theoretical composition, it seemed that, by using the amount of
TiO, obtained in the analysis as a base for calculating out the
titanite, the remainder must closely represent the composition of »
the pyroxene.
Analysis of pyroxene from quartz-pyroxene gneiss (3-C-4) 1 mile east
of Grampus lake
Analysis | Titanite Pyroxene To 100%
Si OEE eee Mins Sham oanae ot 52.87 1.43 51.44 54.20
jal O apis Ca eo ern inane ater ex es SOE ema SNe 330% 3 ie
[RRO Ps balan, cea cue sama ates cies OPW oye Meucue aeeene 1 HG 1.86
HG Oates cisoke can ickatoe wane: CRTs Seas Sth 6.21 6.54
Sie Oe chigea Din Icen erent, ae tare DRO OME Maashnne ew. 17.68 18.63
GAG aia Reoea te Sac eee TA 047) a 7.36 Tai 13.81
INAS ORE RGSS, eae its cues 0.98 | vine eee 0.98 1.02
ES OMe aus ahah Sees eae On2 Ome: dtc eee 0.20 Ogu
ING OE eM eis bieeeace cuniculi en 3 OR 332 ual sierra 0.32 0.24
TEL, ©) eee ceeded ade ne cee ©.10 | eT oe 0.10 O.II
Api @ aes kee? See Amn ae et reheat. oor 1.88 | TG |. ce aee een cel ten ee
99-57 | 4.07 94.90 100.00
"
1 E. W. Morley, analyst.
fq aivou poeurezqo azruads OTIUBIS ‘par JO payonaysuos ‘yaed PIPYYOIWT] 1% aspoy pue ajzer
}
| a ee
c
Plate 18
Road metal quarry in augite syenite, at Tupper Lake village. The rock is more
basic and gneissoid than usual, and rather excessively jointed, those in the view
belonging to the n. 50w. series, the most prominent and regular one just here. Rude
and irregular horizontal joints are also to be seen.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 505
This pyroxene is highly exceptional in its lime-magnesia ratio, so
much so that it is unsafe to assume, as was hoped might be done,
that it is representative of the pyroxenes of these rocks. Since how-
ever this assumption involves less uncertainty than the assumption
that some other pyroxene may be representative, or the assumption
than no pyroxene is representative, it is made use of in the following
calculations. It may well be that the pyroxenes formed in highly
metamorphosed sediments tend to show a different lime-magnesia
ratio from those of igneous rocks, in correspondence with the well
known differences in this ratio exhibited by the two classes of rocks.
This especial pyroxene isof rather dark green color, as evinced
also by the iron percentage shown in the analysis. But the pyrox-
enes of these Grenville gneisses are by no means uniform in this
regard, being often white, or light green. It is however thought
that this is simply due to variations of comparatively small range
in the iron content, sufficiently small to form a matter of slight
importance in the composition of the whole rock.
Microscopic analysis of the section of the rock by Rosiwal’s
method gave the result indicated in the following table. Only the
Units by
Units measured Sp. Gr. weight % weight
QUERE RHE See cures ares race ere em are PROGR 2 OF MSS or Se
IBSIIGIS CEI pala aie or aoe ee eee HOA 2,.60 = 1720 == 22.07
12 UROSR EIS Ie eae ee eee ae BGO) SS Gao =e MAGI See ie Na)
“TY Ti(heeurauil Es icieese aaa ee bos uae nee Nee a ee BH Oo ee | Gee 2.47
Zircon..... Ribas Ne ee Bata ratiaty State ae Neck = iO Af = a 0.62
“Royaciliscs ice strcraancn neni Sage sake tals 2610 7IOL 100.00
five minerals mentioned were present in the slide and the two latter
in but slight quantity. The larger part of the feldspar showed
plagioclase twinning with maximum extinction angles of 12°, in-
dicating either an acid andesin, about Ab, Any, or else albite, in all
probability the former. There was also a small amount of un-
twinned feldspar which was perhaps orthoclase. As a check on the
calculation and an aid in making more certain the character of the
feldspar, Professor Morley determined the silica and alkalis in the
rock, as follows: SiO,, 80.89%; Na,O, 1.81%: K,O, 0.44%.
Then the composition of the rock was calculated, first determin-
ing the pyroxene from its known composition, using the remainder
of the alkalis for the orthoclase and albite determination, and the
silica residue forming the quartz. The feldspar deficiency on this
basis made it certain that the feldspar was not albite, hence enough
506 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
anorthite was assumed to form Ab, An, with the albite. The resu!t
is given in the table, which agrees closely with the microscopic
analysis, though the silica is a little higher, and the alumina cor-
Chemical composition of quartz-pyroxene gneiss, calculated from
mode and partial analysis
Oz Orth. Alb Anor. Pyr. Tit Zir Total
SIO letee apes mere 5O566| 1.47) O-4 7) 2.06) O.43)) On7 Sen oReoloonos
LATS © EYL eee antes Ste nance Yell a an (OK0)|| Pell = Gots o es a allsoo 50. 6.19
Bre Ogi ai esas ego ater | eileen leaks ee eg ae eye leant O32: ee ce ee Onge
Be Qs Sere lee Wee cintetaual |e eas lhe ee | Te TAN eco ated eee iby ind)
as ey © eee ana ener el arene ren al ares Weliasaetns tla ltapn het 2/2i5 | 2. a se ee areal
CAO Serie eine Neate Wis Sea te Sed ae Sei Aoclill CoGGCl) oc sso 4.48
Naa Or aie Wake ore atentellisnas tte omed | eae cae ens TEAS lhe avis avs On TS) 2 i ee 1 Bit
1H © rpg reas arise NP hs Ces O Psa at alecise ces O05) tba eens linwtaterst
IN iol Orcs clases = eae Sea speaks ototas Nec| (alge ses HAV N Seaiatasclla kes oo 0.06
Te eects, peterson] eho oar ot Reece teas A eee | reece eee O70.) eae ©.90
LEC O ava a oe esse oa att eA ee RGN Ras EE eto | ee 0.42] 0.42
Total. .2...|| 56.69|) 2'28| 1270) 6.87] 17.30). 2.46) eon oeimocmoe
respondingly lower than in that. The more probable cause for the
difference is a failure in all cases to distinguish between quartz and
feldspar in the slide. But the totals would be but slightly affected,
and the character of the rock as surely indicated in the one case as
in the other. .
The analysis shows a distinctively sedimentary rock, a metamor-
phosed sandstone which was somewhat shaly, and somewhat cal-
careous. The low alumina, comparatively high lime and magnesia
and low alkalis show a wide discrepancy when compared with any
igneous rock of similar silica percentage. There is however close
agreement with the composition of such a sandstone as indicated.
While such origin had been inferred from the appearance of the
rock in the field, and in thin section, it seems to be put beyond
reasonable doubt by the analysis.
In the purer varieties of these rocks, such as are found for example
on the hill in the extreme southeast corner of the quadrangle, where
they are exposed in large thickness, the rock is entirely composed of
quartz and white pyroxene, with here and there a little bit of
graphite. The rock is foliated and the thin section is certainly richer
in pyroxene than the main rock, and therefore not adapted to
analysis. But the mineralogic make-up is such that there is no
question as to the character of the rock. Its silica percentage would
be somewhat higher than in the previous case, not far from 85%,
the remainder being mostly lime and magmnesia. -
“SULJ[NVF Surysasons ‘spua yynos aay} ye sytpo doajs ut uMop yeorq osoyy, ‘“puod Kqsuoyjog pur
SLIIO PY IY WOIMJoq aT YOLYA sasprs Surpusay A[19jSsvayAOU “jV9IS OM OY} WAAS O4¥ 19}U99 DY} UL O[IYA Stato IY Jo ands
ySv¥9 OY} SE JYSII oy} UG ‘asvipIA oye raddny, avou yurod v wo.ay Ao {Va a}jonbey oY} ssorov ysvayynos SuryooT
61 9381
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 507
A slightly different, though yet more silicious rock is a quartz
gneiss from the small Grenville area lying between Long lake and
Pickwacket pond. It is a quartz, feldspar, phlogopite rock, with
zircon as the only observed accessory mineral. The feldspar is so
altered as to unfit the rock for chemical analysis, but still admits of
accurate microscopic determination. Part of it is oligoclase, about
Ab, An,, and the remainder seems orthoclase, at least it is un-
twinned. With no analysis of the phlogopite available it is as-
sumed to have the composition of the phlogopite from Edwards,
N. Y.t. With these assumptions the microscopic analysis yields the
following result (2-H-1). |
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Oana MS Cem aire ea) «at anny ae See ake NEO SS QO == GR as GIGS
Beldsparenss- Peice degen ahcg Ric tterevecnrevcn ore 2aG 201 == BOn == Te 7S
TPAaiKOVSXOS ONS = eecte cececk ar Gales Ce Me RCS IOS 2.35 =— 502 — 8.318
PRU COTN EG peo eH foal ates) -) og eoss ¥ ea vee Se REA = m= OA
ANON dante ae ieee ieee eae 2587 6898 TO00.00
parr
Oz Alb Anor Phlog Zir Total
|
— —_ |
Si O)a Sey sgneapareteres tee 7On 13 OoAS Yo Wegs BOK 0.07 90.93
PMS Orica ret ei Pees eae pete ieee TAS On Men STs PP OL.OR |i. eaeeir Bay]
ese meet oe | ee a SPINY Aare Th ee pPuoeR ole er ts ih a 0.03
IM Isa G) sess stele Cet hos hse he este oC (Reed ara |e een ee | Deore Ontate ORR
CAO Maree wore Uae eae ll bees oS QO Ora eyinecne seers elGereasvenare 0.66
NEB Or atsgiccr al iageteth = i Okeball aeaveetecle | OnOBb eee aes eer
LEC of Oh Re ces EC Regen a one Negra 7ith | eesuera st! 0.74
EL OVE eae Baer eke eel OEE nee tied |CER Re TeElRacke < eaae | ecoeec o.14 0.14
! | ! |
Motale sacle | 49.13 | 9.36 3.12 | Bir Bearers meonod
|
_ It is quite possible that 20% or less of the feldspar is orthoclase,
which would affect the soda-potash ratio perceptibly and the silica-
alumina ratio slightly. The composition of the phlogopite may also
vary somewhat from that assumed, and is likely to in the iron con-
tent more especially. While these uncertainties considerably affect
the calculation when regarded as an exact rock analysis, they would
affect it in such slight manner, from the standpoint of the general
rock character, that it may be regarded as quite certain that we
are dealing with a metamorphosed sandstone, slightly aluminous
and slightly calcareous, but otherwise entirely normal.
Associated with the quartz gneisses about Lake Catlin is a much
less quartzose rock which is quite micaceous. The thin section
I Dana. Syst. Min. Ed. 6, p. 633, no. 8.
©
508 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
showed it to have similar mineralogy, quartz, feldspar, pyroxene,
mica, zircon, titanite, graphite and apatite being present. The
pyroxene is white instead of green and probably differs consider-
ably from that previously. discussed and analyzed. The mica is
unquestionable phlogopite. Some of the feldspar, about 20%, was
badly altered, showed no sign of twinning, and was assumed to be
orthoclase. The remainder was twinned plagioclase with 12° maxi-
mum extinction angle, and is regarded as andesin, Ab, An,, though
it is possible that it may be albite. The analysis is therefore some-
Mode of quartz-pyroxene-phlogopite gneiss (1-L-3-a)
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Quarte: oes een ee GOO D,.05 =—— n3so == 20.2%
Beldspart 2.25 nian eee eee MAO AA == 116 == tS, no
PYTORENE I Mets ati acep aaah teeta eee 642 33353 — 2 — ees
Phlogepites vee tac. cee pee AAPA = O80) SH HO. F
"Eitamite.c> 6 Shas week ee, TOs Se —— 35 O57
ZA COMM hoe ahiat erate ese nee enc ie meen 4x455) 2 oa 0.29
AD att OSS a ans: aie ene che See RIED == i = 0.10
Graphite as «ican Perch eaten GEO = —— 0.03
Total gees io tsk eee eae eee ee ee 2125 6130 IO0.00
Composition calculated from mode
Qz. Pyrox. | Phlog. | Orth. Alb Anor. Tit Zir. & Ap.| Total
SiO2.. 202A USs7S| Foyt Baoan O.07]| 2.23) Osi® ©.09| 68.09
JAN, Org etied crate 2 nO oy CaO ae osvall En Y/Alln cs ao bolloaa 6 45 Tieeiay
IEA <o.3lS cea 6.0 Co eet ODL PaReaeeNea| Geeaer ans | aeniomeal Evra eal Eaa eam ASS Go oc 0.65
Eve Oh eeres ene PHT ot alien oho Vic WAncies ates ras (appar eS Ia ae llamas ONG 's'o.o o> 2.30
Nici OS ers eee (Oye hae Mee Netra sig .09 (aac n || Belisch esc We Bidteoes|| aces oot TD Als
CaQe Hea e cscs HWA XO} Sa MER pal Sha er Boel Malema ©.97| ©.16 ACG 5.66
Nias Olas sere teee OVE OsOSlo oso Tal | ays coeliac iene alle ee ihe 57
KO eee teas OPO? TAG MO OA Le saan ee [evteytmas niet peace eases B) Ai)
Wine wo clloo.o ea Oye DT [ee 4S colic aeekeeeita | eae cavers & | Seer ermies oleae alle eae On
fr Ope eteh irae rersicl ia etaterc || Ge RERe cota las Bacehenis Mer Iiepate eer ©) 22) nena 0.22
Lit Os. (callie ee eos Sal hestak es aU H awe e cectee | ne reece red vases |eier te eee | ee ©.20| 0.20
AD © Jena eared eine | anor asi ey eset | Miele oy elles Serine a Jct ceefeee eee ©. O23) OnOs
Total... 3o.22) 34°56 (26ers!) eos so cOble Aeeaener sy ° 38) 99-97
!
what uncertain and its result is of itself pretty good evidence that
the pyroxene is of quite different character from that analyzed and
used in the calculation. The lime-magnesia ratio seems clearly
quite erroneous. If the lime and magnesia percentages in the
pyroxene calculation are reversed, bringing it more closely into line
with the composition of ordinary diopside, this anomaly disappears. -
“uwooq Soy, oy} Aq JouUUYO ULewW 9}
Woy poyeavdas udaas st YOIYM pue ‘Moqxo IauIIOF v Jo UOTWISOd dy} SyIvUE YOIYM sYSnoys yasyovq oy} Jo 9uo dn Suryooy]
‘WO}XW JO JSAM SO[IUE ZUIYV] MITA “pIBMIS IJ PABMO} ASAI ayJonbey oy} Jo JauuvYyo ureut oy} ssotoe SuryooT
oz 93eIg
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 509
As so modified the analysis falls closely into line with the preceding,
though representing a much more impure sandstone, somewhat
more shaly, and much more calcareous than the more quartzose
rocks. It seems quite clearly a member of the same group.
Just north of the Bog stream. near the west edge of the quad-
rangle, quartz, pyroxene, feldspar gneisses occur which appear less
distinctly like sediments in the field, and have somewhat the look of
the ordinary gneisses. But portions of the mass are excessively
quartzose, and in thin section all resemble the Grenville quartzites
just described. The slide of one of the more quartzose portions
shows a quartz, feldspar, pyroxene rock with small amounts of
titanite, magnetite, apatite and zircon. Phlogopite is lacking, and
the rock is firmer, more glassy looking and less granular than the
usual quartzites. The microscopic analysis however shows a close
relationship.
Mode of quartzose (Grenville) gneiss (6-B-2-a)
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
BO) Maisie a Se nen eed ee eke? eto 2ret x 2.65 == B7o0 == 65.78
INGICIs ores ese char A eid oee eanrere sae een oe A953 £205 == BOER == 23.00
JEN ROD AGNES Fk doer ata cat aR eae PORZ2 = Cor = 9.29
Bier er eit berminn. to, crecna tactausee ia we, ae -tkee ante 10% 3.5 = oo = 0.65
Mia sale tiveness Steno ce ee are TES 2 == 27 == 0.42
ANIDE HIMES sto cnehore Uae acneinee neue OOS een DEEZ = O = 0.07
AGC O Meare errant eene hem bea Saab GPS Se tas as. aa Sie — ©.10
MO Lellet ge. pavesey eis crete = wreceios wie ee 3183 8666 100.00
Composition calculated from mode
Qz. Orth. Alb. Anor. | Pyrox. Tit. Mag. eee Total
SiO. OF 73) 2.33) See 9 Ag) §.@4)"OsAolla co ce< 0.03] 85.18
Eel OR cas ale esses < GOS A Reni Sorell” Cz, SO) leeaisee creel agen exec oh le 6.20
ISAO) a trate fororaud cee ||Geeie cee || Sentoneieneh ianene Paes Opal letter OPN s oe dec 0.45
GO) ewer aaa ern et ne tak chat, By ©), ONG 658 ae (ope ae eer 0.76
NUEA OO erssoiseeil eyes ected cert seer ewepener ICN ere Deals skelter sus an eee TE «Wf
Oe raat ecteas seal uch etd eon oie 's Perr eee || wa Ome O lectern OnOd| 5 3.12
BNO Pini Sexaisets arta war? ERAGE HA lo sciates ROO) Pas ners abet oi ees 1.50
ESO cal ee oe OOO eon eco ftrea che: ONS ONS Aces of Soave, erase eee mere 0.69
Jul al Oss Os AN tocedene bela Ra Ears Caer eneen ene OR OBI sees, Gece Bate teal terete iets 0.03
Li Pa rays eel ete creetell rsctra tee |scvanaueteltat|ieiGeenec rallies a =e o's SFA AO) | eer rails ciedotes 0.26
i One Ss Sia ioten 5 Coch Ge AEE tea a eRe RE ah hehe eee eee eel eect GO| O©.07
Nhe earliest eu te enoe seensll saya a lems cts ails ave stele atieels ©.02| 0.02
Total (Hs Fi BaGe)) 22 Oe) SECC) OLAOI o OAOH) Cave)" Ce milo woyey- Oy
510 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
As usual some uncertainties have a vitiating effect on the calcula-
tion. The pyroxene may, or may not be like the one analyzed.
If not the lime-magnesia ratio would be altered, though the change
would be slight. Most of thefeldspar is twinned, though 15% lacks
- this feature. This has been calculated as orthoclase though it
may not be. The remainder shows a maximum extinction of 16°.
This is the angle for both albite and andesin (Ab, An.) but this is
held with reasonable certainty to be the latter since Becke’s method
shows it to have the same refractive index as the quartz. Except
for a possible slight increase in lime and corresponding decrease in _
magnesia therefore this must give a very close approximation to
the actual composition of the rock. It harmonizes well with the
preceding analyses and again indicates a somewhat impure sand-
stone, a little more aluminous and a little less calcareous than
they.
Igneous rocks. Granite. No analyses of the Adirondack gran-
ites have been published, so far as the writer is aware. The Morris
granite is of a distinct and simple type, with definitely established
age relations to the other intrusives, and an accurate analysis of it
seemed highly desirable. It is mainly a quartz-microperthite rock,
with accessory plagioclase, hornblende (usually chloritized), mag-
netite, titanite and zircon, and lends itself readily to microscopic
analysis. Since however the character of the feldspar can not be
precisely determined microscopically an analysis was necessary to
establish this. The hornblende has been thoroughly altered to
Mode of Morris granite, fine grained type (15-A-3)
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Qua REZ ea er VEE AE Hee ond eRe aaa Ox 2.65 == 2030 = 444557
Micropentiites a. sm timeanc Soom is IGM AG == AGO == O2,74
PlasiOclase =k. ee tees cane Ce I 22.63 = 153 = ook
Elormblendestiie ocr eae sete a 30 = (88
Macnetite sce oe oe sone etme ie SRS = 2 = 0.34
ZAR COM orators shoe eae ee ese Pe B83 So SS 13 = o.18
Mat amibes see saaiks cis ois eieneaek eaten elas 13.5 = —— 0.03
Motel crs Get ca Se tecoe ss heb pein are 2856 7610 100.00
chlorite and small flecks of this mineral are frequent in the feldspar,
and are too small to measure accurately, so that the hornblende
should more properly read “ chlorite” and its amount is certainly
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE Sir
considerably too small. The amount of zircon is probably too
. large, and the slide does not seem to show quite the normal amount
of magnetite. The plagioclase is in minute grains and is difficult
of exact determination though it seems oligoclase.
Chemical composition and norm of Morris granite (15-A-3)!
Pee pales oa Onin Sb: hn, | Cons By: Me | G7.
RIOR el orate tea 3| © 276! (sal. «0281... .: BOA.2|| arash .633
RO) eee eeey eee unl ae Oran OA OW OONAS amd’ JOOS. ates: uexecnall cues eae
BeNOR. cl Ton) 2000)... 2 Neel ners oi sere oleae ae sl YOO: pues
Be Ole cs. Wnerinc| a cove cnet taco ene Were cee cael See es SOOT SOOO a oa dhe 2
MgO 0.46 OWS eevee Legere allingete arta | IAs, ea OMT Ces ct ee a
CAO Seine 0.78 Ghillie SE ees Veen (OY et eee oe | Pi ceria Say, HEN aS
Na.O Beed. GSA aes ise toy Ste Nts rare at De ec lal | Gg
K.20 Ape 049 COV AMOH ec rato NS Picea Paacyl kak See pene te trea gest eee ele ne
H20+ Oe el eee tera Pncariestiea silly sich steel tara Sool ee Lecalle andy ae at oie Wests Sh Sic,
H,0— OP IRG men wires ene uae oane echancdl (ache cael isaall Sucethaue ce ee a tea Mie se mealert
AMO)s OPAL eae Remar Met mem a iran iene catnatonl Nora test ses! [Ne fanro doapie! | 'esraiea ker ic ee ah areas es Pearernete
ZtOz ONO? met teal hoeaes eee lh are eter lh ca ope ee beat ct| caus Vere call ent cer
Bae e "Ghs OTM era een ec eee by nes dl ge eral pia Re Pear ee Leemere
Seu ease OP OME ree aerate Pe, net The ercer coral eae el Nt: TAC IORI Ue a
MnO... ORO Olas Soon tae |e ere Netting ae re [Peer Sar E see cy cote | pe
Total OG Sills cca be 046 054 ola 008 O12 006 623
Or. 25.531
/Nieveeeee 3 a0 Class, = Eage DUSK ae 25.7 —1«z, persalane
An... 13.89} 96.34 On ee
Co..... 0.82 | Orden) === 225 = 0.65 = 3, columbare
On) 2 37705 | P 57-77
: 4
Hy Se 2G)) Rang, Na8 Eee SS ae —— seals kaise
Nee 30 | i, coe ae CaO 14
ee: 2 Subran La ue 85 = 3, alaskose
Rest. 0.60 §; Na,O’ 54 3 3)
Total 99.84
In the new classification of igneous rocks this granite would be
called an alaskose. It is however very near the border between
orders 3 and 4, so that a comparatively slight increase in feldspar
at the expense of quartz would put it into the liparose division.
The norm differs from the mode slightly in the quartz-feldspar
percentages. A considerable portion of the magnetite of the norm
belongs in the chlorite of the mode and with this would go the
slight excess of alumina which appears as corundum in the norm.
The hypersthene, corundum, and excess of magnetite of the norm
IE. W. Morley, analyst. P2Os, BaO and Cl absent.
S12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
would give an amount of chlorite considerably in excess of the
chloritized hornblende of the mode, which has already been ac-
counted for. The feldspar percentage should be correspondingly
decreased. Even then the difference between the quartz feldspar
ratio in the norm and mode, .65 in one case and .56 in the other,
is sufficient to shift the rock into another order, .60 being the
dividing ratio. The probable cause is that the ratio present in the
slide is not quite normal, the quartz not being equably distributed
through the rock.
Syenite. The great amount of differentiation shown by the rock
of the syenite bathylith has already been noted. Analyses of a
considerable number of these have been already published, but
there were yet lacking those of the more basic and more acid
phases, and moreover the red syenites which occur in association
with the granitic syenite had not been carefully investigated.
The specimen of basic syenite (12-1-6) selected for investigation,
was collected a little over a mile n.n.w. from Raquette falls. It is
a rather evenly granular, gneissoid rock, feldspar phenocrysts
being few and of small size. The thin section shows augite and
hypersthene in the parallel growths which are so characteristic of
this rock, hornblende, magnetite, light colored titanite, apatite,
patchy, vermicular garnet, a little quartz, a little pyrite, and feld-
spar which is in part microperthite and in part oligoclase-andesin.
The mode of the rock, by Rosiwal’s method, is as follows:
Mode of basic syenite (12-1-6)
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Beldspare a) eo carbines pee rae eoe 748 X% 2.64 ==. 1975 “== 5Geme
OuMantas a reeicks «caer tenes ieee. eareem seas 38 X 2.65 —= tor = 2.87
Worniblenderrmemerer eee Bo O60 NO IS ea = iG) 9.65
Audgitesac. saree teeny Sinemet 2) 123 K3. 32) ==- = ACO) ee
ly persthenles reat. ge ss seer ae IIL 23.35 = 37 os en
MaeaWerite et smn aicie- (ec PEs coe ani AAD SSI peo) nn 6.57
Gatnet veri tthe sais ee cee nares aos a 27 0.97
7aNh DEH E Hes ena Pavan STH ee PIRI AMO Gene nbeeIb Gc WBS 2.2 == a Tash
Ditanites ieee sce a eee eusmoenen ariel eae AS 35 == i = ©.40
Pye 9. Be tee aie is nee aoe ae Woe 5 = — 0.14
‘Totalgeiciaitus cioceinuanteneen nce T194 3519 100.00
a ae
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE
513
Chemical composition and norm of basic syenite (12-1-6)!
Com | Mol] Or. | Ab. | An. | Di. | Hy.|Mag.| Ap. | Ti. | Qz. | Py.
SiGe eee EAL LO}. 902). 190\, 300). 054).020). 107). . os (han): 002|.048
SE Ora Pea EGU OSS | OOD MOG TN loc il ndecc-si| apeeeaills'= = 2] eo spall eeolalleton
ResO%..)<. 5. AENSI2 O21 etry veal auc ermied |eerseetre lenis ec 028 inl bees 002
MeO reo GEANSOOO hs. 2 ale cme lerteellle 007|.050].028 OO2 hers olece
INGO ieee. EAs OsS teers Ira cuewtlies ot NXE) StS 177 Poesia lo ached [eee ey ct [cece
Oe awe. (5 Le | |S 05 fo) Pere nl Ree |.076|.013 bs aeell O2elal tena ceel muses [etna 6
Wis O: 2.022. Be SHIROOU Hts <olMOOL|nonciera se lor oellltis cesta ccessi|le teats Ittere Bilece ee
0 BECO MOR lO 353 leices elltatldaeliceere ts |[euctenel fobs lapel|fetw- )| eee, ell pm euensill@uaues
H,0+ Seam peete fe) 48 Com oho oe ol emo io Pos ihs co oll6-0)5 olllasG Giolla cso oulacona oilic: 6-0: Giico.c.0
20—...... OMNOLO) epee | er ted teteceitel tov ever cl rates eeececelll cm cirallececeueilie svctaipersctes [lave axe
MOS. se ss ss Qs! OOBls woslassales ARE S| 502) taaeme leoscens
Olen hee I. = @)5 ots} sCOKO)|55 sulls ou. SOOO rata Pyesellisssaa
RG 2 ee echoes OHO MOOS || several ecshcral| anal aecillecuspell\siteere DOs eat asi|ye oe eee
Deus OM GA OOM es |Pneners SCG eo Shc aeteallieseimec| pe easee 004
Min Oi: Ou2i || 5OOS)o cc allo cus Hera tseeetalll SOONG tetayailtson oe [ees Sines sta, laterals
BAO ere 53: QUO sOOMs sac|dacc {OOM creased fete Syratl hal ew ca| cen cceHI arse |lorele calle ua calle
Total... .|100.10]... .|.033}.061/.077|.026].107].028).006|.002|.048].002
.06
100.13 ZrO2, Cr203 and Cl absent
Or. . 18.13 Class, Sle ah 3.00 = 11 = dosalane
Ab. 32-171 94 39 Fem. 24.83
An. 21.43 3 Q 2.86
Qz.. 2.86) Order, Pomate a 5, germanare
2 ane BeOS!
Hy. 12.50 | NaZO) IO) 040) men
Mt SS oa 8 ee CaO ee oa
BOs snes 0.36) : KON se
Ap. 2.09 Sue MESON Gh ar oan andose, but near
Py. als | Z shoshonose
Total. 99.42 .
As usual with these rocks the ferrous iron determination was
unsatisfactory from some cause not yet clear, the result of the
analysis showing 10.96 FeO out of a total iron of 10.99.
there is a possibility that the pyrite may be accountable for the
discrepancy, but it is very unlikely that this is the case since the
trouble is constant in the rock group and the pyrite is occasional.
The microscopic analysis showed a considerable percentage of mag-
netite present, the amount of which was checked by separating the
magnetite from a certain portion of the rock, so that the result
I Sp. Gr. 2.964 at 18°,
In this case
Analyst, E. W. Morley.
514 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
is reasonably accurate. The ferric iron given in the analysis is that
in the magnetite as thus determined. It is certainly somewhat low
since there is a strong probability of some ferric iron in the femic
minerals but there is an equally strong probability that the amount
is trifling, so that reasonable confidence 4s felt that the figures
given are close to the truth. |
Since the same error in the iron determination is found in the
syenite analyses previously published, and since it is also desirable
to consider them with respect to their position in the new rock
classification, microscopic analyses were also made of them and the
figures for iron changed so far as determinations of the amount of
magnetite present would permit. As thus modified the analyses
should supersede those already published [N. Y. State Mus. Bul. os.
Ds Jeu oe |b
I 2 | 3 4 5 6 7 8
|
SiOn anus 54.10] ~ 577.00 59.70] 61.01] 63.45] 65.65 66.72) 68.5
AlipOss. wie LAS peel Ono 19.52| 15.36] 18.38] 16.84 16.15] 14.69
BeAO es a6 ou Lael i) TSO 2.08) ek Goi) (-<e2ehae Sra
MeOe. a: Gece ol Vases east 6 69, § 7 Ma eres!) S55
WO Fh A Ae T 202 78 78 a15 13 se 226
CaO ieee: 6.17 6.20 Ho3O]) AsOs| BOO] 2.a7 2.30] 2.20
NasOme es 3.81 Hho 5 ee telmmneya(Sesl pe NispuColOhhe yay: Ay 30S esG
ee Nee e Shee ee nise! ial NG TesfOV@)| ths Io eist | RE yal 5.66] 5.90
TOS. aes Ryans ite h cs) de 77) ae
MODs 0. ee CPO Sioiieore cia ol kc asomiclalle oc'e Oar icicidle Siesail|c-< 6.5 cic
PE Omani: OAS Me a eerste gy a rete al 'setayanaces | eecean eke farsi | ene 03
Cn aS rave ovate wife llevar a, [Ph weg 'aeve ball leteee endl focegonee cnt belewets 1s cal] apnea cet (eee a
laces cae OLLOG ati erie Gece lee aves ll avasal cue eo| ale ai arairal lates elcareges [heen |
Se een ae ©. NA Weiser ee 5 Ne ae eR eee) ee A
MEMO, Beace OMG Cmte ies feY9) ©Si etiral@el sea eieeee O7 10
Ba @reorie: Ce Wrarto)| earner rene (aoret a sewialli Grae ane PS lie-w Chiao eee O5
Total... .|r00.19| 99.16 |100.23|T0o.10] 99.43) 09-471) TOO. mel meueee
AOOiao sy abt ech emacs enol OAC c meta Glictica Otc also acc
LOO ADS |e sie wyoce yells ayeteueailiwccre: « speiliolets chee | otepe ie ieeal eee eee ee |
Spiers POO Sass ecees A OYA odo 6 ¢ 2) «7 T:O)\/2\s 616\.<' » |ponenetioncl ketal eRe
1 Basic syenite (andose) from near Raquette falls, analysis by
EB. W. Morley. .
2 Basic syenite from Natural Bridge, Diana, Lewis co. C. H.
Smyth jr, Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 6:274.
3 Augite syenite (laurvikose), road from Tupper lake to Waw-
beek, N. Y. State Geol. 20th An.4Rep’t. 1902. p. r69.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 515
4 Augite syenite (harzose), by N. Y. C. & H. R. Railroad. 34
‘miles north of Tupper Lake Junction. Op. cit. p..r60.
5 Augite syenite (pulaskose), Loon lake, Franklin co. Geol. Soc.
Am. Bul. 10:177-92.
6 Augite syenite, near Harrisville, Diana, Lewis co. C. H.
smyth jr, Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 6:271-74.
7 Augite syenite (toscanose), Little Falls, Herkimer co. Op. cut.
p. r69.
8 Quartz syenite (toscanose), N. Y. & Ottawa Railroad. 24 miles
south of Willis pond, Altamont, Franklin co. Op. cit. p. r69.
All analyses except 2 and 6 by E. W. Morley.
This series of analyses gives an excellent representation of the
amount of differentiation in the Tupper syenite bathylith. To be
sure analyses 2, 5, 6 and 7 are from rocks from other localities, but
5, 6 and 7 are representative of the normal character of the rock
at all localities, at Tupper lake as well as at other points, and 2 isa
distinct intermediate stage between 1 and 3 which could certainly
‘be duplicated there. These are all green syenites; analyses of the
red syenites will follow. Only analyses of the red granitic phases
fail. 7
Of the six analyses which are sufficientiy complete to enable
the placing of the rock in the new system, it will be seen that four
are persalanes and two dosalanes, that five different orders are
represented and five different subrangs, altogether showing a
large amount of differentiation for a bathylith of no great size.
While it is possible that somewhat more acid phases may be present
it is held to be very unlikely that any of the rocks of the bathylith
run over 70% of silica.
It is to be noted that all of the rock has experienced consider-
able metamorphism, having a granular structure which has been
produced by mashing and recrystallization, and that the original
structure was granitic and somewhat porphyritic. The rock of
analysis 1 would therefore be properly described as a hornblendic
pyroxene-granophyro-andose. d
The rock of analysis 3 is from a large dike of syenite which cuts
gabbroid anorthosite. It is a granular, quite porphyritic rock
composed of microperthite, augite, hornblende, garnet, magne-
tite and quartz, the garnet and quartz mainly in corrosion rims
between the magnetite and feldspar. Its norm is as follows:
516 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Chemical composition and norm of hornblendic augite-laurvikose
Chem. | Mole \-@z) |) Ab, |) Am.” (2 Co.” |) Eye ee ee
SiO, ‘ 59.701 AO,O15, |e eZ GN west Ted! te eal heres nee 7077/0 neetees o1g
Al,O3...-| 19.52] -191, -044] .086| .061| .o004!......|..-..-|s----
Fe2,0; FAST) een st) 6 ne cee el erations ceo wcrc oA fate 89 /c OZ Gmisores
REO wenn TAGE P am OVXei eal SAIS Seo eles 2 5 sila ado} .057 OF 2) seen
IMCOR ner .78 OU Giese cil Bee seal ese enone eaecemeyene O10) oe oe saleeeee
CaO ohn 2316) GOO Wen Wena ia ceca O60] ae 2% 5 oi] 85 <a ale eee
Na2O petite SIO aa wns Rol s10) ae ree me relrecaliy ecg a cllo0 50 5<
K,0 4.14| O44). 2 sO4 4). ce. sake ws <ltee oben ol eee er
H.0 OSB a a celeste slowed otis ee et ey ace lanes oll ilar oes ate aeeeeeaeney Cea maa
MnO. OOO) SOOT eee eer OOT| anes «| acc ccs eee
WOW S aOO IAB 6 66s 66 .044| .086 On| sneer .076 or2 org
Or..... 2) Class, 2! _ 87-49 __ » 51 =1, persalane
Ab - 44.85 9 o = 0 Mien mean a) ste Upstate’ 1
An. 17 27-4
Conan fol Order, 2 = 7 e = .013 = 5, canadare
Qz. 1.16) K,0’ i O 1295
Rang, —— a 2 —— 2.12, pulaskase
Mt. 2 3} TO ar On
Hy. 9-40 Subrang, Na = = — .51 = 4, laurvikose
2
Total 99.62
The rock is close to the border between classes I and II, and
2
3
and akerose, more especially the latter.
also between subrangs
The rock of analysis 4 has the following mode
Units measured Sp. Gr.
Micromet tlaiie mes senor serte ter celett rine 1546 xX 2.6
Pl aeiOclase wer eres esters eee ete na "159 X 2.62
OWEhn dae San hoa oo loon api oo 247% 2.65
NTA OTE cue yieare Siesiste oi leapeter op -8art) aheeenars ae TAB S38
IShRerVALIIa co oe Ma Un oo oll no mood o6 G2 3% 2.8
leWovaal oils he cuando aero me BOS 127 x 322
Garnetoee sos citiac eters ener aston SA 27
Mae me tite ss. 5 rams mtetn re ceenen-ueeeietane Rope BE
INGORE Go EE cae SCO AR e oe oS DRS BD
Annee habiier peidecicsDigie Gis cond o co yin OSC (Sox Be 5
Pyites os.10 0 cohen hs io iemene tn aa tige t= 6X%5.0
FALCOM. tiers oe os sR eee ete Bexaauac
Acres) Ce Ree eNNEra Gg cum miroll.c. 6c 2462;
——
Also biotite and allanite 1 each.
Units
by weight
4011
417
654
472
208
406
hii
299
70
20
I |
|
30
9
6908
=
and 4, so that it is near both pulaskose
% weight
301.07]
6.
OoOOnr BHP DAW DO
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 517
Though slightly more acid than the previous rock it has a much
larger percentage of femic and alferric minerals. It is also note-
worthy in the number of different minerals shown in the slide, 14
being present. The magnetite would yield 2.98% of Fe,O,, and
this is substituted for the small amount which the chemical analysis
yielded.
Norm of hornblendic pyroxene-harzose (analysis 4)
Chem. | Mol. ee
Bee ee ee te Oe ae Paap pty Di. Mie Tie Oz,
EPROP ews S a Aces | 62.02] £.017|.248]. 356]. 100} .087|.043]....|.oo1]. 181
A Oe ae RRS reenter leatspaci0le mb apn Over -©59)-O50/.---jee--feseeieee [esse
RPO) rater «ty cteva ses PAGE SOL oy valine lte ares EPS hese axe GOT Ge a cate |e ee
BRO cet as. si sok oto 8 Foc NGH| > eeAUOXS) | Goh 6 al\ Gees heen cee OFZ) Ow 7 FOO: a1. Miles es
GOT Sa ae era aa aaa S78) sOROls Go olleooclleaoc SUC e oe allen wolice c=
EMO ccce'e oa dea Lael eOvAlls ocala oe GO] aso oll-O2Tle o 50] .6Ou
Nga Oar etait eee PHOS eS easel SOG Olisnatenalltatails slay scetellts m-ctelliei easel os etere
30) RAR heer ene BESO Mime OATh OAT eran rs lt own atealisaewevell at loud.llite: «Gil ates abl olen aes
DO Oe 2s Sons) v a OPA cearey skewer neal onezee enter nai liste aes [tcc cma faite Mra lp caes Ilsieear
BNO ic aca cia'e eee sce 0.08 (HOTEIN ded| eee Nese Le tia OOvE| Mee | to erate
hotels ay oe TOOsOlo doves L04t .059 .050}.087|.043!.019|.001|. 181
Fem. 20.74
Or..... 23.02 Class, Sale caus g00' Ss 3.81 = 11, dosalane
ie ie Be 6) 10. 86
Wiz). . 16.86) OE, 5 = @Scon 2 16 == 4, austrare
Mt.. 4.32 Panis cKO Na20 Ree eO es ee ae
Hy.. II.03| 20.74 eae 72
ee 5.22 20’ 4I
: | aR A Neath) Se 55
Mies... o.17} Subrang, 1726 emo
Total 99.64
The rock is close to the division line between orders 4 and 5, so
that it is a harzose very close to shoshonose.
The slides of the type syenite from Loon lake, analysis 5, have
been mislaid and could not be found, so that the readjustment of
the iron percentages had to be based wholly on separation of magne-
tite from a weighed amount of crushed rock by heavy solutions and
magnet. The result gave 1.58% of magnetite, or 1.090% of Fe,Os,
which is certainly much more nearly correct than the .42% of the
original analysis. Its norm would thus become:
518 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Or. cee 30.41) Sal 92-42 rao
Gare aia see Class, neane Baa TE 6 5 1, persalane
BN ca gee aes Order Oise ee a 07 = 5, canadare
oasce O08; Ape Se eae Any (9)
Mt.... 1.58} Rang, oes Nee, pega = 2.6 = 2, pulaskase
Ding ei. a 7.94 Bae 52
IBD¥oone Aall® é 20’ 5 :
i Sieben 0.17] Subrang, NEMO oe .68 = 3, pulaskose
Total 99.36
The rock falls close to the boundary between subrangs 3 and 4,
or is close to laurvikose, showing thus its close relationship with
the considerably more basic rock of analysis 3.
The Little Falls rock (analysis 7) has beautiful cataclastic
structure with the production of much finely granular feldspar and
quartz which can not with certainty be distinguished in the thin
section. The quartz and feldspar had therefore to be measured
together in the determination of the mode.
Mode of Little Falls syenite (toscanose) analysis 7
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
@Ouanezrandteldspar ee eee ee ) PSEA A,Or == 7A == 87 2s
MonmMlplemcle neers neat etene eieaeasione ene WWOKA.4 = Col = 7.08
yO XM Se 0. Marcia a ek tonteeper eee eee FOR G39 == 16: = T.94
Mralem ebite allo: rater ooneh ni caey cay oa inet eee BO eis 25. oe TS
BIOTIC Es ics eater tetra. Roney ae 20% 3) = oo 0.40
ADAGE: ORME snes d Cita tae weerahe Bre etee) ceapectoite I3.2 = 20) == Osu
dl Diteeshat Cranes MI erate, ye tua Recetas E25 = 25° = 0.44
DAL COM os ini aratee ws aemeieicne meee iate REL == ma = 0-14
DY TICE Rass aca hs Oe eee ees BS a ri == o.18
MO tial cessrve se axctewacocet ate gate ster ete ace 3168 8529 99.98
Norm of Little Falls syenite
Oreo eessaaell C Sal oe 5a sa 1
Ab.... 36-84) oy 5; ea 8.04. 0) = eee
An.. 7.78 : PEO AE 13 Arjen he , ;
Oz Le UB ae? | Order, icersaon ae 17 = 4, britannare
Mt. 1.85 | Rang, Ott Nave ES 6—= 2, toscanase
IDK. 223) 69) out ee EE ae
Le 3-59 Subrang, B20’ __ 547 fe
Ap 6:37 >. Nas Saab ae .67 = 3, toscanose
Total 99.55
The quartz-feldspat ratio is nearly low enough to throw the
rock into order 5 instead of 4, so that it is a toscanose close
to pulaskose.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE f 519
The mode of the rock of analysis 8 showed 1.86% of Fe,0,, and
the original analysis was corrected on this basis, so far as the iron
values are concerned. The norm, and position of the rock in the
new classification are as follows:
Norm of pvroxenic hornblende-toscanose (analysis 8)
PicWadt SAS Ce aE
Pee lien Onr | Abe | Am (DE eye | Mt. |) Ap |t@z,
SQ) sa eee asec Oe eH Hs AAS 27/6) 49) OSl| OAS] roles E|4 een olla owe & 5 Bi
AllbOs ocoacésode0 2) Td SOON. co MAA OOF -OSOM OG eu <olluGmellon eels om ooilaa ss
HER OR aeccacenaei te TP PQAEY EEOC hs hos call o pices |S eke ioiees cIROORS is greece ate
HEL Oe epee ee are h Bc28) 2©88le oodles cle oo cloOLe|.O2S hOOS o doc eras
IMUSIO) inca heneeacea see 0.26 OO jad olloleron| aiming | OO MOIS ee a alls ee we see i
BO 6a eae Star meee ae 2 BO! OH accaloce.|oO2G| eOudleco olo6s4sOOOF]o oo 0
N@A@ iret teiguetaercans 3.50 SHO) Fess | CHS) hes elle ljaoeceesll seca | oectelae fit oat oy as
SO) erase a Aire yO] sO? Pareles orice eee tans etl aeeaeal tector Tees
glen © ce acts enue CoA Oe ee ise Ss SEH Ne SoH hes esl eee ML era el ce |e
Hee Olen Paes ies as O2O4|) SOOO oro allo smwltuis cB licunc ollaisia alle ioc| (OOO 4 eis
MVNO) press st. crete eo 3 wis Ds UO! SOOM iw islae || Seseag haco eee to Siceall a OKC] eect oces yA
Bag Sees O.05)...... eee ae a
AGtalle wevetes 2, : 1OO 22s ac eee 063! .056 O25 O28 .031|.008 a eke 5 Bue
Ors. 34.81 Ci ae a ii
“lass, = == 9.8 = 1, persalane
ADD a5 6 BOeOx 90.43 Fem. 9-29 P
Bef 0-92 - Ojeclese Ole 29500 27 = 4, britannare
Oz SOON Ig .0g J ee 733 a : )
Hy 3295 Rang, — alae Ne aN 179 _ 3.1 = 2, toscanase
Deena 3-4T| 9 29 CaO 39
ADec ea Oo@7 K207 63 TORS
Mite cis 9 1.80 Subrang, NazO” 56 = 1.13 = 3, toscanose
Total 99.72 -
Because of its greater acidity this rock is a fairly normal tos-
canose, instead of being on the pulaskose border, the quartz
being to the feldspar as 1:4 instead of 1:6 as in the previous
case.
Red syenites. It has been shown that on the southern
margin of the Tupper syenite a considerable mass of red syenites
and granitic syenites occurs, showing apparent gradations into the
normal syenite, though it is not yet definitely established whether
it is a differentiate from that or a separate intrusion. The rock is
usually evenly granular and gneissoid, though often showing smail,
porphyritic feldspars, but it runs into coarsely porphyritic varieties.
The tendency of the quartz to assume the leaf, or spindle types is
even more pronounced than in the green syenite. The analyses
520 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
show very little difference in composition between the two. Horn-
blende is more prominent than pyroxene in the red rock while the
reverse is true in the green. Only one analysis has been made of
the red rocks, but the rock lends itself readily to microscopic
analysis and these have been used to supplement the other. As
a test of the matter a microscopic analysis of the rock later ana-
lyzed was made and calculated. The feldspars are easily dis-
tinguished from the quartz, and judging from those in the other
syenites were assumed to consist of orthoclase and plagioclase in
the ratio 3 : 4, and the plagioclase was assumed to be Ab, An,. The
hornblende was assumed to have the composition of the hornblende
from the quartz-monzonite from Mt Hoffman, Cal.*
Mode of red syenite (granophyro-hornblende monzonose) from the
north boundary of Litchfield park (10-B-2)
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Micropertinite nn oaks oon aoe fe FO2) 20 2002) a) Sens
Plasioclasewe ae se Fees oecn see ees eee 326% 240) =) 842 —
10) 32 SL) AUR OM ee Ne PUL OR EL me TA0 X2).65) ——=) 3.07 —— Oey
Horiblendé » sia sneha Year ose ae Ti7 %& 3.9) ==). 3860) —— enone
Marnetiterms. ce mite caak eho UR SS Gok oa 2.07
Apatite: vonis vag Bae. ite ec eR eae TeX a ee — 0.58
ZALCOM SOc tote cuers oats Se eee eee eK a 5 = 0.22
DOtal ss «5 casei Sewer vena eae 1400 3776 100.00
Composition calculated from mode
Qz. Orth. | Alb. Anor. | Horn. Mag. Apat. Zire. Total
ie Ebony et eeestene, fra eee SRE SS
SiO. RO. 24 ly Sk. aryl Dae wy | serail Sll tea heer |e eee 0.07| 64.59
AE OR o .linosen 6.04 6270) 3.520) 107, 75 \camen < le acco |e eee 16.81
Hs Ogi itp are bone Pee a et aes ec nue GSI bias stain. = eee 1.94
REO ae all hey tamed lmao | py cate aie a [ee cer Ta W2l JO NO pes ecciees |e ee 1.76
MISOY SS Alea ae renter agate tors gee ae TERA Pera een IN nc, 3 I .39
CAO A Silts Sacestenencsere eal apenas 7a ala 27 esse-deo = O82 eerie Gigs)
Nia Ore os eee | aaeeean ANTAL | a oteere OrsOOficcsis etezellte once oa eee een 4.22
4 10 ee el aera Feces | Minera leceee cables ONO'S | « ceed [eee eee 5-56
PaO aie 0k habe eee rcisne |laaete sco. | Bet cihie siltal a Seeeca eee OM 24a o.24
ee orks eae eaten (eens erent ed etn min sumo Sas a 'o:cl. G.Oz
LEO) Pere Meet eta ee Meet Cin aloe | O.15| 0.75
Total £O.24| 32.709] 35.10] 8.83] 10.22) 2.07) 0.58) e-22imoonos
t U.S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 168, p. 208.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 521
Analysis and norm of red syenite (monzonose), 10-B-2!
——<<—<—<—<————}
Shem. | aao.| Or. | Ab.| An. | Di. fay. | Mt. | Ti | Ap. | Oz.
‘SH Qa Galea bres eae 62 .85}1 -047].350].396].081].028 .048 1,007 143
2 One ee 16.80] .165).058].066].o40]....].... ELAIMD, sheglearanonel eve
Hea Ogle Saveiece sss DEO) Ol ROMS eee aw sl ites sical| cesta cua ce lelasiow OMSis visa (renee
1D GO) ee ere 2.80] .o40 006 .o16|.018
MEO 5 ee as I's AG 2 O76 y alles glia ecto a@owe AOAC) a's calpalawialla cen alee:
ERE Ses a ake BRA ONO aslo ci OAC Oda las asi] 6 2 | 400d) 008i. & «
Nia) Sa eeeai ieee | 4.09] .066 NGOS |e cosla neds Soe
ARS Oe ok cbs SAO [BOG OO RON ep ace sieece lle vaeeell wasrece Neils ecciillaye cielbe Ses as cans
H20 + Co 8 CeO eaeeo QeAa ao oat alles aod alfa oo iho Gio allio aronodiio a ocallis-6 o 4 otlall a aio
2 CS een ere Opens irae tae SAME M ayaa pacers a fe ellpekeia 15 sisters tee he Weegee Rl agora
Wiel Oia se DOO) Mao ule eral lees tela Sl etepeel oman Sees MOOMleseeal seme
IP 7 OR aaa ere eae Chestys| PO OMts| hence | tees, Slew ra lll CAAT cs ecg .OOT
. eee (etromnconn Race real eee oh tenella. aie Mes paes cil ecaice
2. eee | 0.02| A aa (RE mE Ifa | cea RTE eh i Theda ae
Win@rs S25 2.05. OBE) GOB) o> solace claeccicces COs |e nes | ellen a eas E
SIS eae WIROR Ole seme ccc ralhsher walls ccccilirs sacl a6 © illow oho) ate 2 Gece
Motales <3. Tae | eeeeene .058 pba ere .028].048 .018].001].001|.143
SSS
Or. + 32.47 Class Sal: a Bon87 = 6.47 —=11, dosalane
Ab. 34-581 96 87 Setar 13.43 3
= ae Order Os SEO es TI = 5, germanare
Oz... 8.62) R 78.25 : 5)
Bie. 3-29] K;0’ + Na.O’ 124
Hly-... 5.42| Rang, ; = == 2.1 == 2, monzonase
Mt. 4.29} 13-43 ae ge
BP eee ee Subrang, NEOe = a = .9 = 3, monzonose
fs On the border between classes I and II, hence close
Total 100.30 to pulaskose.
A comparison of the two analyses shows a reasonably close agree-
ment in all respects, and indicates that microscopic analysis fur-
nishes a means of quite accurate determination of the composition
of these rocks. It shows that the feldspars have closely the as-
sumed composition, and that the hornblende is probably tower in ~
silica and higher in iron than the Californian hornblende used in
the calculation. The norm calculated from the result of the micro-
scopic analysis would closely agree with the other, and serve equally
for classifying the rock.
A comparison of the analysis with those of the green syenites
shows a close agreement, the main differences being the different
ratio between the iron oxids and the lower magnesia of the green
I Sp. Gr. 2.735 at 18°. E. W. Morley, analyst.
522 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
rocks. The field evidence of close relationship between the rocks
thus receives forcible corroboration.
One half mile east of the locality from which he previous rock
was obtained, on the north line of Litchfield park, occurs a beautiful,
coarse red syenite which differs from the last in holding little or no
quartz. Its calculation follows:
Mode of red syenite (monzonose) 10-C-1
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Micropentiite ). sir ome ate elev aire) 1463 %2.60-- == 380305
Plagioclases a-ee rei onerciee rierr ‘296% 2.63 — 786 = 13.58
Hornblende. ........22.+-+ssseeee 267 X%3.2 0 == 854 ire
Otiartzaey-neort-ner IPS Sa eA Ne De 62x%2.65 == 164 == 2.84
NBII cn shod soo auc soesecdea 22K 5.25 == 168 > — 2.90
ANON 600004 Pu asta vate Reade oy sc Mee ouetishahs IX3.2 = = ©.05
BUREN, 9 Sb 5.0 690 Gee ee ersn Svar egeues tates: 2X4.3 == > = 0.15
ANoneUleeeah SEO Hao fOr. 6 auc co 2126 5787 I00.00
Composition and norm calculated from mode
a
Oy, || Orel, Alb. Anor. | Horn. Mag. Apat. Zire. Total
toh O) enencke eee Pee) eles Bole | PU RCOKS)|| Me oly, Vf e2O)|o os wa Alo aS 0.05 61.02
INlAD a aie soe ale 624). 906!" 93.33) nO Sls ses oer ie ey ysl
IRS Oe Hel ome all oe ibis een nico oA © 7'5| =.2 7 OOll.. tcc a | eee 2.75
ACO) urea Parag baer en Al Cen Nn eC) OsOGlscascoilocooc- 2.54
IMGHO)S 5 o don 3 Baedy | ele etn eae ATENEO is oot (tue ay cS 2 OTe cv Altar eae Ree ere 2.01
CaOnee ees: Prensa stoes allies feces ake Abuemsts el beae fates ROMs mig o 6.4 3.68
Nae One acas ifs | Ome ea A210 || meee @oeditle She. 2 sth eesneceee oes 4.4¢c
OI Ols Mere Sees lahis kc 2 eeorene i eres ESOS ri eneErS olooc cos So 77
PAO Reis ts 50 eae ae a earns tale eka ol ara tell no Hig oe QAO oo cce @) 502
LOR eee RS ae heals tree Sul ieenonataee ueoin ae autoNG cocks oso ¢ ©. FO| a On HO
Total. .|2.84| 33.99) 36.25] 9.06) 14.76) 2-90) 0.05] 0.15 100.06
The calculated norm is:
Or. Ab. An. Dit ey ete Ozoe
Bid 5 Bi 20 II.40 5. 83 AGA SO Oh ey eae
Class, pal — S55 = 6.0 — 11, dosalane
Fem. 14.26
QO 2.82
Order, Tvs ean yeaa .034 == 5, germanare
R ng. K20! + Na2O' __ 132 2, monzonase a |
ee CaO’ 7 66s See a :
K20' 61
S Spee jae ait
ubrang, NELO? GeGe . 86 3, monzonose-
Judging by the previous case the silica and iron are a trifle out
of the way, the former too high and the latter too low. It might be
legitimate to modify the analysis proportionately with the differ-
”
e
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 523
ences shown in the two analyses of the previous rock, but these
would affect it but slightly, and since the trouble with the previous
analysis may be mainly owing to the fact that the normal amount
of magnetite did not get into the slide, rather than because of dif-
ference in the composition of the hornblende, the change might not
be an improvement. The analysis is confidently regarded as an
accurate expression of the composition of the rock, which is some-
what more basic than the previous one.
As a sample of the more granitic syenite of this group a rock was
selected which outcrops on the road from the Litchfield gate to the
boathouse on Tupper lake. It is quite similar to the rock of which
the lodge and gate are built and it outcrops over a wide area within
the park where it seems to shade into the green syenite. While
some portions of the mass may be even ‘more acid than this is, none
is greatly more so.
Mode of red, granitic syenite (toscanose), 869
Units
Units measured Sp. Gr. by weight % weight
Miferomertinite: . cc Uk ca. costes as as 1907 X2.6 == 4958 == 67.20
BPP IMOCIASC sn ces Portresisacc can was os 2ST 22.63 = %72OQ = 1.0%
PRB Merc acN S GS ace baie snane’Soace ASRE 2 OF == 1rd s= nO, pA
—. SSICICIIETRIG KSA Ne trae eae emer ee IO7 BQO = 23 = 4.63
SPENT bILCHace tn ats eicpartene bese. 1s Gosia Stora ete DiS OS == Tio == T.40
2 LISI Bee RSE oe hae 2a On —— —— O.12
A DRL Ee SU game ere cha cea OxX2.3 = i = 0.25
MP MIGEO [ieee ics Mtoe See asd ae See deen afed PeA.5 4 = 0.05
“TNGTE AOA es co Cea re en aos 2778 7379 99.99
Qz. | Orth. | Alb. | Anor. | Horn. Biot. | Mag.| Apat. | Zir. | Total
BOs ss. 1G. PA DE pA OG Ball DEOol “OcORleE 6 clloomoak 0.02) 68.15
OS ae Gia OOO Nees OMA A MO.4O2| ee ills atone eral scares 16..53
Bane) ete rare mn Meee oe cca Poca a Syne ome C2 S| SEO OTT, «O12 Mire ene ote |Iot ets 1.26
UO eran al sac nstadell alto S| oel te a igts a os: » Dahil QrOZ Owes cacaleace I.00
EPR fre |= ais ell oats, soto as shel ane wiere Chale} SOMO ale eee || Poececeate ko cack 0.64
MOO) Preset civ Sic ctlouiek axe slic stevens Th5 el Ons illeomneee 4 o|| -2@aars 2.48
1S iO) ME ese He ae AMES lew eis 2 OR Ori heerssa aS En yal tty 4.22
2 OT eceanie| eee ee GO herausie ld acca s GeO2miOF OS encnhlic ee ens 5-59
Bera Ores nets 8 ate cara ieee lh emer ltewcnevecsololer saa esd ae eo a8 a 0.10 0.10
© cere Ga eget: ae eos kets 22a Ie ees ee ee | 0.02 0.02
= FO Ss GS tedSihes cell See lee ee ee | sare lee ee O23 ORs
Total LO@24133 200/35 .30) S285) 4.63] ©.12/T-49|, ©o.25|0.05|/100.02
524 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
v
From which the norm is:
Ors Ab. An. Mt. Di. Hy.” Qz. Total
33.08 35-32 9-79 iota) 1.40 16.36 99.82
Class, 26): = Dasa) ele persalane
Fem. 5 oA
CUS OsSO as ae :
Order, Fa en — .21 —4, britannare
Ran pea Neos 2.9 = 2, toscanase
ang, Cad’ ra 30) == 2, CS
K.O’ alee 5@) ‘hs
Subrang, Neo or .88 = 3, toscanose
A coarse, red, porphyritic syenite which is very quartzose, com-
poses the steep cliffs on the south end of the big ridge known locally —
as Follensby mountain, which lies southwest of Follensby pond. Its
mineralogy is the same as the previous rocks except for holding
augite in addition to hornblende. In the calculation the augite
was assumed to have the composition of the diopside from the
laurvikite near Laurvik, Norway.t While that is more basic it is
otherwise a similar rock to this, and the augite has the same char-
acter as that in the more basic syenites which closely correspond to
Brogger’s rock. For the sake of brevity the details of the calcula-
tion are omitted.
Mode, composition and norm of toscanose (10-D-3)
ee
Units measured % weight Composition Norm
Microperthite 1760 59.50 | SiOz ya ay, | OT eter 26.80
OMe s se sin sos 898 20.03 | AlzQ2--.>- 13.39 Aloha es arene 28.98
Dlacioclasear ar: qa} 2.47.| Fe2O3....- O9AG0 | UMilsss socscs 7.48
Hornblende..... ON ve wait INOS es « Oh Wig |= one yee Ber
/NbkeaNK Sc ao bdo 6, 1 2.87 | MgO...-.- 6.81 | diy. oo. eee
Magnetite......- I OnO7 | CaAOle tr 2'.374, |. Mites aoe 0.37
Apatite........- I onode |) NaZsOheacr 2-43. |wOz: ee eee 31.04
; KIO ren 4.53
IPAOeae dob 0.02
Mi@tale a sckerere = 2895| 100.00 99.63 100.22
Sal. 95-90 i ie :
Class F eee as 19 = 1, persalane
Op isn BL Sea cre
Order, SaEG 18 4, britannare
Rang 0" 7 Naz0 193 9 4 = 2, toscanase
» CaO’ CE ee
K.2O0’ 48
Subrang, Naso) Sens .87 = 3, toscanose
—= = oe
’ 4
1 Brogger, Eruptivgest. Kristianageb. 3:23.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 525
This is the most acid of any rock yet analyzed occurring as a part
of the general syenite mass and is an unquestionable granite. It is
quite close to order 3, and though not quite so acid much resembles
the Morris granite in composition, except for the higher lime. For
convenience in comparison the four analyses, and that of the
Morris granite are here placed side by side.
————————————|
I II Til IV Vv
23 GOR NS ee ce ae 61.02 62.85 68.15 Fakg BG) 76.41
lg ee a ele a Ip Gp 16.80 16.53 13.30 TeaieAar
MeO etcl ele Saisie: 27.5 2.96 1.26 0.26 I.O1
Me alate ees 2.54 2.89 I.00 Oni 0.50
RD) GRe nee RE Oe oan oe taal 2.01 r.48 0.64 0.81 ©.46
2 oy Rae ee nae an 3.68 3.24 2.48 2.34 0.78
Oe ne Lee er 4.40 4.09 4.22 3-43 3.34
25 Ee eee any] 5-49 5.59 Agia 4.33
5) SE 2 SURES pee a ao al as (OW AIZGl veh Pear asta |e se eae 0.34
| O=, 5 Se Oat OiHT 3g lie anor | eee S 6), 18
Ba yer eee ek OOO rel arre ee pe ek st 0.03
DS od at a aaa 0.02 0.13 0.10 0.02 trace
"soo ie BRL ae Stearate he eae ene Ian 0.01 CNA gl Wee Aart 0.01
RM sits ores ess se cl pe re ONO 2a nana ale ete ©.O1
OS 0 eee ane a oe aa 0.10 trace QROBs Peters, 0.02
AS ee eee ee eel Opn nse a Saale opt 0.06
BO... a lhig Sole 08 Seagal pee ORO mM Maite s ake eellt tos Ge trace
otal. Coe sh ot ickes 100.00 | 100.69 | I00.02 99.63 99.84
eee eee
I Syenite, (monzonose) 10-C-1, microscopic analysis.
II Syenite, (monzonose) 10-B-2, E. W. Morley, analyst.
III Quartz syenite (toscanose) 869, microscopic analysis.
IV Granite (toscanose) 1o-D-3, microscopic analysis.
V Morris granite (alaskose) 15-A-3, E. W. Morley, analyst.
Grenville igneous rocks. There occurs in frequent association
with the Grenville sediments of the quadrangle, especially with the
quartz gneisses, a rock which is not especially gneissoid, has an
igneous look, and also at times appears to show igneous contacts
against the quartz schists, though these are so disturbed that it is
difficult to be certain in the matter. The texture is fine grained
granitic, with abundant glittering feldspar cleavages, and the color
is a grayish white, with a smack of a flesh-colored inhoere. We ahs
fairly easy rock to recognize, though difficult to describe with ex-
actness. If an igneous rock it is certainly of much greater an-
tiquity than the big intrusions, and to class it with the Grenville,
with which alone it occurs, seems the obvious course. Its chemical
composition is as follows:
526 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Composition and norm of Grenville quartz-syenite (dellenose) 1-M-5
from near Lake Catlin
comp. | ratio, | OF | Ab. | An. | Di. | Wo.! Me. | i | ysl)
SIOZ ae ee 68.66) .144 |.479|.199].028].041|.009]....|.002]....|.386
ae Mapalen ee eee oy Sole Aelbe AS gon all avo! Bere
Co Oa ieanie DE OO| sO oa ene eeahen Raley els oial|s cco s
PCO ss eeieere IRAP aa Oiss= |peewwraltecucallaS oe 17! I
INGO ce reese cies Ory ACen Cole || eters craeel eraser 10) (Peers PRE tro Gil'5.c Gc|lc o =
os ea keg tear 2.63) 1047 r4| 21 9 Py Pete cet
BO me ae Mee 205) LO 3a Nhe call = BSlle Ge alecs flisesc ce | cee meg eee
1G O tease he Sosa 7.50] .080 XS ha-shaual| oo Seo waited) sos keadl x Jere) Sil gee |
Fs @P pent. Sane Ol beted tee eae alll Shane Meee OSIM erick Sileicsclla sc -
Jal @ ay reste ec (oo C10) (aries rere aioe eisai Meee lees cially ss ol1o cclsloe « -
AOD see ores etek Sig HO)! <A CKO™ |graky alta Sig alle act Bil sae Niles ee
POR eae ae cro yy) leas clare} (eure ineress eee Seal lramIeie tS alicia sella vo clloso
Dien taey Som acto nes CMO oe apc ml] aw isi] a eva oifsebenle alfteite lecell a eueee ese eee
Sle d arene meee HO] MR OOH hols do cello a.ce 2
IN Ga\O) aren cotncre is OeAA GOO? |ha.g salle’o'eis||o-o'3 = 2 T).c2e4| eee eee
Ba@ays.ciene oe eye oyy | urea Iaeeena netted iets etme ells sialla dccllocs alls o>
doally seers. | OG) OG ncsae .080] .033].0T4|/.041|.009].018].002]....|.386
|
Or..... 44-37) Class, Sle 5 8.5 = 1, persalane
IND)o 9 a0 ee 88 86 HEM. ~ TO. ZO S
on che i a Order, 2 = a .35 = 4, britannare
Des Sag. ahaO |
| : ACY
Woks: Ago Rang, ED Wa 2 Gis BE) es .4 = 2, toscanase
AS a 4-20! 16 39 eos : Aq
Seed age O-33 Subrang, = =: a 2, dellenose
Ihe oo | Oe 8 >’? Na,O 33
NOs goa Oct
Total 99.25
E. W. Morley, analyst.
Chemically this rock is sharply distinguished from the syenites
by the somewhat lower alumina and soda, and the high potash.
The slide shows the feldspar to be mainly microcline, though with
some microcline-microperthite and microperthite. It shows con-
siderable quartz though by no means so much as the analysis indi-
cates, and the dark colored minerals are augite and titanite, very
little magnetite being present. The augite must therefore be high
in iron. The character of the feldspar is quite different from that
of the syenites, as indeed might be expected from the analysis,
and this constitutes the main difference between this rock and the
syenites. The augite must alsg be of quite different composition.
GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE 527
The analysis seems to warrant the conclusion that the rock is an
igneous one, and if that be true the obvious differences between it
and the eruptives previously described suggest a separation from
them and likely an age difference.
Pyroxenic amphibolites, hornblende-andesin tocks with acces-
sory augite, hypersthene and magnetite, occur in abundance asso-
ciated with the distinctive Grenville rocks and have been described
by all workers in districts where these rocks occur. They
have been sometimes regarded as sediments, and sometimes as
igneous rocks. The appended analysis is therefore of interest.
It is the average of the three best analyses turned in by a class in
quantitative analysis, and is therefore not of high grade. In con-
sideration of the close supervision however, the close agreement
between the three, and the general high character of the work done
by the three men, it is thought to be worthy of respect, in con-
sideration of the lack of better analyses. The rock was a Grenville
amphibolite occurring south of Follensby pond and not far north
of Moose creek.
ee en ee ie ee CR 7at
See ee ee ene Ot ee ee 18-75
re ee ee eel le Sete Th cites
ee ete Ree oe Re Bhatt
ee ere 9.78
er re IE en 4.86
Jocks +o oelagts a RiSsBIc lacy Sieg tm alle eg ia nme ea 2.42
Lr IS d ekle.o 8 AaIRtr aia Rm fen Sa ene
ato oy gd bd sland Rte cM Ian ater te Raia ett a e.
er ee ee 0.25
SHOUEI 2 0 5’b.0 tik cutke omental eet ea a 99.59
This is the composition of a diorite, or gabbro, and suggests,
though it does not demonstrate, the igneous nature of the rock. If
it be igneous it likewise is probably a much more ancient rock than
the gabbros of the intrusions,
INDEX
Acknowledgments, 41.
Adirondack forest, disappearing, 453.
Adirondack rocks, early Precambric
age, 453.
Alaskose, 511.
Allanite in syenite, 516.
Amphibolite, in anorthosite, 476; in
Long Lake gneiss, 465.
Amphibolites, 464; pyroxenic, 527.
Amphibolitic gneisses, 464.
Andesin in Grampus gneiss, 468.
Anorthosites, 455; Whiteface type,
468; description, 470-76; gabbro .
border, 473-74; outliers, 474-76;
syenite younger than, 479; as
building stone, 502.
Apatite, in anorthosite, 475; in
Grampus gneiss, 468; in Grenville
rocks, 508, 300; in syenite, 512, 516,
518, 520, 522, 523, 524.
Augite, in anorthosite, 471, 475; in
Grenville rocks, 526, 527; in syenite,
512, 515, 516, 524.
Batholites, 454.
Big Simons pond, 452.
Big Tupper lake, 452.
Biotite, in Grampus gneiss, 468: in
Long Lake gneiss, 464; in syenite,
516, 518, 523.
Bronzite, in syenite, 516,
Building stone, 502-3.
Catlin lake, 452,
Chalcopyrite, in anorthosite, 471, 475.
Chlorite in granite, sro, 5It.
Cold river belt, 450.
Corundum in granite, srt.
Dana, J. D., cited, 507.
Diabase, 484.
Dikes, 456.
Diopside in Grenville rocks, 461.
Drainage lines, 493-05.
Drainage modifications, 499-502.
529
od
Economic geology, 502-3.
Faults, 457, 488-00.
Feldspar, in anorthosite, 471, 475, 476;
in border gabbro, 474; in diabase,
484; in Grampus gneiss, 468; in
granite, 482, 510, 511; in Grenville
rocks, 461, 504, 505, 507, 508, 509,
510, 526; in Long Lake gneiss, 464 ;
in syenite, 477, 478, 512, 516, 518,
520, 521, 522, 523, 524.
Foliation, 484-85.
Follensby pond, 452.
Gabbro border of the anorthosite,
47374.
Gabbros, 455, 465, 466; description,
483-84.
Garnet, in anorthosite, Aili, AD? sain
gabbro, 483; in border gabbro, 474;
in syenite, 477, 478, ASOD Inia), Airis,
510.
Garnetiferous gneisses, 462.
Geology of Long Lake quadrangle,
453-59.
Glacial deposits, 495-97.
Glacial erosion, topography modified
by, 498-99.
Glaciation, 495-502.
Gneisses, of igneous origin, 454;
doubtful, 455, 463 ; quartz, 460; sedi-
mentary, 461; as building stone, 502.
Grampus gneiss, 463, 467-60.
Granites, 455, 478; description, 482-
83; dikes cutting anorthosite, 475;
as building stone, 502; petrography,
510-12; analysis, 525.
Granitic gneiss, 467, 460.
Granitic syenite, 478.
Graphite in Grenville rocks, 461, 502,
506, 508.
Grenville series, description, 454, 450;
associated rocks, 462: uniformity
of structure, 462: lie in downfaulted
troughs, 490; petrography, 504, 525.
530
Hobbs, W. H., cited, 493.
Hornblende, in anorthosite, 471; in
border gabbro, 474; in Grampus
gneiss, 468; in granite, 482, 510,
511; in Grenville rocks, 461; in
Long Lake gneiss, 464, 465; in
syenite, 477, 512, 515, 516, 518, 520,
ali, aay Salas yl.
Hornblende-andesin rocks, 527.
Hyperite, 465.
Hypersthene, in anorthosite, 471; in
granite, 531; in Grenville rocks,
527; in syenite, 512.
Igneous intrusions, 455.
Igneous rocks, 454; later, 456; petrog-
raphy, 510-27.
Jenkins pond, 452.
Joints, 485-88.
Kemp, J. T., cited, 460, 468, 474, 480,
465, 502, 503.
Labradorite, in Grampus gneiss, 468.
Lake Sanford, titaniferous ores, 502.
Lakes, number in Long Lake quad-
rangle, 452; in St Regis quadrangle,
407.
Little Falls syenite, 518.
Long Lake gneiss, 463-67.
Long Lake quadrangle, situation and
character, 451-53; general geology,
453-59.
Magnetite, in anorthosite, 471, 475;
in border gabbro, 474; in Grampus
gneiss, 468; in granite, 510, 511; in
Grenville rocks, 509, 526, 527; in
syenite, 477, 512, 513, 515, 516, 518,
520, 522, 523, 524.
Meade, A. P. jr, acknowledgments to,
451.
Mica, in Grenville rocks, 461, 504,
508; in Long Lake gneiss, 464, 465.
Microperthite, in granite, 510; in
syenite, 477, 515, 516, 520, 522, 523,
524.
Monzonite, 477.
Moose creek belt, 459.
5
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Moraines, 496. ,
Morley, E. W., cited, 505.
Morris granite, 482; analysis, 525;
petrography, 510.
Ogilvie, I. H., cited, 467, 491, 495.
Ophicalcite, in Grenville rocks, 46r.
Paleozoic submergence, 456-57.
Pegmatite of Piercefield gneiss, 460.
Peneplains, 491-02.
Petrography of the rocks, 503-27.
Phlogopite mica, in Grenville rocks,
461, 504, 507, 508.
Pickerel pond, 452.
Pickwacket pond, 452.
Piercefield gneiss, 463, 469-70.
Pitted plains, 497-08.
Precambric rocks, four great groups,
453-
Pyrite, in syenite, 512, 513, 516, 518.
Pyroxene, analysis, 504; im border
gabbro, 474;
468; in Grenville rocks, 461, 504,
505, 506, 508, 509, 510; in Long
Lake gneiss, 465; in Piercefield
gneiss, 470; in syenite, 477, 518, 520.
Quartz, in granite, He
482, 510;
in Grampus gneiss, —
Grampus gneiss, 468; in Grenville —
rocks, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 500, —
526; in Long Lake gneiss, 464; in
syenite, 477, 478, 512, 515, 516, 518,
520, 522, 523, 524.
Quartz gneisses, 460.
Quartz-pyroxene gneiss,
composition, 506.
Quartz syenite, 525.
chemical
Raquette river, 452, 490.
Road metal, 503.
Rock pond belt, 450.
Rock structures, 484-90.
St Regis quadrangle, number of
lakes, 497.
Santanoni quadrangle, 474, 402.
Saussurite in anorthosite, 472, 475.
Scapolite in anorthosite, 476.
Seward pond, 452.
INDEX TO GEOLOGY OF THE LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE
Shonkinite, 477.
Smyth, C. H. jr, cited, 479, 503.
Striae, 495.
Syenite gneiss, 460.
Syenites, 455, 473; asymmetry of the
syenite differentiation, 478-79; basic,
478; as building stone, 502; descrip-
tion, 476; granitic, 478; green, 515;
normal, 477-78; petrography, 512;
red, 475, 519-25; as road metal,
503; younger than anorthosite, 470.
Titaniferous iron ore, 471, 474, 502.
Titanite, in Grampus gneiss, 468; in
granite, 510; in Grenville rocks,
461, 504, 505, 508, 509, 526; in
Piercefield gneiss, 470; in syenite,
512, 516, 518.
Diora
Topography, 490-95; as conditioned
by the rocks, 492-93; as modified
by glacial erosion, 498-09.
Tupper Lake reservoir, 452.
Tupper syenite, 476, 470, 515, 510.
Valley plains, 497-08.
Whiteface type of anorthosite, 468.
Whitman, J. M. jr, acknowledgments
to, 451.
Wilson, H. M., acknowledgments to,
451.
Zircon, in syenite, 516, 518, 520, 522,
523; in Grampus gneiss, 468; in
granite, 510; in Grenville rocks,
504, 505, 507, 508, 509.
~ Oo
Sa dale a day Sk”
oF OE oN
rm ROL i oo
0 a Se Fee ie
a, ey Ret ll LTE OY mem ee O47
OA fori WN RO O84
ise SSN See I re ee 11
rie ee NSE ee Cli ose —
PRM iis eS ASS; NS Oy fit ome
PARANA A eS NR PN LS fees
Hy ANA RR AURR Ladson ae NSSSR SS) (SEAN A citer oe
bout SRR ss TAPS SSSR RNG 1 GR ee
SAN HEELS SEAS i PB a ee
ES OSA ie SSS? GANAS
er AN HE = SSS Sao Wy
ater BRR
RAITT HV We ca SSRN Nita gets {hn SSS NS.
OEP LPE EEL Ae nn, eet an A NO > SSE
VUE TEP TES ad RAN Sa TA GL
NANG Bn WS ON QOS ZAS SEN
RSE ARREST QRS Ze DIN
pm BONN SSS SN NVI Neaeeees epi ify
SSI AVN WR RB
See AA eee =
eS NERO};
OS < FO) I re
elie en OS) KE
Le hoy paral eee NN
ots © WN
a ee)
en RI NS
SS ipree Winess, Geeecs 2
SNe eee
ALN Wee
ry \ iy FZ ~
Y
ZEW)
OGLE \\\" i
OG, 8 > WW 6
QF 4 BEF Sam WEAR RIOS rh NSA}
VG oe OEE AWWA RAD}
CEE ede Os Yar. SLE eA ROSS
Tey ERS Faro. PENRO
NTE, A lind PA
BANNAN ANA een TOI YY 9
PANN TALS TT MIA
So AVR SS? FMT Ne Hi,
at A GEEZ
ZINN AWN i
SSS)! SA OILII)
SW al) MA a
) bY 1/411 me LF NA
OST) TE MAIN NL
OG EEN Tas WO
TS a) HGR Sg 2a
Vib ss Tay
= LESAN SS |
> ye Ei = bet Ja beetle) 4
Ny LINN WV
Nie IW WN =
aws
i = \\\\
Whee > Sa Wh
LS ee NIT
STP Ns 0 Fe SRS NUL
2 HHH ES NS AWB MAH HH)
ies Sew iis
NTT LRA
GME LSS SS
CMG SSS PT ©
ES oat SS SSS SSS Aen =
DVO fb 5 a ee LO SE
SSPOLS SO erry ried
Vimeo 4 - Ce
Ha NY 4 DIN e SS Se)
SP A SNS 6 Oey ER
ORS NZ ATR
Ye HONS Se )))\))) ANY
ThE GRR So i rreees “poe al Ae
RAGS HN Ne) ian oo a
Hh RH > i eee ee,
HAWN Ae eae
Lh RRERE BHD Wi "AZZ
eos)” OI Ce os Ae
NN
ME CM\\E
acy 2S ate |
RANE OAR
AYU
CofE OSS SSAA UD ey
MAS Ss Se eS a RUT
BR NS Ss Fe IID ®
= OS Se eT LD)
py pis,
NT
SZ
FAW (aa
—— Age eS
SS OS eS
> WA
ea =
Saya lwant)4=— =
CE) BY ae
SSS) es ———
N\A
A Ne ame BIO aor,
an ( PC is 6) min an
H Mo Nope NK \) heme CS ene
THHE Nee at ee Uw
Nec fe 1 NS
riaclal SULLA
+
Actual limestone
outcrops seen
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
JOHN M. CLARKE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
STATE GEOLOGIST
STATE MUSEUM BULLETIN 115
LONG LAKE QUADRANGLE
Topography by U. S. Geological Survey
In Cooperation with tho State of
Geology by H. P Cushing
Serle sabd0 1902-1904
ue
New York. 1901-1902 4 5 F 3 3 A 5 Kilometers
ps
va
Contour interval 20 feet
APPROXIMATE MEAN Daturn ts mean sea level.
NECUIMATION SE
cealing underlying for-
mations
Sands deposited from
glacial streams
Igneous rocks
i-—=2,
Diabase dikes
Gabbri
ally with amphibolite
border
Red Morris granite
Red to green quartz-
ose syenite, forming a
granitic phase—
Simons syenite
Green y syenite
usually augite syenite;
mostly very feldspathic
Tupper syentre
Basic border phase of
LATE SERIES
EARLY SERIES
syenite, and grading
into it
Anorthosite, with some
patches of anorthosite-
gabbro
Gabbrole border of anor-
thosite, which grades
into it
Doubtful rocks
Red, gray and black
gneisses, mostly igneous
and of granitic, syenitic
or gabbroic composition,
and of uncertain age
Sedimentary rocks
Grenyille series
Crystalline limestones,
quartz gneisses, graph-
itic aud garnoetiferous
gneisses, mingled with
igneous gneisses
Strike and dip of
foliation
Glacial strine
ats
Actual limestone
outcrops seen
PRECAMBRIC ROCKS
PLEISTOCENE ROCKS
IM TRAS 3a
spiny
‘ ‘ : —! S ar Ser ety
Sap ath LR TER CPonaeyAe CGR ROP 4 Sees at A, a) Page Ra IAL ora el
oa : , aia nie rir comm nish
iy A Pi
‘ Q 0 i Sahel
} ew York State Museum
‘Joun M. Crarke, Director
Ca Peck, State Botanist
Bulletin 116
BOTANY 10
* PAGE | - Q
Brrciion ...7....2..t<..,#«04 5, 1, Remarks and observations.7-.. 2%
es added to the herbarium... 9 | Edible fungi.....2............5
butors and their contribu- © | New York species of Hyg rophorus
ee Pivoecattotes. fate tOs lg Nev York species of SISSE Ds soe
\ot before reported....... 17 Explanation of plates ...........- 99
bod PUGS see ocx ook ee cael ed arte EE
Pa 4 , 7 2 7 Z * * ,
ALBANY
, YORK STATE. EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
STATE OF NEW YORK re
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
_ Regents of the University if Se
With years when terms expire
1913 WHITELAW -Reip M.A. LL.D. Chancellor . New York
1917 St Craig McKetway-M.A. L.H.D. LL.D. D.C.L.
Vice Chancellor Brooklyn
1908 DanteEL Beacu Ph.D. LL.D. : : ; Watkins ©
1914 Puiny T. Sexton LL.B. LL.D. a Palmyra
to12 T. GuitForp Smite M.A. C.E. LL.D. eS Buffalo
1918 Wittiam Norrincuam M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. Syracuge
I9t0 CHariLes A. GARDINER Ph.D. L.H.D: LL.D.
DiC ds, : : : irk : New York
1915 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. Albany
Igtr Epwarp LauterBacH M.A. LL.D. . 4 New York
1909 Evcene A. Pawpin LL.B. LL.D. : New York
‘1916 Luctan L. Saeppen LL.B. Plattsburg
: Commissioner of Education : 4
»AnDREW S’ DRAPER LL.B: LL Dp,
Assistant Commissioners :
Howarp J. Rocers M.A. LL.D. First Assistant a
Epwarp J. Goopwin Lit.D. L.H.D. Second Assistant q
Avueustus S. Downine M.A, Pd.D. LL.D. Third Assistant™
Secretary to the Commissioner
Hartan H. Horner B.A. is d
Director of State Library
Epwin H. Anperson M.A. 4
Director of Science and State Museum
a
Joun M. CrarKe Ph.D. LL.D. _
Chiefs of Divisions
Accounts, WiLLIAM Mason
Attendance, James D. SULLIVAN :
Educational Extension, WitLtiam R. EastmAn M.A. M.L.S
Examinations, CHARLES F, WnHEELocK B.S. LL.D.
Inspections, FRANK H. Woop M.A.
Law, THomas E. Finecan M.A,
School Libraries, Cuartes E. Fircu L.H.D.
Statistics, H1rAM C. Case
Visual Instruction, DeLaycry M. Eis
New York State Education Department
Science Division, January 18, 1907
Hon. Andrew S. Draper LL.D.
Commissioner of Education
Sir: I communicate herewith, for publication as a bulletin of
the State Museum, the annual report of the State Botanist for the
fiscal year ending September 30, 1906.
Very respectfully
Joun M. CLARKE
. Director
State of New York
Education Department
COMMISSIONER'S ROOM
Approved for publication this Sth day of Janwary 1907
Ad iofet
Commissioner of Education
New York State Education Department
~ New York State Museum
Joun M. CLarkeE, Director
CuHaArLes H. Peck, State Botanist
Bulletin 116
BOTANY 10
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906
Dr John M. Clarke, Director of Science Division:
I have the honor of submitting to you the following report of
work done in the botanical department of the State Museum during
the year 1906.
Specimens of plants for the State herbarium have been collected
in the counties of Albany, Columbia, Dutchess, Essex, Fulton,
Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Madison, Oneida, Putnam, Rens-
selaer, Saratoga, Steuben, Suffolk and Warren.
Specimens of New York species have been received from con-
tributors and correspondents, that were collected in the counties of
Albany, Allegany, Chautauqua, Columbia, Essex, Fulton, Herkimer,
Dutchess, Madison, Monroe, Oneida, Onondaga, Orange, Orleans,
Rensselaer, Richmond, Saratoga, Steuben, Suffolk, Tompkins, War-
ren and Washington.
The number of species of which specimens have been added to
the State herbarium is 156. Of these, 60 are species new to the
herbarium, 96 are not new. Of the former number, 20 are con- |
sidered new or undescribed species and descriptions of these will
be found in another part of this report. A list of the names of
added species is given under the title “ Species added to the herba-
rium.”
The number of those who have contributed specimens is OT.
This includes many who have sent extralimital specimens or speci-
mens simply for identification, but if the specimens were in good
condition when received and were suitable or desirable for the
herbarium they have been preserved and credited to the sender as
a contribution. A list of the names of the contributors and their
respective contributions will be found under the title “ Contributors
and their contributions.”
The number of species found or of which specimens have been
6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
contributed that are deemed new to our New York flora is O7aee
record of these with their localities and descriptions of new species
is given under the title “Species not before reported.”
Descriptions of five new but extralimital species and one new
variety have been added to this chapter.
A record of new stations of rare plants, of new varieties and
forms of well known species, remarks concerning distinguishing
characters of closely related species or observations of unusual
features in some species are given under the title “ Remarks and
observations.” The number of New York species noticed in this
chapter is 27. ’
The study of our fleshy fungi and the collection of specimens of
them for the herbarium have been continued, though much of the —
season has been singularly unfavorable to their production. Rain —
and showers were frequent in the early part of summer but the
prevailing low temperature was detrimental to the growth of these
plants. As the weather became warmer the rains ceased and ex-
cessive dryness prevented their growth. September is usually one —
of the best months of the year for mushroom growths, but this —
season it was one of the poorest. Late fall rains, however, brought out
a delayed crop which was available at a much later date than usual
and helped to make good the deficiency of the earlier part of the
season. The number of species of fungi added to the herbarium is
39 of which 17 are new species.
The trial of the edible qualities of our wild mushrooms has re-
sulted in adding I1 species to our list of those deemed edible, and
makes the whole number of New York species of this class 183.
Of the 11 added species 9 have been illustrated by colored figures
of natural size. Figures of the 2 remaining species, Russula
earlei Pk. and Boletus rugosiceps Pk. have been pub-
lished in preceding reports. Descriptions of the 11 species tested
and approved this year will be found under the title “Edible —
fungi.”
The study of our Crataegus flora has been continued with much ~
interest. Specimens have been collected in the northern, eastern,
central and southwestern parts of the State. The number of species
added to the State flora is 8, of which two are new species.
This addition makes the number of New York species now
known 97. Many specimens of this genus still remain undetermined,
The destructive influence of late frosts was clearly seen in the
failure of many thorn bushes which bore a full crop of flowers ta
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 7
develop any fruit. Thé essential floral organs were frozen and
consequently the fruit failed to develop. In such cases the stamens
and pistils are sometimes frozen before the buds open. When the
fiowers appear they look fresh and fair at a distance but on close
_ inspection the stamens and pistils are seen to be dead and blackened.
If the freeze is very severe after the buds are much swollen no
species escapes. If less severe, only the flowers of the most tender
species or those which are in the most susceptible condition are
killed. During the past season many species of the Tomentosae
group failed to develop fruit though at flowering time they were
full of blossoms. Species in the same locality whose time of flower-
ing is earlier may escape injury.
The comparatively large genera Hygrophorus and Russula
present scme peculiar difficulties. The subgenera are not sharply
differentiated and in some cases American species appear to com-
bine characters of two subgenera or do not in all respects agree
with the characters ascribed to any of the subgenera. Nevertheless
a revision of the New York species of these genera has been at-
tempted and the Friesian arrangement of the subgenera and species
followed as far as possible. Descriptions have been rewritten and
in some cases made more full and satisfactory.
The plan of identifying specimens of plants for correspondents
and others who send or bring them to the office for that purpose
has been followed. This not only results in the dissemination of
useful botanical knowledge, but also in sometimes acquiring in-
teresting and valuable specimens for the herbarium that otherwise
might fail to reach it. The number of those for whom determina-
tions of specimens have been made is 82. The number of deter-
minations is 435.
Botanical specimens representing 20 species of trees have been
collected but not included-in the foregoing enumeration. They are
intended to replace the lost or damaged specimens of the swinging
frames, which loss occurred while these were absent at the St Louis
and Portland expositions.
An additional table case of specimens of parasitic fungi has been
prepared and placed in the botanical exhibition room. It contains
specimens of 24 species some of which are injurious to cultivated
plants, some to wild plants.
The case containing the specimens of the Japanese edible mush-
foom Shiitake, Pleurotus bretschneideri Kalchb., on
the branches where they grew, has been repaired and placed on ex-
8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
hibition. It is surmounted by a bell jar filled with the dried mush-
rooms in the condition in which they are offered for sale in the
markets of China and Japan.
Mr S. H. Burnham, the Assistant Botanist, has been chiefly
occupied with office work. He has incorporated the collections of
1905 in their proper places, has disinfected and labeled the speci-
mens, attended to the correspondence of the office in my absence,
identifying specimens sent for determination and giving informa-
tion sought concerning them. He has prepared a card catalogue
with descriptive references of the new species of fungi described by
the State Botanist.
=
Respectfully submitted
. Cuarves H. Peck
State Botanist
Oftice of the State Botanist
Albany, December 26, 1906
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906
SERCIES eA DDED LO tht HERBARIUM
New to the herbarium
Allionia hirsuta Pursh
Amanitopsis pulverulenta Pk.
Ascochyta pisi Lib.
Aster arcifolius Bu.
A. elaeagnus Bu.
A. fragrans Bu.
A. multiformis Bu.
A. violaris Bu.
Boletus subpunctipes Pk.
Caryospora cariosa Fairm.
Collybia campanella Pk.
C. lacerata Lasch.
Cortinarius intrusus Pk.
G validipes Pk.
Crataegus arcana Beadle
bissellit Sarg.
cognata Sarg.
deltoides Ashe
habereri Sarg.
noveboracensis Sarg.
scabrida Sarg.
: tenella Ashe
Cynoglossum boreale Fern.
Didymium clavus (4. & S.) Rabenh.
Dryopteris pittsfordensis Slo.
Entoloma minus Pk.
Flammula expansa Pk.
Gaura coccinea Pursh
Hydnum luteopallidum Schw.
Hygrophorus burnhami Pk.
aanaaanaa
Hygrophorus luridus B. & C.
Hypocrea pallida FE. & E.
Inocybe pallidipes E. & E.
Lepiota asperula Atk.
lle eriophora Pk.
Leptoglossum fumosum Pk.
Linum medium (Planch.) Britton
Marasmius phyllophilus Pk.
Myeena albogrisea Pk.
Nicandra physaloides Gaertn.
Ohleria modesta Fckl.
Omphalia pusillissima Pk.
Panicum deminutivum Pk.
Peckiella hymenii Pk.
Phyllosticta ampelopsidis FE. & M.
2, sinilacis E. & E.
IE sphaeropsidea EL. & E.
Pleurotus terrestris Pk.
Polyporus galactinus Berk.
Puccinia peckii (DeT.) Kell.
Russula foetentula Pk.
R. modesta Pk.
Re pectinatoides Pk.
R. vesca Fr.
Scleroderma tenerum B. & C.
Septoria lycopersici Speg.
Steccherinum adustulum Banker
Stemonitis smithii Macb.
Tricholoma hirtellum Pk.
Viola incognita Brainerd
Not new to the herbarium
Agastache scrophulariaefolia (Willd.)
Amanitopsis volvata (Pk.) Sacc.
Aquilegia canadensis L.
Arctium lappa L.
Asarum canadense L.
Aster camptilis Bu.
A. claytoni Bu.
A. concolor L.
Boletus auriporus Pk.
B. frostii Russ.
B. nigrellus Pk.
B. peckit Frost
Boletus rugosiceps Pk.
Bromus tectorum L.
Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh.
Catastoma circumscissum (B. & C.)
Chrysomyxa pyrolae (DC.) Rostr.
Chrysopsis mariana Nutt.
Clavaria botrytoides Pk.
c: cristata Pers.
Clitocybe amethystina (Bolt.)
(Ce monadelpha Morg.
C: ochropurpurea Berk.
Clitopilus prunulus (Scop.) Fr.
IO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Coreopsis rosea Nutt.
Cornus alternifolia L. f.
(CG; candidissima Marsh.
Crataegus caesariata Sarg.
coccinea L.
ferentaria Sarg.
illuminata Sarg.
intricata Lange
laneyi Sarg.
pedicellata Sarg.
pringlei Sarg.
punctata Jacq.
spissiflora Sarg.
tenuiloba Sarg.
Craterellus cantharellus (Schw.)
Cypripedium acaule Ait.
Daedalea quercina (L.) Pers.
Dasystoma virginica (L.) Britt.
Dryopteris boottii (Tuck.) Under.
SAAAODAAG ©
1D). cristata (L.) Gray
1D). cris. clintoniana (at.)
D. simulata Dav.
Eleocharis inter. habereri Fern.
18. melanocarpa Torr.
Gentiana crinita Froel.
Hydnum aurantiacum A. & S.
fennicum (Karst.) Sace.
imbricatum L.
repandum L.
vellereum Pk.
: zonatum Batsch
Hypopitys lanuginosa (Mx.) Nutt.
Ilex vert. cyclophylla Robins.
Inocybe calamistrata Fr.
Irpex canescens Fr.
Lactarius ful. fumosus Pk.
Le pergamenus Fr.
sal ae ass
Lactarius piperatus Ir.
ile, vellereus Fr.
IL, volemus Fr.
Lespedeza angustifolia Pursh
IL hittas (eS) mele
1 virginica (L.) Britt.
Lobelia dortmanna L.
Lycopus sessilifolius Gray
Meibomia marilandica (L.) Kuntze
M. rigida (Ell.) Kuntze
Monarda punctata L.
Mycena galericulata (Scop.)
Physarum lateritium (B. & I. )
Polyporus schweinitzii Fr.
12); sulphureus (Bull.)
Polystichum acrostichoides (M-+.)
Polystictus simillimus Pk.
ie subsericeus Pk.
Populus balsamifera L.
Russula earlei Pk.
Sagina procumbens L.
Scirpus atro. pycnocephalus Fern.
S. cyp. pelius Fern.
Senecio obovatus Muh.
Solidago tenuifolia Pursh
Sporobolus serotinus (Torr.) Gray
Stereum versicolor Fr.
Strobilomyces strobilaceus (Scop.)
Trillium erect. album Pursh
Tricholoma alboflavidum Pk.
T. nudum (Bull.) Fr.
Viburnum lentago L.
Viola blanda [Villd.
We cucullata Ait.
V. fimbriatula Sm.
Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore
CONTRIBUTORS AND? THEIR’ CONTRIBUTIONS
Mrs E. B. Blackford, Boston Mass.
Lactarius varius Pk.
| Omphalia epichysium Pers.
Hygrophorus serotinus Pk.
Miss M. B. Church, Albany
Pleurotus porrigens (Pers.) Fr.
Mrs M. S. DeCoster, Little Falls’
Viola incognita Brainerd
| \Viola selkirkii Pursh
REPORT OF TilE STATE BOTANIST 1906 II
Mrs G. M. Dallas, Philadelphia Pa.
Opuntia humifusa Raf.
Miss Alice Eastwood, San Francisco Cal.
Lentinus magnus Pk.
Mrs L. L. Goodrich, Syracuse
Trillium erectum album Pursh
Mrs M. A. Knickerbocker, San Francisco Cal.
Scoliopus bigelovii Torr.
Miss EK. A. Lehman, Winston-Salem N. C.
Monotropsis lehmanae Burnh.
Mrs j. Rogers, Ausable Forks
Lepiota naucinoides Pk.
Miss A. M. Ryan, New London Ct.
Marsonia violae (Pass.) Sacc.
Miss T. L. Smith, Worcester Mass.
Russula modesta Pk.
Mrs F. C. Sherman, Syracuse
Pleurotus ulmarius Fr.
Mrs C. E. Taft, New York city
Collybia velutipes (Curt.) Fr.
Mrs E. S. Tomlinson, New York city
Polystichum acrostichoides incisum (Gr.) Under.
F. H. Ames, Brooklyn
Ammodenia peploides (L.) Bupr. | Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt.
Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore
J. C. Arthur, Lafayette Ind.
Aecidium coloradense Diet. | Peridermium boreale Arth.
Peridermium carneum (Bosc) S. & E.
G. F. Atkinson, Ithaca
Cortinarius intrusus Pk. | Lepiota asperula Atk.
Russula constans Karst.
12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
H. J. Banker, Greencastle Ind.
Onygena equina Pers. | Steccherinum adustulum Banker
Elam Bartholomew, Stockton Kan.
Aecidium abundans Pk.
Ae. allenii Clint.
Ae. diodiae Burr.
Ae. grindeliae Griff.
Ae. grossulariae (Pers.) Sch.
Ae. pammelii Tyel.
INE punctatum Pers.
Ae. solidaginis Schw.
Albugo amaranthi (Schw.) Kee.
A. candidus (Pers.) Kee.
Arthosporium compositum 4.
Cercospora pachypus £. & K.
C. vignae HE. & E.
Coleosporium solidaginis (Schw.)
Coniosporium arundinis (Cd.) Sacc.
Cronartium asclepiadeum Berk.
Cucurbitaria salicina Fckl.
Cudonia circinans (Pers.) Fr.
Diplodia liriodendri Pk.
Dothidea linderae Ger.
Exobasidium vaccinil (Fckl.) Wor.
Geaster pectinatus Pers.
Geoglossum hirsutum Pers.
G. peckianum Che.
Gymnosporangium clavipes C. & P.
Humaria cestrica E. & E.
Hypomyces lactifluorum (Schw.) Tul.
Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Pers.
Meliola nidulans (Schw.) Che.
Mitrula olivacea (Pers.) Sacc.
M. serpentina (Muell.) Mass.
Oidium monilioides Lk.
Peronospora calotheca DeBy.
Ps euphorbiae Fckl.
Phyllachora graminis panici (Schw.)
Plasmopara geranii (Pk.) B. & DeT.
Psilocybe sabulosa Pk.
Puccinia absinthi DC.
agropyri LE. & E.
asparagi DC.
asteris Duby
caricis (Schum.) Reb.
cyperi Arth.
ge rele aca ae
Macrosporium ornatissinum EF. & B.
Marsonia castagnei (D. & M.) Sacc.
Massariella bufonia (B. & Br.) Tul.
Puccinia fraxinate (Lk.) Arth.
helianthi Schz.
heucherae (Schw.) Diet.
lycii Kalchb.
menthae Pers.
muhlenbergiae A. & H.
physalidis Pk.
pimpinellae (Strauss.) Lk
prenanthis (Pers.) Fckl.
proserpinacae Farl.
purpurea Cke.
rubinella (Pers.) Arth.
silphii Schw.
stipae Arth.
fecha Ex sorb
tosta Arth.
verbesinae Schw.
veroniae Schw.
Rhizographus fusariisporus E. & E.
Rhizopus nigricans Ehrenb.
Schizothyrella fraxini E. & E.
Sclerospora graminicola (Sacc.)
Scolecotrichum asclepiadis E. & E.
Septoria aurea destruens FE. & E.
S. munroae FE. & B.
Sorosporium syntherismae (Pk.) Farl.
Sphaeropsis cydoniae C. & E.
Stichopsora solidaginis (Schw.) Dict.
Teichospora populina FE. & E.
Tricholoma portentosum Fr.
Tubercinia clintoniae Kom.
Tuberculina persicina (Ditm.) Sacc.
Typhula muscicola (Pers.) Fr.
pe a eee eet
Uromyces caladii (Schw.) Farl.
U. euphorbiae C. & P.
U gentianae Arth.
U elycyrrhizae (Reb.) Magn.
WU. enaphalii £. & E.
WwW, * hordei Tracy
U. howei Pk.
U. junci (Desm.) Tul.
U lespedezae (Schw.) PR.
UW. trifolii (Hedw.) Lev.
Ustilago utriculosa (Nees) Tul.
Xylaria digitata (L.) Grev.
REPORT OF THE STATE ROTANIST 1906 13
M. S. Baxter, Rochester
Crataegus laneyi Sarg. Crataegus tenuiloba Sarg.
. pedicellata Sarg. Pentstemon laevigatus Soland.
: M. S. Baxter and V. Dewing, Rochester
Allionia hirsuta Pursh | Gaura coccinea Pursh
Conringia orientalis (L.) Dui.
R. C. Benedict, New York city
Dryopteris pittsfordensis Slosson
A. F. Blakeslee, Cambridge Mass.
Phycomyces nitens (Ag.) Kunze
F. S. Boughton, Pittsford
Clitocybe dealbata Soz. | Pleurotus subareolatus Pk.
Tricholoma columbetta Fr.
F, J. Braendle, Washington D. C.
Clavaria cinerea Bull. Isaria truncata Pers.
Collybia zonata Pk. Mycenastrum spinulosum Pk.
Geaster saccatus Fr. Viola villosa Wali.
S. H. Burnham, Sandy Hill
Cordyceps capitata (Holmsk.) Lk. Pleurotus terrestris Pk.
Cynoglossum boreale Fern. Polyporus borealis Wahl.
Erysiphe polygoni DC. Polystichum acrostichoides (Mv+.)
Flammula expansa Pk. Russula cyanoxantha (Schaeff.) Fr.
Hygrophorus burnhami Pe. Scapania irrigua (Nees) Dum.
Lentinus spretus Pk. Timmia megapolitana Hedw.
Lepiota asperula Atk.
G. H. Chadwick, Albany
Thelephora schweinitzil Pk.
G. D. Cornell, Coopers Plains
Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. Liriodendron tulipifera L.
Hieracium praealtum Jill. Magnolia acuminata L.
Hypericum ascyron L. Solidago juncea Ait.
Lilium canadense L. Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill.
W. C. Cottrell, Gloversville
Nicandra physaloides Gaertn.
14
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Simon Davis, Brookline Mass.
Agaricus camp. hortensis Cke.
Coprinus plicatilis Fr.
C. stenocoleus Lindb.
Eccilia unicolor Pk.
Entoloma sericellum Fr.
E. sericeum (Bull.) Fr.
Galera sphagnorum Pers.
Hygrophorus davisii Pk.
Hygrophorus luridus B. & C.
Tal. mephiticus Pk.
le nitratus (Pers.) Fr.
Tel, prat. albus Sacc.
Inocybe infelix Pk.
Leptonia transformata PR.
Marasmius scorodonius Fr.
Psathyrella angusticeps Pk.
Russula compacta Frost
W. T. Davis, New Brighton
Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Medic. | Aronia atropurpurea Britton
Frank Dobbin, Shushan
Arthonia radiata (Pers.) Th. Fr.
Discina orbicularis Pk.
Arthonia quintaria Ny.
Philip Dowell, Port Richmond
Dryopteris boottii (Tuck.) Under. Dryopteris goldieana (Hook.) Gray
D. cristata (L.) Gray D. pittsfordensis Slos.
D. crist. clintoniana (Eat.) D. simulata Dav.
1D), crist. marginalis Dav. Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore
C. E. Fairman, Lyndonville
Brachysporium obovatum (Berk.)
Sace.
Caryospora cariosa Fairm.
Didymium clavus (A. & S.) Rabh.
Nemosphaeria fairmani Sacc.
Ohleria modesta Fckl.
O. E. Fischer, Detroit Mich.
Agaricus camp. hortensis Cke. | Lepiota eriophora PR.
Hydnum adustum, Sch.
N. M. Glatfelter, St Louis Mo.
Guepinia palmiceps Berk. Merulius rubellus Pk.
Lepiota cep. lutea With. Pterula densissima B. & C.
Thelephora caespitulans Schzw.
P. W. Graff, Storrs Ct.
Poronia macrospora Pk. Xylaria polymorpha combinans Pk.
Cephas Guillet, Toronto Ont.
De 5 P :
Hygrophorus miniatus Fr. | Lactarius paludinellus Pr.
| Physarum lateritium (B. & R.) Rost.
REPORT TOD Tih SLADE SOLANISD 1906
C. C. Hanmer, East Hartford Ct.
Collybia lacerata Lasch. Hygrophorus chlorophanus Fr.
Entoloma cuspidatum Pk. Panus levis B. & C.
M. E. Hard, Chillicothe O.
Hydnum ochraceum Pers. | Tricholoma fumescens Pk.
J. J. Hare, Whitby Ont.
Hypholoma sublateritium squamosum Cke.
J. E. S. Heath, South Pasadena Cal.
Daldinia vernicosa (Schw.) C. & D.
A. P. Hitchcock, New Lebanon
Lycoperdon giganteum Batsch
G. S. Howell, Rockville Ind.
Tricholoma album Schaeff.
C. H. Kauffman, Ann Arbor Mich.
Crepidotus ralfsii B. & Br. Lepiota gracilis Pk.
Cortinarius multiformis Fr. Mycena glutinipes Kauff.
Hypholoma vinosum Kauff. Pleurotus petaloides (Bull.) Fr.
W. A. Kellerman, Columbus O.
Galera kellermani Pk. | Psathyrella hirta Pk.
F. D. Kern, Lafayette Ind.
Puccinia graminis Pers.
R. B. Mackintosh, Peabody Mass.
Agaricus campester L. | Agaricus rodmani Pk.
Charles McIlvaine, Cambridge Md.
Lepiota morgani PR.
George E. Morris, Waltham Mass.
Hygrophorus pallidus Pk. Lepiota eriophora Pk.
iT ruber Pk. Steccherinum adustulum Banker
L. J. Muchmore, Batavia
Hydnum luteopallidum Schw. | Oligonema nitens (Lib.) Rost.
Stemonitis smithi1 Macb.
5
16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
F. M. Rolfs, Mountain Grove Mo.
*Phyllosticta rubra Pk.
W. H. Ropes, Salem Mass.
Agaricus micromegethus Pk.
I. M. Shepherd, Trenton, N. J.
Morchella esculenta (L.) Pers.
F. S. Smith, Angelica
Bacillus amylivorus Burr. | Fusicladium pirinum (Lib.) Fckl.
Perley Spaulding, St Louis Mo.
Merulius lac. verrucifer Quel.
M. rubellus Pk.
Fomes annosus Fr.
Iiydnum artocreas Berk.
E. B. Sterling, Trenton N. J.
Arachnion album Schw. Lycoperdon tessellatum Lloyd
Calostoma cinnabarinum Desv. Pholiota discolor Pk.
Inocybe sterlingii Pk. Pluteus petasites Fr.
Lycoperdon excoriatum Lloyd i Sarcoscypha dawsonensis Pk.
ie pusillum Batsch | Scleroderma aurantiaca Pers.
IL. serotinum Bon. Shee cepa Pers.
Ibe stellare (Pk.) Lloyd | S verrucosum ( Bull.)
D. R. Sumstine, Wilkinsburg Pa.
Pyronema leucobasis (Pk.) Sacc.
Hermann von Schrenk, St Louis Mo.
Paxillus panuoides Fr. | Trametes serialis Fr.
K. F. Symonds, Utica
Clitocybe ochropurpurea Berk.
E. A. White, Storrs Ct.
Phallogaster whitei Pk.
T. E. Wilcox, Washington D. C.
Boletus retipes B. & C. Clavaria pistillaris L.
B. rimosellus Pk. Collybia strictipes Pk.
B. subtomentosus L. Hymenogaster anomalus /°R.
Tricholoma columbetta Fr.
W. W. Eggleston, New York city
By exchange
Crataegus arcana Ashe Crataegus deltoides Ashe
GC, coccinea L. " C. dissona Sarg.
€: cognata Sarg. Cc dodgei Ashe
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 7
Crataegus glaucophylla Sarg. Crataegus modesta Sarg.
@ intricata Lange C. pentandra Sarg.
ec. matura Sarg. C. pruinosa [IV endl.
Crataegus tenella Ashe
SEECins NOR BEFORE REPORTED
Allionia hirsuta Pursh
Near Rochester. August. M.S. Baxter and V. Dewing. Intro-
duced from the western states. It is Oxybaphus hirsutus
Sweet.
Amanitopsis pulverulenta n. sp.
Pileus thin, convex beceming nearly plane, pulverulent, squamose
in the center, even on the margin, white or creamy white, odor
feeble or none; lamellae thin, unequal, narrowed behind, free or
nearly so, moderately close, subventricose, whitish; stem equal or
slighfly tapering upward, bulbous, solid, pulverulent or fur-
furaceous, white; spores subelliptic, .oo03-.0004 of an inch long,
.0002~.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 2-3 lines thick.
Shaded banks by roadsides. Port Jefferson, Suffolk co. August.
This species is well marked by its white color and the copious
mealiness of the pileus and stem. It is apparently closely related
fo Amanitopsis pubescens (Schw.) but-it differs from
the description of that species in having the pileus and stem pul-
verulent instead of pubescent and in the former being squamose in
the center. There is no annulus and the slight remains of a mem-
Dranous volva are seen in very young specimens only. In the dried
specimens the lamellae have assumed a pale yellowish cinnamon
hue.
Ascochyta pisi Lib.
Living pods of peas and beans. Menands, Albany co. July.
This. parasitic fungus produces discolored spots on the pods similar
to the anthracnose spots of bean pods, but the spores of this fungus
are uniseptate, those of the anthracnose, simple. |
Aster arcifolius Bu.
Lake Minnewaska, Ulster co. September. Prof. E. Burgess
has made a special study of the asters of our country and his re-
vision and elucidation of the Biotian division of the genus enables
18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
me to add to our New York flora several species which were
formerly supposed to be varieties of Aster divaricatus,
A. macrophyllus and other closely related species.
Aster biformis Bu.
Rathboneville, Steuben co. and Voorheesville, Albany co. August
and September. In this species the lower stem leaves are petiolate
and cordate with a deep narrow sinus, the upper leaves are abruptly
reduced to a smaller size and are nearly or quite sessile. This dif-
ference between the upper and lower leaves is suggestive of the
specific name.
Aster camptilis Bu.
Low rocky ground. Lake Minnewaska. September. A slender
aster with a weak stem which is often reclined or bent as if too
feeble to support its own branches or hold itself erect. This char-
acter is suggestive of the name bent stemmed aster.
Aster claytoni Bu.
Open places. Menands, Albany co. September. A large and
variable species belonging to the group Divaricati. Specimens are
sometimes 3 feet tall.
°
Aster elaeagnus Bu.
North Elba, Essex co. August. A northern species having
orbicular or ovate radical leaves and variable stem leaves which are
pale and hairy on the under side. This gives a scurfy appearance
suggestive of the scurfy character of Elaeagnus leaves. The species
belongs to the group Macrophylli.
Aster fragrans Bu.
Round Lake, Saratoga co. September. This species differs
from A. divaricatus,. to which it was formerly referred,
in its more persistent fragrance, more compact panicle of flowers
and more truncate base of its leaves.
Aster multiformis Bu.
Lake Minnewaska, Ulster co. September. A species remark-
able for its long slender rootstocks and the many forms shown by
the leaves of the same plant.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 1g9)
Aster violaris Bu.
Rathboneville, Steuben co. August. This species is distin-
guished by its suborbicular and reniform apiculate radical and
lower stem leaves. It belongs to the group Macrophylli.
Boletus subpunctipes n. sp.
Pileus fleshy, broadly convex, often uneven on the surface, be-
coming soft with age, brown, reddish brown when dry, flesh white,
slowly becoming dingy where cut or broken, taste mild; tubes
nearly plane in the mass, adnate or but slightly depr2ssed around
the stem, the mouths small, round, whitish or grayish white, chang-
ing to reddish brown where wounded; stem equai or nearly so,
solid, slightly reticulate at the top, very minutely dotted, some-
times obscurely squamulose at the top, grayish or pallid; spores
rusty brown or cinnamon brown, oblong or subfusiform, .ooo4~
0005 of an inch long, .0002—.00024 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 4-6 lines thick.
Shaded sandy soil. Menands, Albany co. August.
The surface of the pileus is rendered uneven by coarse shallow
depressions. The species belongs to the section Versipelles. The
dots on the stem are nearly like those on the stem of Boletus
mir Oomapes Frost.
Caryospora cariosa Fairm.
In cavities of oid beech wood. Lyndonville, Orleans co. C. E.
airman.
Collybia campanella n. sp.
Pileus thin, conic or campanulate with a papilla at the apex,
covered with coarse appressed or deflexed strigose hairs, dark
tawny; lamellae ascending, moderately close, whitish; stem firm,
equal, inserted, floccose hairy, colored like the pileus; spores not
seen.
Pileus 3-4 lines broad; stem 9-12 lines long, .5 of a line thick.
ead and dry branches of arbor vitae, Thuja occidentalis.
Horicon, Warren co. July.
Siticmcpecies 1s related to Collybia stipitaria from
which it is readily distinguished by its persistently conic or cam-
panulate pileus and its uniformly dark tawny color of both pileus
and stem. The hairy tufts of the stem are pointed and project at
right angles from the stem.
20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Collybia lacerata Lasch.
Dry soil among grasses and bayberry bushes. Fishers island,
Suffolk co. October. C. C. Hanmer. In these specimens the ex-
panded pileus is umbonate and the umbo is darker colored than the
rest. The specimens agree well with the figure of the species as
given in Cooke’s Illustrations of British Fungi. The spores in
our specimens are broadly elliptic or subglobose and .00024—.0003
of an inch long.
Cortinarius intrusus Pk.
Carnation beds in greenhouses. Highland Falls, Orange co.
January. Ernest Palmer. Communicated by G. F. Atkinson.
The species was described from specimens found growing in mush-
room beds in conservatories in Massachusetts and New Jersey and
communicated by R. Macadam and C. Mclivaine.
Cortinarius validipes n. sp.
Pileus fleshy, thick, convex becoming nearly plane, dry, squamu-
lose or floccose squamulose, ochraceous, flesh white tinged with
yellow next the lamellae, taste mild; lamellae thin, narrow, close,
adnate or decurrent with a tooth, yellowish white becoming cinna-_
mon; stem stout, firm, solid, fibrous, striate at the top by the de-
current teeth of the lamellae, subannulate from the adherent re-
mains of the webby veil, yellowish white, whitish within; spores
subeiliptic, .o003—.0004 of an inch long, .0002~.00024 broad.
Pileus 3-6 inches broad; stem 4-5 inches long, 1-2 inches thick. ©
Coopers Plains, Steuben co. September.
A cluster of six plants was found growing in a small excavation
near a farmhouse. The weather had been unusually warm and
dry for several weeks, but a soaking rain two days before and a
thunder shower one day later seem to have been favorable to the ©
development of this large fine mushroom. It belongs to the section
Dermoeybe.
Crataegus arcana Beadle :
Moores Mills, Dutchess co. May and October. W. W. Eg-7
eleston.
Crataegus bissellii Sarg.
J ie >
Rocky pasture, near Staatsburg, Dutchess co. May and Septem- {
ber. Our plants differ from the typical form of the species only —
in having stamens 5-8 and anthers pale pink soon fading to white.
4
j
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 21
Crataegus cognata Sarg.
Colemans Station, Dutchess co. and Dykemans, Putnam co. May
and September. Mr Eggleston had previously found it in the
latter locality.
Crataegus deltoides Ashe
Moores Mills. May and October. W. W. Eggleston. The
broadly ovate or deltoid leaves constitute a prominent feature of
this species and are suggestive of the specific name.
Crataegus habereri n. sp. Sarg.
Leaves broadly ovate, acute, rounded, subtruncate or abruptly
cordate at the wide entire or glandular base, finely doubly serrate
above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided usually only above
the middle into four or five pairs of small acuminate spreading
lobes, nearly half grown when the flowers open about the middle
of May and then membranaceous, light yellow green and roughened
above by short white hairs and pale and glabrous below, and ‘at
maturity thin, dark yellow green and scabrate on the upper surface,
light yellow green on the lower surface, 4.5-6.5 cm long and nearly
as wide; with slender midribs, and their primary veins extending
obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly wing-
margined at the apex, at first slightly villose, soon becoming gla-
brous, sparingly glandular while young, 2.5—3.5 cm in length; leaves
on vigorous shoots truncate or rounded at the base, more coarsely
serrate and more deeply lobed, often 7-8 cm long and 6-7 cm wide.
Flowers 1.4-1.5 cm in diameter, on slender slightly hairy pedicels,
in broad 5-8-flowered corymbs; calyx tube narrowly obconic,
glabrous, or slightly hairy near the base, the lobes slender, acu-
minate, glandular serrate, glabrous on the outer, sparingly villose on
the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; stamens 10; anthers dark
rose color; styles 3-5, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of
pale tomentum. Fruit ripening from the first to the middle of
September, on glabrous reddish pedicels, in few-fruited drooping
clusters, oval to obovate, crimson, lustrous, marked by large pale
dots ; calyx prominent, with a deep wide cavity, and incurved hori-
zontal or recurved lobes dark red above toward the base and slightly
hairy on the upper surface, their tips often deciduous from the
ripe fruit; flesh thin, dark yellow, soft and succulent; nutlets 3-5,
acute at the ends, slightly ridged and irregularly grooved on the
back, 7-8 mm long and about 5 mm wide.
A shrub 3-5 m high, with small stems, wide spreading flexuous
22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
branches, and slender slightly zigzag glabrous branchlets, light
orange greet’ when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-
brown, lustrous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season,
and dul! reddish brown the following year, and armed with slender
straight or slightly curved chestnut-brown spines 2.5—3 cm long.
Rocky pastures and margins of woods; New Hartford, Oneida co.
J. V. Haberer (4 2410, type), May 20 and September 28, 1903;
(Co isl, PEO, Seoursmose wir, usec,
This species, remarkable in its broad slightly lobed leaves and
early ripening fruit, is named for its discoverer, Joseph Valentine
Haberer M. D., an enthusiastic student of the flora of Herkimer,
Oneida and Madison counties, the founder of the Asa Gray
Botanical Club of Utica in 1886 and from that time to the present
its president.
Crataegus noveboracensis n. sp. Sarg.
Leaves ovate, acuminate, abruptly concave cuneate at the entire
base, finely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and
deeply divided into five or six pairs of narrow acuminate spreading
lobes, more than half grown when the flowers open at the end of
May and then thin, yellow green and covered above by short soft
white hairs and paler and glabrous below, and at maturity thin but
firm in texture, dark yellow green and lustrous on the upper surface
and pale yellow green on the lower surface, 4.5-6.5 cm long and ~
4-5 cm wide, with slender yellow midribs, and thin primary veins
arching obliquely to the points of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly
wing-margined at the apex, villose on the upper side while young, —
becoming glabrous, sparingly glandular, 1-2 cm in length; leaves j
on vigorous shoots thicker, sometimes rounded or subtruncate at —
the broad base, more coarsely serrate and more deeply lobed, often —
7-8 cm long and 6-7 cm wide, with stouter broadly winged petioles. _
Flowers 1.2-1.4 cm in diameter, on slender slightly villose pedicels, ©
in usually 7-11-flowered lax corymbs; calyx tube narrowly obconic,
coated especially near, the base with long scattered white hairs,
the lobes gradually narrowed, slender, acuminate, glandular serrate,
glabrous on the outer, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after
anthesis; stamens 15-20; anthers pale yellow; styles 4 or 5. Fruit
ripening the middle of September, on slightly hairy reddish ped-
icels, in usually 5—7-fruited drooping clusters, subglobose to short
oblong, full and rounded at the ends, crimson, lustrous, marked by |
large pale dots, about 1 cm in diameter; flesh thin, yellow, dry and ;
mealy; nutlets 4 or 5, narrowed) and rounded at the ends, slightly |
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 23
ridged on the back, with a low slightly grooved ridge, 5.5-6 mm long
and 4-5 mm wide.
A shrub 3-4 m high, with numerous small stems, ascending or
suberect branches and slender nearly straight glabrous branchlets
dark orange green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-
brown, lustrous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season
and light gray brown the following year, and armed with numerous
slender straight or slightly curved light chestnut-brown shining
spines 4-5 cm long.
Sandy or rocky soil; Essex co. Common. North Elba, C. H.
Peck (# 40, type), May 27, July 22 and September 14, 1903;
Met Peck ( 40), Keene, May 31 and September 16, 1903.
Crataegus scabrida Sarg.
Hilly and rocky pastures. West Albany, Albany co., C. H. Peck;
New Hartford, Oneida co., J. V. Haberer. May and September.
This is a large shrub or small tree which occurs in several places
about Albany. It also occurs in Petersburg, Rensselaer co. Its
fruit is edible.
Crataegus tenella Ashe
Hilly and rocky pastures. Colemans Station and Moores Mills,
Dutchess co.; Dykemans, Putnam co. May, September and Octo-
ber. W. W. Eggleston.
Cynoglossum boreale Fern.
West Fort Ann, Washington co. June. S. H. Burnham.
Didymium clavus (A. & S.) Rabenh.
_ Dead herbaceous stems. Grove Springs near Lake Keuka. July.
C.E. Fairman. These specimens differ from typical forms in having
a slightiy smaller peridium.
Dryopteris pittsfordensis Slosson
Springville, Richmond co. May. Philip Dowell. Solway, Onon-
daga co. R. C. Benedict.
Entoloma minus n. sp.
Pileus thin, subconic or hemispheric, becoming broadly convex,
glabrous, grayish brown, darker in the center; lamellae thin, close,
ascending at first, sinuate behind, whitish becoming flesh color;
24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
stem slender, hollow, white; spores subglobose, angular, .0003—.0004
of an inch in diameter.
Pileus 8-12 lines broad; stem I-1.5 inches long, about 1 line
thick. . Ground in woods. East Schaghticoke, Rensselaer co.
August,
Flammula expansa n. sp.
Pileus thin, broadly convex or nearly plane, glabrous or some-
times with appressed spotlike scales in the center, subochraceous,
flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, narrow, close, yellow, changing
to brown where wounded; stem short, equal, solid, brownish with-
out, yellow within; spores broadly elliptic, .ooo3 of an inch long,
.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem about 1 inch long, 2-3 lines thick.
Decaying wood of red maple, Acer rubrum. Helderbergs,
Albany co. July. S. H. Burnham. East Schaghticoke, Rens-
selaer co. August.
Gaura coccinea Pursh
Near Rochester. August. Introduced from the west. M. Se
Baxter and V. Dewing.
Hydnum coriaceo-membranaceum Schw.
Ground. Lake Pleasant, Hamilton co.
Hydnum luteopallidum Schw.
Decorticated wood and bark of some deciduous tree, apparently
butternut, Juglans cinerea. Lyndonville, Orleans co.9
July. L. J. Muchmore. The type specimens of Schweinitz were
found on grapevines. In ours the fungus is resupinate, adnate,
with a very thin subiculum, smoky yellow or brownish, whitish or
pale yellow on the young margin; the teeth are scarcely half a
line long, scattered or crowded, sometimes confluent at the base and
subfasciculate, colored like the subiculum but white fimbriate at
the tips; spores subglobose, colored, verrucose, .ooo16—.0002 of an
inch broad.
Hygrophorus burnhami n. sp.
Ground. West Fort Ann, Washington co. October. The descrip-— :
tion of this species may be found in the chapter on New York —
Species of Hygrophorus.
Hygrophorus luridus B. & C.
‘
Among mosses and fallen leaves in woods. Sand Lake, Rens-
selaer co. August.
o
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 25
Hypocrea pallida E. & E.
On some resupinate polyporoid fungus on oak branches. Lake
Minnewaska, Uister co. August.
Inocybe pallidipes E. & E.
Dead wood and decaying vegetable matter, near Friends lake,
Warren co. July.
The white stem and brown umbonate pileus are prominent and
notable characters of this species. Wood inhabiting species of this
genus are few. This one is related to Inocybe euthe-
loides Pk. but it is a stouter plant with a thicker, straighter
stem which is white even in the dried state.
Lepiota asperula Atk.
Woods. Near Ithaca. August. G. F. Atkinson. Vaughns,
Washington co. July. S.H. Burnham. This last is a form having
a more slender stem and slightly darker pileus, but scarcely worthy
of specific distinction.
Lepiota eriophora Pk.
Jamestown, Chautauqua co. August. G. E. Morris. This is
distinguished from the preceding species by its smaller size, darker
brown color, denser crowded scales of the pileus and specially by
the copious brown tomentum of both pileus and stem, a character
Suggestive of the specific name. It has not yet been found in the
eastern part of the State. Its range is apparently westward and
southward.
Leptoglossum fumosum Pk.
Geoglossum luteumfumosum, State Mus. Rep’t 43. 1890. p. 40.
Receptacle fleshy, stipitate, oblong, obtuse, terete or compressed
and furrowed on one or both sides, glabrous, moist, hollow, distinct
from the stem and sometimes with one or two decurrent lobes at
the base, 3-6 lines long, 1.5—3 lines broad, smoky yellow ; stem equal
or nearly so, glabrous, hollow, about as long as the receptacle,
slightly darker ; asci subclavate or cylindric; spores oblong, biseriate,
often slightly curved, hyaline, 2-4-nucleate, .oor2—.0016 of an inch
long, .00016—.0002 broad.
Mossy ground in woods. Sand Lake. August. This was for-
merly considered a mere variety of Leptoglossum luteum,
but having found a group of good specimens showing well the
distinctive characters of the species it seems worthy of specific rank.
26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Linum medium ( Planch.) Britton
Hempstead Plains, Nassau co. July.
Lycoperdon excoriatum Lloyd
Warrensburg, Warren co. October. The specimens referred to
this species were found growing about the roots of an old stump in
a pasture. They are either scattered or gregarious in their mode of
growth. The peridium is grayish brown and umbonate and has a
cortex similar to thatof Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch
but it usually separates and falls away in flakes or patches, a char-
acter suggestive of the specific name. Sometimes the larger spinules
fall away separately, asin L. gemmatum, leaving a scar on
the peridium and showing the close telanionehny between the
two species.
Lycoperdon polytrichum Lloyd
Among hair cap mosses, Polytrichum juniperinunmse
Piseco, Hamilton co. August and September. Closely related to
L. gemmatum, but differing in its peculiar habitat.
Lycoperdon serotinum Bon.
Decaying wood, old stumps and prostrate trunks of trees. Sep-
tember to November. Appearing like a late smooth form of
LYy¥CORECCOn jHWieiiGrme Severs
Marasmius phyllophilus n. sp.
Pileus membranaceous, convex or nearly plane, dry, strongly
rugose striate or rugose sulcate, whitish, with a faint pinkish tinge
when dry; lamellae narrow, distant, rounded behind, adnexed, white,
the interspaces venose; stem tough, slender, equal, inserted, hollow,
_ covered with a wince downy or velvety pubescence; spores .0002—
.00024 of an inch long, .o0012—.00016 broad.
Pileus 4-8 lines broad; stem 10-15 lines long, about .5 of a line
thick. Gregarious on fallen leaves in woods. Wading River.
Suffolk co. August.
Closely related to M. insititius Fr. from which it is sepa-
rated by the attachment of the lamellae to the stem and by the white
color and pubescent coating of the stem. The spores also are larger
than the dimensions of the spores of that species.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 27
Mycena albogrisea n. sp.
Pileus thin, submembranaceous, ovate or subcampanulate, obtuse,
elabrous, sulcate striate, grayish white ; lamellae rather thick, broad,
distant, adnate, colored like the pileus; stem slender, glabrous,
hollow, paler than the pileus, with a whitish strigose villosity at the
base; spores .0003 of an inch long, .ooo16-.0002 broad.
Pileus 3-5 lines broad, nearly as long; stem 1-2 inches long,
about half a line thick.
Attached to fallen leaves of coniferous trees. Bolton, Warren co.
September. It belongs to the section Basipedes. In the dried
specimens the pileus has assumed a slightly darker or smoky tint,
but it still retains its sulcate striate character.
Nicandra physaloides Gaertn.
Gloversville, Fulton co. September. W. C. Cottrell. Introduced
from Peru. The common name of its fruit 1s apple of Peru.» In
Illustrated Flora of the Northern States and Canada its name is
Sivenas Physalodes physalodes (L.) Britton, but the
International Botanical Congress having decided against the use of
double names, we have used the name given in Gray’s Manual.
Omphalia pusillissima n. sp.
Pileus membranaceous, broadly convex or nearly plane, glabrous,
umbilicate, slightly striate on the margin when dry, white; lamellae
few, distant, decurrent, white; stem slender, filiform, flexuous,
glabrous, white; spores subglobose or broadly elliptic, .ooo2-.00024
of an inch long, .00016—.0002 broad.
Pileus 1-2 lines broad; stem 3-5 lines long. On humus and decay- -
ing twigs under pine trees. Delmar, Albany co. August.
This is one of the smallest species of Omphalia known to me.
The lamellae are very narrow, sometimes branched and sometimes
absent. It is a smaller mushroom than Omphalia inte-
gtella, and differs from it in its umbilicate pileus. The stem is
holiow but the cavity is minute.
Ohleria modesta Fckl.
On carious wood of beech. Lyndonville, Orleans co. March.
ee. Fairman.
Panicum deminutivum n. sp.
Culms 4-10 inches tall, slender, erect, branched, slightly hairy
near the base; branches 3-6, short, suberect, each terminating in a
28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
panicle, occasionally bearing one or two branchlets; radical leaves
lanceolate, sparingly villose, 3-6 lines long, cauline leaves narrowly
lanceolate or linear, acuminate, 6-12 lines long, 1-1.25 lines broad,
minutely pubescent beneath, glabrous above, or one or two lower
ones sometimes with a few long scattered hairs, the sheaths mostly
shorter than the internodes and minutely pubescent, stipules a tuft
of slender bristlelike hairs .5-1 line long; panicles ovate in outline,
6-12 lines long, the branches and pedicels glabrous, spikelets sub-
globose or oval, less than .5 of a line long, the first scale minute,
glabrous or nearly so, second and third scales nearly equal in length,
minutely pubescent, the second commonly purplish.
Moist or wet muddy soil. Shore of Little pond about 2.5 miles
south of Wading River, Suffolk co. August.
This diminutive panic grass has smaller spikelets than any
species I find described. In most of its characters it approaches
closely to Panicum psammophilum Nash from which
I have separated it because of the smaller size of all its parts, its
different mode of growth and different habitat. This is wet humus
or decomposed vegetable matter which is apparently submerged in
times of high water. The mode of growth is scattered, not cespitose,
and the pubescence except at tae base of the stem is so minute that
it is scarcely visible to the naked eye. Unless carefully examined
with a magnifying glass the plants would be considered glabrous.
Peckiella hymenii n. sp.
Subiculum white, overrunning the hymenium of the host plant
‘and obliterating the lamellae, sometimes interrupted; perithecia
minute, globose, semiimmersed in the subiculum, numerous, pale
honey color becoming darker with age; asci linear, .oog—.013 of an
inch long, .0003-.0004 broad; spores monostichous, fusiform, acute
at each end, hyaline, .oor6é—o018 of an inch long, .00025—.0003_
broad, oozing from the perithecia and forming irregular whitish”
masses upon them,
On the hymenium of Lactarius vellereus Fr Wade
ing River, Suffolk co. August.
The parasite in all the specimens seen, is limited to the hymenium
of the host plant, the upper surface of the pileus and the stem
remaining unchanged. The host plant also retains its acrid taste.
The perithecia are so numerous that they give a general pallid hue
to the parasite, though the subiculum itself is white. The emitted
spores, adhering in minute masses, do not cover the surface. with
Pextdies = =
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 29
a white pulverulence as the spores of the related Hypomyces
Meetitluorum (Schw.) Tul. do.
Peramium tessellatum (Lodd.) Rydb.
Woods. Floodwood, Franklin co. North Elba, Essex co.
August. This may be.separated from Peramium repens
(L.) Salisb. by its spiral arrangement of the flowers of the spike.
Peridermium consimile A. & Kk.
Living leaves of spruce trees. Common in the swamps and on
the mountains of the Adirondack region where it is associated with
Peridermium decolorans Pk. from which it may be dis-
tinguished by its smaller spores.
Phyllosticta ampelopsidis E. & M.
Living leaves of woodbine, Ampelopsis quinquefolia.
Wading River, Suffolk co. August.
Phyllosticta smilacis E. & E.
imine leaves of greenbrier, Smilax rotundifolia Mx.
Wading River, Suffolk co. August.
Phyllosticta sphaeropsidea E. & E.
Living leaves of horse chestnut, Aesculus hippocas-
meecum 1. Port Henry, Essex co. September.
Pleurotus terrestris n. sp.
Pileus thin, broadly convex, even, glabrous, moist, whitish; la-
mellae thin, close, broad, slightly emarginate, adnexed, whitish;
stem equal, even, curved, glabrous, solid; eccentric, whitish; spores
white, globose, .0o0028-.00032 of an inch broad.
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 3~4 lines thick.
Cespitose. On the ground in the margin of woods, West Fort
Ann, Washington co. October. S. H. Burnham.
‘This species belongs to the section Eccentrici, group Tricholo-
atarii,
Polyporus galactinus Berk,
Trunks of apple trees. Delmar, Albany co. August. The fresh
oung specimens are white, but in drying they assume a pale straw
lor which in time becomes a dingy yellow. The spores in our
xamples are subglobose, .00916—.0002 of an inch broad,
30 , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Puccinia peckii (DeT.) Kell.
On hairy fruited sedge, Carex trichocarpa. North
Greenbush. This is the teleutospore form. The aecidial form occurs
on living leaves of evening primrose, Onagra biennis (L.)
Scop. This form occurs in summer, the other in autumn.
Russula foetentula Pk.
The description of this species may be found in the chapter on
“New York Species of Russula.”’
Russula modesta Pk.
For description see chapter on “ New York Species of Russula.”
Russula pectinatoides Pk. :
The description of this species may be found in the chapter on
“ Edible Fungi.”
Russula vesca Fr.
Woods. Bolton Landing, Warren co. August.
Scleroderma tenerum B. & C.
This is a small Scleroderma, scarcely attaining a diameter of 1
inch, and having a thin grayish or grayish yellow peridium spotted
by very smail appressed brownish scales. It is gregarious or some-
times cespitose in its mode of growth. It is not rare, but has been
confused with another species both in this country and in Europe,
Septoria lycopersici Speg.
Living leaves of tomato. Menands. July. This parasitic fungus
produces spots on the leaves and finally discolors the whole leaf and
kills it. It is an injurious species.
Stecchérinum adustulum Banker ;
On dead wood and sticks. Jamestown, Chautauqua co. G. E.
Morris. East Schaghticoke, Rensselaer co. July. H. J. Banker. Thisil
species differs from the common Hydnum.adustum Schw.
or its equivalent Steccherinum adustum Banker, in its
smaller size and its persistently white or whitish pileus and spines or
teeth. Its spores are also a little shorter than in that species.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I906 31
Stemonitis smithii Macb.
Decaying wood. Lyndonville, Orleans co. July. L. J. Muchmore.
Tricholoma hirtellum n. sp.
On or about pine stumps. Wading River, Suffolk co. August.
The description of this species may be found in the chapter on
“ Edible Fungi.”
Viola incognita Brainerd
Damp or moist ground. Little Falls. Mrs M. S. DeCoster.
Sand Lake, Rensselaer co. May.
NEN E XOMRALIMITAL, SPECIES OF FUNGI
Phallogaster whitei
Peridium subglobose, 4-5 lines broad, abruptly contracted below
into a cylindric stem about 4 lines long and 1 line thick, stellately or
radiately rupturing when mature, the rays recurved; glebe masses
greenish, becoming black in drying, separated from each other by
a white slightly lobed columella, the lobes not reaching the inner
surface of the peridium; spores minute, oblong, .ooo16-.0002 of an
inch long.
Much decayed wood. Storrs, Ct. July. E. A. White. Closely
allied to Phallogaster saccatus Morg. but distinct in
its smaller size, differently shaped peridium, different mode of rup-
ture, more distinct cylindric stem and different internal structure.
Like that species it has an abundance of white branching mycelial
strands. It is dedicated to its discoverer.
Hymenogaster anomalus
Peridium thin, subglobose, 9-12 lines in diameter, glabrous,
slightly lacunose, often with a rootlike strand of mycelium at the
base, whitish, sometimes tinged with red above, white and cellular
within, the cells empty, .5-1 line in diameter, sterile base obsolete
or nearly so, odor slight, not disagreeable; spores globose or broadly
elliptic, even, hyaline, uninucleate, .ooo4—.00055 of an inch long,
00035-.0005 broad.
Near Washington, D. C. August and September. T. E. Wil-
cox. This species is most closely related to Hymenogaster
thwaitesii B. & Br. by its subglobose spores, but it may be
separated by its white substance, its smoother colorless spores and
ah
|
as
32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ele, ISS ee ees
its cordlike strand of mycelium. This last character is unusual
this genus and suggestive of the specific name, z
Yeh Ss
Leptonia transformata
Pileus thin, submembranaceous, slightly convex or nearly plane,
often umbilicate, silky tomentose, dry or slightly moist in wet
weather, striatulate on the margin which is at first incurved, some-
times becoming wavy or split when old, white, flesh white, taste
farinaceous; lamellae sinuate, adnexed, close, unequal, ventricosel
white becoming pink; stem long, slender, straight or flexuose, equi
or slightly narrowed upward, pruinose at the top, glabrous and
shining below, subcartilaginous, stuffed or hollow, white with a
white mycelium at the base; spores flesh colored, angular, unind-
cleate, .0004-.0005 of an inch long, .0003-.00035 broad.
Pileus 5-10 lines broad; stem 1-2 inches long, .5-1 line thick.
Bushy places. Falmouth, Mass. July. S. Davis. Both pileus
and stem become blackish or blackish brown in drying and the
pileus becomes deeply umbilicate and strongly striate from the
margin to the umbilicus. These changes give the dried plant an
appearance quite unlike that of the fresh one.
Hygrophorus ruber
Pileus thin, conic, commonly unexpanded, acute or subobtuse,
cuspidate or narrowly umbonate, very viscid or glutinous, bright
red, not turning black in drying; lamellae narrow, ascending, ad-
nexed, subdistant, yellow or Siowien brown; stem equal, viscid,
hollow, colored like the pileus; spores subelliptic, .00024—.0003 of an
inch long, .o0016—.0002 broad. “i
Pileus .5-2 inches broad; stem scarcely 1 inch long, 1 line thick.
Among mosses in wooded swamps. Ellis, Stow, Cohasset, Mass.
September. G. E. Morris. 4
Distinct from H. conicus in its usually smaller size, more
viscid pileus, bright red stem and persistent unchanging’ color in
|
drying
Hygrophorus serotinus
Pileus fleshy but thin, convex or nearly plane, often with the thin
margin curved upward, glabrous or with a few obscure innate
fibrils, reddish in the center, whitish on the margin, flesh white,
taste mild; lamellae thin, subdistant, adnate or decurrent, white, the
interspaces slightly venose; stem equal, stuffed or hollow, glabrous,
whitish; spores white, elliptic, .oo03 of an inch long, .0002 broad. —
re
;
"
|
5
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 33
Pileus 8-15 lines broad; stem about 1 inch long, 52:5 olines
thick.
Gregarious or cespitose in woods of oak and pine. Shore of
Hammond pond near Boston, Mass. November. Mrs E. B. Black-
ford. This species is similar in size and color to H y grophorus
queletii Bres. but that species is described as haying the margin
ef the pileus viscid when young and adorned with white flocci, the
center of the pileus covered or spotted with reddish squamules or
flocci and at length rimose areolate, the lamellae tinged with citrine
yellow, the stem solid and furfuraceous or squamulose and the
habitat is said to be larch woods only. None of these characters is
applicable to our plant. It also resembles H. subrufescens
Pk. in size and color but it differs from it in its more glabrous pileus
with paler margin, its white flesh, stuffed or hollow stem and later
time of appearance. This last character is suggestive of the name
given io the species.
Xylaria polymorpha combinans n. var.
Club subglobose, often compressed and irregular, cespitose at the
top of a common subterranean stem or of two stems united at the
top; perithecia and spore character as in the species.
Growing from roots of a dead maple tree. Bridgeport, Ct.
November. P. W. Graff. The subterranean stem is about 2a
inches long. the clubs 1-1.5 broad. The clubs appeared as if resting
on the ground. The subglobose shape of the club or stroma is char-
acteristic of X. polymor pha hypoxylea Nits. and the ces-
pitose mode of growth, of X. polymorpha spathulata
Pers. This combination of characters of two varieties in one is
Suggestive of the varietal name here given.
REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS
Agastache scrophulariaefolia (Willd.) Kuntze
This is a very variable species. A peculiar form occurs near
Port Jefferson, in which the leaves are abruptly acuminate or cus-
pidate and the upper ones are entire or nearly so. The flower spikes
are more narrow than usual and are sometimes interrupted toward
he base.
Boletus nigrellus Pk.
A form of this extremely rare species was found in Sand Lake in
Which the pileus is yellowish or greenish yellow when fresh, and
34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
its flesh, as well as the tubes and stem, slowly changes to a dingy
flesh color and then to black or blackish where wounded, as in the
type.
Castanea dentata ( Marsh.) Borkh,
There is a chestnut tree near Freehold, Greene co., in which the
‘nvolucre of the fruit is rudimentary or abortive. It consists of a
mere shallow cup or rim which surrounds the base of the fruit.
The tree is known to the inhabitants of the place as the burless
chestnut. It blossomed freely the past summer but failed to develop _
fruit. It is said that the boys are so eager for the nuts that the
owner of the tree realizes but small returns from it. As it is the
only tree of its kind known to us it would seem desirable that it
should be perpetuated either by planting its seeds or grafting scions
of it on other chestnut trees.
Catastoma circumscissum (B. & C.) Morg.
This curious little puffball which ruptures at the base when
mature, as indicated by the generic name, is more plentiful in more
western regions. It has been found in two localities in our State,
one in St Lawrence county, the other in Essex county.
Chrysomyxa pyrolae (DC.) Rostr.
As indicated by the specific name, this species usually inhabits the
living leaves of various kinds of Pyrola, but the uredo spores were
discovered the past season near Friends lake, inhabiting living
leaves’ of Momeses, umitlora: (Da Gray ae imine
Clavaria bicolor Pk.
This name, being antedated by Clavaria bicolor Mass
was changed in Sy\lloge 17, page 196 to Clavaria peckii Sace
& D. Sacc. This name having previously been used in Sylloge 9,
page 249, was not available in this case. Therefore the name
Clavaria vestitipes is here substituted for Clavatim
bicolor in N. Y. State Museum bulletin 54, page.954.
Craterellus cantharellus (Schw.) Fr.
A form of this mushroom occurred plentifully the past season neat
Menands. The hymenium was distinctly marked by branched and
anastomosing folds or narrow blunt edged lamellae, so that the
plants might easily be mistaken for the common yellow, chantarelle.
5
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 35
In the dried specimens the folds have disappeared from the
hymenium near the stem but they are very distinct toward the
margin. In other respects these mushrooms maintain the characters
of the species. We propose for them the name Craterellus
€Cantharellus intermedius n. var. - The hymenium is in-
termediate in character between that of Cantharellus and Craterellus,
Dryopteris simulata Dav.
Fine specimens of this delicate fernewere found near “ Merrell
Avenue,” Richmond co. by Mr P. Dowell and contributed by him to
the State herbarium.
Eleocharis intermedia habereri Fern.
Sandy shore of Oneida lake at Lewis point, Madison co. August.
J. V. Haberer. In this variety the bristles are rudimentary or en-
tirely wanting.
Fusarium sclerodermatis Pk.
This name is antedated by Fusarium sclerodermatis
Oud. The New York fungus has the same habitat as the other and
is so closely related to it that, in our opinion, it is only a less fully
developed form of it.
Inocybe calamistrata Fr.
A form of this species sometimes occurs in which the usual dingy
blue tint at the base of the stem is wanting. Such specimens were
collected near Friends lake in July. They were growing with the
normal form.
Irpex canescens Fr.
Fine specimens of this species were found in woods near Wading
River. ‘They were growing on dead branches of an apple tree, and
developed on the underside of the branches. On branches less than
an inch thick, a free margin projected 3 or 4 lines on each side. The
hymenium of these margins had the appearance of the hymenium of
some Lenzites, the plates being lamellalike and running at right
angles to the axis of the branch and parallel to each other, occasion-
ally branching or anastomosing.
Lactarius pergamenus Fr.
This mushroom seems to intergrade with Lactarius piper-
atus Fr. Specimens sometimes occur that might with almost equal
propriety be referred to either species. But specimens were found
36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
near Wading River in which the prominent distinguishing charac-
ters of the species were so well expressed that the identity of the
species could be easily recognized. The thin, narrow and very
crowded lamellae and the thin and flexible pileus were satisfactorily
shown. —
Lobelia dortmanna L.
In Gray’s Manual the water lobelia is described as being 5-12
inches high; in Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora, 6-18 inches.
Specimens of this plant were collected in Friends lake that are
30-35 inches tall. They grew in deep water which is evidently one
factor in determining the length of the stem.
Lycoperdon pedicellatum Pk.
On account of the permanently pedicellate spores of this very
distinct puffball the species has been transferred from the genus
Lycoperdon to Bovistella and bears the name Bovistella
pedicellatum (Pk.) Lloyd.
Panus fulvidus Bres.
So far as can be ascertained from the descriptions of this species
of mushroom and Lentinus sulcatus Berk. they are specific-
ally the same. The uneven or denticulate edge of the lamellae of
L. sulcatus is not mentioned in the description of P. fulvig
dus, but in the other characters there appears to be complete
agreement. The specimens which in State Museum bulletin 105,
page 26 are referred to P. fulvidus have the eroded or den-
ticulate edge of the lamellae ascribed to Lentinus sulcatus.
and as this species antedates Panus f ulvidus our specimens
should take the name Lentinus sulcatus Berk. This species
was founded on specimens collected in Ohio.
Paxillus panuoides Fr.
A singular form of this species was found at Glens Falls by. Dr
H. von Schrenk growing on pulp paper that had been stored for a
considerable time in an inclosure where there was not much light.
Both habitat and place were unusual and evidently had a modifying
‘nfluence on the character of the specimens. Some of them were
4 inches long, including the narrowed stemlike base, and 2 or 3
inches broad. They were nearly white when fresh but in drying —
they gradually assumed a yellowish tint approaching the normal
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 37°
color of the species. Smaller specimens were found growing near
these but in a more exposed place. These had the usual color of
the species.
Peziza (Mollisia) typhae Pk.
This name is antedated by Peziza (Mollisia) typhae
Cke. Though bearing the same name the two fungi appear to be
quite distinct. In the New York species the cups are superficial
and the disk is much paler than in the other and the spores are much
smaller. We therefore substitute the name Mollisia palli-
dior for Peziza (Mollisia) typhae Pk. in New York
State Museum Report 32, page 47.
Physarum lateritium (B. & R.) Rost.
Bark in woods. Lyndonville, Orleans. co. Autumn. Scarce.
C.E. Fairman. The Lyndonville specimens differ from the typical
form in having the lime granules of the peridium and the nodules of
the capillitium yellow instead of red.
_ Polystichum acrostichoides incisum (Gr.) Under.
Pound Ridge, Westchester co. July. Mrs E. S. Tomlinson
The specimen is a very broad one, the frond being nearly 6 inches
broad in its widest part. The fruiting pinnae are not abruptly re-
duced in size as in the ordinary form of the species.
Populus balsamifera L.
In the town of Sand Lake, Rensselaer co. there is an outlying and
unusually southern station of this northern tree, the balsam poplar.
The trees are few in number but they have existed there for many
years. Those bearing pistillate aments predominate, but staminate
aments are borne by at least one tree. The location is so far south
of the general range of the species that late frosts often kill the
early starting blossoms and prevent the development of fruit. Some-
times when this does not occur the crop of pollen seems to be in-
sufficient for the general pollination of the pistillate blossoms. Last
spring many pistillate aments were found with only three or four
fruit pods developed, the others having prematurely fallen. The
lack of proper pollination was probably the cause.
The leaves on the older and less vigorous branches are somewhat
thomboidal and pointed at both ends, but those on young and vigor-
ous branches are more ovate and broadly rounded or even truncate
at the base. Both kinds of leaves grow on different branches of
38 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the same tree. The species is northern in its range and is common ~
in the Adirondack region.
Crevices of walls and pavements. Utica.” September. This is —
an unusual location for the procumbent pearlwort. Its occurrence ~
here was made known to me by Dr Haberer. It forms rather dense ~
compact mats. In Paine’s Catalogue of Oneida County Plants its —
habitat is given as “ wet sandy banks and shores.” It is recorded —
as “rare”’ but no definite station is mentioned.
f
Sagina procumbens L. ;
é
|
:
Scirpus atrovirens pycnocephalus Fern.
Shore of Oneida lake at Lewis point, Madison co. August.
Scirpus cyperinus pelius Fern.
Open woods 3 miles south of Utica. August. J. V. Habererag
Near Hranktort, Flerkimer co. ) September. @s la) Peck ‘
Trametes serialis Fr.
On pulp paper. Glens Falls. October. H. von Schrenk. Them
specimens are white throughout and therefore the growth of the
present season. The usual habitat in the Adirondack region is dead
wood of spruce.
Trillium erectum album Pursh :
Near Syracuse. May. Mrs L. L. Goodrich. In the contributed —
specimen the petals are yellowish. This form has been unusually —
plentiful this year and might easily be considered as good a variety —
as the form with white petals.
Viola cucullata Ait.
A peculiar form of this species occurs in North Greenbush. In.
it the scapes are about as long as the leaves, the tips of the petals
are white or whitish and also the basal angles of some of the leaves.
EDIBLE FUNGI
Tricholoma hirtellum n. sp.
HAIRY CAP TRICHOLOMA
PLATE 105, FIG. I-5 ;
Pileus fleshy, thin, convex, subumbonate, dry, hairy, pale brown,
flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, narrow, close, slightly sinuate,
‘
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 39
adnexed, minutely floccose on the edge, yellowish white or pallid;
stem slender, equal, stuffed or hollow, with a very small cavity,
fibrillose or subsquamulose, colored like or a little paler than the
pileus ; spores subglobose, .00024—.0003 of an inch long, .0002—.00024
broad.
The hairy cap tricholoma grows in tufts or singly on or about
pine stumps in Wading River, Suffolk co. and occurs in August.
It is a very rare species and has been found but once. It is related
to Tricholoma albofimbriatum Trog., from which it
is separated by its hairy cap, white flesh and less crowded gills not
fimbriate on the margin. The hairs of the cap are often collected
in minute tufts giving the cap an appearance similar to that of the
brownish caps of the honey-colored armillaria, but unlike that
_ species it never has a collar on the stem. The caps are 1-1.5 inches
broad, the stem 2-3 inches long and 2-3 lines thick.
Tricholoma nudum (Bull.) Fr.
NAKED TRICHOLOMA
TILVANINIS, OL, IBCs | 10)
Pileus thin, broadly convex, nearly plane or slightly depressed in
the center, obtuse or occasionally slightly umbofate, incurved on the
thin naked margin when young, pale violaceous or lavender, fading
with age and the escape of moisture to a pale grayish brown, often
slightly tinged with reddish or yellowish hues, flesh of the young
plant tinged with the color of the pileus, becoming white with age,
taste mild; lamellae thin, narrow, close, slightly sinuate, adnate or
decurrent, colored like the pileus when young, becoming whitish
with age; stem firm, equal, fibrous, stuffed or hollow, colored like
‘the piieus; spores pale flesh color in mass, elliptic, .00024—.0003 of
an inch long, .0o012—.00016 broad.
The naked tricholoma is a rare species with us. The specimens
tested and figured on plate 104 were collected in Electric park,
Columbia co., October 29, by Mr S. H. Burnham. The plants were
found growing in flower beds, either singly or in clusters, and when
young and fresh they are throughout of a beautiful violet color ap-
proaching lavender, but this color fades and changes with age and
with the escape of moisture and the cap becomes a pale pinkish gray
or dingy reddish, the stem and gills also changing in a similar man-
ner. ‘The cap is generally obtuse but sometimes umbonate. The
“Margin is very thin and when young is incurved and sometimes
40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
striatulate, the obscure striations being the shadowy lines of the
gills showing through the membranous and almost translucent sub-
stance of the margin. In drying, the excessive moisture escapes
from the center of the cap first. The margin is naked even in young
plants and in this character the species differs from its near relative,
the masked tricholoma. It is also smaller than that species and more
highly colored when young. The naked margin is probably the
character which suggested the name of the species. The typical
form of the species is described as having a stuffed stem. In our
plants the stem is sometimes clearly hollow. An acid odor has been
ascribed to the species but no distinct odor was perceptible in our
specimens. European mycologists do not appear to have given very
definitely the color of the spores of this species. Professor Fries
describes the spores of the species referred by him to Paxillus, tribe.
Lepista, as sordid, and W. G. Smith, who raised this tribe to generic
rank and referred both Tricholoma nudum and T. per-
sonatum to it, says the spores are dirty white. In our plant
the spores are pale flesh color and indicate a close relationship
between this species and those of the pink spored series, specially
those in the genus Clitopilus. But the close connection between
this species and Tricholoma personatum persuades us
at present to let the species remain where it has so long stood not-
withstanding the peculiar spore color. The cap in our specimens
is I-3 inches broad, the stem 1-2 inches Jong and 2-4 lines thick.
Stevenson says of the European plant, “ Not recommended as
edible.” Gillet says “very good” and “very delicate” but rarely
used. In our trial of it we found it agreeable in flavor, digestible
and harmless and have no hesitation in placing it among the edible
species. Its worst defect is its scarcity.
Clitocybe amethystina (Bolt.)
LIMO RIN SNES Ih (CL IMlOXE WABI 8.
PLATE 100, FIG. I-6
Pileus at first hemispheric, becoming broadly convex or nearly
plane, hygrophanous, often. obscurely striate on the margin when |
young and moist, depressed in the center or frequently umbilicate,
often irregular, violaceous when moist, grayish or grayish white
when dry; lamellae rather thick, subdistant, violaceous, adnate or
slightly decurrent; stem slender, rigid, straight or flexuose, stuffed,
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 4!I
becoming hollow, paler than the moist pileus; spores globose, verru-
cose, .0003-.0004 of an inch broad.
The amethyst elitocybe is a small species, gregarious in its mode
of growth and slightly tough. European mycologists have gener-
ally considered it as a mere form or at most a variety of Clito-
cybe laccata (Scop.) Fr. Berkeley and Broome instituted
a new genus, Laccaria, for the reception of C. laccata and allied
species with tough substance, hymenophorum confluent with the
stem, and thick gills powdered with white globose spores. They re-
mark that the amethyst colored form usually referred to Agari-
cus laccatus is probably distinct. Their genus has not yet been
generally accepted but there is good ground for its establishment
and it probably will be recognized in due time. Their remark con-
cerning the amethyst colored form of C. laccata appears to
us to be worthy of acceptance and it is therefore accepted here as a
distinct species. It is easily recognizable both in its fresh and dried
state from the paler and more common form usually referred to
C.laccata. It is very constant in its characters and no inter-
mediate forms occur to connect them. It is quite as good as an
edible mushroom. In drying, the gills retain their violaceous color
longer than the cap.
-
_ Clitocybe ochropurpurea Berk.
PUR PLISHVOCHER: CLIMOCYBE
PLATE 100, FIG. 7—-II
Pileus subhemispheric, becoming convex with a decurved margin
or nearly plane and slightly centrally depressed, fleshy, tough, com-
pact, hygrophanous, purplish brown when moist, grayish or pale
alutaceous when dry, unpolished; lamellae thick, distant, broad,
narrower outwardly, adnate or decurrent, purple; stem variable,
short or long, equal, or sometimes thicker in the middle, sometimes
at each end, fibrous, solid, colored like or paler than the pileus;
spores globose, white, verrucose, .0003-.0004 of an inch broad.
The purplish ocher clitocybe is related to such species as
the laccate clitocybe, C.laccata, and the amethyst’ clitocybe,
C. amethystina. From both it is easily separated by its
purple gills and larger size. It is found in wet weather from July
to September. It grows in open grassy places and is sometimes
quite irregular in shape. Its cap is often 3-4 inches broad and its
42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
stem 4-6 lines thick. As an edible species it is rather tough but its
flavor is agreeable if well cooked and seasoned and it is harmless,
Should the proposed genus Laccaria be recognized the name of
the present species would be Laccaria ochropurpumed
(Berk.) and that of the preceding species would be Laccaria’
amethystina (Bolt.) Cke.
Russula compacta Frost
COMPACITRUSSUIEA
PLATE 100, FIG. I-4
Pileus fleshy, compact, broadly convex, becoming centrally de-
pressed or infundibuliform by the elevation of the margin, dry or
slightly viscid after rain, unpolished, at first whitish slightly clouded
with reddish buff, or rusty red with whitish margin, becoming en-
tirely rusty red with age, flesh white, taste mild or slightly and
tardily acrid; lamellae close, adnate or slightly rounded behind,
unequal, some forked, white, changing to reddish brown where
wounded and in drying; stem short, stout, firm, solid or sometimes
cavernous, white, becoming stained where bruised; spores white,
globose or subglobose, .0003-.00035 of an inch broad.
The compact russula is a large mushroom belonging to the
Friesian section Compactae. It is allied to the European Russula
mustelina Fr. from which it may be separated by its different
color, which changes with age, and by its disagreeable odor in dry-
ing. The cap is usually 2-4 inches broad, but sometimes it attains
a diameter of 6 inches. Its stem is short, equal, stout and firm,
white when young but usually becoming colored like the cap. It is
2-2.5 inches long, 8-18 lines thick. It furnishes an abundance of
agreeable food, the flesh being so thick and compact.
Russula earlei Pk.
EARLE RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 67, p. 24, pl. N, fig. 5-10.
The Earle russula is a very distinct and easily recognized
species. No one of our other species has such distant gills combined
with such small white spores. These characters in connection with
its very viscid or glutinous and pale yellow or straw colored cap
make it scarcely possible to confuse it with any other species. It
has hitherto been found on Long Island only. It occurs in August.
,
F
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 43
Russula pectinatoides n. sp.
2S CAINS, PAWSON
PLATE 105, FIG. 6-10
Pileus thin, broadly convex becoming nearly plane or centrally
depressed, viscid when moist, widely tuberculose striate on the
margin, brownish or yellowish brown, sometimes darker in the
center, flesh white, grayish white under the separable cuticle, taste
mild or slightly acrid; lamellae thin, a few forked at the base, occa-
sionally a short one, adnate, white becoming pallid; stem equal,
spongy within, even, glabrous, white; spores whitish, subglobose,
.00025~.0003 of an inch long. ,
Grassy ground in groves or pastures. The pectenlike russula is
pamilar to Russula pectinata (Bull.) Fr. from which it
differs in its mild or slightly acrid flavor, its even stem, in its flesh
being grayish white under the cuticle and in its adnate gills. It is
gregarious or scattered in its mode of growth and is not plentiful.
It closely resembles Russula sororia Fr. in its general ap-
pearance, but may be separated from it by its milder taste.
Its cap is 1-3 inches broad; its stem is 1-2 inches long and 3-4
lines thick. It appears in July and August. It is edible but not
very highly flavored.
Russula uncialis Pk.
INCH WIDE RUSSULA
PLATE 107, FIG. 7-12
Pileus thin, convex becoming expanded or centrally depressed,
viscid when moist, glabrous or very minutely rivulose-granulose, red
or pinkish red, the margin obscurely tuberculose striate, flesh white,
taste mild; lamellae moderately close, narrowed toward the stem at
which a few of them in some specimens are forked, adnate or slightly
emarginate, white, the interspaces venose; stem equal, glabrous
stuffed or spongy within, white or reddish; spores white, globose,
rough, .0003—.00035 of an inch in diameter.
The inch wide russula belongs to the subgenus Fragiles, white
spore group. It is about as large as Russula fragilis, but
may be distinguished from it by its mild taste and less crowded
gills. From similarly colored specimens of R.chameleontina
it differs in its white spores and gills. The gills become pallid in
drying.
44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Agaricus micromegethus Pk.
SMALL MUSHROOM
PLATE 107, FIG. 1-6
Aearreus pusillas Rk NY) States Muse Repits Aap nse:
Pileus fleshy but thin, fragile, convex, becoming plane, sometimes
slightly depressed in the center, dry, silky fibrillose or fibrillose-
squamulose, grayish brown, darker or brown in the center, often
with yellowish or ferruginous stains, flesh white or whitish, not
changing color where wounded, taste and.odor almond; lamellae
thin, close, free, grayish, soon pinkish, finally brown; stem equal or
slightly tapering upward, sometimes bulbous, stuffed or hollow,
slightly fibrillose, white, the annulus slight, often evanescent; spores
broadly elliptic or subglobose, .ooo2 of an inch long, .00016 broad.
The specimens from which this species was first described were
smaller than others collected later. The caps in these now before
us are I-3 inches broad and the stems 1-2 inches long and 3-5 lines
thick. The flesh is white and unchangeable when cut or wounded.
It has a taste resembling that of almonds which has given origin to
the local name “almond mushroom.” One correspondent says that
“it is the finest flavored mushroom he has ever tasted.’ Bruises
of the cap and stem of the fresh plant sometimes assume a yellow
color. The plants grow singly or in clusters. They appear from
September to November, and have been found growing in both
sandy and clayey soil, and in tan yards. The range is from Michi-
gan to Massachusetts.
Boletus frostii Russell
~ FROST BOLETUS
PLATE 108, FIG. I-5
Pileus convex, firm when young, becoming softer with age, gla-
brous, viscid, dark red becoming paler with age, flesh whitish, tinged
with yellow next the tubes, taste slightly acrid; tubes concave in the
young plant, becoming plane or convex, adnate, yellowish with their
mouths colored like the pileus, changing to bluish green where —
wounded ; stem equal or nearly so, solid, strongly reticulate, colored
like the pileus, yellow within, often with reddish stains at the base;
spores with a greenish hue when caught on white paper, subfusiform,
.0005-.0006 of an inch long, .0002 broad.
The frost boletus is a very showy species. Its deep red cap and —
distinctly reticulate red stem are attractive to the eyes and a delight _
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 45
to the mycologist. It occurs in our State on Long Island and so
far as known is not found elsewhere within our limits. Its viscid
cap is 2-4 inches broad and its stem about as long and 4-6 lines
thick. It grows both in thin woods and in open places and occurs
during July and August. According to the old rule, which pro-
nounced all species of which the broken flesh assumed a blue color
to be unfit for food and dangerous, this species should be rejected.
But this rule must have its exceptions. I have eaten of this boletus
without harm and one of my correspondents writes that he has |
eaten four caps of it at a meal and considers it an excellent species.
Boletus rugosiceps Pk.
RUGOSE CAP BOLETUS
State Mus. Bul. 94, p. 20, pl. QO, fig. 6-10.
The rugose cap boletus is well marked by its yellowish ochraceous
cap which is irregularly uneven by unequal and variously shaped
pits or depressions in its surface. It is sometimes slightly tinged
with red or orange and occasionally embellished with small areolae
formed by cracks in the surface. The surface is viscid and shining
when moist and the flesh is white or whitish. The tubes are at first
closed but they soon open, are minute, round and yellow, becoming
darker with age. The stem is solid and firm in texture, often
marked with elevated longitudinal lines or ridges and dotted with
numerous points which are variable in color, being either pallid,
brownish or yellowish. The cap is 1-3 inches broad, the stem 2-4
inches long and 4-8 lines thick. The plants grow in thin woods and
may be found in August. They have been found on Long Island
but not in other parts of the State. In preparing them for the table
it is well to peel away the cuticle and the tubes and discard the stem.
NEW YORK SPECIES OF HYGROPHORUS
Hygrophorus Fr.
Hymenophorum continuous with the stem, descending unchanged
into the trama; lamellae acute on the edge, clothed with a hymenium
changeable into a waxy mass, not membranaceous; spores globose
elliptic or ovoid, white.
Terrestrial putrescent fungi with a viscid or moist pileus.
The waxy character of the hymenium is the chief distinguishing
character of the genus. The lamellae are usually thick, distant or
subdistant, and their hymenial surfaces somewhat separable from
46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the trama. Many species with decurrent gills are similar in appear-
ance to species of Clitocybe, but such species may generally be dis-
tinguished by their distant lamellae and their viscid pileus and stem.
The genus was divided by Fries into three tribes or subgenera which
have not yet been accepted as genera but they probably will be in
due time. The foliowing synoptic key indicates the prominent
characters that may be employed in their separation.
KEY TO THE SUBGENERA
Stem solid: or. stutted). 24) 2.0. eae. nee oe eee eee I
Stent hollow .c2.004- See toe hoes scars. ene ote hoe Bee Hygrocybe
in SEMIS) TOMONME IMO WICIGle sn aosoocnbuscenocdseodeococee ,...Camarophyllus
t-Piléus and stem viscid<-ck. setae eos ee eee eee Limacium
Limacium Fr.
Universal veil viscid with a partial floccose veil sometimes forming
a ring or attached to the margin of the pileus; lamellae adnate or
decurrent; stem clothed with squamules or more often scabrous
punctate at the top (or sometimes glabrous).
In this subgenus the pileus and stem are normally viscid but in
Hygrophorus purpurascens Fr. and Hy eapmeoies
rius Kalchb. they soon become dry. The stem is usually solid
or stuffed, but in H. eburneus Fr. and Hy hy potmejme
Fr. it often becomes hollow. H. pudorinus Fr. is described
as having no veil, but the pileus and stem are viscid. Perhaps the
“velum nullum” has reference to the partial floccose veil only.
There are several species in which the stem is neither squamulose
nor scabrous punctate at the top. In other respects they agree
with the description of this subgenus. They are H. fuligin-
eus- Frost, H. ftlavodiscus Prost, EH. specvosu ome
HW. subviolaceus Pk, H. hypothejus Mr anda
lividoalbus Fr. This might justify the formation of a new ©
subgenus for their reception, but since Fries himself has placed
several similar European species in his subgenus Limacium, thus
practically recogpizing this additional character, it has seemed better
to extend the characters of the subgenus, as Fries has done in fact
though not in words, than to found another subgenus on such a
slight difference.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Pileus white, or white with the center yellowish or brownish......... I
Pileus pinkish, violaceous or red or purple with paler margin........... 7
Pileus..livid “white; cineneous or browne teeee ss. oe Ul
1 Margin of pileus with yellow floccose points.................. chrysodon ©
& Margin of ‘the piledstnaked:., 8.02044. oe eee 2
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 47
PRS Seti Ol Oye WiletI MIVAULLITE > 43, qercbo 5 cence tye areas, ok els ks bun akne eo 3
Pestem solid or stuited, not hollow when mature......0.............. A
eI CMU eee Racy ea mir eis Gets mre es linn o's astecc oom sain & see « eburneus
Peenmeliaensyellow cor, yellowishe so. 5s. 264 esc saves ons ose ae hypothejus
4 Lamellae becoming brownish with age or in drying..... Pentel sbin iichaoe 5
Peecmcliae persistently white Of whitish. *.-...0......022...+s5.4e0:- 6
meeiiets slichtly virgate with innate fibrils.....:.............0... virgatulus
SeMISMNTOU NI TULOSE! ain cist <aseu wich oeeti’s stele vbw Male 4 oes rR Aue laurae
6 Stem scabrous punctate at the top Mevieuenctit, cten tance aus Moleiaens ois rubropunctus
Ree a mOtse a tne stOps eons seh a eurielsion sue gence es -flavodiscus
metileus purple or with purple squamules in the center...............:... 8
MUL eee UiicarOUulen:(COlOme ays oc Sead cae ea ane nwa Fiee, 8 wo ewe eau eee 9
EmEleusuairortnly. ucolored eis. cinch os oo. hdd foe week capreolarius
8 Pileus with purple squamules in the center.............. purpurascens
MECIMECcANTOUS piltictate at the tops. c.g.) awhes dusk ee eee weeds pudorinus
MESiciiecianous, waked: at the: tOps.s cc scscs oom as Secon heed cee cueeaas 10
10 Pileus bright red, fading to yellow on the margin..... Pe speciosus
HOmisilenice nalea vi OlaCeOusee es soar tk ike. ela we awe wie eee ee subviolaceus
PMSA ce Cad tate. COP Ee). cems eens deca cn a era tuene fev aim Gisiels seas areas oe cette lnk 12
BS GHipmotenalceduatutine: top sate fect) ss clesyers edie oh sore vee wes ale ee o ewes 13
2S) SHIM SIOUNGI AS ecient eee Rn enn eu crn te ee Gene nue ner a fuligineus
PRES Teles UT een rer ie eae cigtee ons aati Sede iee wee vials e alesse «iS sea toe lividoalbus
Pe remeasniatmulosesat the tOpe. 12: selcees sed doseie ss oe dete tune a: limacinus
PR GMMeNVINIITe .11OCCOSe, At, te COP .c sac sneenc ec besa su Bivens eos fuscoalbus
Hygrophorus chrysodon (Batsch) Fr.
GOLDEN TOOTH BYGROPHORUS
Pileus convex or nearly plane, viscid when moist, shining when
dry, white with yellow particles or flocci on the margin and some-
times in the center also, flesh white; lamellae distant, decurrent,
white, sometimes yellowish on the edge; stem equal or nearly so,
stuffed, white with yellow floccose points at the top; spores elliptic,
- .0003-.00035 of an inch long, .c0016—-.0002 broad.
Pileus 1.5-3 inches broad; stem 1.5-2.5 inches long, 3-5 lines
thick. .
‘Woods and open places. Albany, Columbia and Ulster counties.
Not common. September and October.
A beautiful mushroom easily known by the yellow ornamentation
of the margin of the pileus, the upper part of the stem and some-
times the edge of the lamellae.
Hygrophorus eburneus (Bull.) Fr.
IVORY HYGROPHORUS
Pileus convex or nearly plane, viscid when moist, slightly pubes-
cent on the margin when young, white, flesh white ; lamellae distant,
48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
decurrent, white; stem equal or narrowed at the base, straight or
flexuous, stuffed or hollow, viscid, white with white points or squam-
ules at the top; spores subelliptic, .ooo24—.0003 of an inch long,
.0002~.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad ; stem 1.5~—3 inches long, 2-4 lines thick.
Thin woods and open places. Sometimes cespitose. Lake Mo-
honk, Ulster co. September and October. It may be distinguished
from its near allies by its hollow stem. It is said to be edible but
I have not tried it. The viscidity of the stem makes it difficult to
pluck from its place of growth and unpleasant to handle.
Hygrophorus virgatulus Pk.
BUACK LINED EMGRO EE ORs
State Mus. Rep’t 26. 1874. p. 64.
Pileus convex or nearly plane, viscid when moist, minutely
streaked with innate blackish fibrils, whitish with a brownish center,
flesh white; lamellae distant, arcuate, decurrent, white becoming
brownish in drying; stem equal or tapering downward, solid, viscid,
white with a few small white floccose scales at the top; spores
.0003—.00035 of an inch long, .o0016—.0002 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 2-3 lines thick.
Woods. Rensselaer county. October. Very rare. The speci-
mens here described were found in 1872 but no specimens of this
species have since been found. The species is closely related to
H.laurae from which it may be separated by its smaller size,
more dingy color of the pileus with its innate fibrils and by its more
soft floccose scales at the top of the stem.
Hygrophorus laurae Morg.
LAURA HYGROPHORUS
Jour. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Sci. 6. 1883. p. 180.
Pileus fleshy, convex, umbonate, becoming expanded and de-
pressed, more or less irregular, glutinous, white with a reddish or
brownish tinge, specially on the disk, flesh white; lamellae unequal,
adnate or decurrent, distant, white; stem more or less curved or
crooked, often tapering downward, solid, yellowish white, the apex
scabrous with scaly points; spores elliptic, apiculate, .oo03 of an
inch long, .oo02 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-4 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.
"
a
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 49
Woods and open places. Common. August and September.
Single, gregarious or cespitose.
Var. unicolor Pk. Pileus wholly white or only faintly
tinged with yellow. Warren county. September. Edible. In this
variety and in the typical form both pileus and lamellae become
darker colored with age or in drying, but in the lamellae the change
is more pronounced than in the pileus.
Var. decipiens Pk. Pileus thin, white with a dingy yellow
or smoky brown spot in the center; lamellae subdistant, stem long,
slender, white; pileus and stem not changing color with age or in
drying, lamellae changing color slightly. Cespitose; borders of
woods. Hamilton county. September. Edible.
More slender than the typical form and differing specially in the
persistent colors of the pileus and lamellae. Closely related to the
next following species.
(Hygrophorus rubropunctus n. nom.
RED DOTLED, AYGROPHORUS
(Hygrophorus glutinosus Pk.)
State Mus. Bul. 54. 1902. p. 950.
Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, glutinous, white, sometimes tinged
with yellow by the drying of the gluten, involute on the margin,
flesh white; lamellae subdistant, adnate, white; stem equal, solid,
_ white, floccose tomentose below the glutinous annulus, studded above
with drops of moisture which in drying form reddish glandular
dots; spores elliptic, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .o0002—.00024
broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1I-1.5 inches long, 3-4 lines thick.
Open places. Warren county. September. Rare. In the fresh
plant the lower part of the stem appears to be coated with tomentum
smeared with gluten, but in the dried plant the gluten assumes an
orange-yellow or bright straw color and the tomentum disappears.
The species differs from H. laurae Morg. in its white pileus,
persistently white lamellae, reddish dots at the top of the stem and
in the tomentum of the lower part of the stem. Agaricus
glutinosus Bull., in its transfer to the genus Hygrophorus
to which it belongs, was consigned to synonymy, therefore according
to the rule “ once a synonym always a synonym ”’ it becomes neces-
sary to change the name Hygrophorus glutinosus Pk.
This has been done by substituting for it the name Hygro-
50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
phorus rubropunctus which has reference to the red
dots at the top of the stem.
Hygrophorus flavodiscus Frost
YELLOW DISKED HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 35. 1884. p. 134; State Mus. Mem. 3, p. 145, pl. 50, fig. 1-6.
Pileus fleshy, convex or nearly plane, very viscid or glutinous,
white, pale yellow or reddish yellow in the center, flesh white;
lamellae adnate or decurrent, subdistant, white, sometimes with a
slight flesh-colored tint; stem nearly equal, solid, very viscid or glu-
tinous, white at the top, white or yellowish below; spores elliptic,
.00025-.0003 of an inch long, .00016—-.0002 broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.
Pine woods. Albany county. October. Rare. Edible. This
is an excellent edible species, tender and agreeable in flavor. It is
well to strip off the viscid pellicle with its adhering dirt and leaves
before cooking. ‘The species differs but slightly except in color from
H. fuligineus Frost with which it sometimes grows.
Hygrophorus capreolarius Kalchb.
CAPREOLAR HYGROPHORUS
Pileus fleshy, convex becoming plane or centrally depressed, sub-
viscid but soon dry, virgate with innate darker fibrils and punctate
squamulose in the center, purplish red, flesh reddish; lamellae nar-
rowed toward each end, distant, adnate or decurrent, purplish with
a slight cinnamon tint; stem nearly equal, solid, striate or reticulate
with obscure fibrils, purplish brown; spores .00024—.0003 of an inch
long, .0002—.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.
Gregarious or cespitose. Woods, mostly under coniferous trees.
Essex county. September.
This was published by Kalchbrenner as a variety of H. eru-
bescens Fr. but in the Sylloge it is given as a distinct species
and most mycologists recognize it as such at the present time. The
spore dimensions given above are from spores of our American
specimens.
Hygrophorus purpurascens (A. & S.) Fr.
PUR EICNS El wil ViiGROEEORW Sirs
Pileus fleshy, convex becoming plane, slightly viscid, soon dry,
whitish, variegated in the center with purplish red spots or appressed
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 19006 51
squamules; lamellae subdistant, adnate or slightly decurrent, whit-
ish; stem equal, solid, white, roughened by purplish squamules,
. sometimes with slight traces of a veil near the top; spores .oo024
of an inch long, .00016 broad.
Pileus 1.5-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.
Gregarious, under pine trees. Albany county. October. Very
rare. Found but once. Our specimens differ slightly from the
typical form, the pileus being fibrillose rather than squamulose and
the lamellae are whitish, not purplish. There is a partial webby
veil which forms a slight but mostly evanescent annulus. This
species and H. capreolarius are less viscid than the other
members ofthis subgenus here described. The spore dimensions
are from American specimens.
Hygrophorus pudorinus Fr.
BLUSHING HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Bul. 67, p. 41, pl. 83, fig. 1-6.
Pileus fleshy, firm, convex becoming nearly plane, glabrous, viscid
when moist, pinkish buff or pale flesh color, flesh white, taste mild;
lamellae distant, adnate or decurrent, white; stem equal or pointed
at the base, solid, white or whitish, with white points at the top;
spores elliptic, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .o0016—.0002 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-5 inches long, 6-10 lines thick.
Gregarious or cespitose. Commonly under spruce or balsam fir
fees. Fssex county. September. Edible. This is a beautiful
species, generally free from the attacks of insect larvae, attractive
in appearance and of excellent flavor. It is a first-class edible mush-
fom. Ihe plant referred to:-Hygrophorus queleétii
Bres. in State Museum Report 42, page 23 is now believed to be
only a form of this species and it is therefore omitted.
Hygrophorus speciosus Pk.
SHOWY HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 29, 1878; p. 43, pl.
2, fig. 1-5. State Mus. Mem. 3, p. 148,
Mlk Si, mee, 2
Te 2e.
Pileus ovate or subconic becoming broadly convex or nearly
plane, often with a small blunt or acute umbo, glabrous, very viscid
or glutinous, bright red or scarlet when young, or red in the center,
yellow on the margin, sometimes fading and becoming wholly yellow,
flesh white, pale yellow under the separable pellicle; lamellae dis-
52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
tant, decurrent, white or slightly tinged with yellow; stem rather
long, nearly equal, solid, viscid, sometimes slightly fibrillose, whitish
or, yellowish ; spores elliptic, .0003 of an inch long, .oo02 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 2-4 inches long, 2-4 lines thick.
Gregarious. Under or near tamarack trees. Albany, Essex and
Warren counties. September and October. Edible.
This is a beautiful mushroom but its bright colors fade with age
and in drying. The bright red or scarlet usually persists longest
in the center. Sometimes the umbo alone remains red. The species
is closely related to the European H. aureus Arrh. from which
it differs in its place of growth, its solid stem, the absence of any
tawny hues and of any vestiges of an annulus. H. bresadolae
Quel. and H.lucorum Kalchb. are also closely related European
species from which our plant differs in its solid stem and the ab-
sence of any annulus. No red color is attributed in the descriptions,
to either of the three species mentioned, but H. aureus is some-
times figured with a red center to the pileus.
Hygrophorus subviolaceus Pk.
VIOLET HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 53. 1899. p. 842, pl. C, fig. 11-15.
Pileus firm, hemispheric, becoming convex, glabrous, viscid, viola-
ceous when fresh and moist, paler or grayish when dry, flesh white;
lamellae arcuate, decurrent, distant, pale violaceous; stem equal or
tapering downward, solid, glabrous, white; spores subglobose or
broadly elliptic, .o0024—.0003 of an inch long, .0002—.00024 broad.
Pileus I-1.5 inches broad; stem, I-1.5 inches long, 2-4 lines thick.
Damp mucky ground in swamps. Meadowdale, Albany co.
October.
This species has been found but once. It is evidently very rare.
In drying the specimens become blackish or brown. It is related to
H. lacmus Fr. but differs from it in its solid stem, in the color
of the lamellae and in having no papilla or umbo on the pileus.
Hygrophorus fuligineus Frost
SOOLY, HYGROPHORYS
State Mus. Mem. 3, p. 146, pl. 50, fig. 7-12.
Pileus convex or nearly plane, glabrous, very viscid or glutinous,
grayish brown or fuliginous, often darker or almost black in the
center; lameilae subdistant, adnate or decurrent, white; stem
"
2
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 53
equal, solid, viscid or glutinous, white or whitish; spores elliptic,
.0003—.00035 of an inch long, .o002 broad.
Pileus 1-4 inches broad; stem 2-4 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
Pine woods. Albany county. October and November. Edible.
Often growing in company with H. flavodiscus and equally
esteemed as an edible mushroom. Both occur late in the season.
The stem is sometimes brownish at the base.
Hygrophorus limacinus (Scop.) Fr.
SLIMY HYGROPHORUS
Pileus fleshy, convex becoming nearly plane, glabrous, viscid,
brownish or smoky brown in the center, paler on the margin;
lamellae rather thin, subdistant, adnate or decurrent, grayish white;
stem equal, firm, solid, viscid, fibrillose striate, squamulose at the
top, colored like the pileus toward the base, paler above; spores
0005 of an inch long, .0003 broad.
Pileus 1.5--2.5 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 4-6 lines
thick.
Grassy places. Rensselaer county. September. Rare. Found
but once.
Hygrophorus fuscoalbus (Lasch.) Fr.
GRAYISH BROWN HYGROPHORUS
Pileus convex becoming plane, even, glabrous, viscose, brownish
becoming cinereous, paler on the margin; lamellae rather thick,
broad, subdistant, adnate or decurrent, white ; stem equal, solid, dry,
white floccose at the top, whitish or brownish; spores .0003-.0004
of an inch long, .0002-.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 1.5—3 lines thick.
Woods. Essex county. September. Rare. The typical form of
‘this species is said to have a subannular floccose veil, a character
which is not shown by our specimens. European authors do not
agree in the dimensions ascribed to the spores of this species. In
our specimens the dimensions of the spores agree with those given
in Sylloge.
Hygrophorus hypothejus Fr.
SULFUR TINTED HYGROPHORUS
Pileus fleshy but thin, convex becoming plane or centrally de-
pressed, even, virgate, glutinous, variable in color, grayish olive,
yellowish olive or brownish, paler after the gluten disappears, flesh
54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
thin with a slight yellow tinge; lamellae distant, decurrent, yellow,
or whitish Becoming yellowish ; stem equal, stuffed or hollow, viscid,
paler than the pileus, the partial floccose veil imperfectly annular,
soon disappearing ; spores .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .00016—.0002
broad. :
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Woods. Essex county. September. Rare. This species may
be distinguished from its nearest relatives by its yellowish lamellae.
It is more common southward where it occurs late in the season,
growing specially in pine woods.
Hygrophorus lividoalbus Fr.
LENVID WERE el Y GIRO ElORUES
Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, often irregular or wavy, even,
glabrous, viscid, pallid or livid, naked on the margin; lamellae dis-
tant, adnate or slightly decurrent, white; stem slender, nearly equal,
glabrous, stuffed, more or less flexuous, whitish; spores subglobose,
.00024—.0003 of an inch long, .0002—.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1.5-2.5 inches long, 2-3 lines thick.
Woods. Onondaga and Ulster counties. September. Rare:
Our specimens do not fully agree with the description of the species
in respect to the spore character which is given above, the European
plant having larger and more elliptic spores. Further observation
may show them to be closely related but distinct species.
Camarophyllus Fr.
Veil none; pileus firm, opaque, moist in rainy weather, not vis-
cose; lameliae distant, arcuate; stem even, glabrous or fibrillose, not
punctate scabrous.
The absence of a viscid pileus and of a hollow stem are decisive
characters of the subgenus. In wet weather the pileus 1s
only moist, not viscid. The stem is usually solid or stuffed. Ina
single species, Hygrophorus peckianus Howe, it some-
times becomes hollow.
KEY -TO THE SPECIES
Pilews, white or whitish’ vcs cd acmitl, Sa aoe tele edo aerial Reet rte ener I
-Pileus brown, grayish brown or blackish) browae o.- a se eee ieee 3
IPMlewS IMAM WraNKS MOK IGOR. son 655 c50cee508 TENE REN 8 ao 3 5 6
v IPilewis somone maim 1m helm InrOM@l, 5. unconohoco c= cu Peskin cheme virgineus
if Pilkene uisteallhy less wianm im wWimeln IroAGl s.¢..4555sc0cen.cccev seve sseca0e-- 2
*-@ Stent reo"! Hines Meeker 1 Tope a elk AU ct ee borealis
Nt
{
|
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 55
PERSE mmore, thames lines tick: wtan eo. acer a siieie dbee rs nice s pratensis
SE evicm CSR ational amch vorOAd ea. Ws hun. gaia esas. Bae ei eto eo peckianus
ae om nOre suaatt | T eMC DrOadis nova kydas acs au eue sew acn sea ce elle cs oe ves 4
al IP UIke Gigs - Gale OTONbley aa! encanta et Graleter chiar Re eles ors eRetratrrst yee a ee ee 5
Pepin Kerr Summ Otome OA NOLL S painters ees Sones coins weed clots ew tems aL a le metapodius
MME AC ISI MGOW Mic Kile sen oy ss dee wd. bo vcie gs eee eee teenie < burnham1
PEGS Prorat nO Willie) iivh dons vhs ckisiertonrs wal Satelite htc dea Ga eae basidiosus
G Pileus glabrous... ..... ip isle irc Rat CH EROS ELIS Re ENN ae nee pratensis
& Prilews mow Gileilbrowis . ces ssecdcuscnudonscomocdccnbos os oouloncueceens
Hygrophorus virgineus (Wulf.) Fr.
WHITE HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Mem. 3, p. 150, pl. 52, fig. 8-12.
Pileus fleshy, convex, often becoming plane or centrally depressed,
sometimes irregular or wavy on the thin margin, moist, white, flesh
white, taste mild; lamellae thick, distant, decurrent, white; stem
firm, smooth, solid, equal or tapering downward, white; spores
elliptic, .00024—.0003 of an inch long, .oo02 broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
It occurs in grassy places in wet weather and may be: found from
July to October. Albany, Essex and Rensselaer counties. In the
European plant the surface of the pileus is said to become floccose
when dry and sometimes to crack into small areas, but these charac-
ters have not been observed by us in the American plant. It is
edible.
Hygrophorus borealis Pk.
NORTHERN HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 26. 1874. Bot. ed. p. 64.
Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, glabrous, moist, even, some-
times striatulate on the margin; lamellae distant, arcuate, decurrent,
white; stem slender, firm, glabrous, straight or flexuous, equal or
tapering downward, stuffed or solid, white; spores elliptic, .0003-
.00035 of an inch long, .co02—.00024 broad.
Pileus 8-12 lines broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Damp or moist ground in woods and swamps, occasionally in pas-
tures. Common in hilly and mountainous regions. July to October.
This small white species is closely allied to H. niveus (Scop.)
Fr. from which it may be separated by its pileus which is neither
viscid nor umbilicate.
56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Hygrophorus pratensis (Pers.) Fr.
MEADOW HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 48, p. 279, pl. 28, fig. 11-17.
Pileus compact, convex, turbinate or nearly plane, often irregular,
glabrous, thin on the margin, variable in color, tawny, reddish, buff,
cinereous or whitish, flesh white or whitish, taste mild; lamellae
thick, distant, decurrent, whitish or yellowish, the interspaces often
veiny, stem short, even, glabrous, solid or stuffed, equal or narrowed
downward, white or tinged with the color of the pileus; spores
.00024—.0003 of an inch long, .o0016-.0002 broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 2—3 inches long, 4-6 lines thick.
Scattered, gregarious or cespitose; growing in woods, pastures
and grassy places. Common. July to September.
Several varieties of this variable species have been recognized.
The names given them are mostly derived from their color. Var.
albus. Whole plant white or whitish. Var.cinereus. Whole
plant cinereous or the stem only whitish. Var. pallidus. Plant
ochraceous white. The plants are edible when cooked.
Hygrophorus peckianus Howe
PECKIAN HYGROPHORUS
Bul. Torrey Bot. Club 5. 1874. p. 43.
Pileus rather thin but firm, convex or slightly depressed in the
center, glabrous, hygrophanous, sooty brown when moist, paler or
buff brown when dry, the margin often decurved and wavy; lamellae
subdistant, thick, arcuate, decurrent, pallid, becoming darker with
age; stem slender, glabrous, flexuous, stuffed, sometimes becoming
hollow, often narrowed toward the base, colored like the pileus;
spores subglobose, .0002-.00024 of an inch long.
Pileus 5-10 lines broad; stem 1.5-2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Gregarious or cespitose. Growing under ferns. Hamilton county.
August. The fresh plant emits a peculiar, indescribable odor. It is
closely related to the European H. foetens Phil. and may be
specifically the same. Its name, however, antedates that of the
European plant.
Hygrophorus burnhami n. sp.
BURNHAM HYGROPHORUS
Pileus fleshy, broadly conic becoming convex or nearly plane,
moist in wet weather, glabrous or slightly and obscurely innately
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 57
fibrillose on the margin, blackish brown, flesh white; lamellae nar-
row, sometimes forked, subdistant, adnate or slightly decurrent,
white; stem equal, sometimes pointed or abruptly narrowed at the
base, fibrillose striate, solid, whitish becoming tinged with the color
of the pileus, white within and white tomentose at the base; spores
elliptic, .o003-.0004 of an inch long, .0002—.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1.53 inches long, 4-6 lines thick.
Gregarious. Growing in mixed woods. West Fort Ann, Wash-
ington co. October. S. H. Burnham.
This species is a near ally of H. caprinus (Scop.) Fr. from
which it may be separated by its more glabrous pileus, more nar-
row and closer lamellae, which also are less decurrent. The stem
is paler than the pileus and generally slightly radicated at the base
and there covered with a white mycelioid tomentum. The lamellae
are about 1 line broad.
Hygrophorus metapodius Fr.
CHANGED STEM HYGROPHORUS
Pileus compact, convex becoming nearly plane, often irregular,
soon silky and squamulose, brown or grayish brown, flesh thick;
lamellae thick, distant, adnate or somewhat decurrent, broadly
emarginate, grayish white; stem unequal, sometimes narrowed
toward the base, sometimes ventricose, stuffed, glabrous, cinereous,
reddish within; spores .0003 of an inch long, .oo02 broad.
Pileus 1.5-2 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Woods or groves. Ulster county. September. Rare. This
species has been found but once. The specimens differ from the
typical form in the flesh not becoming red where wounded and no
odor was observed at the time of collection.
Hygrophorus basidiosus n. comb.
GRAYISH BROWN HYGROPHORUS
Clitocybe basidiosa Pk. State Mus. Bul. 2. 1887. p. 5.
Pileus rather thin, convex becoming nearly plane or centrally
depressed, sometimes umbilicate, glabrous, hygrophanous, grayish
brown and striatulate on the margin when moist, grayish white
when dry, flesh whitish; lamellae subarcuate, thick, distant, adnate
or slightly decurrent, whitish with a violaceous tint; stem equal
or slightly thickened at the top, glabrous, firm, solid, whitish or
58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
pallid; spores subglobose, .coo16-.0002 of an inch long, basidia
.0024 of an inch long, bearing spicules .0003 of an inch long.
Pileus 1-1.5 inches broad; stem 1~2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Woods and swamps. Albany and Rensselaer counties. August.
This species was formerly taken to belong to the genus Clitocybe,
but it now appears to be a better Hygrophorus than Clitocybe. It
is remarkabie for the elongated basidia and sterigmata of the
hymenium. It is rare but easily recognized by the peculiar grayish
brown hue of the moist plant and the slight violaceous hue of the
lamellae.
Hygrophorus subrufescens Pk.
REDDISH HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Bul. 67. 1903. p. 23, pl. M, fig. 1-6.
Pileus thin on the margin, convex or nearly plane, dry, minutely —
floccose or squamulose, pale pink or grayish red, flesh whitish,
faintly tinged with pink, taste mild; lamellae subdistant, decurrent,
whitish ; stem equal or nearly so, flexuous, glabrous, solid or stuffed,
white; spores elliptic, .0003 of an inch long, .o002 broad.
Pileus 1-1.5 inches broad; stem 1.5-3 inches long, 2-4 lines thick.
Fallen leaves in woods. Suffolk county. August. Rare. Found
but once.
Hygrocybe Fr.
Veil none; pileus viscid when moist, shining when dry, rarely
floccose scaly; lamellae soft; stem hollow, soft, glabrous.
The whole fungus is slender, watery, fragile; many of the species
are brightly colored.
A few species without a viscid pileus are included in this sub-
genus because of their fragility, bright colors and hollow stems.
By these characters they may be separated from the subgenus
Camarophyllus. |
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Pileus not. “viseidisn o. ek. cnn oe oo ene Ae I
Pallets) viserds iy 45 Sab oe tee ee Slee he ae 5
1 Lamellaé décurrent .0c0 acct con cas a wean So ee Ee ee eee 2
t Lamellae’ not‘ decurrent)).) 5 ic. dae. on ee eee 3
2) Pileusyelabrous palenyellows ss 98 eee eee parvulus
2 Pileus usually squamulose, red, rarely yellow............. cantharellus
3 Pileus brown, sometimes tinged with green or yellow......... immutabilis
3° Pileus trot’ brow. fon Ee tie ee ee ye 4
4:.Pileus.-palex‘yellowittiw oil ie eee eee aes parvulus
4) Pileus: golden, yellows 4q55 see oe ee ae marginatus -
4 Pileus) usually cedvor oranges tarely: yellows. aa) oer miniatus
Sotem not viscid geese. o> fc cates «tate Sate ace aa ee ee ee 6
‘
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 19006 59
sh seisrenGl wrest SE eerie WE Ra a eee anes fete ee on ey ate 10
PEC MSO Ia er Sh GiaOMt REC sis. oe ats een ce Gime atic aes tisteeieewars shades « 7
& IPCC TONE ene el U | a esa me Bees Bereich eth NOM eae eRe ce ceraceus
Seensme Tavis redvon Tawi hed: oancuc saws cts dosSwe aero dn esis laricinus
Megemtenpe ted. Orange Of SCablets..:. 1. ens ved seen Grentias weedaaee 8
S IPulle@ws - AS MIREliie CovaiKC eee Gee Gornvaters once nna cic Ole ot tien eee conicus
SMe SpenOt ma cubely INC@mMIGwae, piacere aya Rites negate woe Wee ovules a 9
MEEETDMECE WL ads Wihte: DASCY «ves ce 52 ajc etree wn Sev eed a ees weet puniceus
SePBtnmEcCnwitiaeyellOw= DAS@i..cccce- se easeoe vee gen cae oe enw coccineus
10 Stem and pileus with greenish slime when young................. II
ROMSLEMMANGs plleus mot, ereenishe wi. wslsusoaeuoneoscacs yeceanmeen. 12
MPMI CACC is Clits me aes ata are ato eens SUR Athans cesses mylopereee ole cudnt os peckii
2 TLavamellilee: iG hivehicins, Bec cyssne enero eer CaenCio ike Rea Lee Cree i eae ree psittacinus
TD TE AT eeis MSS es Geese to eter ee cae ic a purus
1D JPulleweesy TRON eatery gem cia ous AoC MNO Ie eacie PEER Ree an rarer eee ipa luridus
BemiMeis meiticn white MOT PFOWM)... 02. 2.0.6 cee ema nese ne sie ne eee wl 13
Reemeomlessy tian) 6) lines Proad... seus o octet ane eee laeel ass cdes minutulus
Beevensemore: than © Lines, broad) 4s 0c .c ccs s deen scieies 6 vee dba cen cele. 14
iat [Phillis -aniral bp Ce Nea Y Sas areecs ce oreo Riccieare Tn Pekar nitidus
BD een Mer OL aU CALC Ay evs anit oe sich enn aye cee Meafeon.cuaid Sierg ek 6 6 by arene 15
+ lLamnellag fevalinnesrceyalls Sis errciy: ccanch aor a cr a ao ecnee ecw ici ren Pecan einen chlorophanus
Bee ictidtcmadnatenor Cecunrent <a... Ge). a reek e nce ew ad ace Mav gwen laetus
Hygrophorus parvulus Pk.
SMALL HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 28. 1876. Bot. ed. p.5o, pl. 1, fig. 20-24.
Pileus thin, hemispheric or convex, glabrous, striatulate on the
margin when moist, pale yellow; lamellae subdistant, arcuate,
adnate or decurrent, whitish or pale yellow; stem equal, glabrous,
hollow, yellow or pale yellow; spores elliptic, .o0024-.0003 of an
inch long, .o0016-.0002 broad.
Pileus 3-6 lines broad; stem 1—-1.5 inches long, I-1.5 lines thick.
Woods and open places. Common. August.
A noticeable feature in this species is found in the stem which is
often more highly colored than the pileus. It sometimes grows
Mader brakes, Pteris aquilina L.
Hygrophorus cantharellus Schw.
CHANTARELLE HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 54. 10901. p.175, pl. 76, fig. 8-20.
Pileus thin, convex, sometimes umbilicate, glabrous or minutely
squamulose, red, orange or yellow; lamellae rather broad, distant,
arcuate, decurrent, whitish or yellowish, sometimes tinged with red;
stem slender, fragile, glabrous, stuffed or hollow, red, orange or
60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
yellow; spores elliptic, .oo03—.0004 of an inch long, .0002—.00024 —
broad.
Pileus 6-12 lines broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Gregarious. Damp soil in woods or open places. Common. June —
to August. Edible.
Var. roseus Pk. Margin of the pileus wavy or lobed, the —
lobes often crowded or overlapping.
Var. flavipes Pk. Pileus red or orange, stem yellow.
Var. flaviceps Pk. Pileus yellow, stem red-or reddish.
Var. flava Pk. Paileus and stem pale yellow.
Hygrophorus immutabilis Pk. 4
UNCHANGEABLE HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 51. 1898. p. 202.
Pileus thin, conic or convex, umbonate, often striate when dry,
greenish brown or yellowish brown, not changing color in drying;
iamellae subdistant, whitish or yellowish; stem slender, glabrous,
hollow, yellow ; spores elliptic, .oo04—.0005 of an inch long, .oo024—
00028 broad.
Pileus 8-12 lines broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 1.5—2 lines thick. —
Dry sandy soil in bushy places. Essex county. August. Rare.
Found but once. 4
Hygrophorus marginatus Pk.
MARGINED HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 28. 1876. Bot. ed. p. 50.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex, subcampanulate or nearly plane,
often irregular, sometimes broadly umbonate, glabrous, shining,
striatulate on the margin, bright golden yellow; lamellae rather
broad, subdistant, ventricose, emarginate, adnexed, yellow, some=
times becoming orange or vermilion on the edge, interspaces venose; i
stem fragile, glabrous, often flexuous, compressed or irregular, hold
low, pale yellow; spores broadly elliptic, .00024-.0003 of an inch —
long, .0002-.00024 broad. |
Pileus 10-18 lines broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick. ;
Woods. Essex, Fulton and Rensselaer counties. August. all
This beautifully colored hygrophorus resembles the European
H. obrusseus Fr. in color, but it differs in its smaller size, |
more subglobose spores and the red color often assumed by the edge
of the lamellae. This last character is suggestive of the specific
name. It is so fragile that care is necessary to avoid breaking the —
"
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 61
specimens when collecting them. Specimens have been received
from correspondents that are said to be viscid when fresh and
moist, but when received were not distinguishable from our speci-
mens of this species. It is therefore probable that in wet weather
this plant may be found viscid.
Hygrophorus miniatus Fr.
VERMILION HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 48. 1806. Bot. ed. p. 182, pl. 28, fig. 1-10.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming nearly plane, glabrous or
minutely squamulose, often umbilicate, deep red or sometimes yel-
low ; lamellae distant, adnate, yellow, often tinged with red or rarely
wholly red; stem slender, glabrous, equal, stuffed or hollow, pol-
ished, colored like or a little paler than the pileus; spores .0003 of
an inch long, .0oo2 broad.
Pileus .5-2 inches broad ; stem 1-3 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Scattered, gregarious or cespitose. Woods and swamps, among
mosses and fallen leaves or on bare ground. Common. June to
September. Edible.
Ware stubluteus Pk. [var. lutescens Pk. State Mus.
Rep’t 48, Bot. ed. p. 183]. Pileus yellow or reddish yellow ; lamellae
and stem yellow.
Wim conselatus Pk [Hygrophorus congelatus
Pk. State Mus. Rep’t 23, p. 114]. Pileus small, convex, dingy red,
glabrous; lamellae subemarginate, red.
Var. sphagnophilus Pk. Pileus subconic or broadly con-
vex, sometimes centrally depressed, glabrous, red or orange; stem
colored like or a little paler than the pileus, white or yellow at the
base. Growing among peat mosses in bogs. More fragile than the
typical form.
The vermilion hygrophorus is a very variable but beautiful
species. Unfortunately its colors are apt to fade and its beauty to
be lost in drying.
Hygrophorus ceraceus (Wulf.) Fr.
WAXY HYGROPHORUS
Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming plane, striatulate, viscid,
shining, waxy yellow; lamellae broad, almost triangular, distant,
adnate or slightly decurrent, pale yellow; stem sometimes unequal
and flexuous, hollow, shining, waxy yellow; spores elliptic, .0003
of an inch long, .oo016—.0002 broad.
62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Pileus about 1 inch broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Gregarious. Mossy ground or grassy places. Albany, Essex and
Ulster counties. September. A small species having very broad
lamellae, which are scarcely decurrent. Its waxy yellow color is
suggestive of the specific name.
Hygrophorus laricinus Pk.
LARCH HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Mem. 3. 190c. p.146, pl. 51, fig. 1-12.
Pileus thin, convex becoming plane, viscid when moist, grayish
red, rusty red or tawny red, sometimes white or yellow on the mar-
gin, flesh white, slightly tinged with yellow under the cuticle, taste
slightly disagreeable; lamellae distant, adnate or slightly decurrent,
whitish; stem equal, firm, hollow, white; spores elliptic, .oo024—
.0003 of an inch long, .o0o0o16—.0002 broad.
Pileus 6-12 lines broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 2-3 lines thick.
Gregarious under tamarack trees. Warren county. October.
Rare. Edible. Found but once. The flesh is tender and of good
flavor when cooked.
Hygrophorus conicus (Scop.) Fr.
CONIC HYGROPHORUS
Pileus thin, conic, acute or subacute, fragile, glabrous or fibril- |
lose, viscid when moist, shining when dry, often lobed on the mar- |
gin, red, scarlet, orange or yellow; lamellae thin, rather close, ven
tricose, narrowed behind, almost free, commonly yellowish; stem
equal, fibrously striate, hollow, yellow; spores broadly elliptiegl 5
.0004—.0005 of an inch long, .00024~.0003 broad. a
Pileus 6-10 lines high and broad; stem 1-4 inches long, 1-2 lines |
thick. '
Woods and in mossy or grassy places. Common. ae to Sep- |
tember. This species is easily recognized by the conic shape of the |
pileus which usually terminates in an acute point. Wounded places” ‘
in the fresh plant are apt to turn black and the whole plant usually —
turns black in drying. The color of the pileus is variable and Gillet
has published several varieties founded on this character. The vis- .
cidity of the cap is slight. j
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 63
Hygrophorus puniceus Fr.
RED HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Mem. 3. p. 149, pl. 52, fig. 1-7.
Pileus thin, fragile, broadly conic or campanulate, becoming
nearly plane, often wavy or lobed on the margin, glabrous, viscid,
bright red, paler when old; lamellae broad, thick, distant, slightly
adnexed, yellow, often reddish; stem equal or slightly ventricose,
hollow, glabrous, yellow or red and yellow, white at the base; spores
elliptic, .0003—.0004 of an inch long, .ooo2 broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 4-6 lines thick.
Damp or mossy places in woods or open ground. Albany and
Rensselaer counties and the Adirondack region. Not common.
August and September. Edible. .
A conspicuous but very tender and fragile mushroom, often
larger than our other bright red species of this genus.
Hygrophorus coccineus (Schaeff.) Fr.
SCA i viGROP EORUS
Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming plane, viscid, glabrous,
bright red becoming pale, flesh red; lamellae distant, adnate or
furnished with a decurrent tooth, pale yellow or reddish, the inter-
spaces veiny; stem terete or compressed, glabrous, hollow, crimson
red above, yellow at the base; spores .0003-.0004 of an inch long,
.0002-.00024 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Pastures and mossy meadows. Albany, Ulster and Essex
counties. September and October. Not common.
Hygrophorus peckii Atk.
PECK HYGROPHORUS
Jour. Myc. 8. 1902. p. I14.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming nearly plane, often slightly
umbilicate or centrally depressed, very viscid or glutinous, buff
becoming pinkish or vinaceous buff, sometimes tinged with green;
lamellae broad, distant, arcuate, decurrent, whitish or sometimes
greenish when young; stem slender, sometimes splitting longitu-
dinally, very viscid, colored like the pileus, sometimes greenish at
the top; spores elliptic, .00024-.0003 of an inch long, .ooo16—-.0002
broad.
64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Pileus 5-10 lines broad; stem 1-4 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Plants scattered or gregarious, often odorous. Woods and open
places. Hamilton, Saratoga and Tompkins counties. July and
August. ;
The green color is due to the gluten and it quickly disappears
when the gluten dries. The species is closely related to H.
psittacinus Fr. from which it may be separated by the pileus
which is neither campanulate nor umbonate and by the lamellae
which are paler, less ventricose and more decurrent. The plant is
very fragile and must be handled carefully to prevent breaking.
In color it resembles H. laetus (Pers.) Fr.
Hygrophorus psittacinus (Schaeff.) Fr.
PARROT HYGROPHORUS
Pileus thin, conic or campanulate becoming nearly plane, some-
what umbonate, striatulate, covered when young with an evanescent
greenish gluten, yellowish, reddish or whitish; lamellae thick, sub-
distant, ventricose, adnate, yellow, more or less tinged with green;
stem tough, even, hollow, viscid, green at the top, yellow below;
spores .0003 of an inch long, .o002 broad.
Pileus 6-12 lines broad; stem 1—2 inches long, 1—2 lines thick.
Pastures, swamps and clearings, often under brakes, Pteris
aquilina L. Lewis county. September to November. Rare
The green color is generally more persistent at the top of the
stem than elsewhere, both in this and in the preceding species.
Hygrophorus purus Pk.
PURE HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Rep’t 26. 1874. p.63.
Pileus thin, fragile, conic becoming expanded and cupulate by
the upcurving of the thin margin, very viscid, often irregular, white;
lamellae subdistant, broad, ventricose, emarginate with a decur-
rent tooth, white; stem glabrous, subflexuous, fragile, hollow, very
viscid; spores .0003 of an inch long, .ooo2 broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 3-6 inches long, 2-3 lines thick.
Thin woods. Lewis county. September. Rare. Found but
once.
H. calyptraeformis niveus Cke. scarcely differs from
this. H. calyptraeformis Berk. differs in its beautiful pink
or pinkish rose color.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 65
Hygrophorus luridus B. & C.
LURID HYGROPHORUS
Pileus thin, campanulate or convex becoming nearly plane, um-
bonate, very viscid, coarsely striate or sulcate striate on the margin,
brown or pale brown with a dark center; lamellae thick, distant,
ventricose, adnate or slightly decurrent, white ; stem slender, hollow,
viscid, colored like the pileus; spores .00024~.0003 of an inch long,
.0002-—.00024 broad.
Pileus 6-12 lines broad; stem 1—2 inches long, 1-1.5 lines thick.
Swamps and damp places. Rensselaer, Saratoga and Hamilton
counties. July and August. Not before reported from our State.
_ The type specimens were collected in North Carolina but our
northern plant agrees very well with the description of the species
except in having no umbo. No spore characters are given in the
Original description. The dimensions here given are derived from
the spores of the northern plant.
Hygrophorus minutulus Pk.
MINUTE HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Bul. 2. 1887. p.o.
Pileus very thin, submembranaceous, convex or expanded, subum-
bilicate, bright red or orange, viscid, distinctly striatulate when
moist, pale red or yellowish when dry; lamellae rather broad, sub-
distant, sometimes ventricose, adnate or subsinuate and slightly de-
current, whitish tinged with red or yellow; stem short, slender,
fragile, solid, viscid when moist, yellowish; spores narrowly elliptic,
.0004 of an inch long, .oo02 broad, sterigmata .0002~—.0003 of an
inch long.
Pileus 3s lines broad; stem’ 6-10 lines long, less than .5 of a
line thick. }
Grassy and mossy places in pastures. Rensselaer county. July.
Rare. Found but once.
This is one of our smallest species. Its solid stem does not agree
well with the character of the subgenus in which we have placed it,
but its bright color indicates its relationship to the species of this
subgenus.
66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Hygrophorus nitidus B. & C.
SHINING HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Bul. 94. p.45, pl. 88, fig. 1-7.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex, umbilicate, viscid, pale yellow, shin-
ing and striatulate on the margin when moist, whitish when dry;
lamellae arcuate, distant, decurrent, pale yellow; stem slender,
fragile, viscid, hollow, colored like the pileus; spores .o0024—.0003
of an inch long, .o002-.00024 broad.
Pileus 4-12 lines broad; stem 1.5—3 inches long, I—2 lines thick.
Gregarious or cespitose. Swamps and low damp places. Com-
mon. July and August. Edible. |
A pretty little mushroom pale yellow throughout, very fragile and»
very viscid. The yellow color of the lamellae and stem is more per-
sistent than that of the pileus.
Hygrophorus chlorophanus Fr.
SULFURY HYGROPHORUS
State Mus. Mem. 3. p. 147, pl. 51, fig. 13-20.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming nearly plane, often irregular ~
with the margin split or lobed, glabrous, viscid, striate on the mar- —
gin, pale yellow, sometimes tinged with red in the center; lamellae
rather broad, subdistant, thin, ventricose, emarginate, adnexed, pale
yellow; stem equal or nearly so, glabrous, viscid when moist, shin-
ing when dry, hollow, pale yellow; spores .oo03 of an inch long, —
.0002 broad. .
Pileus 8-20 lines broad; stem 1.5—3 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Damp or mossy places in woods. Common. July to September. |
Edible.
Hygrophorus laetus (Pers.) Fr.
PLEASING HYGROPHORUS
Pileus thin, convex, becoming plane, viscid, even or striatulate
on the margin, somewhat shining, tawny; lamellae thin, distant,
somewhat decurrent, whitish or flesh colored; stem slender, equal,
tough, hollow, glabrous, viscid, tawny or pale tawny; spores .00024—
.0003 of an inch long, .0002 broad. t
Pileus 6-12 lines broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Thin woods and pastures. Common. July to September.
When dry the color resembles that of dried specimens of the
Peck hygrophorus. i
|
FA
f
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 67
Hygrophorus aurantiacoluteus Bie ee | Cae enehe
cossus (Sow.) Fr. and H. penarius Fr. have been omitted,
the specimens formerly referred to these species being doubtful.
NEW YORK SPECIES OF RUSSULA
Russula Pers.
Veil none; hymenophorum descending unchanged into the vesi-
culose trama; lamellae rigid, fragile, without a milky juice, acute
on the edge; spores globose or subglobose, often echinulate or ver-
rucose, white or yellow.
Fleshy putrescent terrestrial fungi.
This genus is closely related to the genus Lactarius, from which
it is easily distinguished by the absence of a milky juice. Young
plants of some species have the lamellae, when in vigorous growing
condition, adorned with small drops of water, but no milky or
colored juice issues from wounds as in species of Lactarius. The
pileus is destitute of concentric zones, but in the genus Lactarius such
Markings are frequent. The red colors which are so conspicuous
and common in this genus are rarely if ever seen in Lactarius. In
the flavor of the flesh there is great similarity. In both genera
Many species have a mild or an agreeable flavor and many
others have an acrid, hot or peppery taste. This disagreeable flavor
is generally destroyed in cooking so that nearly all the species that
have been tried have been found to be edible.
The genus was divided by Fries into five tribes or subgenera,
but these are not sharply limited and are scarcely satisfactory.
Nevertheless we have attempted to group our species as nearly as
possible in accordance with them. Some species also are so clearly
related to each other that they are liable to be confused unless great
Care and close observation are exercised. It is important to observe
the color of the pileus in both young and mature plants, the charac-
ter of its surface and its margin, the character and color of the
lamellae, the taste of the flesh and the color of the spores. Though
the species are numerous their general appearance and form are so
peculiar and so much alike that it soon becomes easy to recognize
the generic character even in an unknown species.
KEY TO THE SUBGENERA
Petestivof the omature pileus even... 0... 6s es. ese ounces I
Margin of the mature (EWES SUPENLEY a oe SE Bea ee keane ee eee 2
1 Lamellae unequal, not often forked........................... Compactae
68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
1 Lamellae often forked, narrowed toward each end................ Furcatae
t Wamellae often forked, narrowed toward the Stem)...-2 0. eee Rigidae
2 Lamellae unequal, viscid pellicle adnate,s)..-...0- 2060 Heterophyllae —
2 Lamellae mostly equal, viscid pellicle separable..............% Fragiles
F
Compactae Fr.
Pileus fleshy, compact, firm, without a separable pellicle and with- 4
out striations on the margin; lamellae unequal; stem firm, solid, —
rarely cavernous when old. /
In all our species the spores are white. In nearly all, wounds of
the lamellae or flesh change color. Five of the species are so closely —
related that in the dried state it is scarcely possible to separate them —
from each other satisfactorily. Their differential characters are chiefly —
such as can be ascertained only in the living plant. All are mild or
tardily acrid in taste. The compact flesh, even margin of the pileus
f
and unequal lamellae are the prominent characters of this subgenus. ©
{
KEY TO THE SPECIES |
Pileus changine color with age of in drying... -.... 92) -ee eee I i}
Pileusmpersistentlyaswhite xO taawjliitSlieen eerie eee eee rene PF yi) |
1 Pileus becoming smoky brown, grayish brown or blackish............... 2 i
1 Pilens becoming, pale tawny, Onenusty \ochiaccOtlsee | intent 6 *
2 Pileus viscid. when “moist..92..:.5 .1..0.5505 9) se
2 Pileust dine serene atte ere POAC Me sea nd op os oc “a 4
3 Lamellae and flesh slowly becoming reddish where wounded..... nigricans —
3 Lamellae and flesh not becoming reddish where wounded...... subsordida |
4 Flesh slowly becoming reddish where wounded............. densifolia
4 Elesh not becoming reddish where woundedsy..-2) eee eee .
5 Flesh becoming black or blackish where wounded...........:..... sordida —
& Ilesin moe Clametmne Ccollose yimere wroimimaleGl, .o.50565020c0c000nsos nunc adusta —
6G Pillans wiseidl Winem MONS, OGlOFOMS. o.o¢ccnecccascenoncnecace magnifica
G IPrilens clay, cimolomowis \rlmem wrSSl. 55 s0ccnccacecccenocaccsecce compacta |
7 Tamellae ‘persistently white: i... ..2 4. seum< see eat Meee eee delica —
Plamellae becoming subLersucinous) inldiyines sean eee brevipes —
Russula nigricans (Bull.) Fr.
ILINCASIal WU S SILA
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 69
blackish with age or in drying; stem short, solid, white becoming
dingy or smoky brown with age; spores subglobose, .0003-.0004 of
an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 3-5 inches broad; stem I—2.5 inches long, 6—12 lines thick.
Woods and clearings. July and August. Edible.
~The dark color of the cooked mushroom gives it an unattractive
appearance but its flavor is excellent. This and the following species
of which the pileus becomes smoky brown or blackish brown are
apt to be infested by the larvae of insects even when quite young.
The injury done by them to the flesh causes it to become blackish.
Russula subsordida Pk.
SUBSORDID RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 105. p. 40, pl. 90, fig. 1-5.
Pileus firm, convex becoming nearly plane or centraily depressed,
glabrous, viscid when young or moist, whitish becoming smoky
brown with age, sometimes with an olive-green tint, flesh grayish
white, slowly changing to smoky brown when cut or broken, taste
mild or slightly and tardily acrid; lamellae thin, close, adnate,
whitish becoming black or blackish with age or in drying; stem
short, glabrous, solid becoming spongy within and sometimes
cavernous, white becoming smoky brown with age or where
wounded; spores globose, .0003 of an inch broad.
Pileus 2-5 inches broad; stem 1—1.5 inches long, 6—12 lines thick.
Woods. Warren county. July. Rare. Edible.
Easily distinguished from R. sordida by its viscid pileus.
Horicon, Warren co. yet remains the only locality known for this
species.
Russula sordida Pk.
SORDID RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 105. 1906. p. 30, pl. 98, fig. 1-5.
Pileus convex becoming centrally depressed, dry, glabrous, dingy
white becoming smoky brown with age, flesh grayish white, chang-
ing to blackish brown or bluish black where cut or broken, taste mild
or tardily acrid; lamellae close, unequal, adnate or slightly decurrent,
sometimes forked, white changing to black or blackish brown with
age or in drying; stem short, firm, equal, solid, colored like the
pileus; spores globose, .0003 of an inch broad.
Pileus 3-6 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 6-12 lines thick.
ne fit
70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 3
Under hemlock trees. Common in hemlock regions. July.
Edible.
From R. subsordida it may be separated by its dry pileus,
its more clear white lamellae and by the wounds of the flesh more
quickly assuming a blackish color. From R. nigricans and
R. densifolia both this and the preceding species may be sepa-
rated by the absence of reddish hues in the change of color assumed
by wounds.
j
i
a
b
|
3
is
9
|
- Russula densifolia Secr.
DENSE GILLED RUSSULA
Pileus convex becoming nearly plane or centrally depressed, even,
glabrous, whitish becoming gray or sooty brown, sometimes darker
in the center, flesh white, slowly changing to reddish and then
blackish where wounded, taste mild; lamellae thin, close, adnate or
decurrent, white, sometimes tinged with red; stem cylindric, even,
solid, slightly pruinose, whitish becoming grayish brown or blackish;
spores globose, .0003 of an inch broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 5-9 lines thick.
Woods. Suffolk county and Adirondack mountains. July and
August.
Related to R. adusta Fr. from which it is distinguished by ~
wounds of the flesh assuming a reddish color. From R. nigricans
Fr. it may be separated by its lamellae being adnate or slightly
decurrent and more crowded. Sometimes the lamellae, at their 7
inner extremity, separate from the stem and flesh of the pileus and ©
curve outward and upward. This form appears to be slightly viscid |
when moist and may prove to be worthy of separation. It is R. 7]
densifolia paxilloides Pk. in State Museum bulletin 75, ©
1904, page 20.
Russula adusta (Pers.) Fr.
SCORCHED AR US sicien
Pileus convex becoming centrally depressed or somewhat infundi-
buliform, white or whitish becoming brownish or sooty gray, flesh ~
white, not changing color where wounded, taste mild; lamellae thin, ~
narrow, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, sometimes slightly |
rounded behind, white becoming dingy; stem solid, cylindric, colored —
like the pileus; spores subglobose, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, —
,00024~.0003 broad. 4
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 19006 71
Woods. Albany and Warren counties. July to September.
Rare.
The notable characters of the species are its thin, close, adnate
lamellae changing color but slightly with advancing age, its un-
changeable flesh and its mild taste. The plant does not become
blackish in drying as de the preceding species but assumes a smoky
brown or grayish brown kue. It sometimes grows under pine
needles which it pushes up enough to reveal its place of growth.
Russula magnifica Pk.
MAGNIFICENT RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 67. 1903. p. 24, pl. N, fig. 1-4.
Pileus convex and umbilicate becoming centrally depressed or
infundibuliform, glabrous, viscid when young and moist, even or
sometimes slightly rimose squamose in the center, whitish becoming
pale rusty ochraceous, flesh white or whitish, odor and taste alkaline,
strong and disagreeable; lamellae narrow, close, adnate or slightly
decurrent, whitish with a faint pinkish tint, becoming reddish brown
where wounded and a dark reddish brown or reddish cinnamon in
drying; stem equal or tapering downward, solid becoming spongy
or sometimes cavernous within, white or whitish; spores subglobose,
even or nearly so, .0003—.0004 of an inch long, .00025—.0003 of an
inch broad.
Pileus 4-10 inches broad; stem 2-5 inches long, 8-18 lines thick.
Among fallen leaves in woods. Suffolk county. August. Local.
A limited locality near Port Jefferson is the only station known
to me where this species has been found. It is the largest russula
known to me and is related to R. compacta Frost and R.
meevipes Pk.
Russula compacta Frost
COMPACT RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 32. 1879. p.32; State Mus. Bul. 116. pl. 109, fig. 1-4.
Pileus fleshy, compact, broadly convex, sometimes umbilicate be-
coming centrally depressed or even infundibuliform by the upcurv-
ing of the margin, dry or subviscid after heavy rain, unpolished, at
first white or whitish, becoming rusty ochraceous, flesh white, taste
mild or sometimes slightly and tardily acrid, odor in drying strong
and disagreeable; lamellae rather close or subdistant, adnate or
slightly rounded behind, unequal, occasionally forked, white, be-
72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
coming reddish brown where wounded and smoky brown in drying;
stem short, stout, equal or nearly so, solid, white, but becoming
stained with reddish brown in handling or where wounded, and
sometimes changing color like the pileus; spores globose or sub-
globose, .0003—.0004 of an inch long, .o003 broad.
Pileus 3-6 inches broad; stem 1.5—2.5 inches long, 6-12 lines thick.
Ground in woods. Essex, Onondaga, Rensselaer and Suffolk
counties. July to September. Edible.
Russula brevipes Pk.
SHORT STEM RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 43. 1890. Bot. ed. p. 20, pl. 2, fig. 5-8.
Pileus convex and umbilicate, becoming centrally depressed or
infundibuliform, dry, glabrous or nearly so, white or whitish, often
with yellowish or rusty yellow stains or patches in the center, flesh
whitish, taste mild or slightly and tardily acrid; lamellae thin, close,
adnate or decurrent, rarely slightly rounded behind, white becoming
tinged with pale cinnamon or ferruginous in age or in drying; stem
firm, solid, glabrous, white; spores globose, .ooo4—.0005 of an inch
broad. 5
Pileus 3-5 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 6-10 lines thick.
Woods and open places. Common. July to October.
This species exhibits less change of color than any of the pre-
ceding ones of this subgenus. The lamellae however change with
age and in drying and because of this change, their close position,
the unpolished and opaque character of the pileus and the slightly
acrid taste I have separated it from R. delica, which it closely
resembles and to which our plant was formerly referred. It has
been referred by Bresadola to R. chloroides (Krombh.) but
I have never seen the pileus rimose areolate, nor the lamellae green-
ish or glaucous as in that species. The lamellae of both this and ~
the following species are sometimes adorned with watery drops in ~
wet weather. In the type form the stem is very short, but when
the plant grows among fallen leaves it is longer.
Russula delica Fr.
WEANED RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, firm, broadly convex and umbilicate, becoming in- a
fundibuliform, even, glabrous, shining, white, the margin involute ~
5
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 73
and without striations; lamellae thin, distant, decurrent, persistently
white; stem short, even, glabrous, white; spores subglobose, .0003-
0004 of an inch long, .00024~.0003 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad ; stem 1-2 inches long, ‘4-6 lines thick.
Woods. Saratoga county. Rare.
The specimens referred to this species have the white color of
the lamellae more persistent than in any of the preceding species
and the lamellae are less crowded than in the short stem russula.
Nevertheless they have a pale yellowish hue in the dried state and
are scarcely as wide apart as the description of the species would
indicate, but the disagreement is so slight that it is not sufficient
cause for a separation of our plant.
Furcatae Fr.
Pileus compact, firm, even on the thin margin, the thin pellicle
closely adnate; lamellae unequal, some of them forked, commonly
narrowed toward each end.
The thin but even margin with acute edge and the forked lamellae
are the notable characters of this subgenus. The lamellae do not
show decided changes in color with age or in drying, as in most
species of the preceding subgenus. In some species the pellicle is
separable on the margin.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Pileus green, olive-green or purple or these intermingled.............. I
Pileus whitish tinged with yellow or reddish yellow......... basifurcata
meeaniellae becoming yellowish with age..........0..0..ce eevee olivascens
matiiclac: persistently white OF wilitiShh . 6252.2 ie.s..cn. ws wes ace wore sens 2
Pebaiclaemstindistaimice cer settee psi iy cca cuoichrsn ais ta GS Oe RASS furcata
Prarie llaemel OSes stiatiy ml Otkwe derts cca oe mselste 6s cele oreuciore. ng euch auevouets variata
Russula basifurcata Pk
PALE CAP RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 38. 1885. p.9go.
Pileus firm, convex, umbilicate, becoming subinfundibuliform, gla-
brous, slightly viscid when moist, the pellicle separable on the
even margin only, dingy white, often tinged with yellow or red-
dish yellow, flesh white, taste mild, then bitterish; lamellae close,
narrowed toward the base, adnate or slightly emarginate, many
of them forked at or near the base,, a few short ones intermingled,
white becoming yellowish; stem firm, solid, becoming spongy
74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
within, white; spores elliptic, pale yellow, .00035 of an inch long,
.00025 of an inch broad.
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 8-12 lines long, 5-6 lines thick.
Dry ground in woods and bushy places. Fulton and Essex coun-
ties. July and August.
Closely related to the next following species and like it somewhat
related to the subgenus Fragiles in some of its characters.
Russula olivascens Fr.
PALE OLIVACEOUS RUSSULA
Pileus convex or nearly plane, umbilicate, olivaceous or pale green,
becoming yellowish in the center, even on the margin, flesh white,
taste mild; lamellae narrowed toward the stem, close, slightly ad-
nexed, nearly equal, rarely forked, white becoming yellowish; stem
firm becoming spongy within, even, white; spores subglobose, yel-
lowish, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 4—8 lines thick.
Woods. Suffolk county. August.
This species differs from the precéding in the greenish color of
the cap, the gills more equal and rarely forked, the absence of a
bitterish flavor and in the more globose yellowish spores.
Russula furcata (Pers.) Fr.
FORKED RUSSULA
Pileus convex becoming nearly plane, centrally depressed or in-
fundibuliform, glabrous, the thin pellicle separable on the thin, even,
acute margin, varying from pale yellowish green to dark brownish
green, sometimes slightly tinged with purple, flesh white, taste mild;
lamellae thickish, subdistant, often forked, unequal, adnate or
slightly decurrent, white ; stem equal or nearly so, solid or spongy
within, white; spores white, subglobose, .0003.-.00035 of an inch
long, .00025-.0003 of an inch broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1.5-3 inches long, 5-8 lines thick.
Woods. Albany county. July.
The European plant is said to have a mild taste becoming bitter-
ish, and no purplish tints are attributed to the pileus. In our plant
the bifurcations of the lamellae occur mostly near the inner and
outer extremities. It is thus far limited to a single locality near
Albany.
_ REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 75
Russula variata Banning
VARIABLE RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 105. 1906. p. 41, pl.1o1, fig. 1-5
Pileus firm, convex becoming centrally depressed or subinfundi-
buliform, viscid, even, the thin pellicle separable on the thin even
margin, reddish purple or brownish purple, often variegated with
green or wholly pea-green, flesh white, taste acrid or sometimes
slightly and tardily acrid; lamellae thin, narrow, close, often forked,
tapering toward each end, adnate or slightly decurrent, white;
stem equal or nearly so, solid or sometimes cavernous, white; spores
white, subglobose, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .0003 of an inch.
broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1.5—3 inches long, 5-8 lines thick.
Woods. Common and variable. July and August. Edible.
Distinguished from the forked russula by its more forked narrow
and closer lamellae and by its acrid flavor. This is destroyed by
cooking. The pileus may be dark purple or pinkish purple either
wholly or intermingled with pale green or it may be wholly pale
green. R. aeruginascens Pk. [State Mus. Rep't 53, p. 843]
is a form of this species with yellowish green pileus.
Rigidae Fr.
_ Pileus compact, firm, commonly dry, without a distinct viscid
pellicle, the cuticle often cracking or breaking into adnate scales or
furfuraceous granular or mealy particles, the margin typically even,
lamellae broader anteriorly causing the margin to appear obtuse.
| The most notable character of the group is the dry surface of
the pileus becoming squamose, granular, mealy pruinose or un-
polished. The margin is commonly even as in the two preceding
groups, but there are several exceptions to this. The lamellae are
normally forked and unequal, but in a few instances they are nearly
equal. eu fe
KEY 20 THE, SPECIES
IPrilleqengs: sear evan Ove epeSETAUISI GN hes es <a SPN RSP lee eT eat eee I
NKeiGEes Ole Ot etmc OO wan Ase mia ona ar: each tele aan ahode ei eo cies 4
PEt SMeVenmOnme tile cima tOdieeiet shea) pn nitis Sila nae. seri atag sesh diaials aia Gravtruwiero ae hole 2
Tt Piles striate on the margin when mattre.............. hy Bere ceeee crustosa
2 “Wersice snmilllal.” pcos Seals tin Reese Sse Ses oe oneal ea eae a ea B
B "Treats GNGIRIGL Sek Say soe See ae A Aree ORI Oey ae ee er EP viridella
PESMiAaccROn the piles) scaly, Ol Wallyqeaassc6. + oa de-s cesses oes virescens
3 Surface of the pileus irregularly rimose on the margin.......... cutefracta
=
70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
3 Surface of the pileus even, not rimose nor squamose............. modesta
4 Stem yellows... 242M. eae Ste ee oe eee flavida
4 Stem not: yellow... 2 oo aca hn ee 5
5 Pileus. prumose red: on purplets... sass5. 0 eee. oe ee mariae
5 Pileus not. pruinose:.. 23.2. sole... bon soa oes enon eee 6
6 Pileus striate on the margin’ when matiires-. =... 00" eeeeee crustosa
6 Pileus even on the: margin. ys oJ. 06. bun eee soe es on ae eee Fi
7 Surface of the pileus polished, taste acrid.............. Die rubra
7 Sutriace of the pileus mot polished) taste not acrid=-. 4... .3ee—n eee 8
8 Surface of the pileus even, dark red or purplish red................ 9
8 Surface of the pileus often rimose areolate, color variable...... lepida
9g Young lamellae white, changing color where wounded............ squalida
9 Young lamellae yellow, not changing color where wounded. ...ochrophylla
Russula viridella Pk.
PALE GREEN RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 105. 1906. p. 41, pl. 100, fig. 1-7.
Pileus subglobose, hemispheric or very convex, becoming nearly
plane or centrally depressed, even on the margin, dry, soon minutely
squamulose or furfuraceous, specially toward the margin, pale
grayish green, generally smooth and paler or subochraceous in the
center, flesh white, taste acrid; lamellae thin, narrow, close, some
of them forked, a few short ones intermingled, white; stem equal
or nearly so, even, solid or spongy within, white; spores white
tinged with yellow, globose or subglobose, .00024—.0003, of an inch
iong, nearly as broad, cystidia subfusiform, .0025-.003 of an inch
long, .0006 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 5-8 lines thick.
Under hemlock trees. Horicon, Warren co. July. Edible.
It has yet been found in no other locality so far as we know. The
acridity is destroyed by cooking.
Russula virescens (Schaeff.) Fr.
GREENISH RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 48. Bot. ed. p. 189, pl. 31, fig. 1-8.
Pileus fleshy, at first nearly globose, soon convex or nearly plane
often becoming centrally depressed, dry, adorned with small floccu-
lent patches or warts, the margin even, green or grayish green,
flesh white, taste mild; lamellae moderately close, narrowed toward
the stem, free or nearly so, a few of them forked and a few shorter i
ones sometimes intermingled, white; stem short, firm, white; spores
subglobose, white, .00024~.0003 of an inch long. 7
.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 717)
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 6-10 lines thick.
Thin woods and in grassy open places. Not rare. July and
August. Edible.
The margin of the pileus is usually even but occasionally in old
specimens it may be partly striate.
Russula cutefracta Cke.
BROKEN SKIN RUSSULA
Pileus convex becoming centrally depressed, dry, even on the mar-
gin, the cuticle cracking somewhat radiately but irregularly on the
margin, color variable, green, red or purple, flesh white, purplish
under the cuticle, taste mild; lamellae narrowed toward the base,
somewhat close, some forked, adnexed or nearly free, white; stem
solid, firm, nearly equal, whitish or tinged with purple; spores glo-
bose, .0004 of an inch broad.
Pileus 3-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 6-10 lines thick.
Woods and their borders. Albany county. October.
I have admitted this species on the strength of a single specimen
which agrees very closely with Cooke’s figure 1040, illustrating the
form with green pileus. Still it differs in having the flesh white
instead of pinkish under the cuticle. It must be an extremely rare
species with us.
Russula crustosa Pk.
CRUSTOSE RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 67. 1903. p. 45, pl. 84, fig. 1-7.
Pileus convex becoming nearly plane or centrally depressed,
marked with small appressed areolate scales except on the smooth
mostly depressed and sometimes subviscid disk, striate on the mar-
gin when mature, color variable, stramineous, pale ochraceous,
brownish ochraceous, greenish or greenish yellow, rarely brownish
purple, the center sometimes paler, sometimes darker than the mar-
gin, flesh white, taste mild or slightly and tardily acrid; lamellae
moderately close, narrowed toward the stem, some of them forked,
some short, white; stem short, stout, equal, stuffed or hollow, white ;
spores subglobose, white, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, .00025—.0003
of an inch broad. ft
Pileus 3-5 inches broad; stem 1-2.5 inches long, 6-12 lines thiclk.
Woods and open places. Common. July and August. Edible.
The striate margin separates this species from all the others ir
this subgenus. In this it is nearly always present in the mature
78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Be
plants, in some of the other species it may sometimes appear but it
is exceptional. This character militates against the character of the
subgenus and connects with the next following one. Sometimes the
cuticle cracks on the margin very much as in R. cutefracta
but the paler and different colors of the pileus, the white flesh
beneath the cuticle and the striate margin easily prevent any con-
fusion of these species. The scales of the pileus often appear as if
formed from the breaking up of a crustose cuticle. This sometimes
has a grayish appearance. |
Russula modesta n. sp.
MODEST RUSSULA
Pileus firm but thin and flexible, broadly convex, becoming nearly
plane or centrally depressed, dry, pruinose, even or obscurely striate
on the margin, greenish gray, paler on the margin, flesh white, taste
mild; lamellae thin, close, many forked at the base, a few short ones,
narrowed toward each end, adnate or slightly decurrent, white be-
coming yellowish, the interspaces venose ; stem short, cylindric, solid,
glabrous, white; spores subglobose, pale yellowish, .00025~.0003 of
an inch long, nearly as broad.
Pileus 1-2.5 inches broad ; stem 1-1.5 inches long, 3—5 lines thick.
Woods. Albany county. July.
This species differs from its allies in the pruinose appearance of
the surface of the pileus. Under a lens, this is seen to be due to a.
minute whitish tomentose pubescence. A form of this species with
the pileus more distinctly green has been received from Miss T. L.
Smith who collected it under oak trees and reports it to be edible.
Russula flavida Frost
YELLOWISH RUSSULA
Sie MEG, IB eis, OCS, joy Bis, OL Gy, IneR TO.
Pileus firm, convex becoming nearly plane or centrally depressed,
dry, frequently sprinkled with minute mealy yellowish particles,
specially on the margin, pale yellow, sometimes brighter yellow or
orange in the center, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae rather thick, ~
moderately close, entire or nearly so, adnate, white; stem equal or —
slightly tapering upward, solid, sometimes becoming spongy within, ~
occasionally cavernous, colored like the pileus or a little paler, some- i
times brighter at the base; spores yellowish, subglobose, .0003 of an —
inch long, nearly as broad. |
, REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 99
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1.5-3 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
Woods and bushy places. Rensselaer, Suffolk and Warren coun-
ties. July and August. Edible.
The margin of the pileus in old plants sometimes becomes striate
and occasionally fades to white. The species is easily recognized by
having both stem and pileus yellow and the intervening lamellae
white.
Russula lepida Fr.
SCM AUIS SOME
Pileus firm, compact, convex becoming nearly plane, dry, un-
polished, often rimose areolate in part, even on the margin, variable
in coler, red, bright red, red in the center with yellowish margin
or wholly yellow, flesh white, taste mild becoming somewhat acrid
or disagreeable ; lamellae close, narrowed toward the stem, rounded
behind or slightly decurrent, some forked at the base, a few short
ones intermingled, white becoming yellowish; stem equal or nearly
so, solid, white or whitish, sometimes reddish; spores globose, yel-
lowish, .0003—.0004 of an inch in diameter.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1-2.5 inches long, ane lines thick.
Woods. Albany and Gurfolk counties. oy and leh eae Not
common, | lees org
The description here given applies to the lunatic alec ae
differs slightly in color from the European. The disk in that species
is said in Sylloge to always become whitish, a character not yet
observed in our plant. In this the disk sometimes is red while the
margin is yellow. The lamellae also, in drying, usually assume a
subochraceous or pale cinnamon hue, which character is not at-
tributed to the European plant. The edge of the lamellae is some-
times red near the margin of the pileus. The European plant is
said to have the stem almost always stained or spotted with red. In
Ours it is more often white.
Russula rubra Fr.
RED RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, hard, rigid, convex becoming nearly plane or cen-
trally depressed, dry, polished, even on the obtuse sometimes wavy
margin, very red, almost shining, often darker in the center, flesh
white, reddish under the cuticle, taste acrid; lamellae rather close,
adnate, broad, unequal, some of them forked, white becoming yei-
lowish with age; stem hard, solid, white or red; spores white, glo-
bose or subglobose, .0003~.0004 of an inch long.
80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 6-10 lines thick.
Woods. Albany, Madison, Rensselaer and Suffolk counties. July
and August.
Distinguished from other members of this subgenus by its smooth
polished pileus and its very acrid taste. Var. sapida Cke.
(R. atropurpurea Krombh.) is said to be mild in flavor, but
otherwise like the species. JI have not seen it.
Russula squalida nom. nov.
SQUALID RUSSULA
Russula.atropurpurea Pk. State Mus. Rept 41. 1888 p: 75:
Pileus convex becoming centrally depressed, glabrous, dark pur-
ple, often blackish in the center, even or slightly striate on the mar-
gin when old, flesh white, grayish or grayish purple under the
cuticle, taste mild, odor in drying fetid; lamellae subdistant, a few
forked at the base, occasionally a short one intervening, white be-
coming yellowish, brownish where wounded; stem equal, glabrous,
solid or spongy within, white, brownish where bruised; spores pale
ochraceous with a salmon tint, subglobose, .0003-.0004 of an inch
long, nearly as broad.
Pileus 3-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 5-8 lines thick.
Margin of woods. Saratoga county. July.
In the dried state this russula has a peculiar dingy and un-
attractive appearance. It is very distinct in the unusual color of — |
the spores and the brownish hue assumed where wounded. Agar-_
icus atropurpurea Krombh. being a species of Russula, it —
becomes necessary to give a new name to the plant to which this —
specific name was formerly applied by me.
Russula ochrophylla Pk.
OXCISUTIR OL EINVL AAD) RIO SS UNE As
State Mus. Rep’t 50. 1897. p. 100; State Mus. Mem. 3. 1900. p. 150, pl: 54,
w fig, 8-14.
Pileus firm, convex becoming nearly plane and umbilicate or
centrally depressed, dry, unpolished, even on the margin, dark red
or purplish red, often a little darker in the center, flesh white, red
under the adnate cuticle, taste mild; lamellae subdistant, adnate, —
nearly entire, a few forked at the base, yellowish becoming bright
ochraceous buff, dusted by the spores, the interspaces somewhat
venose; stem equal or nearly so, solid or spongy within, reddish
5
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 81
but paler than the pileus; spores bright ochraceous buff, globose,
.0004 of an inch broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1.5-2.5 inches long, 6-10 lines
thick.
Ground under oak trees. Albany county. July. Rare. Edible.
There is a var. albipes Pk. in which the pileus is deeper red
and the stem white. If this mushroom is stewed in milk or cream
without peeling, it imparts a pinkish purple hue to the liquid.
Russula mariae Pk.
MARY RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 24. 1872. p. 74; State Mus. Bul. 75. 1904. p. 20; pl. 85,
fig. 1-8.
Pileus nearly hemispheric becoming broadly convex, plane or cen-
trally depressed, dry, pruinose or minutely pulverulent, dark crim-
son or purplish, sometimes darker in the center than on the margin,
rarely striate on the margin when old, flesh white, pinkish under
the cuticle, taste mild or slightly and tardily acrid; lamellae rather
close, adnate, white becoming yellowish with age; stem equal, solid
or slightly spongy within, colored like or a little paler than the
pileus, usually white at each end, rarely entirely white; spores pale
yellow, globose, .o003 of an inch broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
In woods and in open places. Common. July and August.
Edible.
This species is easily distinguished by its pruinose or minutely
granular cap. When moistened and rubbed on white paper it com-
municates reddish stains to it. A few of the lamellae are forked at
the base. The pileus sometimes fades with age, specially in purplish
specimens, and on the margin. Such specimens resemble Russula
depallens (Pers.) Fr. as shown in Cooke’s figure 1021.
Remon aches Pers.) rads omitted; the specimens re-
ime totsbclons to Russula albella Pk.
Heterophyllae Fr.
Pileus fleshy, firm, with a thin viscid adnate pellicle and a thin,
usually striate margin; lamellae unequal, some of them forked;
stem stout, solid, spongy within.
The viscid pileus and striate margin separate this tribe from the
preceding one; the firm pileus, adnate pellicle and unequal lamellae
82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
separate it from the following one. Fries included in it a few
species with the margin of the pileus even or obscurely striate.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Pileus even or but slightly striate on the MAargiNy.... «255. ee I
Pileus distinctly striate on the MATIN 6. ui. sn wok oe 4
Aah alstes rail Ge, seen meine eee a [2 Ste sips Sislvaceatealhnle akldn ate 2
T) Taste: Arid vhs Coon ah ate aesa ep een consobrina
2\Lamellae. distant 0. 05... gush elk sea e eae ee ee earlej
2 Lamellae "close... oe oie sethantes senses a re 3
3 Lamellae broad, rounded behind;--wiitte..5y.2 ke ee cyanoxantha
3 Lamellae rather narrow, | whitish... £..: 0.02.00: vesca
4 Fileus ‘brown. or ‘brownish...0:).4...... 0 sororia
4 Pileus yellowish, reddish yellow or subochraceous...). eee 5
5) Hileus roughened’ wath sranules.4 015) @e8 oo ela granulata
5 Fileus smooth’ 250. | snes Sy. uubaae se.) ole oe hee 6
6 Pileus stramineous or subochraceous......................... foetens
6. Pileus: ‘reddish yellow 20 Nin) noo foetentula
Russula vesca Fr.
EDIBLE RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, rather firm, nearly plane or centrally depressed,
viscid, venosely rugulose or radiately wrinkled with a spreading,
even margin, reddish or flesh color, darker in the center, flesh white,
taste mild; lamellae thin, close, adnate, unequal, whitish; stem solid,
compact, rigid, white; spores globose, white, .0003-.0004. of an inch
broad. .
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
Woods. Warren county. August. Rare.
The species may easily be recognized by the minutely radiately
wrinkled or rugulose character of the upper surface of the pileus.
The wrinkles or veins commonly radiate toward the margin but they
often anastomose in a reticulate manner. In the typical form the
pileus is pinkish or red flesh color. In our specimens it is mostly
greenish, but darker or blackish green in the center where it is also
in some specimens varied with reddish or brownish red hues. The
European piant is edible as indicated by the name. I have not
tested our plant.
Russula cyanoxantha (Schaeff.) Fr.
YELLOWISH BLUE RUSSULA
Pileus compact, convex becoming centrally depressed or subin-
fundibuliform, viscose, variable in color, even on the margin or
a.
i REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 83
~ sometimes becoming slightly striate, purplish, lilac or olive-green,
~ commonly becoming paler or yellowish in the center, flesh white,
taste mild; lamellae broad, moderately close, rounded behind, pure
white ; stem spongy within, even, glabrous, white ; spores subglobose,
-0003-.0004 of an inch long, .00024—.0003 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 5-8 lines thick.
) Woods. Albany and Washington counties. July. Not common.
The pileus is sometimes bluish on the margin and yellowish in
the center, a character suggestive of the specific name, but not rep-
resented in any of our specimens. The flesh is sometimes reddish
under the cuticle. The stem may become hollow in old specimens.
Russula earlei Pk.
EARLE RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 67. 1903. p. 24, pl. N, fig. 5-10.
Pileus fleshy, firm, hemispheric becoming broadly convex or
nearly plane, sometimes centrally depressed, glabrous, very viscid,
the margin even, stramineous becoming paler with age, flesh whitish
or yellowish, taste mild; lamellae thick, distant, adnate, a few short,
Whitish becoming yellowish; stem short, firm, equal or nearly so,
solid, becoming spongy within, white; spores white, subglobose,
-0002—.00024 of an inch long.
Pileus 1.5-2.5 inches broad: stem I-1.5 inches long, 3-5 lines
thick.
“Among fallen leaves in woods. Suffolk county. August.
This species is well marked by its pale and glutinous pileus, its
distant lamellae and its small spores.
Russula consobrina Fr.
COUSIN RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, convex or subhemispheric becoming centrally de-
pressed, viscid, even on the membranaceous margin, gray, olive-
brown or umber, flesh white, ashy gray under the pellicle, taste
ucrid ; lameliae close, adnate, many forked and many short, white;
tem firm, equal, spongy within, white becoming dingy or cinereous
vith age; spores white, subglobose, .0003~.0004 of an inch long,
1early as broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 4-10 lines thick.
In woods. Otsego county. July, Rare,
84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Some of our specimens differ from the description in having a
yellowish brown pileus.
Russula sororia Fr.
SISTER RUSSULA
Pileus convex becoming nearly plane, viscid when moist, striate
on the thin margin, gray, grayish brown, olive-brown or yellowish
brown, often darker in the center, flesh whitish, taste acrid; lamellae
narrow, subdistant, adnate, many of them short, rarely forked,
whitish or pallid, the interspaces venose; stem equal or slightly
tapering upward, white; spores globose, white, .0003 of an inch
broad.
Pileus 1-2.5 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
Woods and groves. Albany and Suffolk counties. July to Sep-
tember.
Similar in color and character to R:.) consob, tmageusem
which it is thought by some to be a variety, but it is easily dis-
tinguished by its distinctly striate margin. R. pectinatoides
Pk. resembles this in color but it may be distinguished from it by
its mild or tardily and slightly acrid taste and its nearly equal |
lamellae.
A form with the pileus darker brown, flesh cinereous under the
cuticle and stem becoming cinereous was found under chestnut trees
near Gansevoort, Saratoga co. It is referable to R. consobrina
IMEC Pinata (Cle.
Russula granulata Pk.
GRANULATED RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 53. 1900. p. 843.
Pileus convex becoming nearly plane or centrally depressed, vis-_
cid when moist, rough with minute granules or squamules, tubercu-_
late striate on the margin, dingy ochraceous or dingy yellow, tinged ©
with red or brown, flesh white or whitish, taste acrid; lamellae thin, —
close, adnate, many forked at the base; stem equal or abruptly con-
tracted at the top, glabrous, spongy within, whitish; spores white.
subglobose, .0003 of an inch broad. |
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1-1.5 inches long, 6-8 lines thick. |
Woods. Ulster and Hamilton counties. August.
In State Museum Report 39, page 57 this was regarded as a”
variety of R. foetens Fr. from which it differs in its granular”
pileus, its closer and more narrow lamellae and in the absence of |
"
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 85
odor. From R. granulosa Cke. it may be separated by its
glabrous stem, smaller spores and adnate lamellae. R. granu-
lata lepiotoides Atk. is a variety having the surface of the
pileus rimose squamose.
Russula foetens (Pers.) Fr.
FETID RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, fragile, subglobose or convex becoming plane or
centrally depressed, viscid when moist, widely tuberculose sulcate
or striate ‘on the very thin margin, yellowish or dingy ochraceous,
flesh pallid, taste acrid, odor strong, amygdaline; lamellae rather
close, adnexed, unequal, some of them forked, whitish and often
studded with drops of moisture when young, becoming yellowish
with age, dingy where bruised, interspaces venose; stem short, stout,
stuffed becoming irregularly hollow, white or whitish; spores white,
subglobose, .0003-.0004 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 3-5 inches broad; stem 1.5—2.5 inches long, 6-12 lines
thick.
Woods and bushy places. Common. July to September.
Readily recognized by its peculiar odor, acrid taste and widely
striate margin. Gregarious in habit and somewhat variable in
color.
Russula foetentula n. sp.
SIEMGEISMNENG THAAD) IOS SOE.
Pileus thin, nearly plane, viscid, glabrous, striate on the margin,
reddish yellow, flesh white, taste tardily acrid, odor like that of
almonds; lamellae thin, narrow, close, adnexed or nearly free,
whitish, the interspaces venose; stem equal, firm, cavernous, white
or yellowish white, usually spotted or stained with reddish brown
at the base; spores very pale yellow, globose, .0003~.00035 of an
inch broad.
Pileus 1.5--3 inches broad; stem 1I-1.5 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Among fallen leaves in woods. Suffolk county. August.
This species is related to R. foetens Fr., to which it is similar
in odor but from which it differs in its closer lamellae and reddish
brown or burnt sienna color at the base of the stem.
The specimens reported in State Museum Report 35, page 135
mader the name Russula heterophylla Fr. are doubtful
and the species is therefore omitted.
86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fragiles Fr.
Pileus fragile, covered with a thin separable or subseparable pel-
licle, viscid when moist, thin on the margin which is commonly
striate or tuberculose striate in the mature plant; lamellae equal or
nearly so, broader anteriorly; stem soft, spongy or hollow.
The fragile character of the pileus, the viscid separable pellicle,
the thin and ultimately striate or tuberculose striate margin and
the usually equal simple lamellae are the prominent distinguishing
features of this subgenus. Its species outnumber those of any other
subgenus of Russula. They may be divided into three groups de-
pending on the color of the spores, which color is frequently indi-
cated by the color of the mature lamellae. There are some excep-
tional or anomalous cases in which all the characters attributed to
this tribe are not shown by species included in it. In some species
the pileus is not viscid or the margin is not striate or the pellicle
may be separable on the margin but not on the disk. The tubercu-
lose character of the marginal striations is apparently due to the
venose interspaces.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
Spores wine Or writs, os onsecc00ccanoce ng aisles d dpa atte eee I
Spores pale yellow of citrines, 2 h.0.h.0. coe: yaa eee a6)
SPORES OCH ACCOUS state, serelels clei ielar teeta teeta tele ee ae eee 20
f Pileus: red or. réddish ans sneak Seka can can | ae ee 2
Teles ochraceousson. yellowishmbrownssee ene oeee Cee eoeer eee 7
1 Pileus white: of whitish..22..%.loie5 22. .0eiee Gee es Cee 8
2 Taste’ acrid (6 ah sg hes. coceit oad ane weal io TOI gaan oa ene 3
2 Taste milds, .o ..s seq hat iiicaslie.d see cate be nce en er 6
3. Pil6us: SEVEN ods opavetieiedcaersie Db Camiaugeelowaity aualem Cek eR eish es ne kaa 4
3. PiletisurusulOse as, cit gs Gene ee oaks Ree Reet e ea ee eee rugulosa
4 Paleus idarken (colored sinmthencenmtenue.sa eee ere eae fallax
AL JPilkeiis) iyjomeeiliilyy iehanhvonmmalhy Collomecl,.o5csnc-sosdoconevcsosaccsscccan: 5
5 Lamellae rounded behind, subfree, subdistant...... das eoastachoeees emetica
«Meamellac: admesxedsiclosies 2000s eae Gk eae ages ae eg ce fragilis
6 Stem white or reddish.......... Lane ee aia ae Riles ee ee uncialis
6 Stena (ned or deep red Meat ae one eee eee purpurina
7) SOTA. SAWETUEE ss sascha wisi Ale coe 9 abs 2 bre paltue acl Mueruaeshs ieee ae ee pectinatoides
7 Stem: pale .ochtaceOusn...ve saniacceee oe aetna eee eee simillima
8 Paste acrid. cn Ge 8 ee ele ane ree caye Mick ie eae ran eee anomala
& Taste tnthd). 2. 2. deaias hoaes sisale seem ural e eile els See 9
Ov Piletis ‘edinyic .skccacom eee: as laals. Stee eto a iota tata, AUER SMe Ste albella
or Pilews wiseidess orn ka oiise Gamage oe Se ace Re Re One ie ene ae albida
LOMPileus redmom isomenshadeson ened einer ere nn ana a ii
10).Pileus ‘some iother colors 925.2): cc eee se ee 17
TT. Taste jacrid: -\y\cu eh geese aascie ee oes erence ee ieee eee a veternosa
1 Taste mild or slightlywand tandily, acriday%.5--4..45 58 -eeeeeeeee 12
"
. REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 87
12 JLaWIedee aGhSueiees 3 Scene: Peake beta Ore Unter ee a integra
mee Nand cme CHONG Manet Gee Ue tS ORL tye WORUS PSE Auta lake wo aero: Som eAs 13
SmI OLS scare eTe INCU DLOAGR i rs va wins Whe cctae aida ss bo sie ase sea eee ers 14
erremslessmthianon diel brOad.c .<sde. 0k lee nelic tbe eee edabecceces pusilla
Met and hesh DECOming CINeKEOUS. 2.2.2... bse cs ecd asec c sewed ss 15
estem and ttesh not becoming CImereOUS.....2:.....s.2.00.e0eceess 16
MECN GMEGCC) Ol MOLAMG Ci fis ages oes Js sighs dloacagaiilnece weenie d os decolorans
Pealecusmviolaceous, purple or dank ned. .a5....s0n0as+dasssess-clnes obscura
1) Suction vyrlaite, Oued vale ineralabiSin Gieibals 5. benahaseobe sens bees palustris
fone owinttey with yellowish Staiiis<-..2t eis asset es oeee oe ee puellaris
7 TLaameliligie: < GIStERME ‘a isis dias coe ietor eta OS CIE RI eB a Ee eee ea integra
MeN CR CLOSER Te ein Ke Me eee le ees ke Meee eds e nds le ewes wee ek 18
om leiicmyellOwemevicnuOne tle, manodmuen ea ss. sacs ase ss lanes lutea
6S Pillens syelllome Giikieite: Wim, Wes taneNrentin, ss pode seodencccceusouooenpooe 19
PomStem. white becomine (CimereOUs, 6.0. 2.05 lcs os ons ee ese seas constans
PSS MEMELSISECMUNY: WilittGa a slau «Sgn tic aa sions tusicamt weeeaee ads flaviceps
20 Stem tinged with red by minute red granules.......... Serre roseipes
POPStemenotdd orned withmned oramitlesans es sare ve selac cei a eieeianiecieers 21
Semmens; distinctly striate on the matein......::....--0:2:.+-+-s.00.Be-- 22
Pumatlencmoliciitlve striate, witem colds. os... ces ae. ed os ve Ase hve ae bows 23
Pemibamellac pale yellow, whent mature... .....s10.5s00d. se s55- abietina
2m \Lavmellae Oelnrayceouls women immense koonasoscsocascouoponeouce turci
Peeelanieasmall lamellaes very closes: \..40c6. 084-56 02.5. - chamaeleontina
ae tiielarcey lamellae wsiubdistante sw) os t%-85. las owe 8 hed vee: alutacea
Russula emetica Fr.
EMETIC RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, firm becoming fragile, convex becoming plane or
centrally depressed, glabrous, viscid when moist, striate sulcate on
the margin, rosy or blood-red, sometimes white or fading to white,
flesh white, reddish under the separable pellicle, taste very acrid;
iamellae equal, broad, subdistant, rounded behind and free or nearly
so, white; stem solid or spongy within, elastic when young, becoming
fragile, even, white or tinged with red; spores white, globose,
.0003-.0004 of an inch broad.
_ Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1.5—3 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.
Woods and swamps. Common. July to September.
This russula has a very acrid or peppery taste and is generally
considered poisonous by European mycologists, but deemed edible
and harmless by some American mycophagists. Thorough cooking
probably destroys its harmful properties. I have not tried it.
88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Russula rugulosa Pk.
RUGULOSE RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 54. Igor. p. 179, pl. 72, fig. 12-18.
Pileus rather thin, fragile, convex becoming nearly plane or cen-
trally depressed, viscid when moist, uneven with small tubercles and
wrinkles, even on the margin when young, becoming tuberculose
striate with age, the viscid pellicle separable on the margin, flesh
white, reddish under the pellicle, taste acrid or tardily acrid; la-
mellae moderately close, adnate or slightly rounded behind, white;
stem nearly equal, spongy within, white; spores white, subglobose,
.0003-—.0004 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
Woods among mosses and fallen leaves. Franklin county.
August and September. Edible.
Most closely allied to R. emetica Fr. from which it is dis-
tinguished by its rugulose pileus and less acrid or tardily acrid taste.
The slight acridity is dispelled in cooking and it affords a harmless,
tender and agreeable food. From R. vesca Fr. it may be dis-
tinguished by its tardily acrid taste and its striate margin.
Russula fallax (Schaeff.) Sacc.
VAIL LA CHOIWIS: IRUIS SIUILA
Pileus thin, fragile, convex or nearly or quite plane, viscid when
moist, reddish with a darker center, flesh white, taste acrid; lamellae
thin, adnexed, distant, whitish or pallid; stem slender, subequal,
white; spores white, subglobose, .0003 of an inch long.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Moist places. Not rare. August.
This is R. emetica var. fallax Cke. and Ro yegaeaue
var. fallax Massee. We have followed Saccardo in recognizing
its specific validity. In our specimens the lamellae appear to be
less distant than in the typical form, but in other respects the agree-
ment is good.
Russula fragilis (Pers.) Fr.
PRAGIUE RUSSUIEA
Pileus very thin and fragile, convex becoming plane or slightly
depressed in the center, with a thin pellicle somewhat viscid when
moist, sometimes umbonate, tuberculose striate on the margin, pol-_
ished, variable in color, typically pale red, sometimes fading to white,
i a
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 89
flesh thin, white, not red under the separable pellicle, taste acrid;
lamellae thin, close, adnexed, ventricose, sometimes slightly uneven
or eroded on the edge, white; stem slender, spongy within or hollow,
white ; spores white, subglobose, .0003~.0004 of an inch long.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem I—1.5 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Woods and swamps. Not rare in hilly and mountainous wooded
districts. July and August.
War. nivea (Pers.) Cke. Whole plant white from the first.
Rainbow, Franklin co. August.
The species is closely allied to R. emetica Fr. from which
it may be separated by its smaller size, paler color, thinner flesh,
white under the pellicle, and closer lamellae.
Russula uncialis Pk.
INCH WIDE RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 2. 1887. p. 10; State Mus. Bul. 116. pl. 107, fig. 7-12.
Pileus thin, convex becoming plane or centrally depressed, viscid
when moist, glabrous or very minutely granulose, red or pinkish
red, obscurely tuberculose striate on the margin, flesh white, taste
mild; lamellae moderately close, narrowed toward the stem near
which a few of them are forked, adnate or slightly emarginate,
white becoming pallid, the interspaces venose; stem equal, glabrous,
stuffed or spongy within, white or reddish; spores white globose,
.0003~.00035 of an inch broad.
Pileus 1-1.5 inches broad; stem I-1.5 inches long, 2-4 lines
thick.
Woods. Rensselaer county. June and July. Rare.
It is unusual to find a red capped, white spored species of this
subgenus with a miid taste. This and the next following species
are our only examples of this kind.
Russula purpurina ©. & S.
PURPURINE RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, fragile, subglobose becoming plane or slightly de-
pressed in the center, sometimes cup-shaped by the upcurving of the
margin, with a separable pellicle, acute and even or nearly so on
the margin, deep red, flesh white, reddish under the pellicle, taste
mild; lamellae moderately close, subequal, a little narrowed behind,
white becoming yellowish with age or in drying; stem rather long,
cylindric or sometimes slightly tapering above or below, stuffed or
90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
spongy within, colored like the pileus or a little paler, sometimes
whitish at the base; spores white, globose or subglobose, .0003—.0004
of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 1.5—3 inches broad; stem 2~3 inches long, 4-6 lines thick.
Woods. Adirondack region. August and September.
The brilliant red color of the pileus and stem make this one of
our most beautiful and attractive species of russula. The lamellae
have a few short ones intermingled and the edge often appears
floccose under a lens and red near the margin of the pileus. Pointed
cystidia are numerous,
Russula pectinatoides Pk..
PECTENLIKE RUSSULA
PLATE 105, FIG. 6-10
Pileus thin, broadly convex becoming nearly plane or centrally de-
pressed, viscid when moist, widely tuberculose striate on the margin,
dingy straw color, brownish, yellowish brown or cinereous brown,
sometimes darker in the center, flesh white, grayish white under
the separable pellicle, taste mild or slightly and tardily acrid;
lamellae thin, equal or with an occasional short one, some forked
at the base, adnate, white becoming pallid; stem equal or nearly so,
even, glabrous, spongy within, white; spores whitish, subglobose,
-00025-.0003 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 12 inches long, 3-4 lines thick.
Grassy ground in stoves and woods. Albany and Suffolk
counties. July and August.
Specimens of this species were formerly reported as R. peer.
nata Fr. from which it seems best to separate them as they differ
in their milder taste, the grayish color of the flesh under the cuticle,
the adnate lamellae and the even stem. From R. sororia Fr.
the species differs in its milder taste. In the character of the lamellae
it is related to that species and might with almost equal propriety
be placed in the same subgenus with it. It is edible.
Russula simillima Pk.
VERY SIMILAR IRIUISSUILA
State Mus. Rep’t 2A) 18725 9p. 7:
Pileus hemispheric or convex becoming plane or slightly de-
pressed in the center, viscid when young or moist, striate on the
REPORT. OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 gl
margin when mature, pale ochraceous, sometimes more highly col-
ored in the center, flesh white, taste acrid; lamellae nearly equal,
some forked near the stem, broader anteriorly, yellowish; stem equal
or slightly tapering upward, spongy within, rarely hollow, colored
like the piles or a little paler; spores white, globose or nearly so,
0003 of an inch broad.
Pileus 1-3 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 4-9 lines thick.
Woods. Adirondack region. August and September.
mamed to KR. ochroleuca (Pets.) Fr. and R. claro-
flava Grove but differing from both in having the stem pale
ochraceous. It may be separated from R. ochracea (A. &5S.)
Fr. by its acrid taste and white flesh and spores. From R. fellea
Fr. which it most closely resembles, the similarity justifying the
specific name, it scarcely differs except in having the lamellae and
stem pale ochraceous from the first, and the flesh white.
Russula anomala Pk.
ANOMALUS RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 50. 18097. p. 99.
Pileus thin, fragile, nearly plane or slightly depressed in the
center, dry, striate on the margin, white, sometimes tinged with
yellow, flesh white, taste acrid; lamellae thin, moderately close,
adnate, equal or with an occasional short one, white, dusted with
the white spores when dry; stem equal, solid or spongy within,
white; spores subglobose, .0003-.00035 of an inch long, nearly or
quite as broad.
Pileus 1-1.5 inches broad; stem 1-1.5 inches long, 3-4 lines
thick.
Damp ground under trees. Suffolk county. July. Rare.
The anomalous character of this species is found in the pileus
which is destitute of the viscid separable pellicie characteristic of
this subgenus. Notwithstanding the absence of this character, the
fragile pileus with its thin striate margin and the nearly equal
lamellae point to this as its proper place in the genus. From
epitagilis nivea (Pers.) Cke. which it closely resembles it
may be distinguished by its dry pileus, adnate lamellae and solid
stem. Found but once.
a2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Russula albida Pk.
WHITISH RUSSULA
State Mus. Bul. 2. 1887. p. 10; State Mus. Bul. 105. 1906. p. 38, pl. 96,
TE Ts,
Pileus thin, fragile, hemispheric or very convex becoming nearly
plane or slightly depressed in the center, slightly viscid when moist,
white, often tinged with yellow in the center, even or slightly striate
on the margin, flesh white, taste mild or slightly and tardily bit-
terish and unpleasant; lamellae thin, moderately close, entire, oc-
casionally forked at the base, adnate or subdecurrent, white or whit-
ish, the interspaces often venose; stem equal or slightly tapering
upward, glabrous, stuffed or hollow, white; spores white or with a
faint yellowish tinge, subglobose, .0003~-.00035 of an inch long,
nearly or quite as broad. 7
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Among fallen leaves in woods. Rensselaer and Suffolk counties.
July and August. Edible.
The slowly developed unpleasant taste of the fresh plant is lost in
cooking. The thin margin of the cap is sometimes curved upward
in old plants. Distinguished from R. lactea Fr., which it re-
sembles in color, by its separable, slightly viscid pellicle, its adnate
or subdecurrent closer lamellae and its stuffed or hollow stem. By
the adnate lamellae and mild taste it may be distinguished from
whitened forms of R. emetica Fr.
Russula albella Pk.
SILIGIEIIWILAY WIEN, IRWISSUILA
State Mus. Rep’t 50. p. I01.
Pileus thin, fragile, dry, plane or slightly depressed in the center,
even or obscurely striate on the margin, white or whitish, some-
times tinged with pink or rose-red, specially on the margin, flesh
white, taste mild; lamellae thin, close, equal, white; stem equal,
solid or spongy within, white; spores white globose, .0003 of an
inch broad. i
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-4 lines thick.
Dry soil in woods. Suffolk county. July. Rare.
This species, like R. anomala Pk. departs from the usual
character of the species of this subgenus in having a dry pileus.
The fragile pileus and equal lamellae, however, indicate its close
~
Wire:
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 93
relationship to this subgenus. From R. lactea Fr. it differs in
its fragile texture, equal lamellae and the surface of the pileus not
cracking and forming areolae.
Russula veternosa Fr.
LANGUISHING RUSSULA
Pileus convex becoming plane or centrally depressed, covered
with a slightly viscid adnate pellicle, even on the margin, red or flesh-
colored, typically becoming whitish or yellowish in the center, flesh
white, taste acrid; lamellae narrow, broader in front, close, adnate,
a few shorter ones intermingled, white becoming yellowish; stem
equal, even, fragile, soft, spongy within becoming hollow, white;
spores pale yellow, subglobose, .0003-.00035 of an inch long, nearly
as broad. .
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 2-3 inches long, 5-8 lines thick.
Thin woods. Saratoga county. August. Rare.
In our specimens the pileus is in some cases a little paler in the
center than on the margin, but none of them is centrally whitish or
yellowish as in the typical form. The red pileus with even margin,
the acrid taste and pale yellow spores are distinguishing characters
in this species.
Russula integra (L.) Fr.
ENTIRE RUSSULA
Pileus firm, becoming fragile, convex becoming plane or cen-
trally depressed, covered with a viscid separable pellicle, thin on the
margin which is at length coarsely tuberculose striate, variable in
color, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae broad, nearly free, equal, dis-
tant, white becoming pale yellow, dusted by the spores; stem at
first short, conic, becoming clavate, even, ventricose, sometimes
cylindric, spongy within, white; spores pale yellow, subglobose,
.0003-.0004 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 3-5 inches broad ; stem 1.5—2.5 inches long, 6—12 lines thick.
Woods. Adirondack region. July and August. Rare.
The specimens which we have referred to this species are dark
red and do not always have the margin distinctly tuberculose striate.
The stem is cylindric or sometimes thickened toward the base.
Var.rubrotincta Pk. Stem tinged with red. Otherwise as
in the typical form.
O4. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Russula palustris Pk.
SWAMP RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 53. 1900. p. 842.
Pileus thin, fragile, subglobose or hemispheric becoming convex
or nearly plane, viscid when moist and covered with a separable pel-
licle, obscurely tuberculose striate on the. margin, reddish buff to
purplish red, flesh white, tinged with reddish buff under the pellicle,
taste tardily acrid; lamellae entire, moderately close, whitish becom-
ing yellowish, interspaces venose; stem equal, glabrous, spongy
within or hollow, fragile, white or tinged with red; spores pale
yellow, subelobose, .0003—.0004 of an inch long, uninucleate. -
Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem 1.5-3 inches long, 4-6 lines thick.
Swamps, under alders. St Lawrence county. August. Rare.
Related to R. decolorans Fr. but smaller, thinner, more
fragile, tardily acrid and not discoloring or assuming cinereous hues
with age.
Russula decolorans Fr.
DISCOLORED RUS SWE:
Pileus fleshy, firm, globose becoming plane or centrally depressed,
slightly viscid when moist, polished, even on the margin, becoming
striate with age, orange-red becoming paler with age, flesh white,
becoming cinereous and variegated with black spots when broken,
taste mild; lamellae thin, close, adnexed, fragile, sometimes forked
at the base, white becoming yellowish ; stem long, cylindric, solid or
spongy within, white becoming cinereous, specially within; spores
subglobose, yellowish, .0003—.0004 of an inch long, nearly as broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 2-4 inches long, 5—10 lines thick.
Woods. July to October. Not rare.
Russula obscura Rom.
OBSCURE RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, convex becoming nearly plane, even on the margin
or only slightly striate when old, dark red or purple sometimes black-
ish in the center, not becoming paler with age, subpruinose on the
margin; lamellae, spores, size and stem as in R. decolorans.
Albany, Rensselaer and Suffolk counties. July and August.
The chief difference between this species and R. decolorans
is found in the color of the pileus. This is variable but darker than
in the typical form of that species and more persistent. The flesh
and stem become cinereous or smoky brown.
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 95
Russula constans Karst.
CONSEANDT RUSSUEA
Pileus fleshy, convex becoming plane or nearly so, even or un-
equally striate on the margin, viscid, pale yellow, flesh white becom-
ing gray with age; lamellae adnexed, whitish or pale yellow, becom-
ing smoky brown or blackish in drying; stem white becoming ashy
gray with age; spores, size of plant etc. as in R. decolorans
Fr.
Woods. Adirondack region. August and September.
This and R. obscura agree with R. decolorans in their
general characters, the most conspicuous difference between them
and it being the color of the pileus. This character in many species
is not thought to be of specific value, but in these plants the colors of
the pile appear to be constant, nor do they become intermingled on
the same pileus as in other species with the pileus variously colored.
Russula puellaris Fr.
WOWINSURUIL, INUSSUILA
Pileus thin, conic or convex becoming plane or slightly depressed,
scarcely viscid, tuberculose striate on the margin, variable in color,
livid, purplish or yellowish, darker or brownish in the center, flesh
white, taste mild; lamellae thin, close, narrowed toward the stem,
adnate, white becoming pale yellow ; stem equal, soft, fragile, stuffed
or hollow, white or yellowish; spores pale yellow, subglobose, .oo04
of an inch long, .0003 broad.
Pileus 1-1.5 inches broad; stem I—1.5 inches long, 2-4 lines thick.
Woods. Albany county. July. Rare.
Var. intensior Cke. Pileus deep purple, nearly black in the
center, otherwise as in the typical form. Our specimens belong to
this variety. The stem is white and shows no yellowish spots or
stains.
Russula pusilla Pk.
SMALE RUS SULA
State Mus. Rep’t 50. 1897. p. 99.
Pileus very thin, nearly plane or slightly and umbilicately de-
pressed in the center, glabrous, slightly striate on the margin, the
thin pellicle separable, red, sometimes a little darker in the center,
flesh white, taste mild; lamellae broad, subventricose, subdistant,
adnate, or slightly rounded behind, white becoming yellowish ochra-
ceous with age or in drying; stem short, soft, solid or spongy within,
white; spores yellowish, globose, .0003 of an inch broad.
96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Pileus scarcely 1 inch broad; stem 6-12 lines long, 2-3 lines thick.
Naked ground in woods. Suffolk county. July. Rare.
This is the smallest russula known to me. The coloring matter
of the pileus produces red stains on moist paper when the pileus is
rubbed over the paper.
Russula flaviceps Pk.
VELEOW CAP Rvs sUibA
State Mus. Rep’t 53. I900. p. 843.
Pileus convex or centrally depressed, glabrous, covered with a
thin viscid separable pellicle, even on the margin when young,
slightly tuberculose striate when old, pale yellow, flesh white, taste
mild or slightly acrid; lamellae close, narrow, adnate or slightly
rounded behind, paie yellow becoming more yellow and dusted by
the spores with age; stem equal or nearly so, stuffed or spongy
within, white; spores yellow, subglobose, .0003 of an inch long.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1.5—2.5 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.
Woods. Sullivan county. August. Rare.
Distinguished from R. citrina Gill. and R- fime nomi
Britz. by its yellow lamellae, and from R. lutea Fr. by its striate
margin and paler yellow lamellae and spores.
‘Russula lutea (Huds.) Fr.
YELLOW RUSSULA
Pileus. thin, rather firm, convex becoming plane or centrally de-
pressed, viscid when moist, even on the margin, beautifully yellow
becoming paler with age, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae narrow,
close, free, equal, bright ochraceous ; stem equal or tapering upward,
soft, stuffed or hollow, white; spores yellow, globose or subglobose,
.0003-.0004 of an inch long, nearly or quite as broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem I—2 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Woods. Essex county. August. Rare. This pretty species
has been found by me but once. o
Russula roseipes (Secr.) Bres.
ROSY, STEM RUSSULEA
Pileus thin, convex becoming plane or slightly depressed in the
center, slightly viscid, soon dry, slightly striate on the thin margin,
reddish flesh color, rosy red or rosy orange, flesh white or yellowish,
taste mild; lamellae equal, close, sometimes forked near the stem,
free or adnexed, with a decurrent tooth, whitish becoming yellow;
stem equal or tapering upward, stuffed or cavernous, reddish or
"
—————————
REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 97
white stained with red; spores globose, pale ochraceous, .0003-.0004
of an inch long.
Pileus I-1.5 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Woods. Albany and Saratoga counties. July.
This is by some considered a variety of R. puellaris Fr.
The red color of the stem when viewed under a lens is seen to be
due to minute red particles or a rosy mealiness.
Russula abietina Pk.
FIR TREE RUSSULA
State Mus. Rep’t 54. Igor. p. 180, pl. 7, fig. I-11.
Pileus thin, fragile, convex becoming plane or slightly depressed
in the center, covered with a viscid separable pellicle, tuberculose
striate on the thin margin, variable in color, purplish, greenish
purple or olive-green with a brown or blackish center, or sometimes
purplish with a greenish center, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae
narrowed toward the stem, subdistant, equal, rounded behind and
nearly free, ventricose, whitish becoming pale yellow; stem equal
or tapering upward, stuffed or hollow, white; spores bright yellow-
ish ochraceous, subglobose, .0003~.0004 of an inch long, nearly or
quite as broad.
Pileus I—2.5 inches broad; stem 1—2.5 inches long, 3-5 lines thick.
Under balsam fir trees. Essex county. Julyand August. Edible.
The species is closely related to R. turci Bres. from which I
have separated it because of its paler lamellae and the absence of
cystidia from the lamellae and of minute areolae from the pileus and
because of the presence of greenish and olive-green colors in the
pileus. Its place of growth is only under balsam fir trees, Abies
balsamea (L.) Mill., so far as it has been observed.
Russula turci Bres.
TUIRC IRIWSSWILWA
Pileus fleshy, thin, convex becoming plane or centrally depressed,
viscid, striate on the margin when mature, reddish violaceous or
lilac-purple, darker or blackish in the center, sometimes becoming
yellowish in age and minutely areolate, flesh white or whitish, taste
mild; lamellae equal, subclose, rounded behind, free, pallid when
young, soon ochraceous, interspaces venose; stem equal or tapering
upwards, rugulose, soon cavernous or hollow, fragile, white; spores
ochraceous, globose, echinulate, .0003-.00035 of an inch in diameter.
Pileus 1.5-3 inches broad; stem 1.5—3 inches long, 3-6 lines thick,
98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Gregarious; in pine woods. Albany county. October.
The specimens referred to this species were formerly thought to
belong to Russula nitida (Pers.) Fr. but they agree-much
more closely with the description of this more recently described
russula, from which they can scarcely be specifically distinct. The
plant differs from R. nitida in having no well marked odor and
in having neither the pileus nor the lamellae shining. Cystidia are
present but they are slightly shorter than in the typical form of
Ik Ue wkir Gilg
Russula chamaeleontina Fr.
CHAMELEON RUSSULA
Pileus thin, fragile, plane or slightly depressed in the center,
covered with a viscid separable pellicle, even on the margin when
young, becoming slightly striate with age, variable in color, pinkish
or rose-red, purplish or lilac, becoming yellow in the center or
wholly yellowish, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, close, narrow,
adnexed or free, sometimes forked, yellow; stem slender, slightly
striate, somewhat hollow, white; spores ochraceous, globose, .0003
of an inch broad.
Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 2-3 lines thick.
Woods. Saratoga and Albany counties. July and August.
Russula alutacea Fr.
TAN COLORED RUSSULA
Pileus fleshy, convex becoming plane or centrally depressed, cov-
ered with a viscid pellicle, even on the margin when young, becom-
ing more or less tuberculose striate when old, variable in color, red,
bright blood-red; dark purple, olivaceous or green, flesh white, taste
mild; lamellae thick, broad, equal, subdistant, rounded behind, pale
yellow becoming ochraceous tinged with tan color, naked, stem
stout, solid, spongy within, even, white or red; spores ochraceous
yellow, subglobose, .0003—.0005 of an inch long, .0003—.0004 broad.
Pileus 2-4 inches broad; stem 1-2.5 inches long, 6-12 lines
thick.
Woods and groves. July and August. Common.
A large fine species considered edible but I have not tried it.
The color of the pileus is so variable that the species is not always
readily recognized. From R. integra, which is also variable
in the color of the pileus, it may be separated by the naked lamellae
and the ochraceous color of the spores.
Cn Rear vag © : **e
Ys hes =
tite me ee
eS iad Hy + .
a
*
BREEANAGION OR SREATES
A PLATE 104
: 99
Tricholoma nudum (Bull.) Fr.
NAKED TRICHOLOMA
1 Young plant
2 Cluster of three young plants
3 Young plant with umbonate cap
4 Mature plant with convex cap
5 Mature plant with plane cap
6 Vertical section of young cap and upper part of stem
7 Vertical section of mature cap and upper part of stem
8 Transverse section of a stem
g Four spores, x 400
'N. Y. STATE MUS. 60 BiB HONG PLATE 104
z
4 TRICHOLOMA NUDUM (Buu..) FR.
NAKED TRICHOLOMA
PLATE 105
Tricholoma hirtellum Pk.
Hairy Cap TRICHOLOMA
1 Cluster of three plants
2 Single plant
3 Vertical section of cap and upper part of stem
4 Transverse section of stem
5 Four spores, x 400
Russula pectinatoides Pk.
PECTENLIKE RUSSULA
6 Plant with convex cap
7, 8 Two plants with caps fully expanded
9 Vertical section of cap and upper part of stem
10 Four spores, x 400
102
Dy. y. STATE us 4 EDIBLE FUNGI ae
Fie. 1-5. Fie. 6-10.
TRICHOLOMA HIRTELLUM PE. RUSSULA PECTINATOIDES PEK.
HAIRY CAP TRICHOLOMA ‘ PECTENLIKE RUSSULA
Clitocybe amethystina (Bolt.)
AMETHYST CLITOCYBE
I Young plant with moist cap
2 Plant with cap moist on the margin
3 Plant with dry cap
4 Vertical section of young cap and upper part of stem
5 Vertical section of mature plant and upper part of stem
6 Four spores, x 400
Clitocybe ochropurpurea Berk.
PURPLE GILLED CLITOCYBE
7, 8 Small plants with moist caps
g Plant medium size with dry cap
Io Vertical section of cap and upper part of stem
Ir Four spores, x 400
104
N. Y. STATE MUS. 60 EDIBLE FUNGI PLATE 106
Fic. 1-6. Fie. 7-11.
CLITOCYBE AMETHYSTINA (BOoL’T.) CLITOCYBE OCHROPURPUREA BERE.
AMETHYST CLITOCYBE PURPLE GILLED CLITOCYBE
PLATE I07 _
I05
Agaricus micromegethus Pk.
SMALL MusHROOM
I Small plant
2 Plant of medium size showing color i young gills
3 Cluster of three plants, two of them large
4 Vertical section of young cap and upper part of stem
5 Vertical section of mature cap and upper part ee stem
6 Four spores, x 400
Russula uncialis Pk.
IncH WIDE RUSSULA
7, 8 Two young plants with convex caps
g Mature plant with expanded cap
10 Vertical section of young cap and upper part of stem
11 Vertical section of mature cap and upper part of stem
12 Four spores, x 400
106
Bn. Y. STATE MUS. 60 BDIBLE FUNGI PLATE 107
:
1
’
Fic. 1-6. Fic. 7-12.
AGARICUS MICROMEGETHUS PK. RUSSULA UNCIALIS PX.
SMALL MUSHROOM INCH-WIDE RUSSULA
n yt
PLATE 108
107
Boletus frostii Russ.
Frost BoLETUS
I Young plant
2 Small mature plant
3 Mature plant of medium size
4 Vertical section of cap and stem
5 Four spores, x 400
Ic8
N. Y. STATE MUS. 60 EDIBLE FUNGI
PLATE 108
BOLETUS FROSTII Russ.
FROST BOLETUS
Russula compacta Frost
Compact RUSSULA
1 Young plant with convex cap with whitish margin
2 Mature plant with expanded centrally depressed cap
3 Vertical section of cap and upper part of stem
4 Four spores, x 400
"N.Y. STATE MUS. 60 ‘ EDIBLE FUNGI PLATE 109
9 RUSSULA COMPACTA Frost.
| COMPACT RUSSULA
Situs
ay
INDEX
Agaricus atropurpurea, 80. Broome, cited, 41.
glutinosus, 49. Brown, cited, 36.
laccatus, 41. Burnham, S. H., work of, 8; men-
micromegethus, 44. . tioned, 30.
explanation of plate, 106. Burnham hygrophorus, 56-57.
pusillus, 44.
Agastache scrophulariaefolia, 33. Camarophyllus, 46, 54-58.
Allionia hirsuta, 17. Capreolar hygrophorus, 50.
Amanitopsis pubescens, 17. Caryospora cariosa, I9.
pulverulenta, 17. Castanea dentata, 34.
Amethyst clitocybe, 40-41. Catastoma circumscissum, 34.
explanation of plate, 104. Chameleon russula, 08.
Anomalus russula, ot. Changed stem hygrophorus, 57.
Apple of Peru, 27. Chantarelle hygrophorus; 59-60.
Ascochyta pisi, 17. Chrysomyxa pyrolae, 34.
’ Aster, bent stemmed, 18. Clavaria bicolor, 34.
Aster arcifolius, 17-18. ; peckii, 34.
biformis, 18. vestitipes, 34.
‘ camptilis, 18. Clitocybe, amethyst, 40, 104.
: claytoni, 18. purple gilled, roa.
divaricatus, 18. purplish ocher, 41-42.
elaeagnus, I8. Clitocybe amethystina, 40-41.
- fragrans, 18. ~ explanation of plate, 104.
macrophyllus, 18. basidiosa, 57.
multiformis, 18. laccata, At.
violarius, 19. ochropurpurea, 41-42, 104.
Collybia campanella, 19.
Basipedes, 27. lacerata, 20.
Bent stemmed aster, 18. stipitaria, 109.
Berkeley, cited, 41. Compact russula, 42, 71-72.
Black lined hygrophorus, 48. explanation of plate, Ito.
Blackish russula, 68-69. Compactae, 67, 68-73.
Blushing hygrophorus, 51. Conic hygrophorus, 62.
Boletus, frost, 44, 108. ; Constant russula, 95.
rugose cap, 45. Cooke, cited, 20.
Boletus chromapes, 19. Cortinarius intrusus, 20.
frostil, 44-45. validipes, 20.
explanation of plate, 108. Cousin russula, 83-84.
nigrellus, 33-34. Crataegus, study of, 6-7.
rugosiceps, 6, 45. Crataegus arcana, 20.
subpunctipes, 19. bissellii, 20.
Bovistella pedicellatum, 36. cognata, 21. -
Bresadola, cited, 72. deltoides, 21.
Britton, cited, 36. habereri, 21-22.
Broken skin russula, 77. noveboracensis, 22-23.
[111]
Crataegus (continued) -
scabrida, 23.
tenella, 23.
Craterellus cantharellus, 34-35.
intermedius, 35.
Crustose russula, 77-78.
Cynoglossum boreale, 23.
Dense gilled russula, 70.
Dermocybe, 20.
Didymium clavus, 23.
Discolored russula, 94.
Divaricati, 18.
Dryopteris pittsfordensis, 23.
simulata, 35.
Earle russula, 42, 83.
Eccentrici, 20.
Edible fungi, 6, 38-45. See also Hy-
grophorus; Russula.
Edible russula, 82.
Eleocharis intermedia habereri, 35.
Emetic russula, 87.
Entire russula, 93.
Entoloma minus, 23-24.
Explanation of plates, 9-110.
Fallacious russula, 88.
Fetid russula, 85.
Fir tree russula, 97.
Flammula expansa, 24.
Forked russula, 74.
Fragile russula, 88-80.
Fragiles, 43, 68, 86-08.
Fries, cited, 40, 46, 67, 82.
Frost boletus, 44-45.
explanation of plate, 108.
Fungi, new extralimital species, 31-
33.
Furcatae, 68, 73-75.
Fusarium sclerodermatis, 35.
Gaura coccinea, 24.
Geoglossum luteum fumosum, 25.
Gillett, cited, 40, 62.
Golden tooth hygrophorus, 47.
Granulated russula, 84-85.
Gray, cited, 27, 36.
Grayish brown hygrophorus, 53, 57-
58.
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Green, pale, russula, 76.
Greenish russula, 76-77.
Hairy cap tricholoma, 38-39.
explanation of plate, 102.
Heterophyllae, 68, 81-85.
Hydnum adustum, 30.
coriaceo-membranaceum, 24.
luteopallidum, 24.
Hygrocybe, 46, 58-67.
Hygrophorus, 7, 45-46; New York
species, 45-67.
black lined, 48.
blushing, 51.
Burnham, 56-57.
changed stem, 57.
conic, 62.
golden tooth, 47.
grayish brown, 53, 57-58.
ivory, 47-48.
larch, 62.
Laura, 48-40.
livid white, 54.
lurid, 65.
margined, 60-61.
meadow, 50.
minute, 65.
northern, 55.
parrot, 64.
Peck, 63-64, 66.
Peckian, 56.
pleasing, 66-67.
pure, 64.
purplish, 50-51.
red, 63.
red dotted, 49-50.
reddish, 58.
scarlet, 63.
shining, 66.
showy, 51-52.
slimy, 53.
small, 50.
sooty, 52-53.
sulfur tinted, 53-54.
sulfury, 66.
unchangeable, 60.
vermilion, 61.
violet, 52.
waxy, 61-62.
INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906
Hygrophorus (continued)
white, 55.
yellow disked, 50.
Hygrophorus aurantiacoluteus, 67.
aureus, 52.
basidiosus, 55, 57-58.
borealis, 54, 55.
bresadolae, 52.
burnhami, 24, 55, 56-57.
calyptraeformis, 64.
niveus, 64.
cantharellus, 58, 59-60.
var. flava, 60.
var. flaviceps, 60.
var. flavipes, 60.
var. roseus, 60.
capreolarius, 46, 47, 50, 51.
caprinus, 57.
ceraceus, 50, 61-62.
chantarelle, 59-60.
chlorophanus, 50, 66.
chrysoden, 46-47.
coccineus, 50, 63.
congelatus, 61.
conicus, 32, 50, 62.
cossus, 67.
eburneus, 46, 47-48.
erubescens, 50.
flavodiscus, 46, 47, 50, 53.
foetens, 56.
fuligineus, 46, 47, 50, 52-53.
fuscoalbus, 47, 53.
glutinosus, 49-50.
hypothejus, 46, 47, 53-54.
immutabilis, 58, 60.
lacmus, 52.
lactus, 50, 64, 66-67.
laricinus, 59, 62.
laurae, 47, 48.
var. decipiens, 49.
var. unicolor, 49.
limacinus, 47, 53.
lividoalbus, 46, 47, 54.
lucorum, 52.
luridus, 24, 50, 65.
marginatus, 58, 60-61.
metapodius, 55, 57.
miniatus, 58-59, 6I.
var. congelatus, 61.
Hygrophorus (continued)
muniatus var. lutescens, 61.
var. sphagnophilus, 61.
var. subluteus, 61.
minutulus, 50, 65.
nitidus, 50, 66.
niveus, 55.
obrusseus, 60.
parvulus, 58, 59.
peckianus, 54, 55, 50.
peckii, 59, 63-64.
penarius, 67.
pratensis, 55, 56.
var. albus, 56.
var. cinereus, 56.
var. pallidus, 56.
psittacinus, 59, 64.
pudorinus, 46, 47, 51.
puniceus, 50, 63.
purpurascens, 46, 47, 50-51.
purus, 50, 64.
queletii, 33, 51.
ruber, 32.
rubropunctus, 47, 49-50.
serotinus, 32-33.
speciosus, 46, 47, 51-52.
subrufescens, 33, 55, 58.
subviolaceus, 46, 47, 52.
virgatulus, 47, 48.
virgineus, 54, 55.
Hymenogaster anomalus, 31-32.
thwaitesii, 31.
Hypocrea pallida, 25.
Hypomyces lactifluorum, 29.
Inch wide russula, 43, 80.
explanation of plate, 106.
Inocybe calamistrata, 35.
eutheloides, 25.
pallidipes, 25.
Irpex canescens, 35.
Ivory hygrophorus, 47-48.
Kalchbrenner, cited, 50.
Laccaria, 41.
amethystina, 42.
ochropurpurea, 42.
113
114 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Lactarius, 67.
pergamenus, 35-30.
piperatus, 35.
Languishing russula, 93.
Larch hygrophorus, 62.
Laura hygrophorus, 48-49.
Lentinus sulcatus, 36.
Lepiota asperula, 25.
eriophora, 25.
Leptonia transformata, 32.
Leptoglossum fumosum, 25.
luteum, 25.
Limacium, 46-54.
Linum medium, 26.
Livid white hygrophorus, 54.
Lobelia dortmanna, 36.
Lurid hygrophorus, 65.
Lycoperdon excoriatum, 26.
gemmatum, 206.
pedicellatum, 36.
polytrichum, 26.
pyriforme, 26.
serotinum, 20.
Macrophylli, 18, 19.
Magnificent russula, 71.
Marasmius insititius, 26.
phyllophilus, 26.
Margined hygrophorus, 60-61.
Mary russula, 81.
Meadow hygrophorus, 56.
Minute hygrophorus, 65.
Modest russula, 78.
Mollisia pallidior, 37.
Mollisia typhae, see Peziza (Mollisia)
typhae.
Mushroom, small, 44.
explanation of plate, 106.
Mycena albogrisea, 27.
Naked tricholoma, 39-40.
explanation of plate, roo.
New extralimital species, 31-33.
Nicandra physaloides, 27.
Northern hygrophorus, 55.
Obscure russula, 94.
Ocher clitocybe, purplish, 41-42.
Ochery gilled russula, 80-81.
Ohleria modesta, 27.
Olivaceous russula, pale, 74.
Omphalia integrella, 27.
pusillissima, 27.
Oxybaphus hirsutus, 17.
Paine, cited, 38.
Pale cap russula, 73-74.
Panic grass, 28.
Panicum deminutivum, 27-28.
psammophilum, 28.
Panus fulvidus, 36.
Parrot hygrophorus, 64.
Paxillus panuoides, 36-37.
Peck hygrophorus, 63-64, 66.
Peckian hygrophorus, 56.
Peckiella hymenii, 28-29.
Pectenlike russula, 43, 90.
explanation of plate, 102.
Peramium repens, 20.
tesseHatum, 20.
Peridermium consimile, 29.
decolorans, 29.
Peziza (Mollisia) typhae, 37.
Phallogaster saccatus, 31.
whitei, 31.
Phyllosticta ampelopsidis, 29.
smilacis, 29.
sphaeropsidea, 20.
Physalodes physalodes, 27.
' Physarum lateritium, 37.
Plants, contributors, 5; list of con-
tributors, 10-17; species added to
collection, 5, 9-10; species not be-
fore reported, 5-6, 17-31.
Plates, explanation of, 99-110.
Pleasing hygrophorus, 66-67.
Pleurotus terrestris, 20.
Polyporus galactinus, 20.
Polystichum acrostichoides incisum,
37-
Populus balsamifera, 37-38.
Puccinia peckii, 30.
Pure hygrophorus, 64.
Purple gilled clitocybe, 104.
Purplish hygrophorus, 50-51.
Purplish ocher clitocybe, 41-42.
Purpurine -russula, 89-90.
- -*._-
INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906
Red dotted hygrophorus, 49-50. Russula (continued)
Red hygrophorus, 63. scorched, 70-71.
Red russula, 79-80. short stem, 72.
Reddish hygrophorus, 58. sister, 84.
Rigidae, 68, 75. slightly fetid, 85.
Rosy stem russula, 96-97. slightly white, 92-93.
Rugose cap boletus, 45. small, 95-06.
Rugulose russula, 88. sordid, 69-70.
Russula, 7, 67-98; New York species, squalid, 80.
67-08. subsordid, 609.
anomalus, oI. swamp, 94.
blackish, 68-60. tan colored, 08.
broken skin, 77. turc, 97-08.
chameleon, 08. variable, 75.
compact, 42, 71-72, II0. very similar, 90-01.
constant, 95. weaned, 72-73.
cousin, 83-84. whitish, 92.
crustose, 77-78. yellow, 96.
dense gilled, 70. yellow cap, 96.
discolored, 94. yellowish, 78-70.
Earle, 42, 83. yellowish blue, 82-83.
edible, 82. youthful, 95.
emetic, 87. Russula abietina, 87, 97.
entire, 93. adusta, 68, 70-71.
fallacious, 88. aeruginascens, 75.
fetid, 85. albella, 81, 86, 92-93.
fir tree, 97. albida, 86, 92.
forked, 74. alutacea, 87, 08.
fragile, 88-80. anomala, 86, 91, 92.
granulated, 84-85. atropurpurea, 80.
greenish, 76-77. basifurcata, 73-74.
inch wide, 43, 80. brevipes, 68, 71, 72.
explanation of plate, 106. chamaeleontina, 43, 87, 98.
languishing, 93. chlorides, 72.
magnificent, 71. citrina, 96.
Mary, 81. claroflava, 9I.
modest, 78. compacta, 42, 68, 71-72.
obscure, 94. explanation of plate, 110.
orchery gilled, 80-81. consobrina, 82, 83, 84.
pale cap, 73-74. intermedia, 84.
pale green, 76. constans, 87, 95.
pale olivaceous, 74. crustosa, 75, 70, 77.
pectenlike, 43, 90. cutefracta, 75, 77, 78.
explanation of plate, 102. cyanoxantha, 82-83.
purpurine, 80. decolorans, 87, 94, 95.
red, 79-80. delica, 68, 72-73.
rosy stem, 96-97. densifolia, 68, 70.
rugulose, 88. paxilloides, 70.
scaly, 79. depallens, 81.
116
Russula (continued)
earlei, 6, 42, 82, 83.
emetica, 86, 87, 88, 80, 92.
var. fallax, 88.
fallax, 86, 88.
fellea, gt.
fingibilis, 96.
flaviceps, 87, 96.
flavida, 76, 78-79.
foetens, 82, 84, 85.
foetentula, 30, 82, 85.
fragilis, 43, 86, 88-80.
var. fallax, 88.
var. nivea, 89, 9I.
furcata, 73, 74.
granulata, 82, 84-85.
lepiotoides, 85.
granulosa, 85.
heterophylla, 85.
integra, 87, 93, 98.
var. rubrotincta, 93.
lactea, 81, 92, 93.
lepida, 76, 79.
lutea, 87, 96.
magnifica, 68, 71.
mariae, 76, 81.
modesta, 30, 76, 78.
mustelina, 42.
nigricans, 68-69, 70.
nitida, 908.
obscura, 87, 94, 95.
ochracea, 91.
ochroleuca, oI.
ochrophylla, 76, 80-81.
var. albipes, 81.
olivascens, 73, 74.
palustris, 87, 94.
pectinata, 43, 90.
pectinatoides, 30, 43, 84, 86, 90.
explanation of plate, 102.
puellaris, 87, 95, 97.
var. intensior, 95.
purpurina, 86, 89-90.
pusilla, 87, 95-06.
roseipes, 87, 96-07.
rubra, 76, 79-80.
var. sapida, 8o.
rugulosa, 86, 88.
simillima, 86, 90-01.
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Russula (continued)
sordida, 68, 69-70.
sororia, 43, 82, 84, go.
squalida, 76, 80.
subsordida, 68, 60, 70.
turci, 87, 97-08.
uncialis, 43, 86, 80.
explanation of plate, 106. -
variata, 73, 75.
vesca, 30, 82, 88.
veternosa, 86, 93.
virescens, 75, 76-77.
viridella, 75, 76.
Sagina procumbens, 38.
Scaly russula, 70.
Scarlet hygrophorus, 63.
Scirpus atrovirens pycnocephalus, 38.
cyperinus pelius, 38.
Scleroderma tenerum, 30.
Scorched russula, 70-71.
Septoria lycopersici, 30.
Shining hygrophorus, 66.
Showy hygrophorus, 51-52.
Sister russula, 84.
Slimy hygrophorus, 53.
Smith, W. G., mentioned, 4o.
Sooty hygrophorus, 52-53.
Sordid russula, 69-70.
Squalid russula, 80.
Steccherinum adustulum, 30.
Stemonitis smithii, 31.
Stevenson, cited, 40.
Subsordid russula, 60.
Sulfur tinted hygrophorus, 53-54.
Sulfury hygrophorus, 66.
Swamp russula, 94.
Tan colored russula, 98.
Trametes serialis, 38.
Tricholoma, hairy cap, 38-30.
explanation of plate, 102.
naked, 30-40.
explanation of plate, 100.
Tricholoma albofimbriatum, 30.
hirtellum, 31, 38-39.
explanation of plate, 102.
nudum, 39-40.
explanation of plate, 100.
personatum, 40.
INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1906 IN 7/
Tricholomatarii, 20. White hygrophorus, 55.
Trillium erectum album, 38. Whitish russula, 92.
Turc russula, 97-08.
Unchangeable hygrophorus, 60. Xylaria polymorpha combinans, 33.
hypoxylea, 33.
Variable russula, 75. spathulata, 33.
Vermilion hygrophorus, 61.
Versipelles, 19.
Viola cucullata, 38.
incognita, 3I.
Violet hygrophorus, 52.
Yellow russula, 96.
Yellow cap russula, 06.
Yellow disked hygrophorus, 50.
Yellowish blue russula, 82-83.
Waxy hygrophorus, 61-62. Yellowish russula, 78-70.
Weaned russula, 72-73. Youthful russula, 95.
en eet
4
i
z
Published monthly by the
New York State Education Department
ILLETIN 418 DECEMBER 1907
yew York State ome
Joun M. Crarxe, Director
Bulletin 117
ARCHEOLOGY 14 . ‘
EXCAVATIONS IN AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND
_ BURIAL SITE AT RIPLEY, CHAUTAUQUA CO., N.Y.
‘BEING THE RECORD OF THE STATE MUSEUM ARCHEOLOGICAL EXPEDITION OF 1906
BY
_ 44. +5--~ ARTHUR(C: PARKER
: Archeologist
: PAGE Ripley site (continued). PAGE
Bet I Archeology in New York.. 450 Diminution of the village
Me Mptroduction:..<....cecceveces 459 plot PM ss aoe es eae: 477
: Present field of ethnology..... 401 Method of excavating in the
_ The field of archeology........ 468 village section ............ 478
- Sources of information........ 469 Method of excavating graves. 479
Methods of collecting material. 471 Extracts describing pits in
Pt 2 Record of excavations at the village site... J. 3)... aoe 480
Reyes ae ec ae oe ek ote 473 Significance of data......... 518
BOGE OL co. cesccecseccceoce 473 Identity of inhabitants...... 525
General revion.....cceceseeces 473 Description. of implements.. 531
male y SILC . cuitca'sSecce ccs seas 475 Carbonized: substances ...... 546
Striace features ...s 6s... 475 PigtaentssS . in ¢cSaig tahoe 547
Evidence of occupation...... 476 Articles found in vicinity... 547
Be Village section ............. 476 iuleree rate es = viele et cc ci ete 549
. _ ALBANY
= NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
E 1907
Mx88m-My7-3 000
a
‘*
Price 30 cents
STATE OF NEW YORK
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Regents of the University
With years when terms expire
1913 WuiteLaw Rei M.A. LL.D. Chancellor :
1917 St Crain McKetway M.A. LL.D. Vice Chan- «
COMO BSS cae See a Oe Oe ee
“1908 DanieEL BEAcH Ph.D. LL.D. _.
1914 Pry 2 Sexton Ei. ig Dr,
1912 T. GuiLrorp SmiTH M.A. C.E. LL.D.
1918 Wittiam NotrincHam M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. .
1910 CHARLES A. GARDINER Ph.D. L.H.D. LL.D. D.C.L.
1915 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D.
1911 Epwarp LautersacH M.A. LL.D.
1909 Eucene A. Puitpin LL.B. LL.D.
1916 Lucian L. SHEDpDEN LL.B.
Commissioner of Education
ANDREW S. Draper LL.B. LL.D.
Assistant Commissioners
Howarp J. Rocers M.A. LL.D. First Assistant
Epwarp J. Goopwin Lit.D. L.H.D. Second Assistant
New York
Brooklyn
Watkins
Palmyra
Buffalo
Syracuse —
New York
Albany
New York
New York
Plattsburg
Aucustus S. Downine M.A. Pd.D. LL.D. Third Assistant
Director of State Library
Epwin H. ANDERSON M.A.
Director of Science ni State Museum
Joun M. Crarxe Ph.D. LL.D.
Chiefs of Divisions
Administration, Hartan H. Horner B.A.
Attendance, JAMES D. SULLIVAN
Educational Extension, Witt1am R. Eastman M.A. M.L.S..
Examinations, CHARLES F. WHEELOCK B.S. LL.D.
Inspections, FRanK H. Woop M.A.
Law, THomAs E. FInNeGAN M.A.
School Libraries, CHarLtes. E. Fitcu L.H.D.
Statistics, Hiram C. Case
Visual Instruction, DeELancry M. ELtis
"
New York State Education Department
Science Division, May 24, 1907
EonwA. S. Draper LL.D:
Commussioner of Education
My bear sir: I beg to communicate herewith for publication as
a bulletin of the State Museum, a report on the archeological expe-
dition of 1906 entitled An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site pre-
pared by Arthur C. Parker, Archeologist.
Very respectfully yours
Joun M. CLARKE
state Director
State of New York
Education Department
COMMISSIONER’S ROOM
Approved for publication this 27th day of May 1907
Commissioner of Education
New York State Education Department
New York State Museum
Joun M. Crarke, Director
Bulletin 117
ARCHEOLOGY 14
EXCAVATIONS IN
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE
AT RIPLEY, CHAUTAUQUA CO., N. Y.
BEING THE RECORD OF THE STATE MUSEUM ARCHEOLOGICAL
EXPEDITION OF 1906
BY
JNIRID TsUe (Cy Vevosel Sele
Part 1
ARCHEOLOGY IN NEW YORK
INTRODUCTION
Beginnings of Archeology and Ethnology in the State Museum
In the second annual report of the State Cabinet of Natural His-
tory [1849], Peter Wendell, Chancellor of the Board of Regents,
said, “ In 1847, at the suggestion of the Governor [ Young] who had
visited the interesting Historical and Antiquarian Museum at Hart-
ford, Ct., it was resolved that an attempt should be made to estab-
lish a similar one in connection with the State Cabinet. A circular
was addressed to our fellow citizens asking for their aid in fur-
nishing relics of the ancient masters of the soil. The appeal has
not been unnoticed. . .”
Thus the State Cabinet almost at its inception became the de-
positary of “an historical and antiquarian collection.” At first this
collection was a miscellany of historical and Indian relics, the latter
460 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
exhibited merely as curios of the fast disappearing aborigines. To
increase this collection and give it a definite value, Lewis H. Mor-
gan was employed to collect such material from the Indians as
would be of interest, and the accounts of the Morgan collection con-
tained in the second, third and fifth annual reports of the State
Cabinet are without doubt the best descriptions of confederated
Iroquois ethnological material of the period 1790-1850 extant.
How little at first Morgan realized the scientific value of his work
may be known from his letter to the Regents under date of October
31, 1848, in which he discussed the necessity of the cabinet.
Such a cabinet would, it is true, contain but little to instruct,
would seem but slightly to enlarge the bounds of human knowledge,
yet it would be all it pretended,— a memento to the red race who
preceded tis:
Opinion must have suddenly changed, for Mr Morgan three years
later, deeply impressed by his contact with the Iroquois, wrote the
profoundest ethnographic study of the American Indians ever pro-
duced up to his time, and The League of the Iroquois yet remains
a classic. The scientific world had awakened, ethnology as a dis-
tinct science was recognized, and the great work of Squier and
Davis, Ancient Monuments in the Mississippi Valley, demonstrated
that perhaps there was some real scientific value in the “ mementos
of the red race” and that in the category of natural sciences Ameri-
can archeology was preeminently worthy of a place. Early in the
roth century, however, there was no American archeology or eth-
nology as we know these subjects now, and therefore there were
no specimens. Objects were termed relics and people interested
in relics were called antiquarians. The curiosities which they found
in the cornfield when it was plowed were puzzling wonders which
caused the finders to invent all sorts of wild theories as far from
truth as human imagination could lead. Strange ideas were formed
and every new discovery warped to support them. Anthropology
at this period took no notice of a flint chip, of a wampum belt, or
of a snatch of Indian folk song—it related rather to phrenology
and the doctrine of temperaments.!. Then the works of Morgan, of
Squier and Davis and of Prof. (afterward Sir) Daniel Wilson, came
before the world, and with those works a new epoch dawned.
When Morgan began his third year’s work for the State he seems
to have entered it with a new spirit, for at this time, feeling the real
¢ by
*The term “anthropology ” was first employed in 1501 by Magnus Hundt,
of Marburg, and referred to human anatomy.
5
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 401
needs of the cabinet, he secured a magnificent collection and de-
scribed it at length in the fifth cabinet report, published in 1852.
Although Morgan was the one most actively interested in building
up the museum Indian collection, others also made valuable con-
tributions in the way of records as well as relics. Notable among
these may be mentioned E. G. Squier whose “ Ground Plans and
Dimensions of Several Trench Enclosures in Western New York,”
published in the second State Cabinet report [1849], has preserved
for posterity a record of a large number of Indian earthworks now
obliterated; Franklin B. Hough, who contributed a paper to the
third State Cabinet report [1850] with the title, “ Notice of Several
Ancient Remains of Art in Jefferson and St Lawrence Counties ” ;
T. Apoleon Cheney, who contributed a report on “Ancient Monu-
ments in Western New York,” 13th museum report [1860]; Rev.
Jacques Bruyas who contributed “ Radical Words of the Mohawk
Language,” published in the 16th report of the museum [1863].
“The Stone and Bone Implements of the Arickarees,” by Lewis H.
Morgan, published in the 21st museum report [1871] should also be
mentioned here.
From the foregoing it will be seen that the State Museum began
to form its Indian collections when ethnology as a science was new.
The same is true to a degree in archeology. In the early history of
the museum, however, the artifacts of the prehistoric aborigines of
the State were seldom or never mentioned in connection with the
term archeology, but included under the general name of “ antiqui-
ties.’ Although the New York Indian museum began before or at
the same time when other museums were organized, the active
interest in a measure ceased, largely perhaps because no one. seemed
available to continue field work in ethnology or begin field work in
archeology. True, from time to time, articles picked up here and
there or perhaps an entire collection were acquired, but only in few
cases were accurate data given. While other archeological museums
were pushing to the front making great advances, the archeological
section of the State Museum fell behind and the collection became
what Morgan first thought it would, merely “a memento to the red
race which preceded us and but slightly enlarged the bounds of
human knowledge.”
PRESENT FIELD OF ETHNOLOGY IN NEW YORK
Long before the creation of the State Museum, the Algonkin
tribes which once held the southeastern portion of the State had
462 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
passed beyond our borders and their descendants, if perchance they
may be found, are too far removed in ancestry and from ancient
domain and conditions to be able to tell us much of ethnic interest.
The Iroquois who held most of the remainder of the territory re-
main, but during the past 40 years they have been stripped of their
ancient heirlooms and treasured relics by collectors who have been
silently busy. There will be no more harvests of the old products
of Iroquois handicraft we may only pick up a few scattered
specimens that remain hidden in out of the way corners. The State
for many reasons has been oblivious to the true conditions and not
until 1896 was there an awakening when through the influence of Dr
Melvil Dewey, Secretary of the Board of Regents, the following
bill was drafted and submitted to the Legislature:
There shall be made as the Indian section of the State Museum,
as complete a collection as practicable of the historic, ethnographic
and other records and relics of the Indians of the State of New
York, including implements or other articles pertaining to their
domestic life, agriculture, the chase, war, religion, burial and other
rites or customs, or otherwise connected with the Indians of New
. Mat,
The trustees of the State Museum shall appoint on its staff a
competent curator, without salary, to make and arrange this Indian
collection, and for his necessary expenses, and for collecting or buy-
ing specimens for the Indian collection, there shall be paid by the
Treasurer, on the warrant of the Comptroller, from any money not
otherwise appropriated, not to exceed $5000.
The bill was passed and became chapter 586 of the laws of 1896.
Then followed the activities of Mr A. G. Richmond who became
honorary curator of the collection, and of Mrs Harriet Maxwell
Converse. With the appropriation at service Mr Richmond pur-
chased a series of collections from central and northern New York
that today can not be duplicated. Among the collections are those
of John S. Twining of Copenhagen, N. Y., of Charles F. Moseley
of Bergen, N. Y., of William Lay and A. D. Crone of Honeoye
Falls, N. Y., of W. S. Stone, Mt Vernon, N. Y., of Dr William G:
Hinsdale, Syracuse, N. Y., and of L. Walter Ledyard, Cazenovia,
N. Y. Active work in the field was done under the direction of Mr
Richmond in the counties of Madison, Onondaga, Montgomery and
Fulton and resulted in what is known as the de Clercq collection,
from the Messrs de Clereq and Hall who did the excavating.
Mrs Harriet Maxwell Converse manifested her genuine interest
by donating as a memorial to her father, Hon. Thomas Maxwell, a
magnificent collection of articles of dress, domestic utensils, fabrics
2 Sa oe
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 463
and implements of war and the chase. Her value to the State was
at once apparent as her influence and long acquaintance with the
New York Indians placed her in a position to obtain from them
many more objects of historic and ethnic interest. The articles
which she donated and those which she purchased now form a col-
lection of confederated Iroquois ethnological material which stands
without rival in any museum, save by that of the Morgan collection
within our own walls. It was largely through her influence with
the New York Indians that, at the initiative of Secretary Dewey
and A. G. Richmond, the historic wampum of the Iroquois were
_ passed over to the keeping of the State. This proposition was
placed before the Onondaga nation which after due deliberation
passed the following resolutions :
Resolved, That the University of the State of New York be and
it hereby is elected wampum keeper of the Onondaga nation, with
full power and it shall be its duty to get possession of and safely
keep forever all wampums of the Onondaga nation and the Five
Nations and Six Nations and each of them.
Thus the University of the State of New York was unanimously
elected to the office of wampum keeper.
The following resolution was also unanimously adopted:
Resolved, That the Onondaga nation does hereby sell to the Uni-
versity of the State of New York all wampums for $500, and that
the sachems and chiefs present all execute a bill of sale for the
nation.
his
[Signed] Say-ha-que Baptist (X) Thomas
mark
and 11 others.
With the passing of the Six Nations’ archives into the keeping of
the State came their formal presentation and acceptance at Albany
June 29, 1808.
The following invitation was sent to carefully selected chiefs,
sachems and head women of various tribes.
che University of the State of New York invites. . . as a
representative of the Five Nations to attend the exercises of Indian
day, June 29, at the annual University Convocation of the State of
New York in commemoration and ratification of the appointment
of the University as wampum keeper and of the deposit of the
wampums in the State Capitol as part of the Indian museum re-
cently established by the Legislature.
| Signed | Metvit Dewey, Secretary
Albany, 10 June, 1898
j
404 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The day was set aside for both the formal opening of the Indian
museum and for the ceremonies of presentation and acceptance.
Of Mrs Converse’s work, Secretary Dewey in his address to the
assemblage said:
We have recently had most valuable assistance from Mr Edward
Winslow Paige of Schenectady, who as well as Mr Richmond has
for years been deeply interested in all that pertains to the [roquois.
Not least are we indebted to Mrs Harriet Maxwell Converse, who
early and late has labored for the success of this museum, which will
do so much to stimulate public interest in the Indians whom she loves ~
so well, and in whose behalf she hesitates at no labor or sacrifice.
With the singular felicity which has so often characterized the
Indian names, she bears among the Iroquois, to whom she belongs
by adoption, and in whose councils she holds a high and honorable
position, the name Yaiewano, which means “she watches for us.”
Her work, of which it has been my good fortune to know not a
little in recent years, entitles her richly to this name.
With the cooperation of such friends and the very judicious
expenditure of the small sum appropriated, we have secured a
splendid collection, which a few years later no money could buy,
as the national and other museums are seeking to add to their own
collections anything of so great ethnographic interest as the relics
of the famous Six Nations. Among these, like the Sibylline and
Doomsday books, infinitely the most precious were the wampums.
Their possible destruction, loss or injury was feared alike by the
red men and the white men who understood their value, and happily
they saw alike that the most fitting place of safety in all the world
would be this fireproof Capitol of the State. The proposition found
favor and after full consideration was formally adopted by the
Onondagas, with whom this responsibility rests, and the original
papers constituting the University keeper of the wampums forever
have been duly executed with all legal form and deposited in the
archives of the State with the wampums themselves, which are
exhibited here in the Senate chamber this afternoon.
It seemed to me that such an event deserves some more public
recognition and that the members of the convocation who are in-
trusted with the conduct of the institutions of higher education of
this great State would be glad to be present at what is doubtless
the last great council of the most famous confederacy known to
aboriginal times. It seemed especially desirable that delegates chosen
by each of the nations should meet and formally and solemnly
ratify the action of the Onondagas in making safe forever the most
precious records connected with Indian history. Invitations were
issued and sent to all the reservations. Councils were held in due
form and delegates were chosen to share in this ratification.
Through the courtesy of the New York Central Railroad, special
cars were put at the disposal of these delegates. The Albany His-
torical Society with its accustomed liberality asked to share in the
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 405
welcome to this historic city, and provided a dinner for the dele-
gates on their arrival this noon. The Albany City Railway courte-
ously put at their disposal special cars and the senior members of
the University staff who met them at the train have acted as their
escorts, showing them through the University offices, the State
Library, the Indian museum and the chief rooms of the Capitol.
Rey. Dr Battershall, rector of St Peter’s will extend the welcome
for the city, Regent T. Guilford Smith, chairman of the museum
committee, who has from the first shown the most active interest
in the Indian museum and its welfare, will speak for the Regents.
Mr Paige as the lawyer who drew the papers and who has carefully
attended to all the legal details, will announce the transfer, and by
special request Mrs Converse will speak tc us briefly of the Iroquois
women, among whom she is proud to take her seat here today.
Then we are to hear, as far as time permits, from one or more
representatives, of each of the nations.
By the provisions of a law which states that “all scientific speci-
miens and collections, works of art, objects of historic interest and
similar property appropriate to a general museum, if owned by the
State and not placed in other custody by a specific law, shall con-
stitute the State Museum...” the State Museum became the
custodian of the wampums of the New York Iroquois. The
Director of the Museum thus virtually holds the title of Official
Custodian of Records and Wampum Keeper of the Six Nations of
Iroquois of New York.
The collections secured by Mr Richmond and Mrs Converse came
under the immediate charge of the Director of the State Museum
and were installed in cases in the corridors about the western stair-
case, on the fourth floor of the Capitol. At this time Dr William
M. Beauchamp, the well known authority on New York archeology,
was engaged to write a series of bulletins describing the imple-
ments and ornaments of the New York aborigines and this series,
now completed, has attracted widespread interest and has greatly
stimulated archeologic research in the State.
With the sudden death of Mr Richmond in 1898, the Indian sec-
tion of the museum lost its foremost worker. Field work in lines
of archeology entirely ceased. Likewise the fruitful work of Mrs
Converse which brought to the State treasured ceremonials, the
medicine masks, silver crowns, brooches and hundreds of other ob-
jects of historic and ethnic interest was soon thereafter closed by
death.
Time has slipped by. The Iroquois have become in a measure
anglicized. Robbed of their forests and hiding places they have
been pushed back in small corners called reservations and have
406 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
yielded up through necessity their old-time ways, and the modern
substitutes for their ancient usages are often pitiful caricatures.
For instance, in the council house upon ceremonial occasion, we
find, not the buckskin legging, noisy with rattles of deer hoofs, nor
the white doeskin body wrappings, symbolic with colored quill em-
broidery, nor do regal eagle feathers or white heron plumes wave
from chieftains’ heads, nor belts of wampum hang from war poles
or long wampum strings dangle from the moving hands of speakers.
Instead of these things, overalls of blue jeans, gingham jumpers,
broad brimmed hats or tattered caps or perchance upon the occasion
of the feasts some modern makeshift for the old-time requirements.
This exhibition of departed glory is pitiful and pathetic; or if one
should say this picture is of the “ pagans” only and then not cor-
rect entirely, let us look at both “ pagan ” and Christian Indian upon
other holiday occasions. Men, young and old, with kid gloves, stiff
hats, stiff collars, stiff shirts, stiff shiny shoes; women, young and
old, with kid gloves, feathery hats, rustling petticoats, lace shirt-
waists, kid bootees. Some of these ultramodern Indians will not
be found on the reservations but out in the strenuous white man’s
world struggling side by side with the pale invader as college
students, teachers, nurses, clerks, accountants, engineers, electricians, ©
newspaper men, athletic trainers, bandmasters, musicians, doctors,
philologists, anthropologists and what not. And among these
modern people of the ancient Five Nations one must conduct his
researches in ethnology, folklore and philology. It is late, far too
near the hour when a new epoch will dawn and there will be no
more red men as such. Yet in the short time that remains it is our
purpose to save at least a part of the tattered fringe of the ancient
fabric that was, and from this small part learn something of its
entirety. It will be apparent that as far as collecting ethnological
material from the Indians themselves is concerned, there is little to
be obtained, except slowly and in small quantities.
The purpose of archeology. Specifically, archeology is the
science which relates to the conditions, culture and circumstances of
prehistoric man. Man is a problem to himself. His remote origin,
his ancestry, his early struggles for existence and his evolution are
from the standpoint of science, things veiled and obscure. Man
struggles to learn the causes which impel him to certain actions, the
facts of his origin, evolution, distribution and development, in order
to get a better understanding of himself as an individual and as a
race. What man was has an important bearing on what man is and
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 467
a knowledge of what man is has an immensely- important bearing on
what man may be. The study of this story of man’s development is
termed anthropology and may be properly divided into three divi-
sions, present anthropology which is ethnology, historic anthropology
which is history or ethnography and prehistoric anthropology which
is archeology.
Archeology has definite ends in view far more important than the
mere aggregation and description of relics and specimens. What an
archeologist finds is never a relic only, although for convenience
sometimes termed so. His discoveries are specimens of certain
human artifacts illustrative of some stage of culture or of some local
development of that culture, and as such, are valuable primarily
for what may be learned from them.
To those who are wont to rely upon the written records of history
it may not at first clearly appear how much may be learned from
such relics or how such things can have the import which the
archeologist claims. Let it first be realized that early man has left
upon the surface of the earth traces of himself by which his history
may be materialized far more accurately than it might ever have
been translated from a word-written document. We have become
so accustomed to rely upon the testimony of word-made records,
that we lose sight of the fact that words are but thought symbols,
ideaphones, and ideographs, and that written records may be erro-
neous and incomplete while material objects may convey clearer
meanings by which a much more accurate knowledge may be gained.
We seek to know the man of prehistoric times, yet that man has
left us few written documents by which we may read in words his
thoughts and learn of his activities. He has done better, and we
may know him notwithstanding. He has left pencilings upon the
surface of the earth which he trod which neither rains, nor floods,
nor the ravages of time have erased, save in spots, as a stray rain-
drop might expunge a letter from a slate and yet leave the word
still readable. For example, take the fire pit by which the ancient
warmed his body and in which he cooked his meat, into which he
cast the bones he could not eat and swept the refuse of his bower.
That fire pit remains to this day to tell the story of the man who
dug it. By the relics found within it, it tells us what he ate, what
he wore, what trinkets he had, the beasts he killed, the weapons he
used, how far advanced he was in the arts, how much and where he
commerced, what grains he cultivated, what implements he made of
stone and bone and shells and clay and of the fabrics he wove from
468 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
roots and grasses. We may even read his thoughts in his artifacts
and know his sense of beauty and of accuracy, we may learn of his
superstitions and personal habits and more things than these. None
of his day left us the written record by which we know these things,
but if by strange chance the wild raw story of man primeval or of
his early descendants has been written on a parchment by his con-
temporary, it would have been destroyed by the accidents of time, or
if it escaped, been laughed at as a legend; if preserved in symbols
wrought on rock walls the crude ideographs would be unintelligible
mysteries to the people of the later day. The age of stone in the
State of New York has left nothing in the way of inscriptions by
which the wondering steel age of now may know of it. It is better
that it has left us in its fire and refuse pits, in its graves, in its monu-
ments and earthworks a record far more satisfactory, enduring
and truthful.
THE FIELD OF ARCHEOLOGY IN NEW YORK
During the past 20 years tremendous strides have been made in
archeology. Museums have been especially active. Questions that
seemed incapable of solution have yielded to careful investigation.
Museums and collectors have found New York a most fertile field
for archeological research and for years have carried beyond our
borders thousands of specimens.
With the creation of the State Education Department and the
installation of the present Director a new policy was instituted. An
archeologist was engaged to examine the prehistoric and recent
monuments of the aborigines and by exploration and excavation to
obtain first-hand from original sources specimens to illustrate the
facts of that occupation, to discover the various cultural areas and to
collect from the Indian tribes yet residing in the State such material
as should be properly contained in the museum series. The out-
come of this policy has been the creation of the position of arch-
eologist on the Museum and Science Division staff.
As a field for archeological research New York State presents one
exceptionally inviting. Specimens discovered in different parts of
the State evidence a number of distinct ethnic cultures of great
interest. The various problems connected with these culture regions
will form the subjects of special research. Nor will conclusions be
formed hastily. Several years of active field work in each district
will be done and the results embodied in reports or special bulletins.
F
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 469
Prelustory is our primary object. We intend if possible to bring
into the intellectual grasp of the men of today the life and conditions
of the various peoples who held the Empire State before us. To
attain the highest results the cooperation of every citizen interested
in history and archeology is invited. Information as to the localities
of aboriginal occupation is highly desirable. Donations of col-
lections accompanied by as complete data as possible are especially
sought. It is our desire to keep in touch with every one interested
in New York archeology and ethnology and any correspondence
upon these or kindred subjects will ever be welcome.
SOURCES OF INFORMATION
In New York State we may expect to obtain archeological data
principally from the following named sources:
I GENERAL AREAS
1 Inhabited areas
a Village sites
b Camp sites
c Shell heaps
2 Defensive works
a Fort rings
b Fort hills or points
c Palisaded fort sites
3 Places of industry
a Workshop sites
b Quarries
c Garden beds
4 Places for disposing of the dead
a Cemeteries or burial grounds
5 Places of conflict
a Battlefields
6 Routes of traffic and travel
a Trails
7 Occasional or rare places
a River gravels
b Drift deposits
c Swamps
d River and lake bottoms
e River and lake shores
f Ceremonial districts and areas
4770 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
I] ParTICULAR PLACES
1 Sites of dwellings
a Lodge sites
b Caves and rock shelters
Refuse deposits
a Fire pits
b Refuse pits
~¢ Refuse heaps
d Shell heaps
e Signal light ash deposits
3 Monuments
a Mounds
b Cairns
c Inscribed rocks
d Council rocks
4 Burials
a Graves
b Ossuaries
5 Places of industry
a Kilns
b Individual workshops
6 Places for storing or hiding things
a Caches of implements finished, general
b Caches of raw material, general
c Individual caches
7 Ceremonial places
a Springs
b Spots
iS)
DESTRUCTION OF SOURCES OF INFORMATION
Many of the most valuable sources for archeological research have
been forever lost to the State and to the scientific world in general.
Mounds and earthworks have been destroyed and leveled through
the necessities of a commercial civilization that has taken little heed
of things archeologic. Railroads and canals have cut through
ancient sites and have thrown the priceless relics of aboriginal art
i with the common dirt to be used for roadbeds or for grading;
farmers, not realizing their vandalism, have scooped down earth
walls and mounds to level their land for agriculture ; manufactories,
towns and cities have been built over the site of Indian villages and
burials, and not less lamentable has been the work of ignorant col-
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 471
lectors who with a single passion —a greed for relics —have spaded
over sites, overturned,mounds and desecrated graves, merely to
gratify their desire to find some new curiosity and add it to their
collection. Such collectors have seldom preserved in writing the
circumstances of the find or even the most meager information, and
their collections are usually only a heap of stones almost worthless
scientifically except as an exhibition of some indefinite Indian art.
More enlightened collectors, realizing the differences in culture in
different regions, and bearing in mind the various problems of
American archeology have done their work conscientiously and with
care, preserving a record of their finds, and are to be commended
for their work, especially when they have finally placed their col-
lections in the keeping of some scientific institution where its value
would be appreciated. The breaking up and scattering of a collec-
tion is the breaking up and destruction of just so much knowledge.
With the increase of population and the growth of towns many
more sites will be obliterated and their value lost forever. It is
therefore for us of today to rescue and preserve, while there is
yet time, for the people of tomorrow the prehistory of our State
and to secure for it the relics of that prehistory.
METHODS OF COLLECTING ARCHEOLOGICAL MATERIAL
Assuming that a given territory was inhabited anciently there
are two ways of discovering and preserving the circumstances of
that ancient occupation. The first method is to collect and study
its traditions, and the second is to make a systematic study of the
visible relics of that occupation. While traditions may not always be
truthful, they are not without a certain value. Often they furnish
clues that lead to important discoveries. Often a discovery sub-
stantiates a tradition or a tradition explains the presence and use
of certain things peculiar to a region. If a tradition is entirely
without foundation in fact it is still interesting for it reveals what
men assumed or affected to be true.
The second method by presenting actual objects from which con-
clusions may be drawn is the more reliable and universally so recog-
nized by modern archeologists.
Archeological material is collected for two distinct purposes ; first,
to increase knowledge, and second, to illustrate and diffuse knowl-
edge.
‘Three methods of accomplishing these objects are employed by
people or institutions interested in archeology. The first method,
Mt
bik
472 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the most primitive, is the collecting of relics secured in a casual
way, and since it aims simply to amass the various objects used by
the early races for preservation, it may be called the preservation
method.1 Inasmuch as the objects are secured by those unfamiliar
with the requirements of scientific archeology, it is natural that they
should be those most attractive to the eye, the less striking things
being passed over as unworthy of preservation if not overlooked
entirely. This method, now obsolete in progressive institutions, is
one that has been employed by people with whom collecting was
only an incident or by historical societies that have sought to add
archeological material to their collections of antiquities. The second
method, called the synoptic method, is a systematic attempt to pro-
cure in any way specimens to illustrate the known facts of arche-
cology. The third method is termed the research method. By this
method the archeologist aims to obtain material first-hand from
original sources, such as mounds, camp and village sites and earth-
works of various kinds. Such sites are carefully and systematically
excavated and all the accompanying objects secured. Painstaking
records are kept and every fact that might be of value noted in
record books. The methods employed in the field by the State
Museum exemplify the workings of this system.
*For this nomenclature the author is indebted to Methods of Collecting
Anthropological Material, by Harlan I. Smith.
dIIG IVT prveMoy [[ouxy AaMaq I9A0 JSAMYIAOU SULYOO] MITA
eee
—
I 93e[g
f
‘
f
'
f
i
z
£
eae
a desea ba
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE A73
Part 2
RECORD OF EXCAVATIONS Ad RIPLEY
A foreword
It is not designed in this account to present an exhaustive treatise
on the Fries or of the various classes of objects discovered. Our
purpose is merely to set forth an account of the work as it was done
and briefly describe the specimens found in the course of explora-
tion, adding such supplementary matter as may be of immediate
importance for a proper understanding of the operations and the
results. The record of this expedition with those which have pre-
ceded it and those which follow in the Erie region will form the
base of a special work on the Eries and in that work the various
Erie sites in New York and Erie artifacts will be fully discussed.
This account, therefore, is to be regarded as a report of progress
rather than as a complete and final treatise.
¥ General region
Along the southern shore of Lake Erie between Westfield and
State Line, and extending east and west from these points, is a
high bluff of Chemung shale rising almost sheer from the water.
In various places it is from 15 to 65 feet above the lake level. It
forms a most effectual barrier to those who might wish to reach the
land from the water or the water from the land. The soil above the
shale in general is a loose water-washed sand and gravel beneath
which is a substratum of Erie clay which outcrops at denuded
places. In this lake border region are numerous springs and brooks.
Two miles back from the lake rise the steep Chautauqua hills which
form the watershed that sends the streams on the south into the Alle-
gheny and its tributaries and finally into the Gulf of Mexico and
those on the north into Lake Erie and finally into the Gulf of St
Lawrence. This region by reason of its physical features afforded
an ideal retreat for the tribes of men who found their way there
after the subsidence of the great glacial lakes, which receding left
their shore lines far inland as terraces and hills and their beds as
fertile undulating plains.
Traces of early occupancy are found here. On the sites of
ancient marshes are found the bones of the mastodon and with
474 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
them fire-cracked stones and charcoal, evidence, it may be, of man
contemporaneous with the American elephant. There are sites
which yield the monitor pipe, others that yield the polished slates
called banner stones, gorgets and bird-shaped stones and the notched
flints far different from the flints shaped by later comers. That the
people who made these things were of the American race is evident,
but of what tribe or stock is a question yet to answer. Neither
is there yet any way of discovering who their descendants of today
are, if perchance their blood yet flows in human veins at all. At
a later period a new stock of people invaded the region but whether
they found it inhabited or whether there was a struggle in which
the old race was expelled is merely a matter of conjecture now.
Evidences of the wide distribution of these old people seem to
preclude the theory of their utter extermination and it seems more
probable that they became absorbed by their conquerors or became
expelled to regions where their environment changed their culture.
The later invaders who displaced the builders of the mounds and
makers of polished slate implements seem to have been some early
branch of the Huron-Iroquois family. Their territory is character-
ized by the earth walls and inclosures which they left and by the
pottery and triangular arrow points which are never found on
earlier sites untouched by other occupations. The early Iroquoian
sites are still further differentiated by the ossuaries which are found
upon many of them. Later this territory came into the possession
of a people whom we recognize as the Eries, a branch of the Huron-
Iroquois, but a people whose culture differed from the earlier
Iroquoian peoples of whom they are without doubt the descendants.
After the expulsion of the Eries in 1654 the region remained un-
inhabited save by wanderers and hunters and not until after the
Revolutionary War did it become the hunting grounds of the Sen-
ecas who had trails through it, one of which passed close to the
Erie site at Ripley. Over this trail the Senecas for years traveled
on their way to the settlements on the Sandusky in Ohio. Another
great trail extended down what was once the Portage road to
Chautauqua lake. It began at Barcelona harbor. :
There have been noted numbers of sites of aboriginal occupation
east of a meridian line drawn through Chautauqua lake and touch-
ing Lake Erie on the north and the Pennsylvania line on the south.
West of this line, from the archeologist’s standpoint, lies a prac-
tically untouched region, a strange fact since it presents an excep- —
tionally inviting field for investigation, being as it is, the border-
land between the territory of the tribes of Iroquoian stock and the
‘
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE A75
culture region of that mysterious people for the sake of convenience
termed “ mound builders.”
RIPLEY SITE
For a number of years the writer had known of a site in this
locality, one on the lake shore 2 miles northwest of Ripley, but
until this season had not had occasion to visit it. In I990 it was
reported to Mr. M. R. Harrington and the writer by Prof. John Fen-
ton, when we were assistants on the archeological staff of the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History. Mr Harrington did some work
on the site in 1904 for the Peabody Museum of American Arche-
ology and Ethnology, but, because of various obstacles, left the major
portion untouched. The excavations which he made during his short
stay revealed the fact that the site was a most prolific one. In view
of the fact that the State Museum of New York had few or no
specimens of the Erie culture, and, indeed, as very little was known
of this culture, the site was chosen as the field for the season’s opera-
tions and a leasehold obtained. The Ripley site is situated on the
William and Mary Young farm in lot 27, Ripley, Chautauqua
county. It covers an elevation locally known as “ Dewey knoll”
situated on the cliffs of Lake Erie. On the east a stream has
cut through the shale and eaten down the bluffs to the lake level
so that a landing is easily effected from the water. This landing
is one of the few between Barcelona harbor and the mouth of
Twentymiie creek in Pennsyivania where there is easy access to the
land on the bluffs above. The stream has cut the east side of the
knoll so that for several hundred feet south from the Jake the
bank rises steep and in places almost sheer from the creek bed.
The place is one, therefore, naturally adapted for a fortified refuge
and must have been an attractive spot indeed for the aborigines
who built upon it a village, a circular earthwork and who found in
the soft sand a most suitable place for the burial of their dead.
Surface features of the site
The site was found to be mainly on the level top of the knoll
although a number of graves were found on the south and west
slopes. The “ unoccupied soil” began at the lake bank and ran back
inland to the southern slope. The soil bordering the bank line was
a light sandy loam heavily intermixed with carbonaceous substances,
animal phosphates, vegetable mold and particles of animal bone.
Back to the south it was generally a light shifting sand which rested
upon a more compact stratum. At places, especially a few feet
470 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
down the slopes, the clay stratum outcropped. Here the soil was
bare or only sparsely covered with grass.
The entire knoll was covered by a peach and plum orchard (since
uprooted) and it was between the rows of trees that work was
carried on. The owner naturally objected to carrying the excava-
tions too near the roots and thus it was sometimes impossible to
take out a skeleton or to open a pit when it lay beneath a tree. In
such cases slanting shafts were sunk beneath the roots and the pit
examined. This was a.somewhat dangerous operation as some-
times the overlying sand would cave down and engulf the curious
but incautious archeologist who after a time would be rescued by
his assistants.
Preliminary post holing over the knoll soon revealed the character
of the site, and in consequence it was divided into two sections, the
village and the burial. Parallel and adjacent trenches were staked
out and the lines run as far as post holing and surface indications
revealed a disturbance or modification of the soil by its former
occupation.
Surface evidence of an occupation
The surface evidence of an occupation in that portion of the
site afterward found to be the village section was pronounced. The
ground was strewn with heat cracked stones, fragments of shale
anvils, broken flint nodules, with here and there a fragment of.
weathered pottery hidden amongst the roots of the tall grass. The
luxurious growth of grass in patches when surrounded by a scantier
growth points out a spot of soil enriched by some abnormal
agency. The rank thick grass and clover here in the village site
Was conspicuous and pointed out the presence of occupied soil or
“Tndian dirt”? as archeologists sometimes term it. Except on the
western slope, the burial section of the site revealed no trace of its
character. On this hillside where the elements had washed down
the loose sand some of the graves were left so near the surface
that the skeletons had been thrown up by the plow. The broken
and crumbling bones, however, would hardly be recognized by the
ordinary observer as human remains. Other than the bits of human
bone on the surface there was no external indication where graves
were located, unless it were conjectured that if graves were to be
found at all they would be in the soil most easily excavated.
Village section
The village section occupied the level top of the knoll bordering
the lake bank and ran back south, on the west side about 200 feet
Fig. 1 Looking over the northeast side of the knoll. Access to the land
from the lake is from the mouth of the creek
Fig. 2 View over the falls looking toward the mouth of the creek and the
lake
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 477
and on the east side to the declivity that formed the bank of the
eastern hillside. This bank ran at nearly right angles to the knoll
proper, the whole eastern slope forming an arm that sloped down
to the level just above the creek. On the southern bank of this
arm were refuse dumps. The east arm was post holed at
intervals of a rod, 220 holes being dug. Hardly a sign of occu-
pancy was found except near or along the level. There was no
“oecupied soil” or “Indian dirt,’ the soil being in general a stiff
clay mixed with sand and gravel and much more compact than the
top soil on the level.
An examination of the surface of the village site led to the dis-
covery of a circular earth belt, a part of which was cut off by ‘the
Fig 1 View of cliffs at northeastern end of the village site. Every year as the frost
and water wear down the shale the earth above slides down into the lake exposing pits
and relics. A recent landslide is shown at X in the picture.
lake bank. On either side of this earth ring were pits and occupied
soil, The signification of this belt is discussed hereinafter under
the title “ Significance of some of the data.”
Diminution of the village plot by the encroachment of the lake
It is highly probable that most of the village site has been lost by
the encroachment of the lake, which eating down the shale cliffs
caused land slides [text fig. 1]. Certain it is that land is lost in this
478 NEW, YORK STATE MUSEUM
way each year. The belief that a part of the occupied area has dis-
appeared is strengthened by the fact that this section is small in
comparison with the rest of the site, by the fact that the occupied
soil exposed at the bank is deep, by the fact that the bank line
intersects a part of the circumference of the circular earth belt
and by the fact that the exposed bank shows all along the level
top the exposed occupied soil and pits. It is probable that originally
there was considerable space between the shore side of the circle
and the bank and that a part of the village occupied that space.
Village sites upon hills generally extended to the edge of the
declivities and if we can establish where the bank line was at the
period of the occupation we may say how far the village probably
extended. To establish accurately this line is a difhcult matter but
inquiries led to the information that from 6 inches to a foot of land
was lost each year. Using this assumption as a datum we may
hypothecate that the site has lost at least 150 feet since the time of
its occupation. The date of this occupation is discussed elsewhere.
Method of excavating in the village section
The village section was staked out in parallel and adjacent
trenches 16 feet wide. Excavations were commenced at the wire
fence 20 feet from the shore line. A sectional trench 3 feet wide
was dug and the dirt thrown back. This left a cross-section of the
trench exposed and the 3 feet of floor served as a working space.
The archeologist examined this cross-section and if indications
pointed to the probable presence of objects he troweled into the
bank, allowing the earth to fall to the floor until it had filled when
it was removed by a laborer. If the indications pointed to a
barren spot the workmen spaded ahead until signs of disturbance
again appeared when the section was again examined. When a
pit was discovered a clean working space was made and the pit
vertically exposed at one side. The pit filling was then troweled
from top to bottom, great care being taken not to break the speci-
mens that might come to light with any trowel stroke. As the work
progressed measurements of the pit were taken and all the important
specimens labeled and placed in trays for subsequent numbering.
The refuse material such as animal bones, potsherds, flint chips
and rude implements were placed in labeled bags. A diagram of
the pit was drawn and the details of its excavation recorded in the
trench book. Trenching was continued until the trench became
barren when another trench was worked.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 479
Every pit, pocket or post hole was charted, the varying character
of the soil and the manner of its disturbance was noted and it is
possible for any one familiar with our methods to take a specimen
from the collection and after examining its number and referring
to the records, point out on the map or on the actual site itself
exactly where that object was found.
To insure accuracy in field records, three of a different kind
were made, so that any circumstance omitted in one might be found
in one of the others. The first record was made in a “ trench book ”’
and written as the actual work progressed; the second record was
made on data slips and supplemented the trench book inthe matter
of measurements, locations, positions etc. of trenches, pits and
objects, and added the details of the particular thing described
on the slip; the third was a survey record, in which every pit,
grave or trench cutting was charted to a degree of mathematical
exactness. All these records are supplemented by drawings, dia-
grams, maps and photographs.
Method of excavating graves
The burial section was staked out in the same manner as the
village section. The workmen in excavating removed the disturbed
top soil for a distance of 3 feet leaving a working space of 3 feet
by 16. Excavations were continued until signs of deeper disturb-
ance appeared.’ These “signs”? were foreign substances in the
regular strata, such as fire-burned stone, flint chips, charcoal and
lumps of clay. Earth of the character here found once disturbed 1s
never aS compact again as originally and even if there were no
intruding substances in the sand its very looseness as distinguished
from the rather compact sand surrounding it was a sign of its
disturbance. The top soil over the grave was removed and its out-
line ascertained. The superincumbent earth was removed for a
foot, and a depth of 6 inches below explored for signs of the
grave bottom, and if not found the earth for another 6 inches was
shoveled out with great care, the shovel scooping up the earth
rather than spading into it. The trowel was used again to dig
down and the process repeated until the skull or pottery vessel top
was reached. The soil was then removed carefully with trowels.
The skeleton and grave bottom were cleaned with fine pointing
trowels and finally swept with a brush, care being taken not to
move any bone or other object in the grave. A diagram of the
grave and its contents was made, the exact position of these objects
480 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ascertained by means of a compass and tape. The dimensions of
the grave, its number and position in the trench and the character
of the soil and other items of importance were recorded in the field
book. If the burial was of sufficient interest photographs from one
or more positions were made. The skeleton when removed was
wrapped in excelsior or cotton and placed in a labeled box but not
finally packed until dry. The objects found in the grave were
placed in a tray with a proper label and afterward marked with
the serial field number, this number being distinguished from the
museum serial by prefixing the letter “I.” Data slips numbered
to correspond with the specimens were filled out and give all the
necessary details. Any information not found on the slip may be
found in the field record. The various records thus countercheck
each other.
Extracts from the trench book describing the pits in the
village site
The trenches in the village plot began at the wire fence that
ran parallel to the edge of the alluvial cliff and 20 feet from it
to the south. No excavations beyond a few post holes back of
the fence along the bank were permitted by the landowner who
believed that should the sod be broken and the bushes uprooted
the earth would slide down the bank and thus the loss of his land
would be unduly accelerated.
Pits in the village site
Pit 1, trench 1 at 5’ on the east side was a refuse pit evidently
filled with the sweepings of the lodges that were near it. The
pit was circular, 8’ in diameter and 42” deep. It contained the split
and cracked bones of deer, bear, elk, beaver, various fish and birds
and also fragments of the shells of Unio complanatus. In
the pit soil among the refuse of fire-broken stones, charcoal and
ashes were 9 bone beads, that is, polished sections of cylindrical
animal or bird bones. The pit filling was an almost uniform black
from top to bottom where there was a yellow clay-mixed sand
through which the pit soil had not drained. In most pits the soil
at the sides and beneath is ramified by worm and rodent holes which
have allowed the black carbonaceous pit matter to percolate to a
depth often much greater than the original pit bottom. For this
reason pits often appear much deeper than they originally were.
Here, however, there was a sharp line of demarcation between the
modified pit filling and the undisturbed bottom beneath,
480 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ascertained by means of a compass and tape. The dimensions of
the grave, its number and position in the trench and the character
of the soil and other items of importance were recorded in the field
book. If the burial was of sufficient interest photographs from one
or more positions were made. The skeleton when removed was
wrapped in excelsior or cotton and placed in a labeled box but not
finally packed until dry. The objects found in the grave were
placed in a tray with a proper label and afterward marked with
the serial field number, this number being distinguished from the
museum serial by prefixing the letter “F.’ Data slips numbered
to correspond with the specimens were filled out and give all the
necessary details. Any information not found on the slip may be
found in the field record. The various records thus countercheck
each other.
Extracts from the trench book describing tne pits in the
village site
The trenches in the village plot began at the wire fence that
ran parallel to the edge of the alluvial cliff and 20 feet from it
to the south. No excavations beyond a few post holes back of
the fence along the bank were permitted by the landowner who
believed that should the sod be broken and the bushes uprooted
the earth would slide down the bank and thus the loss of his land
would be unduly accelerated.
Pits im the village site
Pit 1, trench I at 5’ on the east side was a refuse pit evidently
filled with the sweepings of the lodges that were near it. The
pit was circular, 8’ in diameter and 42’’ deep. It contained the split
and cracked bones of deer, bear, elk, beaver, various fish and birds
and also fragments of the shells of Unio complanatus. In
the pit soil among the refuse of fire-broken stones, charcoal and
ashes were 9 bone beads, that is, polished sections of cylindrical
animal or bird bones. The pit filling was an almost uniform black
from top to bottom where there was a yellow clay-mixed sand
through which the pit soil had not drained. In most pits the soil
at the sides and beneath is ramified by worm and rodent holes which
have allowed the black carbonaceous pit matter to percolate to a
depth often much greater than the original pit bottom. For this
reason pits often appear much deeper than they originally were.
Here, however, there was a sharp line of demarcation between the
modified pit filling and the undisturbed bottom beneath.
‘
Plate 3
SS
=>
aS
<< 2
— SS
SS
re,
=
—
SKETCH MAP OF THE
ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND
BURIAL SITE ON THE
YOUNG FARM, RIPLEY, N.Y.
ARTHUR C. PARKER
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 481
Pit 2 was discovered just south and west of pit 1. It was a circu-
| lar depression 10’ in diameter and 4’ deep. It was a solid pit, that
| is it was not divided by layers of sand or other substance different
from the general pit filling. The soil was a uniform black from its
: admixture with carbonaceous matter. There were numerous fire-
- broken stones in the pit, also animal bones, flint chips and potsherds.
. The implements found in this pit are 2 rude bone awls, F259,
4 250, 5 tubular bone beads, 1 finely formed bone awl, F269, 2 “jewel”
' Pit 3 in trench 1 at 16’ in the middle was 1234’ in diameter and
» 37” deep. It was separated from pit 1 by a rather hard layer of
topsoil as if this area had not been disturbed until much later than
" the other trench layer. This area was bounded by pits 1, 2 and 3
"as may be seen by consulting the map and possibly was a lodge
F site.
ba At 12” from the surface standing upright with the point down
| was an antler chisel or pick [see pl. 35, fig. 4]. The handle or
: blunt end seemed to have been cut with a metallic blade. Three
| bone beads, F261, 262, 263, were found lying in the bottom of the
; pit end to end. Three others were discovered at 12” beneath the
| surface but separated. Near the pit bottom was a bone awl, F271,
| an arrow point of the long narrow type sometimes called fish
' points, F267. At 18” below there was a shell bead of the old type,
) F280 [see pl. 36, fig. 6].
Pit 16 in trench 1 was at 36’ in the middle and was the next pit
in the trench after pit 3. Between these pits there seems to have been
‘a lodge site because there were a number of post holes that seemed
to outline one. The top dimensions of this pit were 4’ by 5’ and
the depth 24”. The pit was divided into two strata, the dividing
stratum being a layer of sod soil 2” thick. The upper stratum
contained a quantity of deer and fish bones, potsherds and a few
fire-broken stones. At 9” below the surface, just below plow depth,
Was found a portion of a copper wrist band [see pl. 37, fig. 4].
Near it was a rude bone awl. The copper bracelet was the first in-
dication of European contact found in the site.
Pit 17, trench I, at 35’ on the west was separated from pit 16
by a distance of about 2’. It was 3’ by 4’ in top dimensions and
24” deep. It contained some large potsherds and pieces of decorated
trims. Near the bottom was a small pottery vessel having high
raised points at opposite sides, F298 [see pl. 28, fig. 3]. Beneath
it was the complete skeleton of a fish, At one side of the pit was
482 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
a deposit of nearly a quart of Helix alternata and albo-
Va brs shells:
Just beyond this pit in the general occupied layer, 10” below the
surface was found a hand-hammered nail bent in hook shape. The
nail was perhaps intrusive though its shape suggests aboriginal use.
Pit 18 on the east side of trench 1 at 37’ was a small pocien
about 2’ in diameter and 24” deep. A bone awl and a pitching
tool of antler were found below the surface at 18”.
Pit 19 on the west side of trench 1 at 48’ was a small pocket 214’
in diameter and 48” deep. The pit soil was black from the charcoal
and ashes. Awl F242 was found in this pit. :
Pit 20 at-46’ on the east side of trench 1 was an ash pit 3’ by 4”
in circumference and 30” deep. The pit filling was uniform in
character being an ash and charcoal mixed sand. Besides the usual
quantity of animal bones, fire-broken stones and flint chips was
found a hammer stone and the shell of Unio complanatus.
Pit 21 at 49’ on the east side of the trench was 7 by 107 aa
dimensions and 16” deep. It seemed distinctly a refuse pit or lodge
dump. It contained fire-broken stones, cracked and split deer, bear,
beaver, rabbit, muskrat and skunk bones, also the bones of fish,
charred corn and hickory nuts and one Unio shell. The following
named implements were found intermixed amongst the pit refuse:
1 antler hoe or.digging tool, F292 [pl. 35, fig. 1], 3 bone awls, F307,
308, 5 bone beads, F248 to 252 inclusive, 4 bone beads, F303 to 306
inclusive, 1 notched pendant, F301, 1 broken implement of deer’s
jaw, 1 broken bone needle, F302, 1 flint blade, F309, 1 discoidal
shell bead, F300, 1 net sinker and 10 periwinkle shells.
Pit 26 im trench 1 at 77’ on the west side was a smallpine3om
deep. The pit refuse consisted of potsherds, charcoal and ashes. |
One pipe stem of clay and an entire stone pipe bowl, F246, were
found in this pit. The pipe was in the ash layer 11” below the
surface.
The space intervening between pits 19 and 21 was hard and
rather less disturbed than the surrounding earth, especially in the
space between five post holes, as shown on the pit diagram. This
Space seems to have been a wigwam site.
Pit 27 at 75’ on the east side of the trench was a small depres-
sion. It contained the usual fire pit refuse and within it were
found a flint perforator, a broken bone awl, a “ lap stone,” a pitted
slab of shale and numerous animal bones. There was a deposit of
Helix shells.
For 20’ beyond pits 26 and 27 the soil was barren of pits. The™
‘
Lae
TRENCH 15
1
Pe
Ve
Z Za
WV, Z
Ji Big ES)
LA of
i UY
ps of (3), Cue)
2 /
7 Bei /
CAS
x
oS
1! &/ =)
as
a sy o ° €
¥v /
i) 2? |
ia | Ss aio tf
vie | |
f | @ ®
Diagram of the pits examined in the village section
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 483
trench soil at 40’ from the beginning was hard and compact with no
occupied soil appearing.
Pit 28, discovered at the commencement of trench 4 on the west
side was 18 feet from the lake bank. It was a trenchlike pit 10’
4” long east and west, 4’ wide and 52” deep. It was filled with
animal bones, deer and beaver, and other refuse. In the pit were
found 4 bone awls, F274 to 277 inclusive, 5 bone beads, F278 to
282 inclusive, 4 incised bones, F284 to 287 inclusive, 1 bone needle
iacment and miVvenmus mercenaria shell:
Beyond the pit and ranging from pit 1 in trench 1 to the trench
line on the east were three post holes in a line. The soil beyond
these post holes appeared to have been a part of a lodge floor.
Pit 29 was discovered at 12’ on the east side of the trench and
it ran over on the east into the adjoining trench. It was a small
ash pit 3’ by 4’ in dimensions and 48” deep. The objects found
were I bone bead, F256, 1 bone shuttle or bodkin, F245 [pl. 34,
fig. 21], and I bone needle fragment, F243.
Pit 30 was a small shallow pit in which a quantity of elk bones
had been buried. It was found in the center of a “lodge floor.”
Fig. 2 Diagram of intruding pits 31 and 32.
A=Top soil; B= Undisturbed sand; C= Dis-
turbed sand and loam; D = Interlying stratum
of sand between EE; EE= Floors of shale
slabs
Pit 31 at 43’ in trench 4 was 5/ by 8 in top diameters and 28”
deep. It contained a quantity of animal bones and potsherds. In
this pit were found awl F268, bone bead F247 and terra cotta pipe
bowl, F244 [text fig. 24].
Beyond this pit was a “ lodge floor ” and several post holes.
Pit 32 at 42’ on the west side of trench 4 intruded pit 31 [text
fig. 2]. It was 5’ by 6’ in top dimensions and 72” deep. The pit
was in three strata separated by layers of flat stones. The middle
484 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
and bottom strata were heavy deposits of ash and charcoal in which
were numerous animal bones, pot fragments and flint chips and
fire-broken stones.
The objects found in the layer directly beneath the top soil and
overlying the first floor of stone slabs are: 1 small celt, F200, 1
rude celt, F201, 7 bone awls, F202 to 208 inclusive, 7 triangular
flint projectile points, F209 to 211, F2i1Ia to 214 inclusive, a
quantity of charred corn, Fr4o, 1 short rectangular iron bar, F226
and an iron-stained pebble found in contact with the bar, F241.
In the bottom layer were found, 1 bone bead in process, Fats, 5
bone beads, F216 to 220 inclusive, 1 triangular flint point, F221, 2
pot rim points F222, 223, 1 fabric-marked sherd, F224, 1 bone plug,
F225. An animal bone evidently gnawed when fresh, F363, was
also found in the bottom layer.
Pit 34 was a solid ash pit 4’ 4” by 5’ in top dimensions and 48”
deep. It contained a quantity of animal bones among which those
of deer, rabbits, beavers, heron and sturgeon were identified.
The artifacts found are: 1 hollow handlelike bone, F227 [pl. 33,
fig. 5], 1 antler chisel, F228 [pl. 35, fig. 2], 1 fragment of per-
forated turtle shell, F229 [pl. 32, fig. 11], 1 conical worked pha-
lanx, F330 [pl. 32, fig. 4], 1 deer bone rubbed and shaped, 1 awl,
F231, 4 triangular points of flint, F232 to 235 inclusive, 2 pot rim
points, F237, 238, 1 bear tooth, F240.
Pit 35 was a small pocket at 45’ on the west side of trench 4. It
contained a few animal bones, an antler stub, 1 bone tube, F311,
1 bone needle fragment, F312, 2 bone awls, F313, 314, and 1 flint
knife.
Pit 36 in trench 4 at 50’ on the west side adjoined pit 20 in
trench 1. It was 34” in diameter and 36” deep. It was filled with
the ordinary pit soil in which were found cracked deer bones and
a few potsherds.
Pit 37 in trench 4 on the east side was directly south of pit 34
and on its east side adjoined another pit that ran into the next
trench (afterward found to be pit 76). This pit was circular at the
top, 3’ 8” in diameter and 30” deep. In the pit filling were a few
split deer bones and the fragments of several broken pottery vessels.
Pit 38 in trench 4 at 55’ in the middle of the trench was a small
ash pit 3’ by 4’ in top dimensions and 32” deep. The articles found
in this pit are: 1 section of an incised antler, F172, 1 worked bone,
F194, 1 bone awl point, F108.
Pit 4r in trench 4 was directly north of 38 and was separated
5
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 485
from it by a space of 3’. This pit was 28” by 34” in top dimen-
sions and 28” deep. ‘The bottom was filled up to 18” from the
top with shale slabs. Resting within the pit filling upon the frag-
ments of shale were 2 “lapstones,” several “rubbing stones ” and
a quantity of broken pottery. There were 2 bone beads, F320, 324.
Pit 42 in trench 4 at 65’ on the west side was a small ash pit 4’
by 5’ in diameter and 24” deep. It contained the following named
objects: 1 phalanx cone, F196 [pl. 34, fig. 8], 1 bone awl, F323,
1 large bone awl, F325, 1 pot rim point, F320, and three deer pha-
langes, F317, 318, 3109.
Pit 43 in trench 4 at 65’ in the middle of the trench was a small
pit 2’ by 3’ in top dimensions and 30” deep. It contained a quantity
of bones and the fragments of a broken pot.
Pit 46 in trench 4 in the middle at 75’ was 8’ by 9’ in top dimen-
sions and 26” deep.
Buried with the animal bones, broken stones and potsherds with
which the pit was filled were the following objects: 1 perforated
Unio complanatus shell, F321 [pl. 36, fig. 5], 4 deer pha-
langes, F217. 218, 319, 332, 1 bone bead, F326, 2 sheep-head perch
ear bones and the fragments of a large pottery vessel.
Pit 48 at 99’ in the middle of trench 4 was an ash pit contain-
ing the usual refuse material of animal bones and fire-cracked
stones. In the bottom of this pit was a skeleton. This pit is
further described in grave XXIII, pit 48. 3
Pit 49 at 100’ on the west side of trench 4 was an ash pit 4’ by
5’ in top dimensions and 42” deep. It was filled with quantities
of ashes, charcoal and fire-burned stone. In the bottom of the pit
was the skeleton described in grave XXIV, pit 49.
Pit 50 in trench 4 at 121’ covered almost the entire width of
the trench, being 11’ wide and 15/ or 16’ long. Between this pit and
. pits 48 and 49 just previously described were a number of post
holes and indications of a lodge floor. Pit 50 was in two strata
divided by a layer of flat stones. The top stratum which was
crammed with animal bones, split and cracked, potsherds, flint chips,
and fragments of heat-cracked stones, was 24” deep. Upon the
slabs of shale at one end was a large stone mortar, F358. Other
objects found were 2 bone awls, F357, 1 pitching tool, F359, 1
hammer stone, F361, 3 bone beads, F352, 353, 354, I triangular
arrow point, F356, 1 polished raccoon penis bone, F355c [pl. 34,
fig. 18], 1 flint scraper, F351, 2 bone awls, F349, 350, 1 grooved
bone implement, F348 [pl. 34, fig. 13].
486 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Stratum 2 beneath the stone floor was 22” deep. It contained
more ashes and less animal bones than the first. The following
articles are from this deposit: 1 smoothed bone, F347, 3 pot rim
points, F344, 345, 346, 1 triangular flint point, F343, 1 antler im-
plement, F342, 1 perforated wolf’s tooth, F341, 1 spatulate bone,
Same, Isieox) [joi evi, ime, 121).
Pit 53 in trench 3 [see burial section map] was the first ash pit
found in this trench and the first beyond the border of the burial
ground. It was similar to other ash pits and contained the split
and cracked bones of deer, bear, muskrat, beaver, heron and various
fish. The only worked article found was an antler cylinder.
Pit 55 in-trench 7 was an ash pit on the eastern slope of the
knoll. It was irregular in dimensions but approximately 6’ by 7’
and 30” deep. It contained a quantity of elk bones, deer bones,
including a skull top, and a few beaver bones. The artifacts are
1 perforated elk’s tooth, F363 [pl. 34, fig. 2], 2 bone beads, F364,
365, I bone pitching tool, F367, 1 antler hoe, F368, and 1 yellow
jasper arrow point.
Fig. 3 Elk bones from pit 55, cracked and split for the marrow
Pit 66. See Burial XXXVIII, pit 67.
Pit 70 at 20’ on the north side of trench 6 was 2’ by 3’ in dimen-
sions and 30” deep and contained the ordinary pit refuse. The
following named objects were found: 1 bone awl, F378, 1 awl
point, F379, and 1 incised beaver tooth, F382.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 487
Pit 71 on the west side of trench 11 at the beginning was 3%’ by
4 and 43” deep. It was filled with discolored sand with which
were intermixed carbonized substances. A few cracked deer and
bear bones were found and 1 bone awl, F381.
Pit 72 on the east side of trench 11 at 6’ was 314’ by 4’ and 24”
deep. In it were found the bones of deer, bear, beaver, turkey,
theron and various fish but no implements. The top soil above and
around pit 72 was black and otherwise discolored. Between this
pit and 73 the black soil was 20” deep but contained no intrusive
objects.
Pit 73 at 1614’ in trench 11 on the east side was 3’ 9” by 3’ in
top dimensions and 34” deep. It contained a quantity of deer,
rabbit and beaver bones, a Unio shell, a large broken pot and 1
bone awl. The ash deposit was not heavy.
Pit 74 at 20’ on the west side of trench 11 was 1014’ by 514’ in
top dimensions and 32” deep. The pit refuse consisted of pot-
sherds, various bird and fish bones, deer, bear and beaver bones,
fire-broken stones, flint chips and charcoal intermixed with the sand
and ashes that formed the major portion of the pit filling. The
following objects were found: 3 bone awls, F394, 395, 380, I
smoothed phalanx, F396, 1 pipe stem, F397, 1 large bone awl, F399,
and 1 rude awl, F4oo.
Pit 75 at 30’ on the west side of trench 11 was an ash pit 10’ by
4 6” in top dimensions and 30” deep. It contained the bones of
sturgeon and various other fish, bird bones, deer, beaver, and skunk
bones and several Unio shells. The following articles of human
manufacture were discovered: 1 smoothed deer phalanx, F388, 1
bird bone awl, F380, 1 flat deer bone awl, F300, 3 rude bone awls,
F391, 392, 393.
Pit 76 at 35’ on the west side of trench 11 was & by 4’ 2” in top
dimensions and 20” deep. It was in two layers separated by a
dividing layer of sand. The first layer was a foot deep and the
second 7 inches. The dividing layer was an inch in thickness. The
objects found were: 1 worked deer phalanx, F385, 2 polished bone
beads, F386, 387, 1 elk molar, 2 Unio shells, 1 beaver tooth and 1
cut bone.
Pit 77 at 39’ on the east side of trench 11 was a two-strata pit
with a top diameter of 214’ and a depth of 30”. The topmost
layer was 18” in thickness and rested upon a dividing layer of sand
beneath which was a deposit of ashes about a foot in depth. The
top layer contained a large number of deer bones. In this layer
488 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
was found 1 flattened ball of antler [pl. 35, fig. 6] and a small ed
pebble, F4or. |
Pit 78 at 55’ on the east side of trench 11 was 3’ by 5/ in top
dimensions and 30” deep. It contained a large number of crac
deer bones and scattered through the refuse were the following
named articles: 1 serrated deer rib, F402 [text fig. 21], 1 worked
bone, F403, 1 scratched and gnawed deer’s femur, F404, 1 chisel-
edged pebble, F405, 1 celtlike tool made from a pebble, F406, 1 min-
iature celt made from a natural pebble, 407, 1 long tubular bead,
F408, 1 triangular jasper arrow point, 1 flint bunt, F410, 1 pot rim
fragment, F411, 1 long triangular flint point, F412, 2 rude bone
beads, F413, 414, § section of a charred wooden pipe stem, F415. —
Pit 79 at 60’ on the west side of trench 11 was 3’ 8” by 3’ in
dimensions and 32” deep. It contained a large quantity of as
gray and white. 14” from the top were found 1 antler point with
hollowed socket, F424 [pl. 35, fig. 8], 1 double pitted stone, 1 bon
awl, F425, 1 worked beaver tooth, F426 and 1 worked deer phala
Pit 80 at 11’ in trench 14 on the east side was 4’ in diameter
60” deep. It was in two layers divided by a thin layer of top
thrown in anciently. The uppermost layer was 48” thick and
bottom one 12”. The former contained the bones of a number of
animals among which the following were identified: deer, elk, moose,
bear, wildcat, skunk, beaver, turtle, sturgeon. In the ashes at the
top of the pit were found three perfect celts and a butt and ane
of two others. All were 17” below the surface. The presence Of
these celts in this it pit suggested the idea that here i been a
council, a feast and a “ burying of the hatchet ceremony.” Othet
objects from the pit were potsherds, flint chips, charred corn and
charred cobs, three sections of a broken bone needle, F416, 4
418 several pot rim fragments and a terra cotta pipe bowl.
numbers of the celts are F450, 451, 452. 4
The ground at the beginning of this trench and nearly up to the ©
pit contained post holes and seemed to have once been a “ lo
floor.” g
Pit 81 at 13’ on the west side of trench 14 was 3’ by 4’ in
dimensions and 36” deep. It contained a large quantity of as
and charcoal. Near the top were a few deer bones, a polished bone |
bead, F420 and a charred corn cob, F419. L &
There were no pits beyond pits 80 and 81 but indications of lo
sites in two pfaces. Pit 78 in trench rr intruded the trench line
50 feet on the west side but beyond it on the west there wa
barren belt that cut the trench diagonally and intercepted the trench
line on the east side at about 4o’. |
5
Plate 5
©).
\ A
Diagram showing the position of the graves examined
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 489
imitss2nin breach ii at 110’ on the west side was 3’ 3” by 3” 6”
in top dimensions and 60” deep. It contained few animal bones but
a quantity of pot fragments. The noteworthy objects are 2 tubular
bone beads, F434, 435 and a fragment of a black clay pipe bowl
in the form of a bear’s head, F423 [fig. 24a].
MEAD
1
Fig. 4 Pot rim fragments from ash pit 84
Pit 83 at 110’ east central in trench 11 was just east of pit 82.
It was 4’ 2” by 3’ 3” in top dimensions and 35” deep. It contained
a quantity of broken deer bones which had become intermixed with
490 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
the pit filling of ash charcoal and discolored sand. A triangular
flint arrow head, F195, and a bone bead were found in this pit.
Pit 83a at 115’ on the west side of trench 11 was just beyond
pit 82. It was 5%’ in top dimensions and 35” deep. ‘The speci-
mens found are 2 deer jaws, inferior maxillae, 1 celt edge, F448,
1 hammer stone, F440, 1 grooved stone, F512, 1 drill, 1 broken pot,
I pipe stem and 1 pitching tool.
Pit 84 at 115’ on the east central side of trench 11 was 2’ 8” by
4’ in top dimensions and 42” deep. It was an ash and refuse pit
of the usual type and contained the following named objects: 3 bone
awls, F436, 437, 438, 1 worked beaver tooth, F439, 2 Unio shells,
2 bone beads, 1 shell bead, 1 small crushed pot, 1 pipe bowl frag-
ment and 1 arrow point. There were a quantity of deer bones in this
pit and the rims and fragments of at least 10 different pots [see
text fig. 4].
A trench parallel to trench 14 was run on the east side but 70’
of excavation failed to reveal any trace of pits. The occupied soil
was light and in places there was hardly a trace of it.
Pit 148 was in the broad trench 7 on the east slope. It was
probably a refuse pit, few ashes or charcoal being found within it.
One specimen, a small bone pestlelike object, was found.
Pit 149 at 10’ in trench 7 was a refuse deposit of animal bones.
Pit 150 at 15’ in trench 7 was an ash pit. In the deposit of refuse
were found, 1 bone awl, 1 celt butt, 2 arrow points.
Record of the graves
Grave I, pit 4, was discovered at the commencement of trench 3.
When the top soil had been removed an area of disturbed eartn
48” by 56” was found. The undisturbed sand surrounding the
grave top was a rather compact gritty sand intermixed with small
pebbles. Several small particles of charcoal in the disturbed earth
evidenced a disturbance by human hands. At 38” from the top
a crumbling skull was uncovered by the trowel. The superincum-
bent earth was removed and the remains of the skeleton exposed
and photographed. The skeleton was in an advanced state of decay
and it was impossible to determine the sex or measure any of the
bones. A perfect pottery vessel, undecorated and of the old square-
topped Iroquois form was found 15” northeast of the face. It was
upright and filled solid with sand [see text fig. 5, also pl. 27].
Orientation of the skeleton: head south, face east, right side, flexed
position (apparently).
assed A1aj}0d & S¥M UOJITOYS 94} YA “SuLureutsr ATUO anwiay oy} Jo uorjsod v pur [[nys oy}
jo yavd v ‘patquinao Ajarijua ysoulye prey sauod ayy, “aAB1S 9Y} OFUL UMOP AT}I9IIp Suryoo'y “€ your ‘bh 41g
9 93eI1d
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 491
The details of grave I are shown in plate 6.
Grave II, pit 5, trench 3 at 6’ on the west side. This grave was
56” deep. The bottom contained hardly a trace of the black clay-
like soil usually found in grave bottoms. The bones had entirely
Fig. 5 Square-topped pot from grave I
crumbled and only streaks of white powder remained by which a
seemingly flexed position might be traced.
Grave III, pit 6, in trench 3 at 8’ on the east side contained the
crumbling remains of a skeleton 42” below the surface. Orienta-
tion: head north, face west, right side, flexed position.
Grave IV, pit 7, in trench 3 at 12’ on the west side contained
the skeleton of an adult female, 42” below the surface of the
ground. The top dimensions of the grave were 36” by 70”. ‘The
bones were crushed and broken by the weight of the earth. The
vertebrae were nearly complete. Orientation: head south, face
east, right side, flexed position.
Grave V, pit 8, in trench 3 was a grave 38” deep and 36” by 72”
in dimensions. The bones were in a poor state of preservation.
The grave soil was black and discolored. Orientation: head north,
face west, right side, flexed position.
Grave VI, pit 9, in trench 3 at 15’ on the west side was 42” by
60” in top dimensions. At 26” down a broken skull was found.
The earth was carefully removed and the skeleton and grave bottom
brushed off. On the grave bottom just above the skull was found
a massive terra cotta pipe bowl filled with charred tobacco [see
text fig. 6 and pl. 31, fig. 1]. The bowl, which was decorated witi
deeply incised lines, had a short neck and a short nipple over which
492 ‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
a stem might be fitted. The skeleton was in a crumbling condition
and almost useless for scientific purposes. It was evidently a male.
Orientation: head southeast, face northeast, right side, flexed posi-
tion with the skull bowed down upon the sternum. A photograph of
the grave is shown in plate 7.
Grave VII, pit 10, in trench 3 was at 18’ on the west side of the
trench. It contained the crushed skull of-an adult male and a
number of fragments of calcined bone. The skull was upright
with the lower jaw under and was in an advanced stage of dis-
Fig. 6 Massive pipe bowl from pit 9,
grave VI
integration. It was the only part of the osseous matter not cal-
cined. Near the skull was found an oval flint blade [pl. 23, fig. 2],
a flint chip, and a small. fragment of asphalt which had evidently
been used for its coloring matter.
Grave VIII, pit 11, in trench 3 was at 18 on the east upside of the
trench was 36” by 50” in top dimensions and 60” deep. At 55”
down the side of the skull was discovered and the grave bottom
found 5” below. This grave was traced down from the topsoil by
the loose sand which other than its looseness showed no trace of
disturbance. No bits of charcoal, lumps of clay or topsoil were
intermixed with the sand. The grave bottom was streaked with
ocher and the skeleton lay in a considerable deposit of it. There
was a large lump of red ocher 3 inches from the base of the skull.
The bones were those of an adult male and in a fair state of preser-
vation. The skull is noticeably large and the bones large and long.
At the back of the occiput, that is to the east, with the edge 3 inches
from the skull, was a large polished celt. Just above the celt, that
is to the north, was a crushed pottery vessel. Below the celt an
inch from the second dorsal vertebra was a streak of decayed wood,
possibly cedar, and perhaps the remains of the celt handle [see pl.
28, fig. 3]. The grave soil beneath the red pigment was a dead
black and was phosphatelike in its composition. This black deposit
was 3/16 of an inch in thickness. A charred bean and a dozen
Grave pit 9, trench 3. This grave contained the crumbling skeleton of an
adult male. With the skeleton at the place indicated by the photograph was
found a pipe of a most peculiar form [see pl. 31, fig. 1]
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 493
kernels of charred corn were found in the grave soil. Orientation :
head north, face west, right side, flexed position. Sex, male of
perhaps 30 years.
Grave IX, pit 12, in trench 3 at 35’ on the west side contained
the decayed skeleton of a youth of 12 or 14 years. The grave
bottom 37” below the surface, rested on the clay stratum. Orienta-
tion: head south, face west, left side, flexed position.
Grave X, pit 13, in trench 3 in the middle of the trench at 35’
was just east of grave IX. On the eastern end of the grave another
intruding grave was found and is described hereinafter. At 42”
from the surface in the clay stratum was found a badly decayed
skeleton. Orientation: head south, face west, left side, flexed
position.
Ee
TRENCH 5 TRENCH 10
|! BAL
ititt i qn
Scale 5 feet
iil
i
inet
i
2
Fig. 7 Diagram of pits 12-14
Grave XI, pit 14, in trench 3 was 35’ on the east and outside of
the trench. This pit and pit 13 previously described intruded one
another. At 42” from the surface the right femur of a young adult
was uncovered by the trowel. The superincumbent earth was re-
moved and the crumbling remains disclosed. The femur bones
alone were in fit condition for removal, the others being too soft and
crumbling for accurate measurement. The femora measured, right,
18.03”, left, 18”. A crushed pot was directly north of the skull and
a deposit of purple pigment lay near the frontal bone. In this “ war
paint’ was found a decayed bone tube. The grave bottom was
lined with charred grass. Orientation: head north, face east, right
side, flexed position with femora at right angles to the body.
Grave XII, pit 15, in trench 3 on the east side was just north of
pit 14. At 40” below the surface the remains of an adult male
skeleton were found. The skeleton was badly decayed, some of
the bones were calcined and the skull was crushed by the weight of
the earth. The knees were drawn tightly up against the chin and
the tibii were closed against the femora. A crushed pot was up-
494 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
right directly before the face and another at the pelvis. Orienta-
tion: head northeast, face northwest, right side, tightly flexed.
Grave XIII, pit 22, in trench 3 at 45’ proved to be the grave of
a child of perhaps 6 years. The bones were fragile and broken
and the skull was crushed by the weight of the earth. The grave
bottom was 28” below the surface. Before the face was a pottery
vessel of Iroquoian form. The rim is missing from an ancient
breakage and the pot body is cracked. Orientation: head south,
face east, right side, flexed position.
Grave XIV, pit 23, in trench 3 was at 50’ on the west side of the
trench. This pit was traced down by the disturbed sand in which
were lumps of topsoil, charred wood and fire-cracked stone. A
badly decayed skeleton of an adult female lay at 52” below the sur-
face in the clay stratum. To the rear of the skull was a pottery
vessel having an ancient rim break. The three missing pieces were
found in the grave soil and the vessel restored [see pl. 30, fig. 4].
An examination of the break suggested that it must have been
caused by a stone or hard lump of earth when the grave was filled.
Orientation: head south, face east, right side, flexed position.
Grave XV, pit 24, in trench 3 at 55’ was on the east side of the
trench. It contained the crumbling skeleton of an adult lying 48”
below the surface. It was impossible to discover the position and
there were no objects in the grave.
Grave XVI, pit 25, in trench 3 was just north of pit 24. At 42”
from the surface the grave bottom was found and in it a deposit of
bone dust.
Graye XVII, pit 33, im trench 3 at 65/ on the) east side,ormime
trench was similar in character to grave XVI. At 48” down there
was a deposit of bone dust and a crushed pottery vessel.
Grave XVIII, pit 39, at 13” om the east side Of) menchysucau,
tained the crumbling remains of a young adult male. A pottery
vessel, F481 was found at the occiput an inch or two to the east. .
A small triangular flint arrow point was found in the lumbar vertebra
and a fragment of a blue glass bead? at the pelvis. The grave was
rectangular in outline being 35” by 48” and 36” deep. Orientation
of the skeleton: head northwest, face southwest, right side, position
flexed.
Grave XIX, pit 40.at 17’ on the west side of trench 5 was rect-
angular in outline, being 3’ by 4’ and 49” deep. The skeleton was
that of an adult and so badly decayed that the teeth crumbled at
1This was the only object of glass found in any part of the site.
Plate 8
Fig. 1 Grave XX, pit 44 Fig. 2 Grave XXV, pit 51
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 495
touch. Orientation: head east, face north, right side, flexed. A
large crushed clay vessel lay directly before the face.
Grave XX, pit 44, was discovered on the east side of trench 5 at
33’. The grave was irregular in outline and measured 66” by 72”.
The skeleton, found 49” below the surface was that of an adult male
of mature years. Orientation: head south, face west, left side,
flexed position. The bones ,were crumbling and the head was
crushed flat by the weight of the soil. Above the head with the
bowl near the occiput was a terra cotta pipe [text fig. 8, also pl. 31,
Fig. 8 Terra cotta pipe from grave XX, pit 44
fig. 3, 4] the stem of which reached over the skull as shown in the
photograph [see pl. 8, fig. 1]. Resting upon the head was the skull
of a young bear, probably the remains of a bearskin robe. The
bottom of the grave was lined with a layer of charred wood and
bark ¥% inch in thickness.
Grave XXI, pit 45, was at 38’ on the west side of trench 5. The
removal of the topsoil disclosed a small fire pit, possibly the remains
of a “grave fire.” This pit was a foot in depth and contained white
ashes and charcoal. Six inches below the topsoil was found a stone
pipe bowl, egg-shaped, with a groove cut around it and intersecting
the stem hole [see pl. 22, fig. 3]. The grave bottom was 46” below
the surface. After the skeleton had been freed of the superin-
cumbent soil and brushed it was found to be the crumbling remains
of an adult female. Orientation: head south, face east, right side,
flexed position. The bones had been broken by the weight of the
earth and the skull was badly crushed. Half of a bone bead was
found resting against the atlas and axis of the neck.
Grave XXII, pit 47, was at 44’ on the east side of trench 5.
When the topsoil was removed the pit outline was discovered to
be rather circular, being 54” in diameter. The top of the pit was
496 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
filled with charcoal and ashes. Below the ash pit proper was a
deposit of sand intermixed with bits of charcoal, calcined animal
bones and lumps of intruding soil. At 48” a layer of flat stones
was discovered. These were removed and 6” below, the top of a
broken pot was uncovered. The surrounding earth was removed
and the crumbling skeleton of a female disclosed. Orientation: head
LH) UMMM YUL,
ee
pe Fe.
iG oe. iy es Bs i Gs i
re 1c reat ft se
Ves eae Ze Ze
Ur
eS yey D2,
ee xd ae ) Se =< sie
iti f iy
LR
Fig. 9 Diagram of grave XXII. A=Top soil and
disturbed layer; B= Fire pit; C-— Disturbed sand over-
lying grave soil; D=Undisturbed sand; E— Overlying
cover of shale slabs; F—=Decayed organic matter; G=
Clay
east, face south, left side, flexed position. The pottery vessel was
at EdevOccipite sae text tee O)|e
Grave XXIII, pit. 48, was in trench 4 at 99’ in the middle of the
trench. It was 5’ by 8 in dimensions and 30” deep. As the
trench was one in the village section, that the pit was a grave was
not suspected until a workman thrust his spade through the skull
and the pottery vessel. The skeleton lay in a stratum of ashes,
charcoal and sand discolored by decayed matter. Orientation: head
east, face south, left side, flexed position. The broken pot which
lay at the occiput was restored. The bones of the skeleton were
well preserved by the ashes and seemed to yet contain a saponaceous
substance, perhaps produced ‘by the mixture of the lye from the
ashes and the natural oleaginous matter in the tissue.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 497
Grave XXIV, pit 49, was at 100’ on the west side of trench 4. An
ash pit had intruded into the grave pit soil. At 42” from the sur-
face the grave bottom was discovered, upon it a thin deposit of bone
dust.
Grave XXV, pit 51, was in trench 5 at 44’ on the west side.
Dimensions 4’ by 6’ and 51” deep. This pit contained the skeleton
of an aged male which was in an advanced stage of disintegration.
At the top of the skull and a little to the rear, southwest, was a
clay pot having an ancient rim break. Near the inferior maxillary
with the edge of the bowl nearest was a pottery pipe of the
Huronian type [see pl. 31, fig. 2]: The position of the skeleton was,
head south, face east, right side, flexed [see pl. 8, fig. 2].
Grave XXVI, pit 52, in trench 5 was at 48’ on the east side and
lay directly beneath a tree. The grave bottom was 48” below the
surface and the skeleton had all but crumbled, probably owing to
the fact that it lay in the clay stratum which had prevented drain-
age and thus promoted decay. Above the skull, that is to the north
and east was a terra cotta vessel which broke in a dozen pieces when
removed. The pottery is of poor temper and seems to have been
insufficiently baked. Perhaps it had been hurriedly molded and
quickly fired especially for interment with the body of the dead.
The bones were long and slender and might have been judged to
have been those of a woman had not an examination of the skull
revealed well developed superciliary ridges over the orbits. Orienta-
tion: head east, face south, right side, flexed position.
Grave XXVII, pit 54, in trench 5 lay at 55’ on the west side.
55” below the surface a deposit of bone dust was found in the clay
stratum.
Grave XXVIII, pit 56, at 66’ on the west side of trench 5 was an
empty grave. Several pits of this character have been noted but
have not been recorded here. That they are graves seems apparent
because the earth is disturbed and loose while the surrounding soil
was compact. Either these excavations are the remains of very old
burials or are the remains of burials from which the skeletons had
been removed in accord with the old Huron-Iroquois custom that
prescribed a removal of bones from graves at stated periods.
Grave XXIX, pit 57, was found at the beginning of trench 8. At
29” from the surface was found a thin layer of bone dust. A
crushed vessel lay back of where the skull had probably lain.
Grave XXX, pit 58, in trench 9 was at 3’ on the west side of the
trench. This pit was rectangular in outline, being 42” wide and
498 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
60” long. The grave bottom was 24” below the surface. The
skeleton was in a poor condition and the bones were broken and
decayed. The head lay to the east, the face north, right side, flexed
position. In.the grave were 2 pottery vessels, one to the west of the
occiput and one almost under the skull, on one side with the mouth
to the south.
Grave XXX], pit 59, in trench 9 was at 9’ on the west side and
was a small shallow burial pit. It was 10” deep and contained
besides a thin deposit of bone dust a small pottery vessel. The
grave was probably that of an infant.
Grave XXXII, pit 60, was found 3’ south of 58, the southeastern
corner of 58 touching the northwestern side of 59. This grave was
10” deep and contained a plow-broken pot which may be restored.
No trace of the skeleton was discovered.
It is probable that both 58 and 59 had originally been much deeper.
The loose sand which forms the western hillside is easily shifted by
storms of wind and rain and it is highly probable that much of the
topsoil has been removed and shifted farther down the hill by these
natural agencies. ‘Those who have plowed this portion of the knoll
have often ripped through pottery and bones and they may be seen
even now in places white and crumbling upon the surface. It is
probable that the real character of the bones was never guessed
for they resemble the animal bones found on almost any cultivated
ground as fertilizer.
Grave XXXIII, pit 61, in trench 9 was at 14’ on the west side.
30” below the surface a disturbed skeleton was found and fragments
of a broken pot. The burial seems to have been disturbed by some
recent excavation.
Grave XXXIV, pit 62, in trench Io on the west side was 33”
deep. In the grave bottom resiing on the clay stratum were 2
terra cotta vessels. 4” south of one of the vessels were 3 molar
caps of a child of 10 or 12 years. Both of the pots were in good
condition except for small rim breaks. The larger vessel was a
typical Erie clay pot and the smaller one an unusual type. This
latter one was half filled with some carbonized vegetable substance,
very probably tobacco ashes. Buried in this ash was a clay pipe
bowl of a modified trumpet form. When the pot was removed the
ashes and the pipe were carefully packed as found. Above the
grave was a fire pit 12’’ deep. It contained a handful of charred
corn and beans. This pit was probably dug for the grave fire and
filled by its ashes [see pl. 9].
Pit 62 at 33’ in trench to contained the molar teeth of a child of 12 years.
The excavation was probably a grave although no other osseous matter beyond
the teeth was found. In the grave were two pottery vessels as shown in the
photograph. One of the vessels is of an unusual form and contains a large
quantity of charred tobacco ashes and the bowl of a terra cotta pipe. The
pots are shown above the picture of the excavation
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 499
Grave XXX\V, pit 63, in trench 9 was at 30’ on the east side. It
was 40” below the surface and contained the crumbling skeleton of
an aged male. In the left foot between the metatarsal bones was a
triangular arrowhead. The knees were drawn up within 11” of
the chin and in the intervening space were Io flint and jasper arrow
points, a piece of flint, a chisellike chunk of iron, an oval flint blade,
Fig. 10 Diagram showing position of articles in grave
XXXV
a lump of red ocher and a smoothed pebble. The grave lay in the
soft shifting sand of the hillside and most of the bones were
crushed. Marks on the occiput seemed to indicate that the scalp
had been cut, there being a deep circular incision in the bone.
Orientation: head southeast, face northeast, right side, flexed po-
sition. Figure 10 shows the relative position of the objects as found
in the grave.
Grave XXXVI, pit 64, trench 9, was at 33’ on the west side.
This grave was 25” deep and contained the crumbling skeleton of
an adult and a broken pot of poorly tempered clay, probably hastily
baked for the burial, and 5 triangular arrowheads. The skeleton
lay with its skull to the east, face north, right side and flexed
position.
Grave XX XVII, pit 65, was in trench 12 at the beginning on the
west side and contained the skeleton of a female. The bones were
in a poor condition and the skull was crushed on the upper left
side. A little to the south-southwest before the orbits was a pottery
vessel in perfect condition except for an ancient rim break. The
soil in trench 12 was a loose gravel-mixed sand and to prevent this
from sliding back into the excavation a large hole had to be dug.
A careful examination of the grave top before the grave filling was
removed gave the top dimensions as 48” by 58”. The skeleton lay
500 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
with the head to the southwest, face northwest, right side, flexed
position.
Grave XXXVIII, pit 67, was at 10’ on the east side of trench 12
and measured at the top 52” by 72”. ‘The soil was a light loose
sand. Ash pit 66 was found directly over the grave. It was 48”
in diameter and 36” deep and filled with fire-broken pebbles, split
and cracked animal bones and carbonized wood intermixed with
ashes and sand. Amongst this refuse were numerous potsherds, an
elk tooth, 3 bone awls, imperfect, and 1 awl large and well made.
There were also several lumps of clay. The pit is probably in-
trusive at a period later than that of the burial [see text fig. 11].
LLL? Far sou.
Fig. 11 Diagram of grave XXXVIII
The grave bottom was 16” below the bottom of the ash pit. The
skeleton was that of a female and was in fairly good condition,
but the skull had been flattened and crushed by the weight of the
earth. A crushed vessel lay at the back of the head. Orientation:
head south-southeast, face north-northeast, right side, flexed position
[see pl. to].
Grave XXXIX, pit 68, at 15’ on the east side of trench 12 almost
touched grave XX XVIII. It was somewhat smaller in dimensions,
being 36” by 48” and 32” deep. It held the remains of a child
of 8or 10 years. The bones were in a fair condition but there were
no fibulae or tibii. The spine was noticeably curved and in other
ways the skeleton seemed peculiar. Orientation: head east, face
north, right side, flexed position.
Grave XL, pit 69, at 20’ on the west side of trench 12 was 42”
deep. It contained no trace of human remains. A pitcher-shaped
pot was found on the east side of the excavation [sce pl. 28, fig. 4].
Grave XLI, pit 86, at 55’ on the east side of trench Io was 53” ~
deep. It contained the skeleton of an adult male the bones of
which were badly crumbled. 10” before the face of the skull
Lo yd ‘TTIAXXX 9AvIn
oe eas > COOL 93 BIE. =
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 501
was a small pottery vessel with one projecting and raised point,
the whole pot being decorated with the marks of a cord-wrapped
paddle [pl. 28, fig. 6]. Directly north of the top of the skull was a
pottery pipe of the trumpet shape [pl. 31, fig. 5] and between the
pot and the pipe were a celt, a chisel of shale, a worked beaver’s
incisor, a flint and steel and several worked bones much decayed.
The grave bottom was in the clay stratum which accounts for the
poor condition of the osseous matter. Orientation: head east, face
north, right side, flexed position.
(Crave NMC e pit Suatesosrin. theneh. To nom the west side was
24” deep. No bones besides a few molar caps of an infant of 6 or
8 were found. A large pottery vessel, F444 [pl. 29, fig. 1], with an
ancient rim break and showing signs of prolonged use was found in
one end of the excavation near the teeth.
Grave XLIII, pit 88, was between pits 86 and 87, at 56’ in trench
10. In the grave bottom 48” below the surface was found a deposit
of fine bone dust resting on the clay. Pottery vessel F443 was
found in this grave [pl. 28, fig. 5].
Grave XLIV, pit 80, was at 67’ in the middle of trench 10. On
the grave bottom 38” below the surface lay a disintegrating adult
skeleton too soft and brittle for removal. There were no objects in
the grave. Orientation: head south, face west, left side, flexed
position.
Grave XLV, pit 90, at 65’ in trench Io on the east side contained
a crumbling adult skeleton resting in the clay stratum. The grave
bottom was lined with charred bark and was 40” below the surface.
Orientation: head south, face west, left side, flexed position.
Grave XLVI, pit 91, in trench 15 was 48” deep and contained the
decayed skeleton of an adult. Before the face were two badly
broken vessels made of poorly tempered pottery. The skeleton lay
east and west with the top of the skull to the east, the face north,
on its right side in a flexed position.
Grave VeVi piio2, at 64 onthe east side of trench 10 con-
tained the decayed skeleton of an aged adult male. It lay with
the head to the east, face south, left side and in a flexed position
[see pl. 11]. The skull was badly broken but of some scientific
value. The spinal column was completely ossified and was removed
intact. Near the lower jaw was a small double edged celt [text
fig. 12], above the skull, that is to the east, was a beautiful pottery
vessel, typically Erian in ferm, with a small raised rim point [pl. 29,
fig. 2, also text fig. 13], and before the abdomen with the stem hole
502 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
nearest was a pipe of most peculiar form, the shape of some animal
[pl. 22, fig. 5, also text fig. 14]. One of the workmen, a Seneca
Fig. 12 Celt from grave XLVII, Fig. 13 Vessel from grave XLVII, pit 92
pit 92
Indian, pronounced it the representation of a mythical monster
known to the Iroquois as the Niagwahe. The grave bottom was
39” by 63” in dimensions.
Grave XLVIII, pit 93, was at 88’ on the west side of trench 10
and contained the remains of an infant skeleton. The bones were
crushed and crumbling. No objects were found in the grave except
a dry fibrous substance resembling the decayed fibers of some res-
inous wood. Orientation: head southwest, face southeast, right
side, flexed. :
Grave XLIX, pit 94, in trench 15 at 22’ on the east side contained
the broken root-eaten skeletons of two adults. Before the orbits of —
the southmost skeleton were 5 triangular flint arrow points and
at the chin a crushed pottery vessel. Near the orbits of the north-
most skeleton was a black flint knife [see pl. 23, fig. 8]. Orien-
tation: skeleton 1, head east, face north, right side, almost straight
position; skeleton 2, head southeast, face northeast, right side,
flexed position.
Grave L, pit 95, in trench 15 was at 22’ on the west side. It
contained a deposit of bone dust and a crushed pot.
Plate 11
Grave pit 92, Ripley, at 84 feet in trench 10 was 3’ 4’ deep. It contained
the decayed bones of an adult male of mature years. he spinal column was
in one solid piece, the result of ankylosis. With the skeleton at the places
indicated by the photograph were a double edged celt, a perfect pottery vessel,
typically Erian, and a stone effigy pipe, representing some mythical animal
[see pl. 22, fig. 5]
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 503
Grave LI, pit 96, at 102’ on the east side of trench 10 was a large
grave [see pl. 12]. The topsoil was removed and the grave area
found to be 72” by 78”. At 36” the rim of a pottery vessel was
touched by the trowel, indicating the proximity of the grave bottom.
The overlying soil was carefully removed with army trowels and the
Fig. 14 Effigy pipe from grave XLVII, pit 92
skeletons cleaned and brushed. The remains of 4 skeletons lay in
the grave bottom, those of an aged female, 2 children aged about
1o and 12 years, respectively, and the skull-less remains of what
seemed a male skeleton. The northmost skeleton was that of a
child of about 12 years. Above its crushed skull was a badly
broken pottery vessel. The second skeleton was that of a female
and was likewise in a poor state of preservation. Above the fore-
Fig. 15 Small cup from grave
LI, pit 96
head, to the east, was a large broken pot, back of the skull was a
cuplike vessel [text fig. 15] with two smaller cups turned with
mouths down over it. Near the dorsal vertebra between this skele-
504 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
ton and that of the child was a copper bead within which was a
section of a deerskin thong [pl. 37, fig. 3]. Upon the right lower
arm were 2 copper bracelets [see pl. 37, fig: 1, 2). Dhercoppes
salts which had been released by natural agencies from the metal,
penetrating the substances beneath them had preserved portions
of flesh, bone, skin, deerskin, and a portion of a bark sheet [see
pl. 37]. The 4 fingers and thumb of the right hand were incased in
wide rolled brass rings, the salts of which had preserved the animal
tissues of the hand [see pl. 32, fig. 5, 10]. Beneath this hand was
a deposit of red ocher. The third skeleton was that of a child
and was badly decayed. Above the remains of the skull was a
large pottery. vessel [see pl. 30, fig. 5]. A fourth skeleton lay at
the south end of the grave. It was fragmentary and minus a
skull. Near the pelvis of this skeleton and near the knee of the
female were 8 triangular arrow points. Between the female and
male skeletons and below the second infant was a polished bar
celt. The photograph [pl. 12] gives the details of the grave.
Three skeletons headed east and apparently faced the south. It
was not possible to determine the position of the fourth owing to
its condition.
Grave LII, pit 97, at 33’ on the west side of trench 12 was 42”
wide, 48” long and 42” deep. It contained the root-eaten skeleton
of a female. The skull was noticeably dolichocephalic and narrow.
Grave LIII, pit 98, at 36’ on the west side of trench 12 was 52”
long, 48” wide and 38” deep. It contained the crumbling skeleton
of an aged female. A crushed pot was found at the rear of the
skull. Orientation: head south, face west, left side, flexed posi-
tion.
Grave LIV, pit 99, at 33’ on the east side of trench 12 was 38”
deep. It contained a crumbling adult skeleton that lay with the
skull to the west, face south, left side and flexed.
Grave LV, pit 100, in trench 16 on the east side at the beginning
was 20” deep and contained the crumbling remains of an adult
male skeleton. The skull was mesocephalic. Before the face was a
celt, F477 [pl. 20, fig. 12], formed from a piece of the local shale
and to the south of the skull a few inches was a pottery vessel
with a wide flaring rim, F478 [pl. 30, fig. 2]. The skeleton lay
with the skull to the south, face west, left side and flexed.
Grave LVI, pit 101, was central in trench 16 at the beginning.
At 30” below the surface was found a root-eaten skeleton of a
female. A crushed pot was found at the top of the head. The
skeleton lay with the skull east, face north, right side and flexed.
"
Plate 12
Grave pit 96 in trench 10 contained the skeleton of an aged female, the
lower right arm of which was almost entirely preserved by the copper salts
formed from the heavy copper arm bands and finger rings. Two infants’
skeletons were found at her side and the skeleton of a headless male, near
which was found a bar celt. Ten pottery vessels were buried in this family
grave. See descriptive matter in text
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 505
Grave LVII, pit 102, in trench 16 at 15’ on the west side lay on
the trench line. The skeleton found 24” below the surface
was badly root-eaten and crumbled. ‘The superciliary ridges over
the orbits of the crushed skull indicated that the remains were those
of a male. At the top of the skull were two typical Ripley-Erie pots.
Orientation: head north, face east, left side, flexed.
Grave LVIII, pit 103, was a burial at 20’ in the middle of trench
16. At 22” below the surface of the ground was found a crumbling
root-eaten skeleton of an adult. At the occiput was a broken pot
of unusual form and decoration. The skeleton lay with the head
north, face west, right side and flexed.
' Grave LIX, pit 104, was over the trench line of trench 16 at 24’.
There was a light deposit of bone dust but no “ grave dirt.”
Grave LX, pit 105, west beyond LIX was outside of trench 16
in a projecting point of sand. A disintegrating skeleton was found
24” below the surface. The bones were crumbled so that it was
impossible to determine the position of them. A stone pipe of
unusual form was found on the east side of the excavation. The
Fig. 16 Pot from grave LX, pit 105
pipe, F472, seems to be an attempt to represent a bear’s claw [see
pl. 22, fig. 4]. 7” west of the pipe was a pottery vessel of an un-
usual form, F471 [text fig. 16]. Between the pot and the pipe lay
a deposit of bone dust.
Grave LXI, pit 106, at 44’ on the east side of trench 15 was a
grave with top dimensions of 66” by 72”. At 56” below the surface
the grave bottom was found in the clay stratum. At the bottom
was a black deposit of animal phosphate, black and clayey. There
500 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
was no visible trace of bone dust. In the southeast corner of the
excavation pot F479 was found [see text fig. 17]. It had an ancient
rim break but no sherds could be found in the grave soil.
Fig. 17 Pot from grave LXI, pit 106
Grave LXII, pit 107, at 33’ on the east side of trench 15 was
42” deep. The skeleton was that of an adult male of mature years
and was in a fair state of preservation. Even the Os hyotd re-
mained. A superior maxillae of an adult bear was found over
the skull, probably the remains of a bearskin shoulder robe. At
the occiput and a little to the north was a beautifully shaped
pottery vessel in an absolutely perfect condition, F474 [see pl. 26,
fig. 1]. Two points of broken triangular arrows were found in
the vertebrae of the neck just below the atlas and may have been
the cause of death. The skull lay with the top to the southwest, —
face southeast, right side, flexed.
Grave LXIII, pit 109, at 50’ on the west side of trench 15 was
39” by 50” in dimensions and 38” in depth. It contained the root-
eaten crumbling skeleton of an adult. Orientation: head east, face
south, left side, flexed. -
Grave LXIV, pit 110, at 35’ on the east side of trench 15 was
42” long, 40” wide and 48” deep. It contained a broken crumbling
skeleton. A crushed pot lay at the top of the skull to the east,
Orientation: skull east, face south, left side, flexed,
5
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 507
Grave LXV, pit 111, at 69’ on the east side of trench I5 was
42” wide, 48” long and 40” deep. It held an adult skeleton. In
the grave bottom was a layer of charred wood and bark 2” thick.
The skeleton lay with the skull pointing east, the face south, on its
left side and in a flexed position.
Grave LXVI, pit 112, at 70’ in trench I5 on the west side was
52” long, 40” wide and 72” deep. It held the skeleton of a female,
the bones of which were poorly preserved. The skull lay to the
east, the face north, and the skeleton lay on its right side, flexed
as usual. South of the right scapula was a pottery vessel, F480o.
Over the grave was a small pit containing a quantity of ashes, char-
coal, charred corn and a bear’s tooth.
Beye EXVIl pit 113, at 55’ in trench 8 on the east side was
52° long, 48” wide and 63” deep. The skeleton was in a fair state
of preservation. It lay with the skull to the west, the face south,
on its right side and in a flexed position. Before the face and 12”
from it was a fine specimen of Erie pottery, 476, and a lump
of red ocher. The pot is figured in plate 26, figure 2.
Grave LXIX, pit 114, on the west side of trench 8 at 60’ was
60” wide, 52” long and 54” deep. It contained the skeletons of
an adult and child. Between the two skulls was a pottery vessel
which rested in a deposit of red ocher. The skulls lay to the west,
the faces south, each skeleton lay on the right side in a flexed posi-
tion.
Grave LXX, pit 115, on the east side of trench 8 at 50’ was 54”
wide, 60” long and 42” deep and contained the skeletons of an
adult and 2 infants. The bones were in a poor condition and were
accompanied by no objects. The female skeleton seems, by the
position of the skeletons, to have clasped both infants in her arms.
Orientation: skulls northeast, faces southeast, left sides, flexed.
Grave LXXI, pit 116, in trench 8 at 66’ on the east side was
66” long, 48” wide and 60” deep. The skeleton was that of a male
and comparatively was in a fair condition but very brittle. The skull
as it lay in the grave measured from the occiput to the glabella
203 millimeters. When removed the skull came apart at the sutures.
Before the face were 5 triangular arrow points and there were 2
in the right hand. There was a deposit of objects near the sternum,
parts of 2 bone implements, fragments of beaver teeth, flints and a
few chips. A deposit of red ocher lay beneath the right cheek.
Orientation: skull north, face west, right side, flexed position.
Grave LXXII, pit 117, on the east central of trench 8 was 58”
deep. The skeleton was that of an aged male and was in a tightly
508 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
flexed position with the knees drawn up close to the chin. The
larger bones were in a fair condition but the smaller ones nck
the ribs had entirely decayed. At the occiput was a clay vessel
with a small rim break. An inch from the skull to the northwest.
was a crumbling turtle carapace with 4 perforations [see pl. 34, fig,
11]. A flint and chunk of iron lay beneath the chin as 1f they had
been clutched in one hand and a small celt was in the angle formed
by the flexed right arm. Four triangular arrowheads lay at the top
of the skull, a point was found in the vertebrae below the atlas and ij
another between the tibia and fibula of the right leg. Field measure=|
ments of the skull gave the bizigomatic length 4 1/16” and the |
structural hight 7 14/16”, the distance from the glabella to the
aveolar border of the*superior maxillary 3 9/32”, the nasal index
was about 66.6 and the cephalic index 64.3. Onenmaee head
southeast, face southwest, left side, flexed.
Grave LX XIII, pit 118, on the west side of trench 15 at 82’ was}
60” wide, 72” long and 48” deep. It contained 2 skeletons one
which was badly decayed. The conditions seemed to indicate tf ‘
the graves had been intruded and that the better preserved skeleton
was more recent. The older skeleton lay with the skull toward thi
southwest, the face south-southeast and on the right side. The
better preserved skeleton headed northeast, faced southeast and lay
flexed on the left side.
Grave LXXIV, pit 119, in trench 17 on the east side at th e,|
beginning was 36” in depth. It held the crumbling remains of
skeleton and a broken pot. This first or upper grave intrud
another grave, the bottom of which was 3” lower. Pot F511 W
found in the lower grave. In both cases the vessels were back
the skulls. Owing to the condition of the bones it was impossible to
determine the position of the skeletons.
Grave LXXV, pit 120, on the east side of trench 17 at 17” was
42" deep and contained the remains of a male. The grave soil
from the top to 30” down was heavily intermixed with carbonaceous
matter and ash. At 30” a layer of clay 6” thick was struck a
beneath it the skeleton. At a point midway between the lower jaw
and knee was found a trumpet pipe of the flat flaring rimmed type,
F536 [pl. 31, fig. 6]. It was imbedded in a cementlike composit
of ashes, sand and gravel. The skull lay to the west, the face so
and the skeleton lay flexed on the right side.
i | LXXVI, pit 121, on the west side of trench 17 at 20’ wa S |
2" deep and contained the crumbling remains of a male skeleton.
|
Plate 13
Fig. Grave LXXXI, pit 126. Two males in single grave
Fig. 2 Grave XCV, pit 135. Male and female in single grave
ine eee Sr
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 5090
Before the sternum were Io triangular flint arrow points, 1 per-
forator, I scraper, 2 flint flakes and rt white spear or knife of
white translucent chalcedony [see fig. 21].
Grave LXXVII, pit 122, at 25’ on the east side of trench 17
was a Clearly defined grave but there was no visible vestige of
human remains. The grave was 48” deep.
Grave LXXVIII, pit 123, at 33’ on the west side of trench 17.
was 48” in depth and.contained the exfoliating remains of 2
young females. At the occiput of skeleton 2 was a crushed pot.
While examining the bottom of the grave another skeleton was
discovered lying 6” beneath. Around the cranium of the third
- skeleton were arranged 4 hammer stones in the form of a semicircle.
The sex of this skeleton could not be determined owing to the
condition of the bones. Skeletons 1 and 2 headed east, faced south
-and lay flexed on the left sides.
Grave LX XIX, pit 124, at 33’ on the east side of trench 17 was
3%’ distant from grave pit 123. It contained the skeleton of a
male. It lay with the skull to the west, the face south, on the right
side flexed.
Grave LXXX, pit 125, at 44’ on the west side of the trench was
a small grave 24” wide, 34” long and 30” deep. A fragment of
an infant’s pelvis and a crumbling vertebrae were all that remained
of the skeleton. Beneath the bones was a quantity of charred wood
and bark.
Grave LXXXI, pit 126, at 47’ in trench 17 on the east side of
the trench contained the skeletons of 2 males of mature years [see
pl. 13, fig. 1]. At the top of the skull of the southmost skeleton
-was a cord-marked vessel [see pl. 30, fig. 3], and at the occiput of
the northmost was a broken vessel. Midway between the two was
a round water-washed pebble stained with red ocher. At the abdo-
men of the northmost was a scapula and humerus and reaching
beneath the right leg of the southmost was an ulna and a radius,
the bones of an arm not belonging to either skeleton. In the lower
leg of the southmost skeleton was an arrowhead of unusual mate-
rial. The tip had been broken off but was found near the tibia.
Orientation: southmost, skull northeast, face northwest, right side,
flexed position; northmost, head southeast, face southwest, left side,
tightly flexed.
Grave LX XXII, pit 127, at 55’ in the middle trench 17 was 42”
wide, 48” long and 48” deep. The crumbling skeleton was that of
a male. At the top of the skull was a large pot cracked on one
510 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
side but otherwise in good shape.t_ When the skull was emptied two
vertebrae and three phalanges fell from it. These had probably
been placed in the skull by some small rodent, the remains of whose
burrow were found circling the pot. An ash pit 20” deep was
over this grave. The skull pointed south and faced west and the
skeleton lay on its left side, flexed.
Grave LXXXIII, pit 128, in trench 17 on the east side was found
directly beneath a plum tree and therefore the skeleton could not
be properly. exposed. Within the grave at 49” below the surface
was found a female skeleton. At the occiput was a pottery vessel
of the corded type. The skull pointed east, faced north, and the
skeleton lay flexed upon its left side.
Grave LXXXIX, pit 120, at 67’ on the east side ‘or jiremenmens
was 60” by 62” and 42” deep. In ‘this grave were 2 female skele-
tons. The eastmost skeleton lay upon its back with the face up
and the inferior maxillary dropped upon the vertebrae. The west-
most lay in the usual position. Orientation: eastmost, head south-
east, face up, right side, flexed; westmost, head southeast, face _
northeast, right side, tightly flexed.
_ Grave XC, pit 130, at 67’ on the west side of trench 17 was
separated from pit 123 by a space of 2’ 6”. The grave was 60”
long, 48” wide and 52” deep. Upon the bottom was a female skele-
ton crushed and flattened. On the middle finger of the right hand
was a coiled brass ring, One of the same kind was found on the
same finger of the left hand also. The right hand was held flat
over the forehead and the copper salts from the ring had preserved
a small patch of fine black hair and the scalp to which it was at-
tached [sce pl. 37, fig. 8], also a small piece of deerskin and a frag-
ment of some bark fabric, both perhaps parts of the burial shroud.
The skull pointed to the southeast, the face to the northeast-and the
skeleton lay on the right side, flexed.
Grave XCI, pit 131, at 66’ on the east side of trench 17 was 40”
deep and contained the skeleton of an adult female. A crushed
pot containing the cracked bones of a deer was found at the occiput..
Over the grave was a small shallow pocket filled with charcoal and
ashes. This perhaps was a true burial or grave fire pit. The skele-
ton lay on the right side, flexed, with the skull east and the face
north.
Grave XCII, pit 132, in trench 17 at 70’ on the west side was 47”
deep. In this grave was the skeleton of a female fairly well pre-
*This pot is the largest found in the site.
"
cklace of shell disks found about the neck of a female skeleton, grave
pit 133, trench 18, at 20’ on the west side. Restrung, bead for bead, as found
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 511
served. It lay upon its back with the face turned to the left but
otherwise in the usual flexed position. At the top of the skull and
a little to the front was a celt, F520. The skull lay to the southeast
and the face southwest. Four views of the cranium are shown in
plate 17.
Grave XCIII, pit 133,-in trench 18 at 20’ on the west side was
39” deep. Over the entire grave was a heavy layer of black car-
bonized substances, a foot in thickness. The fragile skeleton of a
female lay in the grave bottom. Above and slightly to the rear of
the skull was a crushed vessel. Before the face were flints, steel,
F546, graphite, F545, red ocher and a heap of incised shell tablets,
F617 [see pl. 36, fig. 1]. A necklace of discoidal shell beads, F618,
encircled the neck [see pl. 14]. At the chin as if once attached to the
circle of beads were 2 shell gorgets and a pendant, F516 [see pl. 36,
fig. 2, 3, 7]. On the middle finger of the right hand was a coiled
copper ring. The soil was an ash and clay mixed gravel and sand
and cementlike. It was therefore very difficult to expose and re-
move the bones. The thin skull collapsed when lifted. The skele-
ton lay on its left side, flexed, with the skull pointing south and the
face to the west.
Grave XCIV, pit 134, at 33’ on the east-central side of trench 18
was 42” deep and contained the skeleton of a female. Owing to
the cementlike character of the soil here and the fragility of the
bones it was impossible to remove them. The skull which was
crushed was taken up with great care but fell apart. A broken
pot was found at the occiput. The skull headed south and the
face was to the east. The skeleton lay on its right side, flexed.
Grave XCV, pit 135, at 22’ on the east side of trench 18 was 66”
wide, 66” long and 42” deep. Excavations revealed the skeletons of
an adult male and female [see pl. 13, fig. 2]. Between the skulls
was a crushed and broken pot. Near the shoulders of the female
and touching the radius of the male were the following objects: 1
spatulate water-washed pebble, 4 flint chips, 4 leaf-shaped flint
blades, 1 oval flint knife, 3 chunks of flint, Io triangular arrow
points and 1 scraper. The male lay with the head pointing toward
the southeast and facing the southwest, on the left side and flexed;
the ferhale on its back with face up and skull to the south and legs
flexed to the southwest.
Grave XCVI, pit 136, at 40’ on the east side of trench 18 was
48” deep. Over the grave was a shallow ash pit in which was
found a bear’s tusk. The skull pointed toward the southeast, the
face down and the body on the left side flexed.
512 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Grave XCVII, pit 137, in trench 18 at 44’ on the east side was
37” deep. It held the crumbling remains of a female’s skeleton,
headed east, facing south and on the right side flexed.
Grave XCVIII, pit 138, outside of trench 18 on the east at 44’
adjoining pit 137, was 48” deep, 49’ long and 60” wide. It con-
tained the skeletons of a male and a female [see pl. 15, fig. Tie The
bones had been disturbed by some burrowing animal, probably a
woodchuck. The skeletons lay back to back, the female on its left
side and the male on its right. The skull of the female was twisted
directly around and the lower jaw rested on the male’s occiput
with the chin toward its own skull. Between the two skele-
tons were three triangular arrow points, a leaf-shaped point and a
lump of red ocher. The male lay with the skull to the south, the
face east and flexed on the right side; the female originally probably
lay facing the southwest with the skull pointing southeast, on the
left side, flexed.
Grave XCIX, pit 139, at 66’ in trench 18 on the east side con-
tained the crumbling remains of an adult. At the face were 9
triangular arrowheads and one oval flint knife. At the top of the
skull was a broken pottery vessel and at the abdomen a deposit of
red ocher. A broken triangular point was found in the decayed
femur. At the foot of the grave, that is to the west, was the skull
of a bear, a copper bead and a triangular flint. The skeleton lay
with the head east, the face south, on the left side flexed appar-
ently.
Grave C, pit 140, at 66’ in trench 18 on the west side was 42”
deep, 40” wide and 50” long. It held the crumbling remains of a
male headed east, facing south on the left side. At the top of the
skull and about 5” from it was a pottery vessel, F515. At the
occiput was a polished stone pipe and near the bowl 2 arrow points
(a2 jolly Ges ames, |.
Grave CI, pit 141, at 77’ on the east side of trench 18 was 36”
deep. In this grave was found the crumbling skeleton of a male.
At the forehead was a broken pot and a black stone pipe rested
on the ulna of the right arm. The pipe is figured in plate 22, figure
7. The skeleton lay on its right side heading east and facing south,
on the right side, flexed.
Grave CII, pit 142, at 85’ on the west side of trench 18 was 42"
deep. It contained the crumbling remains of a child at the top of
whose skull was a broken pot. The skull was toward the east, the
face south and the skeleton lay on the left side flexed.
Plate 15
Fig. 1 Grave XCVIII, pit 138 Fig. 2 Grave C, pit 140
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE RESIS
Grave CIII, pit 143, was at 5’ in the middle of trench 19 and was
32” deep. It contained the crumbling remains of an adult female
and an infant. The adult headed east, faced north and lay on
the right side; the infant headed east, faced north and lay on the
right side. At the occiput of the female was a deposit of red
ocher. .
Grave CIV, pit 144, at 22’ on the east side of trench 19 contained
the skeleton of a male. Two arrowheads were found at the top
of the skull. Orientation: skull east, face north, right side, flexed.
Grave CV, pit 145, at 100’ in the middle of trench 10, was 48”
deep. At one end of the excavation was a rimless vessel. The
bones had disappeared. .
Grave CVI, pit 146, on the east side of trench 19 at 66’ was 42”
in depth. The grave held the crumbling remains of an adult
female headed northwest and facing southwest. Before the face
was a crumbling pottery vessel.
Grave CVII, pit 147, on the west side of trench 19 at 70’ con-
tained the crumbling skeletons of a female and an infant. At the
occiput of the adult was a broken pot having an ear or handle.
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM -
514
(¢) mndioo0 V7
_ Ynys jo doy 1V
snvl Moye TINAS JO doy
qndis00 3W
qnd1000 1
[[n3xs Jo doy 1V
aoe} VIOJOG
eutds ut
Moire ‘ynd1990 4e 40g
ysnp su0q Uy.
ynd1090 yW
ade] VIOJO
stajod
ye I pue soe] o10Joq 1
TInys Jo do
ynd1990 yW
TIMAS IeoN
TBs sA0qy
ade} o1ojoq ,S1
TWOI}ISOg
10g
ia seichs settee dog
ecceees edid ‘10d
ReNaetaliesete rate teen eres 10g
sea Nn HORE AES 30g
eeccee spre maou ee COC,
6 Bice See nes -90g
yUoIseIT
peoq ssejs ‘Mollie 40g
jc OG crcngehanse 10g
otha 45 Dita bea shee eee 10g
ico Reena verses gg
«ees e ee eee eo tee si0od Zw
eocee ce eqny ‘gu0q 40g
eee ee ee qured ‘4190 ‘10g
Sane eoe ois apeyq [eAo I
eesisshieye edid Azeqj0d 1
eee esee eee oes 40d. I
sq09fqQ
ececeee
ec ee ee
eee eee
wor}
-Ipuogq
eee eee
eee eee
cece ee
eee eee
eee eee
cece eee
cc eee e
ecco eee
cece eee
x9S
eee ee stereo ee eloece eee
ec ce ee
eeeecee
cece eee
eceeeeljeece ee ele ee ee «
eceeceel|se ee ee ele ee o © o
eececessleee ee &
eecoceececle ee ee ele ee e ©
oa
a4
n
o
2
a
11S
NOILVINGIXO
wory
-ISO q9
|
ee fcalfca|
eco eee
eee e eo
eal
S9ABI3 9} JO p109e1 aq} Jo ArBmUINS
Pia: L sayour
ut
qideq
a
yering
———_—SS
515
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL. SITE
“pexey.St uorisod 94} peqze4s esImMieyy4O sseyup)
Tnys Jo doy,
mys jo doy,
sory ‘T[nNys Jo doy
ee ee ee eC
ecece ee ee oe ee ew eee ek 8
(Sp1o0oa1 998)
s][Nys ea N
- 9}BUTULIOJOpUT
sofa o10Jog
mel
ye yao ‘UstIOpde 4e
edid ‘]]Jnys sAoqe 40g
20e} o1OJog
a} PUIUIIOJOpUT
9} CUIUIIeJepUT
(spzo
-deI 99S) Peo] IaAO
adid ‘s0ej o10joq 40g
dLBUIULIOJOpPUT
qnd1990 4W
0B] sIOjog
oVVUIUIIOJOpuUyT
90R} VI0JO
a JeUIUIIOJOpUT
a} CUIWIIOJOpUyT
OVUIUIIO}JOpuy
JEU IoJOpUyT
ynd1o00 VW
cece eee ec eo ee ow oo 8B eo 8
eceee ecoceeeece “420 Teg
ce ee we ee (Sp100e1 998)
eecce eee eee -e ule) si0od 6
eescece ee ee © © ew eo we ee
cece eee ee ee eo oe we oe et
C000 Oo Ofte 6 Wh oo si0d Z
Coe
ee eee ee ee ee ew we we et
499 ‘szurpy ‘odid
‘od ‘squoweidur ouog
Tahoroso .O.clako Dp Oar OrD: Cacho 104
POO OOS Ra eOud 949 sqUTp
Pee ake cee odid 1 ‘syod z
tins ee ne SPUSUISe IT 10d
“pexopq=j 2
ee ee eo
see eee
eee eee
eee eee
ecee ee
eee eo |
*peulo|eo=[e9 ‘peqyeiseqjUIsIp Ajerityue=q ‘IOod=q ‘11ejJ=9q
Lee ce
a a
poral ee 1
ler i
ees
a
ie ee a
Be 7
ee ed)
Coane =
ees x
ee x
W a WV
ee ee we ele eo ow gg 7} WT
ee i
ane ae
An{ 0 ChOvteD CFO Oo oe. 6
St
Anf aie) (oyrel lols Psi
ae xu
ee
ne :
anf eo fellate allele
oe ee
ec eee eo
ets
eee eee
ce ee ee
ece eee
eee eee
ee eee e
ee ee ee
ec e eee
Raz
ee ee oe
we ee we
Ve
cor
‘sjeling yid ysyoD
i Oncaea XIXXX
Summary of the record of the graves a
SSS ———OO0w0—_Os—s=—=“$—™—$—$—$—$( OOS SS ————
4 2 Depth ORIENTATION cPosi- bCondi- F a ;
Burial Pit pun mee Saat Sas, aa Sex |- tion Objects Position
Pe tevoleve bi atocetavatecoaas 4 42 E S) R 1 SLSeaege i D TL POnic agai meusteeetes sc ener 15” before face
OLD esr e eae icetacuarccs 5 EOP allel veveyace|l ors eeretelltapeaceses ell ieiuen eral es emea eyed LOE Heal Occ cp lec] DRI ae aA hieesy ae ee eld
VG ee be ee Oat 6 42 W N RECA steve nes (ee LDS Sigehbay shoe AAU oho ae Roam ey ome ean ao
1 fees Sec arne 7 42 E S) FRE a Rew ete RE aclib aeabecintt ye ho bin cba Ais MO MSERa orl Cre RNa ian Me eee eee
\ eS eco ain are 8 38 WwW N Sie al eon esl eos At Sc Sb06 6 Siercieh Ac Arathor oc eho, am es
NWA Sian okeos ates 9 30 NE SE Ripe | ay ere IME Pal Bars oe I pottery pipe........ Above skull 7
Ue yates Sey: Io ALS ian None an SPs ee Py Bdle alice Cal. TOVAleDlaG ernie itenee Near skull a
NAIR eae ots 11 | 60 | W N R F ie eee as Pot, celt, paint....... At occiput =
| De eae pe 12 Be Pal Mate atcte tae aie taal | eracedetenell arek retake JeheMheimenal| auc dooeton can eobe Pmbassoeedas aay. K
3: Cap SUES Fay ae cin Le 13 42 Ww S) 1 ies pal cree ie wet Real | elie ene lesan Apa Ata ere nl es ed Wee eas elay Socb vai eainst aoe 8
D.C Se es hieia Bbraale 14 42 E N Wie |e Seas Wi baie leans Pot, bone, tube.. .... Top of skull rs
KOU ce evneechceeue = 15 40 NW | NE rae esl eee aaa arenes Cal. Za POUS ar ee Yorn ete Seeks I Os faceand rat
pelvis 48
2G Ml Mere eater Bae 22 28 E S IR ea eryavett AAULSVace licens ROG Heese cee oe mee Before face 2
SIV Aa crdetiecran 23 52 E S) REP © leita shear oleate archaeal eetoeersa Pot csew oe ae ean At occiput ee
> sig Brana nin Canon 24 Zi eersa ie lee Dialed atl OO A tiorks oo hull Hee uss Soearonsodnoeell ano oAnatwowncaboe ces ura
DG le We gee corer tg 25 7p eal too irae |tocciori aio (oc on. GlSrus0.01| ed.ah caslicsolo creen | UO ORO nao aB OG GalGrne Alco B Et Sh aoos ec oou a dq
PQA Ne eas Abert s 33 ASiz Als tavavee eh lta ecnaee sailor akor cue tec tence ole ees E Potisece vie stanystaren ne ‘In bone dust a
XCVAILS che evense 39 36 SW ING Woo RRSeea aS Sar oar) iran ce vevell ave ures Pot, arrow, glass bead| Pot at occiput, arrow a
fragment in spine oS
STs cea detente 40 49 N E REG a8 ars aeeeallancere a aneratttons ROtanintrcss acne Before face !
SRK inl oa eoetatetetetens 44 49 W Ss) Tig See ee eee 1 Fe Pete corsa Paper te peeers ee etnsae cons At top of skull
DOR ies Reet 45 46 E S RS alias: Mire |oecabaie ccillc evar @ ia eosin en cveres shor oteioes hata saeeee eoaHooGOFOGSS
PDO. ie 3 Soraya. ¢ 47 60 S) E Tod oa leesn ae VIS eea ter ares PO tik conto rctetiecres at aberetone At occiput
UXOXOMIM GS Sra eters 48 30 iS) E hes a ere AS Sel Seether POE sacs syaliiersiersva hares At occiput
>, ORIN Ene ee oot 49 Ped Parmer acta SIN ceil aFo tons | charts tens lias Soke AFG) Se See cas fog wise eietale wesee| bale oleie ie sheraniara oat 28t
EXOXOV ers reese ensners 51 51 E S) R F M D POte Pipermrraeireeter Top of skull below jaw
BROMO peavey sonie tecars 52 48 S E igi 2 alkene tooten cillenarey cats E POtier Ace ae ouras At top of skull -
XOXO. techele ie 54 GG eestor shew e iancnel| Peneuaual wxe:|tenreqeror suet senitsn aed: Te MLIM cons aston 8 chasse cutie eres ecretcul 4 oneushedenee ka ueelcesmeaetis nets
SKOOVD o sin este 56 CO) Hoses elltene they anil eeeranseeaaliayss Sete al seaeae vane Be cel menctoate nnn eo etracriarlt Packer Ronoen staan
EET front capes 57 Die as Se asbaee nree oad ie teeae.s eevuse eeeener aaa asT E PO testis coeasccucg Sacer eta At occiput (?)
RUSE raed: D :
ERO cee Pe ill Dig a ne Rae Ve ean ae 2 pots...............| At occiput
5 os anne pias en ER ca Indeterminate
RKTT prolicac aa Oe aa rc BOE SS oradis [nt LEGS Fi is Suet tinh ree tge Indeterminate
BERS fe oe Beastie Hiteele eue ee ee Te Ee een: Tigefeuminate
ER 8 oy Gaal MEN E SS pe ele Meo ey 2 pots, I pipe........ Indeterminate
BOOM re he rk ba ae TBO Re ek eos ee IENbbaNES EOD ne hog on oases Before face
MOKVI cs eae NW NE Oe oe Ren ae Pot, agrows.......... Indeterminate
ROOK VM Se ae es NINE Sse dpe oo @ Ober eee. Before face >
XXXIX SP ee 64 - N a Penis ie les POU er PGI a At occiput 4
pg ees . pale ees ate oes SiS 04 Semis. c & Olena a ae mee yee ne ie ene eer
IS seen ne bes Ff Bere a egettey Silt skewevetor cs ioe ee eee E Potan ad ocncomnon ODE Indeterminate a
wats M D Bone implements, pot,| Pot before face, pipe a
Pipe, flints, celt over head (see rec- B
2 UU arctica cess ples op 5 ords) o
ME ee ae a 55 Gb nes SOS be] Seana eb Wise |) 18; RO tennis a any tase. Indeterminate is
RETA ae 89 33 Bare anne egies sala x INOW ses BeBe eee tae | Indeterminate Z
ge Ses anew 90 40 WwW S ib, Pee eet ee D Be ceeds mas ee ges See rie * 4
? SVs (ops 48 N E RU Ses ae 1 lee rcs D DEDOLS an elias eee Before face &
oD ge oon. 92 40 S) E L F M D Pot, celt, pipe........] Pot above skull, pipe 2
at abdomen, celt at ie
XLVIII aM =
speieney olegenale te 93 30 SE SW |R rosooul| diane ID=13;|| IDeeenyasl kcoslacupcncl! wagtonere Ienee.cOUCaD Z
XLIX (a)........ 94| 5: | N E Reree ilerete ea ar: DY 1S Te Skane. dla Oe go ea eee eee ae eee C)
(©) herr QAw he raisiewere NE SE Regie pee cose D Fulinth Secs aces eee seertere tains Before eyes td
Toe Oh ei oan aa Diy Owakd capa, ofc Dall erbsates Oke Slo. A oadll Baa etae laren E tb OG eteusesner ssh Sissel tals Indeterminate iS
BIG) ere eee 96 42 iS) E Tepe | te, eat F | Dail ad thee EUR Coe quiet aa CR Near skulls fe
(ON ater eccie ete OQ AE IS E i ae Se ferred Tantgalietass. | @ joie Gielen ou danieoe Le (see records) a
(Oo oe0 oe 5 96 42 iS) E Ti ees te ra irathage eee: 1 (GES RACOUS) y Garsoe hee d|| ablaka Soap nee CiccocronC aa
CO) eat aterm 96 AD el aka etestersiltagste ss Rigg Sa Sea MGS IRS cresgs IRE AES Godan abo e At abdomen 5
|e Oa oeenicr tine 97 HUA). Ps eccrine toni F°O.c| |p Seopa tees a eaee F IDB) Sep RU OOD OSD MODS OU tonwer Iit aA ODOR aOR uK a
EAL Oa sages Supe one 98 38 W iS) | Drage TSP ee ets lh oveserarets PO tara ceuss stratcat eee as At occiput
TOV een Skt et ceed. 99 38 S) WwW MER ohana Raab rcFr alto vehay ares ID AD oe Sie Sand OAD Te IOS OUD Moree Or.
1 BA arene Oe area 100 20 W Ss Lael cepa M = Baie Pot cel teereshelers ciale.s) Top of skull, face
LANA eet eee Bi eae a TOW eso) ei eeN E JEAN SA ee F D BOB amen pte ses cee: Top of skull
DT NAL deitcs ta rcbe srcyeke Io2 24 E N Tey oem ees cc M DB) eas POTS rclstavexereiore aieleis) ee Top of skull ag
¢ F=Flexed. Unless otherwise stated the position is*flexed. GH
aAsh pit burials,
bC=fair, D=poor, E=entirely disintegrated, Cal=calcined.
MUSEUM
NEW YORK STATE
516
CC eC rr
yndis0Q
PO 20n ObOhD On oer ‘cleo Ofer
WINUIO}S TEON
WNnUIEIS TeAaN
yndio900 4¥7
yndios0 4W
(sp1o
-Oal 908) ‘oJ9 yndt1D90¢Q
NECeD, 40 Oath oO oen she topo ‘
S][MysS usemyog
SPT V10Joq
gndis00 4W
De On0eo 0 OOF soso o He nlo oOo den
yndiooo yW
dLVUIWIIaJOpUT
9] PUIWIIE}apuyT
Mikes (ste ulw) iol wiialis)ceuiel (ee liel (es leihen levels
uor{IsOg
yndis00 yW
ene ia sfot te yaeq perreyo
iw ewhefieltejus) lejveje) etn’ (ot inl) lm aje\le; 18) 18) 7d “
G00 On do oso CAONG O GouEasne
Ce ee
O20 yt OOP OO 80 168 edig
CC eC
CeCe eC tt
CC
leo oOo D0bo FED CO OC 10g
sjoalqo
se we ee
wor}
Bae)
eee ee ew
Oe OO Oo ooo 6
eee ee ele we ee ee
Oop Oo Oo G ato Ono
CDP OO UNS oo 0.0
ju
ears
yu
(Genoese ree
TeO2O° SO BilG or (ono
6G0D0c00
eee ee tle we ww ow
Go&o.0.0 OA 5 oc Aidcg
eee ee ele we ew
Or oOo Olltonoanecncac
se eee ele ee eee
xaSG
Al a S
ae ee ee
cw ae
ad M S
a ads aN
a MS as
el as MS
a N M
al aN ads
I HN ds
“AL aN ds
a a N
a a. N
a M S
a a N
Al a 2S)
Al re S)
Al a S
a N M
epig | TMyS | ecrg
NOILVLINGINO
(papnj2u09) seaAvig aq} JO p1ode1 ey} yo ArewUNS
soyour
ul
yydeq
Cer
VoL
Cor
Lor
fcr
faba
IZ1
ora
O11
O11
QIr
QII
Lit
OIT.
S11
Cir
Sir
VII
PIT
£11
(op i
III
OIl
601
Lot
gol
Cor
Por
for
Vd
jenng
517
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE
“pouroyeo= "|e ‘payeisaquisip Ajaiue=q ‘100d=q ‘11ejJ=9 q
"pexopy ST woryisod out peyeqs dSIM1I9Y4O Sso[Uy) “pexo[4q=y 2
Freee er emerald MO het Sal BOA op ers Sie ct gy eran Bari esresies Wil ures he yur foots
qndia90 AAR eo eeasgenee py CaN: ee 10g a-d ae iad ed oii. o ond
Soeporojogy | es so 10g a up (ome i
ajeurulsejepuy |-- oot 10g m [ote fort ee sie ee
1h4s jo doy, chO MeO ConPO Aw O ows bso syUl Dore oa rec W ajnel efrelne ne) DSi
A- yur fees
yndio00 1V piel ohien ov mireleeicel (otra Iayoo poy Cr CEO WA AON) Wde-O nd atk Gillon oncuck oO aS
[nys Fo doy, DUO DO MoD OGO Od OOOO Od a-d aUge Por aecmo T
W1e uo ‘QOPT WW OG OPO 01D 0.0 sO osueo a adid ‘10d sipelis saltelirs W OMDE Lae Ch YI
[[nys jo doy WV wl etcaiter ole Meltaiseriv) eileen s (esheka 10d of ecierce! wet W wi raniey ner (el ce Ty
yoo} ‘uautOp peoq sod
-qe ‘Q0P} TnAs jo doy, -doo ‘Iayoo ‘SyUT ‘10g bo noo oOho Doo ooh op oo 6 7
suojojays usomyeg [o-oo osqum [ooo en baer T
ee aie Sei a pene SCR ae Fe UT, *s rathc Dev Rep easing tama alta tert: wants Woot: x
Pee ee ee uee en Sahn AMD A hace tered roeeh, ch hase eye ge: ele eueeye a-c ep [eee a y
PER an EM Cen AM ater gd. eh aneae bua ack (bp eAeee igne seeratl Meee aa ae T
eyndeos $,o[ewey 12 G 10.0.0 Tad eOhO Oe OOl ONO oO Olu ond S) a Slreapmntie! (els yoeq
syns W99M 49 000, OO GeO Oot Oo SUI 40g So Oe MO A W © OW Chace T
euersent o)6) s\ 187le) 5) joke) 4b en eee! -s ee ce) ie | |e 0 168.8 pge (sp) eho). 0 66 ees joie «ler 6, a a Ou Uo it msi
(Spi10d9er 99S) ‘O10
‘049 Au ‘SPT ‘and1o0Q, ‘Sspeeq [jays ‘syuIE ‘Og qd fol ee get ali
ln 4s jo doy, She MuMieliel hehe katisiuaniomieiielteis 4120 a a di yatseile) tel ta yorq
ynd1990 1V ectailobiefietavisriei(ume Tels: ien/ene) ale 10g co wong a ce Oanhoro DSi
SHisvehUlUn WO) [Pome OB e ssut1 toddoy a ci pallet rarer DSi
Mee Mee perme Mtns pei tM AMAR be EA. 3, care tase otition ate tacks Ustionce GT \ooet elie x
RaW NOT eric Reon eet Strecees al tareaeee ad cae Remar eC Re eae ‘a eine eee y
yndta90 1W Slaniielce leiienerelefae sles sue 6. ai a ‘aioli levee T
D348 jo doy 1V aoLeu miele 16 neni Awe vieWe tule) ie ad W ere) a) cel ce ‘al
preoy, jo doy WV aT Ce waisiiedel sp vinep sel eben ein) emu |e ie ia) lelel.e W Gh. Beuerh he > |
yndio00 yy sae PRECAST K OE f Dery ce ay W . T
ry Ee ee ele ae ee ee ee ae ee ee eer OEE ‘a. be ee act Bl le ae
Age caeaicayeaicayica
a
wn BOE
AO OF o8cD Cr LVL
Scieelehialcs or LYr
MS cv OVI
Oko 60 QV Cri
N ov PVT
x ae Sr1
S Cae) ovl
S get Ibi
S (a4 OVI
S zp 6£r
aN | 8h | gtx
CON a he
S Le MS re
uMOp gv (oem
dn topes] OCT
MS av cer
AL ov Per
M 6 Ser
MS Lv cfr
N ov TEL
AN zS oft
AN av 6zr
dn ov 621
N 6+ QoL
M gt Lor
MN gh ger
MS | 8v | ger
‘sjering yid ysy oD
sj eure) (a) emlel emivale
“ot (PT NGS
Summary of the record of the graves (concluded) a
OO O606—oe0>%wN ee
i aia einen Die Sex eae Objects Position
Binal EMO Aches hacen Shain esis 4 ae
TOAD Tne Sys sre atc 103 22 W N Ree oe lls sencietteedl leas esate 5 I Gibcnsec hates os Sac eon ee Ts At occiput
ea ee oo Alpe ate alam nie Ie Sl aloo se chd eee aa ana:
Mesa ohn ee 106 HO loo so ool slovgodilos Sons enesccue' epanenio E Olin dono Ore ouoeso00.8 | Indeterminate
EX FANS Be : 107 42 SE SW Rea easianeee ts M C Pot, flints, bear’s skull} At occiput
POMTT UE ee} 109 | 38 |S E GARE Epes ieersoeec D een RDC Ue ES i 6, Gace Tes 4
IDNR eS commana im co) 38 S) E Loe el eaeia cl can. Bees D PDO bpareansrakgetate sere eee Top of skull 2
ENA Raeastesccencienecs ir Iit 40 Si: E IE jpea ns ose Pe Sear (Chel adel reget os Gr ube besitos oro prc ap ee a an ae
OME Bae cote orate TI2 72 N E ROA lea. oeweitiea F D POGOe See eee occipu <
IPD OAU (enee aie erence en II3 63 Ss WwW UR cls, Reavera, «ilteeetenere Cc Pot socheris yamine Before face S]
LXIX (a)........ cet a ‘ E s By ae ae ) # FU ELOM ANAS eectee oo ccora.ct a Between skulls es
eer Benes I14 4 Ae | 2
XOX (D) Gare IIS 42 SE INIS! pi = loinodias B aD epee Neate he tah at ee 0 A A 8 Genome So eae ba alee eS
Z is Solas eepons II5 42 SE NE Dn AN a Inf Be Uap) ena aes PI nek i emer ASI i Sha a trey GIP acuta (grriahecnrd 3
(GC) eerie % metLS | 5 42 SE NE | ieee erties Set athe romano in men te aay Rae no Co OcrOo| ledid ob olica othe meow aoe
1D. O.4l eeatseeaesiey EB ‘116 60 W N NR orl eanete tech M Dig aile cers Each een onal aoarine Belk ganda okt o 2
1 DD. .G) UP ec eee cnet I17 58 SW | SE Inte * Flog ease M © Pot, flints, steel ete ee etc. (see rec- q
ords a
IDOL @)s 60005 118 48 SE SUSE AS Seiko o.nocdlteanc ao nod etas cso rndbr obasm acs cobb coves hao sta oat S
ee Deere 118 48 NE ae x eet Se pee cell fase erg Sah oa ec pees or age 5s
ee 6 S DATS TS Gals O28 Ot eee eae RE occipu
se By Peers ii ss Ore all Seance sea taste Seer el leueteene ol ees oe De Al ROthee eon mereno eee At occiput
EXO cee 120 42 ‘S) W JES Sh Sear M D Pipe sean ocean: Near sternum
AXOXOV ees ecet oes 121 [oye Neesirscnans Vord.e pIG B\lo oxo df aualtertea oo M | D Aiba esta eat el eee A Near sternum
TEXGROV Ds Fa oes 122 AiSira Nieman Sonh) llededeierieey|etedene tee ketedogeg niece tte ae Jose e ee] cece eee tee cece cnet] erect seers eee eee ens
WUE G@o ae. 2 Be as Be clu rees eens | 90) ile i ie aie At AAPA des oN Ses Boek rd,
igi oO noe Ge 48 iS) E eee Moire F D NOAGh oI eave oat ee Bee Sabre Occiput
Sachs: 123 BA | \eooaculloconudlogcodcocoooolt ANG sere 4 round pebbles......| Around skull
TUEROXGUNG, Saise.g5s eth? 124 2 SYP PAT ay IR Soa ME ia cc Gee M AE Famer Mpa eps Oren! a OER. en, cote lap ne Pee woomer Chet cr CRE Saco c
NG ROR OR RE fo and oni tes 125 a Baiecea sclera heece cdl is ic tea needle com ett ed URones hee E Gharredhbarkce edit rn ated Shae tae aw eeameeeae rae
SW SE
W S
E ‘S)
SW SE
up S
down | SE
Ss E
NE SE
NE SE
Ss E
S E
S) B
S E
N | EB
N B
N 18;
SW NW
aAsh pit burials,
- e > = - j
at a a or Oe
At occiput
L
IRONS Ree aires | Vee ge eee
a eae | eae ae enn eee en eae
aS sig Z P HOU. castes emer At occiput
Roe aa 3 C2 Oe BP 0G 29 SR a co Oa aera iciead,
“ Dirac: F D Copper mnes.) Onifingers CS
parane F Bop 9 | -letO ese yale cae oN Aaa tae I i
back |.) F D eae
; CCl peat Ne] ttt 7. > a f skull
i gm ere PF iD) yp iBers, a eae
ot, flints, shell beads, Occiput, face, neck etc.
R co r D etc. (see records)
Roy eo : Mf ae Tove, 1abUOTS, so anon oo Between skulls
L ee Boyes TESTI Cais OS oer ee cen ge ai ace Roe at female’s scapula
es Hae “ De oa eae Becca a oa bomen ut en banter
ape eae ai ee ees: ewes Se ee ears ar
RSE eae 1D oY aa apes IDBUOOn ISS eens pos. oes Between skeletons
U7 5. SUNS case ats gee tn ee ena nD Pot, flints, ocher, cop- Top of skull, face, ab-
per bead domen, feet
JES PN er Ay IE vee Walt SN a Olrarptesciee Ween arene aa At top of skull
R aera g INE eects Pot pipeennnmern oe At face, on arm
HLCP tR rath Rota inf D-E Ol Re ea ciaa Seok Clee EEE Top of skull
Rep oat |e ehat a Sablises | tsea aaa Rediocher asain At occiput
IRR Ul heen aad inf D-E
EER as Se Soe VEE REE nasered: Nits eeec arse iat pat cree Top of skull
Si che terol | cae 2 AA ieee E Oe ee een meinderermnimate
Ra la ete F D NEON Bans Rue sinter Ma a GOT ERG Before face
eit: ilo a oe loele IDS; | IAD 5 es acdc se 50 of ANe wreegorent
Boeta ch eal env eprecitc inf OURO CAGE. BOSE ert ea Ch Ako ROTO NGIOtaME | ices ORAL OF RCM Pa ees oa
cF=Flexed. Unless otherwise stated the position is flexed.
bC=fair, D=poor, E=entirely disintegrated, Cal=calcined,
“Z1S
518 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Significance of some of the data
From the data secured in the course of the operations one might
construct a fairly correct account of the life and activities of the
people who left so many significant traces. One might picture the
scenes of primitive agriculture, the excitement and dangers of the
chase, the industries of the pot maker or the flint worker or the
home life of the warrior father, his wife and children, but this
picture is left for the reader to produce. Our work is rather to
tell how the facts were gathered, and, for the guidance of those
who wish to revivify the scenes of the past, to Suggest how this may
be done. Hasty conclusions and preconceived ideas are to be studi-
ously avoided and no theory should be considered more than tenta-
tive unless the proof is so strong as to eliminate doubt.
Indications of an earthwork
Excavations were not carried on long before enough evidence
was secured to point out the former presence of a circular earth
ring in the village section. This ring seems to have inclosed the
main portion of the village and to have separated it from a group
of pits and lodge sites to the south. Just beyond pits 26, 27, 78 and
79 the soil became very hard and compact and the occupied soil —
covered with a layer of sand and gravel. The earth in the center
of this belt was hard and compact. It was evidently disturbed and _
intermixed but exhibited few signs of modification by the sub-
stances incident to human occupation such as ashes and charcoal.
A few inches of the disturbed subsoil overlay the occupied soil
on either side of the barren belt [see text fig. 18]. From these
facts it was inferred that at some time an earth ring or wall had
been leveled down and the earth of which it was composed thrown -
a
over the occupied soil. The outline of the belt was traced and —
found to be circular in form or rather crescentic, the ends of the
belt touching the lake bank. The original form had undoubtedly
been circular, the encroaching lake having undermined the cliffs
PRESENT TOP soit LEVEL
ine
Fig. 18 Cross-section of soil beneath obliterated earth ring
PAST
ca iil i THAR
|
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 519
which, falling, had carried away a part of the village site and with
it the missing portion of the ring [see map of village site, pl. 4].
The soil most modified by the occupation, that is to say, the top-
soil most deeply stained and intermixed with waste products of
aboriginal activities, was that part embraced within the area of the
dirt ring. Just outside of this ring there was another occupied
layer but it did not extend far. Some time after the discovery of
the former presence of the earth wall, on September 4, Mr George
Morse, an old settler, visited the scene of the operations and intro:
duced himself as one of the pioneers of Chautauqua county, and as
a man who in his boyhood remembered the site and its features.
Mr Morse made a verbal statement to the Archeologist which was
taken down verbatim. The account was afterward read to him and
pronounced correct. The statement follows:
STATEMENT OF GEORGE MORSE RELATING TO THE EARTH RING
Taken verbatim
I was born in 1823 a half mile from Dewey knoll and as a child
remember the Indian fort ring here. It was breast high and as
round as a cart wheel. My father said it (the inclosure) was
covered with a second growth whitewood woods. All around the
circle several rods from its edge was the primeval forest which
was cleared away by Mr Dewey,— he owned the land once. To be
precise | remember that the ring was not complete for the two
ends like the letter C touched the lake bank.
Since the earliest days relics have been carted away. When the
stumps were pulled and whenever the grub hole struck, arrows and
“skinning stones ” would come to light. Sometimes Indian crockery
(pottery) in pieces as big as your hand and bigger would be found.
I remember it was as round as a cart wheel and was plowed
down to level it off. My father planted corn there in 1826 and he
plowed and dug it level. There was a stone mound covered with
earth there. My brothers dug into it but did not dig deep enough
I think. Finally the bank caved off,— caves off every spring a good
deal, and a part of the mound fell into the water. Then when we
looked at it we saw a skeleton exposed under it. Shortly the entire
mound went over into the lake.
The earth ring is found in many places in western New York and
elsewhere and is the base upon which a line of sharpened stakes or
palisades was placed to fortify the enclosure. This being true, the
village here must have been within the circular walls of sharpened
posts that rose from the earth circle. A number of families prob-
ably had lodges outside the fortification. These may have been
the less cautious or those who were crowded out through lack of
space within the narrow confines of the picket wall.
520 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Post holes and lodge sites
A large number of post holes, that is small holes from 18” to 24”
deep, filled with substances somewhat different from the surround-
ing soil, were discovered in-the village layers [see diagram of pits,
pl. 4]. The positions of these holes were carefully charted and were
found to bear a certain relation one to the other. The character
of the soil inclosed by lines bounding these holes was carefully noted
and seemed to indicate the dirt floors of lodges. The post holes
therefore, were probably the holes made by the stakes that formed
the uprights of dwellings. Although a number of lodge sites, so
called, were discovered it is not to be thought that there were not
other lodges elsewhere.
Mortuary customs indicated
The areas of most of the graves were large in proportion to the
space occupied by the skeletons. In general the bones rested in
the center or at one corner of the excavation, leaving a wide space
‘about the bones. Nearly all the skeletons were arranged in a
flexed position. From these circumstances it might be inferred
that the dead were carefully placed in the graves and arranged by
persons who descended into them. This assumption appears
strengthened when it is considered that the pottery vessels which
probably contained food could not have been easily dropped into
the grave and have remained upright as they were in almost every
instance. The whole make-up of the graves and the positions of
the articles found in them indicate the hand of design. The de-
cayed substances found over the grave bottoms seem to indicate
that other perishable possessions were placed in the graves, such as
articles of wood, bark, skins and fabrics of bark or reeds. It is
not to be supposed that objects were not placed in some graves
becatise none were found. The lack of stone or pottery articles
suggests that only perishable substances and utensils have been
interred. In the bottoms of many of the grave pits just beneath or
mingled with the animal phosphate were layers of charred vege-
table matter, either bark, grass or reeds. From this fact it would
appear that in such pits fires had been kindled, either to dry the
damp earth or to warm the bed for the sleeper whose body must
rest so long within it. This is in accord with certain traditions.
Thin and sometimes almost imperceptible layers of decayed vege-
table matter over some of the skeletons strongly suggests the use
of bark or wood as a covering for the bodies before the earth was
finally thrown back into the excavation. In a few cases flat pieces
"
:
|
:
|
4
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 521
of charred bark were found above the bones. The use of a bark
or animal skin covering is also suggested by the finds in grave LI,
pit 96, where above the copper bracelets a fragment of bark and a
piece of deerskin were found preserved by the copper salts. When
it is considered, moreover, that a primitive people would naturally
reverence the dead it seems highly probable that they would shrink
from casting clods of clay or masses of mud upon the form of
those whom they had evidently arranged and dressed with every
manifestation of solicitude. Moreover, to have covered the corpse
with a shroud of skin or a covering of bark would have added an
element of mystery to the interment. The body would have been
obscured during the process of burial. To cast stray stones and
earth upon the form beneath would have shocked the primitive
people to whom care for the dead was probably an important reli-
gious rite. If the vessels of clay contained food for the skyward
journey it would hardly seem that this food would have been
tainted by earthly flavors, but rather covered for cleanliness. This
supposition seems to be given weight by the fact that two pots
were found in the clay stratum over the mouths of which were wads
of clay, the vessels being empty. From the fact that weapons and
utensils were buried one is led to think that the people believed or
affected to believe that these things, or perhaps the spirits of these
things, would be of value to the spirit of the dead. All the clay
pipes from the burials contained charred tobacco and from this
fact it might be conjectured that the pipe of the sacred herb had
been lighted in the grave for a consolation to the spirit as it started
out in the new and strange world of spirits.
The positions of the various objects, especially of the pottery
vessels are highly interesting. Most of them were near the head
as were some of the pipes. The table appended herewith gives a
summary of the positions of the pots in relation to the skeletons.
Position of the pots
Before face, 11; at occiput, 25; top of skull, 16; near abdomen,
I; at pelvis, 1; between skulls, 2; indeterminate, 14.
Graves in ash pits. Two graves were found in true ash pits.
These pits were situated just beyond and outside the earth ring and
were side by side [see record of pits 48 and 49]. Both pits were
shallow, 2%’, and the skeletons had only light covers of charcoal
and ashes to separate them from the ordinary pit refuse. It may
be possible that the ash pits were within or near a lodge site and
522 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
were used as graves when the ground elsewhere was frozen. Broken
pots were found in both of these graves.
Primitive means of excavating. Trowellike implements of antler
were found in several ash pits and were probably the tools used for
digging pits and graves. The sand might have been easily loosened
with picks of antler or wood or with the shoulder blades of elk
or deer and have been scooped up with shallow bark baskets.
The grave fillings in at least 40 cases were heavily intermixed
with carbonized wood and bark. ‘This suggests that the topsoil had
been thawed out to facilitate digging in winter.
Depth of graves. In most cases the graves were dug as deep
as it would be possible with rude implements. This depth was to
the clay stratum or into it for a few inches. Because of the poor
drainage of the clay the skeletons buried within it decayed much
more rapidly than those in the loose sand. A table of depths
follows:
Table of depths of graves
eee —————————————E—E——————EE—ee
Inches Nous Inches pete! Inches Neues
UOpso060 0000 Br 3 Okyamcutena eho cats BI Gooonoconvoc 2
DO ebegekeleh sree ere TOBY svassver ate eceveters Dr (2h a atsncuatone tunes 3
BWAocooodacade Tens Sin carerenais ieoucetlers ® | §8ooqc00000000 I
PV wolg.6-0 OOO. AcO0 AN URO iat cenete teen e 2) A SALA lee ceNrege 2
DiGi vornieliele ben Lipa tvey Koper eae aa NE | Bo aaccn00000 I
BS reereic ates ss ithe ATOR cites encase PA n ORES os O00 6 2
CHOIRS, oi Onceeneno, Cae ipa lize Veer ete nes a EAMG Os yerken scar eretene I
2 Olsrertue ta ve cienaueie OG eAlO eee a eee TH OOhsi earner 4
Bocoonaaon0 Bl AUS c.ocloa.c.a.we' ® | OPoagocoocove I
SWooaaanoooo8 T eA S wes chatartee exe st I Asobadoas0[6 I
Wmoggoaon oo TAGs we eee hens g
Arrangement of graves and position of skeletons. An examina-
tion of the map of the burials shows that apparently no fixed
system of plotting the graves was observed. The graves seem to
have been dug where the sand was softest and most easily ex-
cavated. It will be noticed, however, that the graves cluster about
open spaces. From this it might be inferred that they were arranged
about a large tree that afterward decayed.
An examination of the table of orientation reveals that the bodies
were not apparently arranged to face any particular cardinal point.
This, however, does not necessarily indicate the lack of system.
It may be that the position in which a person died governed the
position in the burial.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 523
Orientation by direction of head}
HEAD NORTH
Face west on the right side
iby Se TT IN Lee 8 BRR Ae Ae a or ns aera 4
Face east on left side
TUN, AHOZAIN Lp Ai ce tle eater Sasha ea ae PRS 2
ACG NEES AG BAS Be Bo NV 9 SR Ee a eG EA I 6
HEAD EAST
Face north on right side
AGMOSIivRoOVl Ol TOs Onn IZ nliAey tae, 1285
TOE to Vibe Aa a mebA a ainir TAN Nee se BScedo.0 15
Face south on left side 3
47M, 48F, 52, 92M, 96:1F, 96:2juv, 96:3juv, 109, II0,
Min nec 2ocah IO AOE Tne Taatiit. 3... 4s 16
LOKI a ARS Senaee ce Ce a ail
HEAD SOUTH
Face east on right side
fhe Gilg 2 AODY Ase kT Does a ViA 2) At, pa tear ts ene Clee eRe a a 6
Face west on left side
AMEE SOs OOnOorhOO ME sia INI lie ta. wrpere sie 5 et wc ale 7
Face up on back
ROE B Se Buca Sentai eS oat iets (a ec tec VE er eae I
plore) leet eee ee re tO Aa oe oe eek 14
HEAD WEST
Face south on right side
OWS )y, TER AYO AUN ap Oo, ee gL eae 4 4
HEAD NORTHEAST
Face northwest on right side
EINES (OSs. AICI casas ik cs eset Pee Ot NNa AS a 3
*The numbers refer to the burials and the letter following to the sex,
thus, M, male; F, female; inf, infant, and juv, juvenile. Where there is no
letter the skeleton is probably that of an adult, the sex being indeterminate
on account of the condition of the bones.
524 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Face southeast on left side
LES ty M5 e2i ke Seon ti es eee. ee ee iene 3
HEAD NORTHWEST
Face southwest on right side
HEAD SOUTHWEST
Face southeast on right side
O3ind,, <TOZ My TiS rote ean te ee eee eer ee 3 3
HEAD SOUTHEAST
Face northeast on right side
OM, 63M 167. 04:2) 1iSe2h ZO. (iacel up) ie 2O-2le
UAOlOs Wyola PIE, so cic PURI Src a DAI Bae tL eae 10
Face southwest on left side
Ti Meas TV 2 On (iacerdonyin))sea 2h rene eee AN
Potala S238 ooh eleGe dee ae ee eae ee ae 14
Not. determined: 2) i.) 2¥G2 soi oe he eee ee 34 34
Totak.s oe. 2Ue hid os Oe ere Tig
Morphological characters
Field measurements of the bones indicate that the people were
of medium hight, 5 feet 7 or 8 inches being the average. A few
skeletons were found that approached 6 feet. That the race was
stocky is shown by the heavy development of muscular ridges, es-
pecially in the case of males whose bones were generally large.
The loose sand affording good drainage preserved the bones when
they were not buried directly upon the clay stratum but in either
case by the shifting of the sand or through some other agency,
most of the skulls were broken or crushed while other bones were
in a much better state of preservation. Some of the complete skulls
are of unusual interest. In form nearly all are either dolichocephalic
Plate 16
Top and side views of skull from grave XCVIII
Plate 17
Four views of an adult female cranium from grave XCII. Note, Y-shaped
lesion in frontalis, see front view ; dolichocephaly shown in top view; wor-
mian bones and sutural formation in back view ; small alesphenoid and facial
angle in side view
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 525
or subdolichocephalic, none being of the brachycephalic type com-
mon to the mound-builder region 100 miles to the west. A con-
siderable proportion of the skulls in Erie sites 40 miles east is
characterized by alveolar prognathism, but among those found at
Ripley only two showed this development. The os incae was ob-
served in a few instances and there were some skulls having wormian
bones[see pl. 17]. In one skull the os japonicum, that is, the lower
portion of the malar bone when divided by a suture, was observed.
The average capacity of the skulls is 1587 cubic centimeters for
males and 1440 for females. The average cephalic index would be
perhaps 74.4 and the nasal index 47. A careful study of all the
morphological characteristics will be made in the laboratory and re-
ported in another place and may slightly modify the averages here
given.
In a few cases humeri were observed in which the olecranon
cavity was perforated. In two cases an examination of the femora
revealed the process termed the third trochanter and the hypotro-
chanteric fossa. Some femora are platycnemic.
Pathological conditions
With the exception of two cases of ankylosis, no pathological con-
ditions were noted. There are a number of bones, however, that
show the repair of breaks.
Only in a few cases were possible clues to the cause of death dis-
covered. In several skeletons triangular arrow points were found
between the vertebrae or in some other part of the osseous struc-
ture. A remarkable form of ankylosis was observed in the case of
an aged male whose entire spine had become cemented into one solid
bone. Such conditions are probably rare in Indian skeletons. One
low type female skull marked by prognathism and wormian bones
had the frontal bone crushed and the perforation filled and repaired
by osseous matter. If it is permitted to judge character from the
form of the skull one would be strongly tempted to say that the de-
ceased must have been no congenial companion, to say the least
[saz jeilk s07/]\5
Identity of the inhabitants
Eries
The general type of the artifacts discovered in the course of the
excavations, especially the types of the pottery, closely resemble I[ro-
quoian forms. In particular they resemble the Erian. The fact
that pieces of iron and copper were found in graves and ash pits
526 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
proves that the former inhabitants of the site had contact, direct or
indirect, with Europeans. That few objects of European metal
were found and no glass beads save a fragment of one indicates that
the people acquired them from a single trader or by trade from other
Indians. This latter conclusion in the light of evidence seems the
more probable. If the inhabitants of the site had contact, direct or
indirect, with the whites, then we may look for historical records
by which we may identify them. In the Jesuit Relations are found
many references to a people who inhabited the region of which
the Ripley site forms a part. These people are variously called
Eries, Eriegoneckkak, Eriehronnons, Erieé, Riquehronnons, Rhiier,
Nation des Chat, Cat Nation, Rhiierrhonnons, etc. etc. Besides the
accounts by the Jesuits there are several maps which place the Erie
Indians in this territory, notably the maps of Sanson of 1656 [see
Nouveritz BRETAGNE
eS nc
@ upa
7 ae ; ai uofiofugur
ious oe ; J ~ : “rh Gucmid
‘a Kinftnous ~ ) x con NAY Cacouch Eat
i N A (DRA Gea SS OU gy
A Nodouelloue 4 is CQ
a . ‘aed . ager a ed aes Quioqubia®
Lac Surerreve “Wprstalousnlae « N OU achel 3a” d tif %
onons : eAcllonds F LE v( ee
ae EcrahonAnoat E 7
> te ee pillirinscas
= eae Boveelir Elio. Ea by guacha goyaheno
Squengutoro ~
noo
[sanson, 1656.
Fig. 19 A portion of Sanson’s map of 1656 showing a part of the territory held by
the Eries up to 1654. The Ripley site lies in this territory. Eriechronons is one of the
names for the Eries frequently used by the early French explorers and missionaries.
fig. 19], of Creuxius of 1660, of LaHontan of 1690, and of Hen-
nepin of 1698. From these records and maps we may define the
territory of the Eries as the region bordering the southern shore of
"
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 527
Lake Erie between the region of the Neutrals on the eastern end
of Lake Erie east to the western banks of the Genesee, westward to
the western watershed of Lake Erie and the Miami river and
southward to the Ohio river. In the Relation of 1647-48 we find
the following description of the Erie country:
This lake, called Erie, was formerly inhabited on its Southern
shores by certain tribes whom we call the nation of the Cat; and
they have been compelled to retire far inland to escape their enemies,
who are farther to the West. These people of the Cat Nation have
a number of stationary villages, for they till the soil and speak the
same language as our Hurons.
Under title of “ Description of the Country of the Hurons” in
the Relation of 1653 there is the following paragraph:
Beyond that same neutral nation, in a direction nearly South,
there is a lake 600 miles in circumference, called Herie, formed by
the fresh-water sea, which discharges into it,— and thence by
means cf a very high cataract, into a third lake still greater and
more beautiful; it is called Ontario or Beautiful Lake, but we were
wont to call it the Lake of Saint Louis. The former of these two
lakes was at one time inhabited toward the south by certain peoples
whom we call the Cat Nation; but they were forced to proceed
further inland in order to escape the enemies whom they have
toward the West. This Nation has various territories, cultivates
the fields, and speaks a language similar to the Hurons.
In the Relation of 1654 there is still further reference:
They (the Iroquois) tell us that a new war has broken out, which
fills them with fear, that the Eries have taken arms against them
(we call the Eries the Cat Nation, because there is in their country
a prodigious number of wildcats, two or three times as large as our
tame cats, but having a beautiful and precious fur). They tell us
that an Iroquois town has already been set on fire and destroyed
at the first attack; that this nation pursued one of their armies
which was returning victorious from the shores of Lake Huron,
fell upon the rear guard of 80 picked men and entirely cut it to
pieces; that one of their most distinguished chiefs, Annenraes, has
been taken prisoner; in a word that the Iroquois are inflamed, and
are arming to repulse the enemy, and are, therefore, obliged to seek
peace with us.
This Cat Nation is very populous. Some Hurons, who have
scattered everywhere since the destruction of their country, have
joined them, and excited this war, which alarms the Iroquois. It
is said that they have 2000 men, good warriors, though without
firearms. But they fight like the French, enduring courageously the
first discharge of the Iroquois who have firearms, and then pouring
down upon them a hail of poisoned arrows, which they can shoot
off six or eight times before the others can reload their muskets.
528 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Sagard, who went to the Huron country as a missionary in 1623,
in his interesting Histoire du Canada, 1636, has also some notes
bearing on the Eries.
Relation of the Eries to other Iroquoian tribes. The Eries be-
longed to the Huron-Iroquois linguistic stock as is patent from a
review of the records. William M. Beauchamp, the distinguished
authority on New York archeology, suggests that the Eries were
the parent stock of the Huron-Iroquois family and further suggests
that the Senecas were derived from them, possibly within historic
times. There seems to be some good base in history for this opinion
and the argument can not be better stated than in Dr Beauchamp’s
own words, quoted from his address on The Origin and Early Life
of the New York Iroquois, delivered before the Oneida Historical
Society in 1886.
The Senecas had a conspicuous place in the Iroquois league,
though the last to enter it, forming the west door, as the Mohawks
were the east. On the Dutch maps of 1614 and 1616, the Mohawks
and the Senecas are alone designated, and for 50 years more the
Dutch hardly mentioned any but these. That they were kindred to
the Eries is conceded. In 1615 Champlain spoke of the Iroquois
and the Entouhonoronons, whom some have thought the Senecas.
In the explanation of his map it is said that “ The Iroquois and the
Antouhonorons make war together against other nations except
the Neutral nation.” They had 15 strong villages, too many for
the Senecas, unless the Eries were included. That the Senecas
differed from the other Iroquois in religious observances, totems and
clans, habits of life and other things is very clear. A marked dis-
tinction appears in their language and they were not very brotherly
to the rest. Long after the League was formed they were some-
times at swords points with the Mohawks, and the Freach Mohawks
did not hesitate to go against the Senecas, when they refused to
fight against the other nations.
There is good reason for thinking them part of the Massawo-
mekes of Captain John Smith’s narrative. Early writers made these
any part of the Five Nations, but later students, to identify them,
as in the case of the Entouhonorons, with both Eries and Senecas,
these being firm friends until 1653. Captain John Smith met these
fierce enemies of Powhatan in their bark canoes on Chesapeake Bay
in 1608. The general description is that of an Iroquois war party,
though the name of course is Algonquin. That he did not under-
stand their language makes this almost certain. He bought some
of their weapons and increased his reputation by showing these, the
Virginia tribes supposing he had taken them by force. But a Mary-
land trader went to the Massawomekes in 1632, and there remains
no doubt that this name included the Eries and the Senecas, then
or previously allied. They had palisades of great trees about their
villages with galleries at the top.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 529
Destruction of the Eries. One of the most picturesque and
tragic accounts of these people is given in the Relation of 1655-56.
It is the story of their destruction. In the account they are called
the Cat nation (La Nation du Chat). The Jesuit account is with-
out doubt essentially correct and differs in many respects from the
rather fanciful Seneca tradition. In one particular both accounts
agree and that is that the Eries brought destruction upon themselves
by their own folly.
The account as given in the Thwaite’s edition of the Relations
follows:
CAUSE OF WAR AGAINST THE CAT NATION
The Cat Nation had sent 30 Ambassadors to the Sonnontoua-
hronnons to confirm the peace between them; but it happened that
by some unexpected accident, that a Sonnontouahronnon was killed
by a man of the Cat Nation. This murder so incensed the Son-
nontouahronnons, that they put to death the Ambassadors in their
hands, except five who escaped. Hence the war was kindled be-
tween those two Nations, and each strove to capture and burn
more prisoners than its opponent. Two Onnontagehronnons
among others were captured by men of the Cat Nation; one
of them escaped and the other, a man of rank, was taken home by
the enemy to be burnt. He pleaded his cause so well that he was
given to the sister of one of the 30 Ambassadors who had been put
to death. She was absent from the village at the time; but the
prisoner was nevertheless clothed in fine garments, and feasting and
good cheer prevailed, the man being all but assured that he would
be sent back to his own Country. When she to whom he had been
given returned, she was told that her dead brother was to be restored
to life, that she must prepare to regale him well, and then to give
him a most gracious dismissal. She, however, began to weep and
declare that she would never dry her eyes until her brother’s death
was avenged. The Elders showed her the gravity of the situation,
which was likely to involve them in a new war; but she would not
yield. Finally they were compelled to give up the wretched man
to her to do with him as she pleased. All this occurred while he
was still joyfully feasting. Without a word he was taken from the
feast and conducted to this cruel woman’s cabin. Upon entering he
was surprised at being stripped of his clothes. Then he saw that
his life was lost, and he cried out, before dying, that an entire people
would be burned in his person, and that his death would be cruelly
avenged. His words proved true; for no sooner had the news
reached Onnontague, than 1200 determined men started forth to
exact satisfaction for this affront.
We have already observed that the Cat Nation is so called from
the large number of Wildcats, of great size and beauty in their
country. The Climate is temperate, neither ice nor snow being
seen in the winter; while in summer it is said that grain and fruit
are harvested in abundance, and are of unusual size and excellence.
530 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Our Warriors entered that Country remote though it was from
Onnontague, before they were perceived. Their arrival spread such
a panic that villages and dwellings were abandoned to the mercy of
the Conqueror,— who after burning everything, started in pursuit
of the fugitives. The latter numbered from two to three thousand
besides women and children. Finding themselves closely followed,
they resolved, after five days’ flight to build a fort of wood and
there await the enemy who numbered only 1200. Accordingly, they
intrenched themselves as well as they could. The enemy drew near,
the two head chiefs showing themselves in French costume, in order
to frighten their opponents by the novelty of their attire. One of
the two who had been Baptized by Father le Moyne and was very
well instructed, gently urged the besieged to capitulate, telling them
that they would be destroyed if they allowed an assault. “ The Mas-
ter of life fights for us,’ said he; “you will be ruined if you resist
him.” “Whois the Master of our lives?” was the haughty
reply of the Besieged. “ We acknowledge none but out arms and our
hatchets.” Thereupon the assault was made and the. palisade at-
tacked on all sides; but the defence was as spirited as the attack,
and the combat was a long one, great courage being displayed on
bath sides. The Besieging party made every effort to carry the
place by storm, but in vain; they were killed as fast as they ad-
vanced. They hit on the plan of using their canoes as shields; and
bearing these before them as protection, they reached the foot of
the entrenchment. But it remained to scale the large stakes, or
tree trunks of which it was built. Again they resorted to their
canoes, using them as ladders for surmounting the stanch palisade.
Their boldness so astonished the Besieged that, being already at the
end of their munitions of war,— with which, especially powder they
were but poorly provided,— they resolved to flee. This was their
ruin; for, after most of the first fugitives had been killed, the others
were surrounded by the Onnontaguehronnons, who entered the fort
and there wrought such carnage among the women and children that
blood was knee deep in certain places. Those who had escaped, wish-
ing to retrieve their honor, after recovering their courage a little, re-
turned to the number of 300, to take the enemy by surprise while
he was retiring and off his guard. The plan was good but it was ill
executed; for frightened at the first cry of the Onnontaguehronnons,
they were entirely defeated. The Victors did not escape heavy
losses,— so great indeed, that they were forced to remain two
months in the enemy’s country, burying their dead and caring for
their wounded.
The Eries are commonly said to have been exterminated but this
is not entirely true. They became exterminated only in the sense
that they ceased to exist as an independent people. The surviving
Eries who did not flee to other tribes became the captives of the
Iroquois, who in accord with their usual policy adopted the indi-
viduals into their families and gradually absorbed them.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 531
Date of occupation. From the testimony of the records it would
‘thus appear that the inhabitants of the Ripley site must have been
Eries. The testimony of the relics leads to the conclusion that this
occupation was of the early historic period. Without doubt the site
bridges the prehistoric to the historic. That it must have been earlier
than 1654 is known from the fact that the Eries were expelled from
their territories by the confederated Iroquois in 1654. That it is not
as late as 1654 appears from the fact that by this date the Eries had
opportunity to trade extensively with Europeans and yet few
European articles were discovered. Other Erie sites, notably one
forty miles east, known as the Silverheels site on the Cattaraugus
reservation, explored by Prof. M. Raymond Harrington and the
author in 1903, contained great quantities of European artifacts and
metal. From the time the Dutch entered New York and the colony
of Jamestown was seitled, the Eries had opportunity to acquire
articles by trade with other Indians, especially the Iroquois. Con-
sidering all things one would be strongly led to place the date of the
cession of occupation before 1610. It is highly probable, moreover,
that the first occupation of the site was early in the 17th century if
not during the last few years of the 16th.
Description of implements
Stone
Objects of rough stone
The rough and massive stone objects requiring but slight modifi-
cation from natural forms to adapt them to the purposes intended,
include hoes, anvils, shaft rubbing stones, pitted hammer stones, lap-
stones, net sinkers, rounded pebbles, mortars and some celtlike im-
plements.
Figure 1 in plate 1g illustrates a flat piece of shale which has
been roughly shaped and from its marks of use evidently has been
used for a digging implement, perhaps a hoe. Objects of this class
were not common, this specimen being the only complete one found
on the site. Large numbers of rounded water-washed pebbles were
found distributed over the site. All had been brought from the lake
shore and they were not found in the undisturbed soil. These peb-
bles varied in size from 2 inches to 5 inches in diameter and most of
them show signs of use. Many seem to have been heated in fires
and others to have been used as hammers or anvils. Round pebbles
were also found in the graves but nothing there was discovered
532 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
that might furnish a clue to their employment. Figure 2 in plate
19 shows one of these pebbles.
Most polished stone articles seem to have been reduced from crude
forms by a picking process. Few implements resembling picks, per-
haps, have been found. One crude implement, figure 3, plate 19,
is of tough granite and seems to have been one of these picks. It
is much battered and shows signs of long use. Notched implements,
commonly called net sinkers were not common, only about a dozen
being found. They were of the ordinary type found everywhere
throughout New York. Figures 4 and 6 in plate 19 show two net
sinkers typical of all the rest found on the knoll. Hammer stones
were everywhere numerous both on the surface and in the pits.
Hammers were of three types, the ordinary round pebbles used as
hammers, the ball-like hammers that are battered on almost every
part of the surface and the common pitted hammer stones. Some
of the larger pitted stones seem to have been alternately hammers
and anvils and sometimes resemble small mortars. Figure 10 shows
one of this type. Objects termed anvils are the flat stones plentiful
everywhere in the village site. They exhibit signs of having been
used as bases upon which other stones were worked. Anvils were
generally pieces of hard shale or small boulders and most of them
seem to have been used for long periods [see fig. 8]. The flat slabs
of shale and sandstone anvils sometimes had shallow hollows on one
side and seem to have been used for grinding purposes. It is highly
probable that in that state of primitive culture when everything con-
venient must be utilized, one utensil served as many purposes as
could be devised for it.
A number of smoothed and-worked stones found in refuse pits
and also in graves are thought to be potters tools. One was found
in a pit containing a large quantity of partly worked clay. One of
these stones is shown in figure 9 in plate 19 and another in figure 7,
plate 25. One interesting specimen of a massive stone implement
is the large mortar found in pit 50. It weighs about 200 pounds
and was found at one end of a stone-floored pit. It must have been
occasionally turned over for both sides show signs of use though
only one side was used as a mortar. Mullers or rounded pebbles
must have been used to crack and grind the corn or other sub-
stances. Long cylindrical pestles would not have served the pur-
pose. Four small celtlike implements were found in refuse pits.
These had been formed from natural water-washed pebbles the
ends of which had been sharpened to an edge, this being the only
work done to form the implement. It is hardly possible to state
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 533
definitely for what purpose these miniature celts were used. Cer-
tainly they could not have sustained rough usage [sce fig. 9, 11,
pl. 20].
A grooved stone sometimes called an arrow shaft smoother is
figured in text figure 20.
Tig. 20 Arrow shaft rubber and polisher
Polished stone objects
No polished stone articles of the type usually termed ceremonial
were found in the course of the excavations although a gorget was
found on the hill to the east of the site, unless the very interesting
polished bar of Portage shale found in grave 96 is to be called a
ceremonial [see pl. 20, fig. 4]. There is a bar of this description
in the museum collection which came from Jefferson county and the
writer secured another 15 inches long from Mayville, Chautauqua
co. All of these specimens have sharpened ends like celts and for
the want of a definite name the writer proposes the term “ bar
celt.”1 Thruston in his Antiquities of Tennessee in plate 16 figures
an implement resembling a bar celt. He describes it as the “
long delicate crescent-shaped ‘implement’ of highly polished syen-
ite, represented in plate XV (author’s collection), also probably
belongs to the ceremonial class. It is 1114 inches long. Originally
it was probably 12 inches as the point has been broken. It was
found by Theodore Haslem in North Nashville (Tenn.).” Objects
of this kind are probably rare and but few have been described.
All three specimens in the State collection are flattened on the bot-
toms and rounded over the back with gradually tapering ends.
t The writer has since examined another bar eelt found by Mr William T.
Fenton of Conewango Valley.
534 NiwW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The ordinary celts are of the usual type found everywhere in the
Erie cultural area and in general throughout the Iroquoian. Most of
the specimens are equilateral, there being none of the adz, “ flat-
bellied” or “turtle-backed”’ forms. The majority of celts were
found in graves although a few are from refuse pits. Three entire
celts and two broken celts were found in a “ feast pit”’ previously
described [pit 80]. One small double edged or “bitted” celt is
shown in text figure 13 [also fig. 13, pl. 20], and came from
grave 92.
A stone press. One of the most interesting objects of worked
stone found in the vicinity of Ripley is a stone press, probably
used for pressing the juice from small fruits. The bottom portion
is hollowed out and has a Y-shaped groove incised in the bottom.
The base of the Y runs out into a lip from which the liquid or juice
was designed to be poured. The upper portion fits exactly into the
lower. This utensil is from the collection of William A. Spears
which was purchased for the State Museum. The writer has never
seen a press of this kind before in any collection and the specimen
is probably unique [see pl. 21].
Stone tobacco pipes
The stone pipes are perhaps the most interesting forms of polished
stone articles. Those discovered exhibit many interesting features.
Two pipe bowls carved from sandstone are of interest [pl. 22,
fig. 2,3]. Figure 2 is bell-shaped with notches cut around the edge
and a cross cut in the rounded bottom of the bowl. In Joseph D.
McGuire’s American Aboriginal Pipes and Smoking Customs, con-
tained in the National Museum Report of 1897, page 428, figure 52,
is figured a pipe from Accotink, Va. very similar to this specimen.
Of these pipes Dr McGuire says:
Among the bow! pipes of vaselike form they are found to vary
from those which are as broad as they are long, specimens having
a hight four times as great as their diameter. This type is usually
made from steatite, or kindred stones, capable of resisting heat,
though, as with most American pipes, there are numerous excep-
tions to the rule. One in the Smithsonian collection, of gray sand-
stone was found in a cave on Tar river, Yancy co., North Carolina,
and another found in a kitchen heap in Kanawha county, West
Virginia, which was made from a brown stone. Other specimens
are known of this type made from partially decomposed limestone,
feldspar, and even fossil coral. The writer is informed by the
Rev. W. M. Beauchamp that this type is frequently encountered in
Onondaga county, New York,
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 535
Pipes of this urn-shaped type are found also along the head-
waters of the St Lawrence, on the south shores of Lake Ontario
and Lake Erie, and along the upper waters of the Ohio and its
affluents, a typical specimen being from Accotink, Virginia, while
yet other specimens in the United States National Museum collec-
tion are from New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, West Virginia, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, Indiana and North Carolina.
If the area of distribution of the urn-shaped pipe is compared
with the tribal distribution first known to the whites, as it appears
on Powell’s linguistic map, it will be seen that this especial form of
the bowl pipe is found in Iroquoian territory on the north, through
the Algonquin on the south into the southern Iroquoians. It should
be remembered that this area corresponds, reasonably, with the
territory influenced by French trade before the advent of the En-
glish. The territory is also in the line of travel from the St Law-
rence to the Ohio. The writer is unable to determine how far this
urn-shaped type of pipe has been governed by European influences.
Its contour is similar to pottery bowls from Tennessee, specimens
of which are in the United States National Museum collection.
Figure 3, pl. 22 is of an egg-shaped pipe bowl of the same material
as the one just described. Around the middle of the bowl is a groove
which meets at the stem hole. In Moorehead’s Prehistoric Imple-
ments, page 334, is figured one of these pipes from the Ohio valley.
Moorehead remarks that its peculiarity lies in the fact that it is
grooved around the center. There is nothing in either of these pipes
to suggest European influence as far as the writer can discover.
The drilling and workmanship seem to have been done with stone
implements entirely. Figure 4 is a pipe bowl cut from a hardened
clay. The surface has weathered black but the underlying color is
red. In form the pipe is claw or beaklike and is similar to other
forms found in the Iroquoian area. The bowl hole is small com-
paratively and the stem hole large and conical as is the case with
all the pipe bowls of the collection. This pipe is from grave CV
and was found with pot no. 471 [see text fig. 16]. A small pipe
carved from the local shale imitating this form was found in an ash
pit, perhaps a grave fire, near this grave. The pipe is pictured in
figure 1, plate 22. A small stone pipe with a short neck into which
a reed stem was evidently designed to fit is shown in plate 22, figure
7. This pipe is of about the same material as the large clay form
‘pipe and has two parallel lines incised on the underside of the neck.
It was found in grave CI, pit 141, and lay on the arm of a male.
The pipe represented by figure 6, plate 22 is the only stone pipe of
the stemmed type found. It is carved from a Species of serpentine
and is smoothed and polished. In the process of drilling the stem
the drill penetrated too near the base of the bowl and there is a
536 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
small hole to be observed in the specimen. The shape of the open-
ing suggests that the bowl had been rubbed down after the stem
hole had been drilled and that this hole had been encountered then.
The form of the stem hole seems to indicate the use of a metal drill.
The grave in which this pipe was found is pictured in plate 15.
Perhaps the most interesting of the pipes is the one shown in plate
22, figure 5. It is clearly the effigy of some animal, probably some
mythical monster.. Placed face down it appears to be a grazing
animal. In this position the hump formed by the bowl suggests a
buffalo but the large bulbous tail and the shape of the head do not
point to such an animal. The material is rather puzzling. In color
it is a bluish white and it appears to be some species of tale or
steatite but a test for hardness disproves this. Mr D. H. Newland,
Assistant State Geologist, made an analysis and pronounced it to be
an Ohio kaolin. The broken granular surface of the pipe near the
bowl suggests that it had been molded from a rather stiff clay and
the roughened top of the head suggests that a portion has been
broken off and that an attempt had been made to smooth it over
by rubbing. It has there the appearance of baked pottery the sur-
face of which has been rubbed down. ‘The glazed surface however
has not been produced and this suggests that the pipe has been
hardened in the fire. Yet while the pipe from these appearances
seems to be kaolin it seems remarkable that instead of having the
bowl and stem hole molded, as is customary with clay pipes, that
these holes should have been gouged and drilled out, as they mani-
festly were. The hind leg on the side visible in the photograph is
incised but on the reverse side the three lines have every appearance
of having been molded as if in plastic clay. It may be that the
clay was found in a semihardened condition and that it was formed
into the pipe by both processes and afterward hardened by firing.
The pipe, while the effigy is unusual, does not differ in general form
from other effigy pipes found in the region. There is nothing in the
workmanship to indicate the use of European tools or influence
[see description of grave 92 and pl. 11].
One of the interesting features about these pipes is that the bowl
capacities are small in comparison with modern European pipes.
Probably less tobacco could be contained in one than is held in a.
modern factory cigarette. The bowls of the clay pipes were a little
larger. No tobacco ashes were found in any of the stone pipes.
Objects of chipped flint
Objects of flint were numerous especially in graves where com-
plete outfits for their manufacture were found in several instances.
"
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 537
Complete flint articles were not numerous on the surface although
there was an abundance of chips and broken blades. The ash pits
contained numbers but the graves the most. The lack of finished
points on the surface may be due to the fact that each year as the
ground was plowed the arrow points were picked up. The older
inhabitants say that bushels of arrows and “skinning stones” have
been carried off. It is probable that most of the durable objects
left on the surface when the site was deserted by its aboriginal in-
habitants have been removed by the white tillers of the soil who
followed them at a later period and whose curiosity was aroused by
the strange artifacts which were turned up by their plows. At any
rate very little was found except below plow depth.
Of the points that might be safely termed arrowheads there were
but two that had notched shoulders. With these exceptions all the
arrowheads were triangular. The workmanship was good and most
of the points were thin and evenly worked. The material in general
was gray flint or chert but some points were found made from
Fig. 21 Spear or knife of translucent
chalcedony. The only form of this im-
plement found in the site
yellow jasper. Most of the points found on the eastern slope of the
knoll were of this material. The various forms of triangular flints
are shown in plate 24.
“Of the flint blades, not arrow points, only two had notched
shoulders. One of these was a beautifully wrought blade, a spear
538 -NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
or a knife, of white chalcedony. It is pictured in figure 21. There
were several well shaped oval blades and a few of the so called
“leaf shape.” Scrapers were fairly common, drills rather rare and
spears rarer still. There are a number of forms that may safely
be called knives. Plate 23 illustrates the range of forms of the
larger flints not arrowheads.
Triangular arrow points are commonly called “ war points” and
notched and barbed points, “hunting points.” It does not neces-
sarily follow, however, that these terms are correct, although quite
popularly held. The Ripley Eries as well as those of other sites
were great hunters, as is manifest from the great quantities of
animal bones found in the refuse pits, and yet at Ripley only two
so called “ hunting points’ were discovered. The great majority of
projectile points were of the triangular type and these were found
in the ash pits among animal bones as well as in graves with the
bones of warriors and women. It would appear therefore, that the
triangular points were used for hunting as well as war. Sites of
Preerian occupancy in Chautauqua county, and elsewhere in New
York, yield only the barbed or shouldered “hunting point,” no tri-
angular arrow heads being found. Yet this fact does not point out
a people who knew only of hunting and nothing of war. Specific
terms defining the use of such implements are, therefore, to be
avoided. They are more accurately described by their forms as,
triangular, notched, etc.
Earthenware
Pottery vessels
All of the entre or nearly entire pottery vessels, save two were
found in graves. Most of them exhibited signs of prolonged use.
A few seemed to have been especially made for funeral urns and
some had been evidently molded in great haste and poorly tempered
and baked. Such pots were in every instance broken and the pot-
sherds were soft and flaky, not hard and gritty like good pottery.
The material of which the pots were molded seems to have been
the local Erie clay found everywhere in the region overlying the
shiale beds. The tempering material in all the specimens discovered
is invariably pulverized stone, quartz or granitic rock. In no
instance is shell to be found. Most of the pots are of a salmon red
color varying from a sooty red to a light orange: The majority are
stained by smoke and carbonized grease. This charred grease is
especially noticeable around the inside of the rim where the in-
Plate 18
JISES
moS
OOO08 oh am Ons
?
———
SOO
Mrragagaag aac S oo
Range of pot forms
'
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 539
“crustations are sometimes 5 millimeters thick. In thickness the
SY varies from 2 millimeters to 2 centimeters in some frag-
ments. In capacity the vessels range from 5 cubic centimeters in
Bie toy forms found in grave LI, pit 96, to 5 gests, 4700 cubic
: centimeters.
The general type of the vessels is Iroquoian but as has been else-
“where stated they differ in many respects from the central New
‘York specimens of the middle 17th century as well as from Erie
vessels of that period.
_ A large percentage of the pots have one raised point that varies
“from a small knob to a well developed pitcherlike nose. Pots of
“this type are found in Ontario and Jefferson counties. The form
Of one of these pots is shown in text figure 22 which gives the
shape at different positions. Another characteristic of the pots
Kh
\ ay
LTTE Deg ll!
Fig. 22 Three views of pot F 476
from this site is the row of dots that encircles the pot where the
Belly meets the neck. Cushing’s theory that pots with square tops
and line decorations about the rim were modeled after bark baskets
appears strengthened by some of the forms which had not only
decorated square tops but had the stitching imitated by the dots
around the neck, as appears on the bark baskets to which Cushing
merctred, . .
Pottery clay in masses, tempered and partly worked, was found
in a number of the ash pits. Some of these partially worked
masses of clay even yet show the imprints of the potter’s fingers
[see pl. 25, fig. 1, 2]. One fragment of a coil was found in an ash
pit where it had become hardened and preserved [see pl. 25, fig 3].
Several crude partly formed pipe bowls and pot bottoms were found,
possibly the work of children [see pl. 25, fig. 5, 6]. Most of the
pots have smooth surfaces although many were found marked with
540 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
a cord-wrapped paddle. Several smoothed paddlelike stones were
found in pits containing clay in masses and these are thought to be
potters paddles used for working over the surfaces of pots. All
have rounded ends and at least one squared side as if to form a blunt
scraping edge. One of these implements is shown in plate 25, figure
7. The serrated rib illustrated by text figure 23 may have been used
to roughen the surfaces of partly formed vessels to facilitate the
process of shaping the wall which was afterwards smoothed.
Fig. 23, Serrated rib
No entire pots were found with any trace of color decoration.
One sherd was found, however, which has two parallel bands of
brown running over.a background of yellowish red. Whether this
is simply an accident or intentional is hard to determine as the sherd
is small. The lower band is well defined and seems to be inlaid into
the pottery [fig. 24]. One broken pot found in a grave had an ear
like some of the Ohio forms. These two potsherds were the only
departures from the usual Iroquoian forms found in the site and
suggest contact with other stocks.
Fig. 24 Sherd
Pottery pipes
Of equal interest with the pottery vessels are the earthenware
pipes all of which were found in graves. More than a dozen frag-
ments however were found in ash and refuse pits. The clay pipes
are all Iroquoian in form and decoration and are similar to central
New York Iroquois pipes of the early part of the 17th century.
All of the pipes are gracefully made and reveal an artistic hand.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 54Y
Figure I in plate 31 shows the pipe found in grave 14. The bold
incised lines that form the decoration are of exceptional interest
and are a departure from other forms. The nipplelike stem seems
to have been designed as a support over which a wooden stem was
fitted, rather than as a mouth piece. The pipe contained charred
tobacco which has been carefully preserved intact in the bowl. A
photograph of the grave in which the pipe was found is shown in
plate 7. The writer has never seen a pipe of this kind in any col-
lection nor illustrated in any work on archeology, and the specimen
is probably a rare one if not entirely unique.
The long square-topped pipe shown in figure 2 of plate 31 is the
so called “‘ Huronian”’ form. It is made of the ordinary clay from
the vicinity but has become stained a dark brown. In texture this
pipe is perhaps the best example of pottery found in the site. It
is very hard and fine grained. ;
Two views of the two-faced pipe found in grave XX, pit 44 are
shown in plate 31, figures 3 and 4. The front view was taken just
after the pipe was removed from the grave and was yet covered
with particles of sand, as the picture shows. The side view gives
a much better idea of the object and shows the two faces, both of
Fig. 25 Pottery pipe bowls
which are remarkably alike, the face away from the smoker, how-
ever, being more perfect in workmanship. As is the case with all
the earthen pipes shown in the plate, this pipe contained charred
tobacco.
542 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
The trumpet-shaped pipe shown in plate 31, figure 5, came from
grave LXXXVI and was found with pot F446 [pl. 28, fig. 6], and
two celts. In comparison with the other stemmed pipes the stem is
shorter but does not seem to have ever been broken.
The wide flaring platform-topped pipe shown in plate 31, figure
6, is a modification of the trumpet form. The top or platform is
flat and quite perfectly circular. This type is common almost every-
where in the Iroquoian region but particularly so in the Erie region.
Many of this type are found in prehistoric Onondaga sites in
Jefferson county.
Two interesting pipe bowls in the form of animal heads were
found in refuse pits. One is plainly a bear’s head and is of polished
black clay. The other is of ordinary red clay. It is not easy to de-
cide just what is meant to be represented by the effigy. Some who
have examined it have thought it intended for a fox [see text fig.
25a, b].
Bone
Articles of bone and antler were particularly numerous and
varied. Except for about 10 specimens all came from ash pits.
The great abundance of awls points out their extensive use. The
awls were of the usual forms, flat, cylindrical, tubular handled, and
those having a joint end. There were also awls made from small
splinters. The principal forms are shown in plate 32.
Bone beads were found in every ash pit and varied from crudely
broken sections of bird and small mammal bones to well shaped
and highly polished cylinders. That so many should have been
thrown in amongst the refuse seems rather remarkable and almost
seems to indicate something more than accident. These beads
ranged from 3/32 inch in diameter to 5 inch although the majority
were about 14 inch in diameter. One form [see pl. 33, fig. 5] has
the appearance of a handle. The range of forms of the larger
polished bone beads is shown in text figure 26.
Perforated elk, wolf and bear teeth were found in refuse pits
Perforated bear tusks were found previously by local collectors of
Indian relics. Figure 1 in plate 34 is that of a bear’s molar. Itis |
a beautiful specimen and highly polished. There were several per-
forated elk teeth but none with complete perforations. Each had
been broken. A perforated turtle shell fragment is shown in figure
11, plate 34, and came from an ash pit. Other broken perforated
carapaces were found in graves. The small spatulate implement
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 543
shown in plate 34, figure 12, is nicely formed and polished. Per-
haps it was a pottery marker. Two polished pieces of bone
Fig. 26 Bone beads
smoothed on all sides were found in refuse pits. The one shown by -
figure 13 1s grooved on either side. A bone knife blade, the point
of which is broken, is shown in figure 14. Raccoon penis bones
were found in several pits. All are smoothed and show signs of
use, perhaps as hooks for coarse weaving. Figure 21 is that of a
long flat bone implement resembling a shuttle. It is a fine specimen,
being nicely smoothed and polished. The notch at one end is
smoothly worked and shows no signs of being a broken eye. Figure
24 is probably that of a broken bone needle. Needles were rare in
the site. Deer phalanges were found in abundance and most of
them are worked to some degree [see pl. 34, fig. 5, 6]. Numbers
were flattened on one side and some were worked down to cones
with a perforation at one end, the end nearest the tip. These cones
resemble the cups used in the cup and awl game common among the
early Hurons and are probably parts of such apparatus [pl. 34,
fig. 4, 8].
Beaver teeth seem to have been used for scraping or cutting.
544 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Several specimens are worked smooth at the bases [see pl. 33, fig.
1-3]. One has a slot running from the edge well toward the top.
One very interesting specimen is that of a bone fishhook in
process. If finished it would have been a small delicate hook. No
sign of a barb appears. The specimen resembles some of those
figured by Prof. F. W. Putnam in The Way Bone Fish Hooks Were
Made in the Little Miami Valley.
A pendantlike tube is shown in plate 33, figure 9. Both ends
show the marks of cutting as do both of the pendants of deer’s jaws
shown in the next figures. Plate 33, figure 10 is notched and
perforated lengthwise.
It is perhaps not customary to rank deer jaws as implements.
Nevertheless the Senecas up to within the last 10 years have used
them when they could obtain them, for scraping corn from the green
cob. The sharp teeth were raked over the kernels to break and cut
the hulls and then the hold on the jaw changed and the milk and
meat scraped out with the sharp edge that is nearest the chin. The
writer secured one of these jaws in 1903 for the American Museum
of Natural History. It is entirely probable that the Eries used deer
jaws for the same purpose, as they were Iroquois and closely related
to the Senecas. The Senecas have a name for the jaw when used as
an implement of this kind, a name for the process, and called the
corn so prepared “already chewed.” Figure 27 is a drawing of one
of these “jaw corn scrapers.”
Fig. 27 Deer jaw scraper
A serrated rib from an ash pit is probably an implement of some
kind. Its notched edges suggest its employment as a potter’s tool.
Perhaps it was used to roughen the surface of the clay which was
afterward smoothed down [sce text fig. 23].
Antler
Antler objects were fairly numerous, though not of great variety.
Those found in refuse pits were well preserved but those from
graves were decayed and crumbling.
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 545
The antler objects from the site include flaking tools, punchlike
implements, sometimes called pitching tools, chisellike implements,
picklike prongs of antler, arrowheads, hoes or digging implements
and 1 antler ball. There were several pieces of antler showing
marks of cutting and other working. The large trowellike object
shown in plate 35, figure 1, is probably an antler hoe or spade. The
edge is worn and smoothed, evidently by use in the earth. Two
other hoes are shown in the same plate [fig. 5, ro]. The larger hoe
seems to have had one side cut as if by a metal knife. The “hoes”
are all of moose horn. A small chisellike implement is shown in
plate 35, figure 2. It is worn and polished and the cutting edge is
sharp for such material. A larger chisel or pick is shown in plate
35, figure 4, and seems to have the handle whittled into shape by a
metal knife. Punchlike objects were fairly common and seem to
have been parts of an arrow maker’s outfit. Indeed they are com-
monly called “ pitching tools” and experiment shows that they are
useful in making the long body chips which must sometimes be
made to properly form a flint blade. These tools are of two types.
Plate 35, figure 9, shows:one which has a head. Two antler arrow-
heads were found. Plate 35, figure 8, represents the better one.
It is well shaped and polished but the hole for the shaft is not deep.
One flattened ball was found and is similar to the game balls used
now by the Iroquois and called “deer horn buttons” [see pl. 35,
fig. 6]. Chunks or pieces of worked antler were frequent. One
shown in figure 17 is that of an antler base from which the upper
part has been cut with a metal knife.
Shell articles
Among the interesting classes of articles are those of shell. The
very interesting necklace of shell shown in plate 14 is the best
specimen of art in shell found at the Ripley site. It came from
grave XCIII, pit 133, and was found about the neck of the skeleton.
The better preserved gorget was found in the bend formed by the
curve of the front portion of the lower jaw. The necklace is made
of discoidal shell beads beautifully made. They are quite uniform
and the perforations are perfectly centered. In specimens which
have not weathered the edges are even. The two gorgets and the
long pendant from this necklace are shown in plate 36 as is a Series
of discoidal beads illustrating the stages of disintegration. A per-
forated Unio shell was found in pit 46 and a shell bead of the
older form came from pit 3 [see pl. 36, fig. 5].
546 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Copper articles and objects preserved by copper
With the exception of one specimen all copper articles came
from graves. An analysis of these articles by the mineralogist Mr
H. P. Whitlock indicated that they were all of European copper.
The two arm bands contained traces of zinc.
Most of the copper articles came from grave LI, pit 96, and a
description of them as they were found will be found under that
head. ‘The two bracelets which encircled the arm of the skeleton
are shown in plate 37, figures 1, 2. These bands yet retain upon
their corroded surfaces the impressions of the skin of the arm
against which they rested, although the pictures do not show them
well. Finger prints are noticeable on several of the rings and one
has the tactile impression on the inner side. Figures 5 and 10 of
plate 37 are of two rings ‘which have these impressions upon them.
These rings are of the common rolled type made from bands of
sheet copper. The arm band fragment shown by plate 37, figure 4,
is a fine specimen of rolled copper work.
In graves where copper was present the animal or vegetable mat-
ter in immediate contact was preserved by the copper salts. The
substances so preserved include wood, bark, herbs, deer hair, deer-
skin, thongs, human skin, flesh, bone, nails, hair and scalp fragments.
Figure 3 in plate 37 is that of a rolled copper bead which yet
contains the skin thong. Pieces of bark and deerskin massed
together are pictured in plate 37, figure 7. The shreds of bark are
plainly visible but the skin does not show well. In the same plate
figure 11 is a piece of wood preserved by the salts of copper from
the ring that encircles the opening. The form of the object sug-
gests a false-face eye. Plate 37, figure 9, is that of a mass of
vegetable matter, possibly some herb or tobacco.
Iron
But few pieces of iron were found. Of those discovered in
graves or ash pits none bore the semblance of finished or complete
utensils. In a few graves and in one ash pit short rectangular bars
were found and with them chunks of flint, probably parts of fire-
making apparatus. In grave XCIII a portion of a small ax, adz
or chisel edge was found. It had been broken at a perforation.
Carbonized substances
Vegetable matter preserved by carbonization was found in nearly
all of the ash pits but so crushed as to be unrecognizable. Charred
AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 547
wood and bark were found in quantities in most of the pits and the
pieces varied in size from small particles to chunks five inches in
length and an inch or two in diameter. Charred corn in small
quantities was found in several refuse pits and seems to have been
the ordinary variety found in most Iroquoian sites. A few beans,
squash seeds, hickory nuts, butternuts and plum stone in a charred
condition complete the list of the foods preserved by carbonization.
Charred corn was found in several of the graves and in one grave
the decayed handle of a celt was found. Charred bark and wood
were frequent in the graves and fragments of what seemed a bark
dish were found in one grave. A long wooden stem, probably a pipe
stem, was found in an ash pit and a few minutes afterward a
clumsy visitor stepped upon the box in which it was temporarily
placed and crushed most of it. A small section, however, remained.
Pigments
The pigments were ochers, graphite and bitumen or asphaltum.
Charcoal may also be included. Quantities of red ocher were found
in some of the graves and some skeletons lay in deposits of it. In
Other graves the ocher was in little deposits as if it had been
inclosed in a bag that had afterward decayed. .
Articles found in vicinity
Objects which are found in the vicinity of Ripley but which were
not found on the site are the following: Of the older occupations:
gouges, grooved axes, mica plates, inscribed stones, monitor pipes,
banner stones, bird shaped stones, gorgets, tubular shell beads, etc. ;
and of the later occupations: notched and shouldered arrow points
and spears, shell beads in numbers, wampum, iron tomahawks, lead
objects, copper or brass arrow points, glass beads, etc.
7
.
Plate 19
Wh
uh,
ih
Types of rude stone implements improvised from natural pebbles, the shape
of which required only slight modification to adapt them for the purposes
intended. 1—Hce orrude celt. 2—Hammer. 3= Pick. 4, 6=Net sinkers.
5—= Pitted hammer stone. 7—Hammer. 8—Anvil and grinding base.
9=Smoother. 1o— Pitted hammer stone and small anvil
One half reduction
Plate 20
Types of celts.
Plate 21
Stone press for pressing juice from fruits and berries. This unique speci-
men is from the William A. Spear collection and was found at Ripley
Plate 22
Stone pipes. 1, 2 and 3 are from the topsoil or general occupied layer ;
4, 5, 6 and 7 are from graves
Plate 23
Types of chipped flint implements not arrow points. Figures 4 and 11 are
$ rapers and 7 is arude drill. See also text figure 21
*
Plate 24
ara
Mi
Ny
i,
Range of size and form of the triangular flint arrow heads
Clay in process. Figures 1 and 2 are clay masses containing pulverized
granite and yet bear the finger inpressions of the potter. Figure 3 is a short
section of a coil. Figure 4 is that of a rude pipe bowl fragment. 5 and 6 are
toy bowls from pit 96. 7 is probably a potter’s paddle
Plate 26
Pots with raised rim points.’ From graves
*
Plate 27
Fig. 1 Pot from grave 1, pit 4
Fig. 2 Restored pot from burial LXXXI
Types of the smaller pots
Plate 29
Types of plain and decorated pots having a raised point or lip on the rim
Figures 1, 2 and 3 are of cord-marked pottery vessels. The surface of the
pot shown in figure 4 seems to have been marked with a brush of twigs.
Figures 5 and 6 are of plain pottery
Plate 31
Tvl PTD PE te can
Pottery pipes from graves. I is a massive clay pipe bowl decorated with
deeply incised lines and has a stem that might serve either for a mouthpiece
or as a nipple over which a stem of wood might be inserted. 2 is from grave
XXV and is the so calied Huronian type. 3 and 4 are two views of the two
faced pipe from grave XX. 5 isa trumpet pipe from grave XX. 6 isa flat
round topped trumpet pipe from grave LXXV. All these pipes contain
charred tobacco as when found
Types of bone awls from ash and refuse pits
Plate 33
Various bone implements from refuse and fire pits
Various bone implements from refuse and fire pits
Wee
Various antler implements from ash and refuse pits
e
ete ee ea
Shell articles principally from graves
Shell articles principally from graves
Copper articles and articles preserved by contact with copper. 1, 2—Broken
bracelets of copper from grave LI. They yet show the impressions of the
human skin against which they lay. 3—A bead in which is a portion of a
skin thong. 4A portion of a copper bracelet. 5—A ring from grave LI.
6—Deer hair from grave LI. 7—Bark and deer skin from grave LI. 8=
Portion of human scalp and hair from grave XC. 9—Mass of herbs from
grave LI. 1to—Ring from grave XC. 11— Wood preserved by copper ring
Plate 38
~~
Vegetable matter preserved by carbonization. [igure 3 1s that of a mass of
decayed resinous wood
INDEX
Adz, 546.
Animal bones, see Bones, animal.
Anthropology, three divisions, 467.
Antler implements, 544-45; plate
35; in pit 50, 486.
Basel in pit 3, 481; in pit 34,
484.
hoe in pit 21, 482; in pit 55, 486.
incised, in pit 38, 484.
point in pit 79, 488.
stub in pit 35, 484.
Anvils, 532.
Archeological material,
of collecting, 471-72.
Archeology, beginnings of in the
State Museum, 459-61; purpose
of, 466-68; field of in New York,
468-69.
Arrow shaft smoother, 533; illus.,
| SRE
Arrowheads, 537, 545; plate 24; in
pit 50, 485; in pit 84, 490; in
Pit 150, 490; in grave LI, 504;
methods
in grave LXXXI, 500; in
grave C, 512; in grave CIV,
saiey
brass, 547.
copper, 547.
flint, in grave XVIII, 404; in
grave XXXV, 4090; in grave
POV, 500.
jasper, in grave XXXV, 400.
triangular, 538; in grave XXXV,
409; in grave XXXVI, 499; in
erave lexi Sob; in grave
Ox 507; in grave LX XII,
BOs; in grave XCY, s$11;- 1n
grave XCVIII, 512; in grave
eC, sr2:
triangular jasper, in pit 78, 488.
yellow jasper in pit 55, 486.
Articles found in vicinity, 547.
Awl point in pit 38, 484; in pit 70,
486.
Awls, 542; plate 32; in pit 2, 481;
iieepity 3, 4en. in) pit 16,)748n-0an
pit 18, 482; in pit 19, 482; in pit
21, 482; in pit 27, 482; in pit 28,
483; in pit 30, 483; in pit 32, 484;
in pit 34, 484; in pit 35, 484; in
pit 42, 485; in pit 50, 485; in pit
70, 486; in pit 71, 487; in pit 73,
487; in pit 74, 487; in pit 75, 487;
in pit 79, 488; in pit 84, 490; in
pit 150, 490; in grave XX XVIII,
500. ‘
Ax, 546; grooved, 547.
Banner stones, 547.
Baie Celle, 53).
Beads, bone, 542; illus., 543; in pit
TAsOs ine pit 2. ASE in) pit 2.
AGILE iin joe Ail, AAs wal joe ALS,
483; in pit 20, 483; in pit 30,
ASAS ihn joie BO, ARVAZ sim some Alrey
ASs: in pit 46, 485- im pit 5o,
485; in pit 55, 486; in pit 76,
487; in pit 78, 488; in pit 81,
488; in pit 82, 489; in pit 83,
490; in pit 84, 490.
CONE, snl arene ILM,
grave XCIX, 512.
glass, 547; in grave XVIII, 404.
shell, 547; in pit 3, 481; in pit 21,
482; in pit 84, 400; in grave
SCION, irik,
Bear teeth, 542; in pit 34, 484.
Bear’s tusk in grave XCVI, 511.
Beauchamp, Dr William M., bul-
letins describing implements and
ornaments of the New York
aborigines, 465; cited, 528, 534.
Beaver teeth, 543; in pit 76, 487;
in pit 79, 488; in grave XLI,
501; in grave LXXI, 507.
incised, in pit 70, 486.
worked, in pit 84, 490.
Bird shaped stones, 547.
504; in
55°
Bodkin, bone, in pit 29, 483.
Bone articles, 542-44; plates, 33, 343
in grave LXXI, 507.
awls, see Awls.
beads, see Beads, bone.
bodkin in pit 29, 483.
fishhook, 544.
handlelike bone in pit 34, 484.
needles, 543; in pit 21, 482; in
pit 28, 483; in pit 20, 483; in
pit 35, 484; in pit 80, 488.
pitching tool in pit 55, 486.
plug in pit 32, 484.
shuttle in pit 20, 483.
tube in pit 35, 484; in grave x,
493.
worked, in pit 38, 484.
Bones, animal, 542; in pit 1, 480;
in pit 2, 481; in pit 16, 481; in
Die AO, ASS tim joe ait, alse
in pit 27, 482; in pit 28, 483; in
DUE AO, ASRS iim joe Ba, alsals
in pit 34, 484; in pit 35, 484; in
pit 36, 484; in pit 37, 484; in pit
42, 485; in pit 46, 485; in pit 48,
485; in pit 50, 485, 486; in pit
53, 486; in pit 55, 486; in pit 71,
487; in pit 72, 487; in pit 73,
487; in pit 74, 487; in pit 75,
ANSiig Mba SOME Vi a cksyi | 601 jobhs
78, 488; in pit 79, 488; in pit
80, 488; in pit 81, 488; in pit 82,
ASO pn Ditmos RACO se inept
84, 4900; in pit 149, 490; in
grave XXII, 4096; in grave
XXXVIII, 500; in grave XLT,
Sol.
incised, in pit 28, 483.
worked, in grave XLI, 501.
Bracelets, 546.
copper, in pit 16, 481;
MSS OAs
Brass arrow points, 547.
Bruyas, Rev. Jacques, cited, AGT.
in grave
Carbonized substances, 546-47.
Celtlike implements, 532.
Celts, 532, 534; types of, plate 20;
in pit 32, 484; in pit 78, 488; in
pit 80, 488; in pit I50, 490; in
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
grave VIII, 492; in grave XLI,
50I; in grave XLVI, sore
grave XLVII, illus, 502; in
grave LI, 504; in grave LV, 504; }
in grave LXXII, 508. 3
Charred corn, 547; in pit 32, 484;
in pit 80, 488; in pit 81, 488.
Cheney, T. Apoleon, cited, 461.
bracelets in grave LI, 504.
ring in grave XCIII, 511.
wrist band in pit 16, 481.
Creuxius, map of, 526.
Cup in grave LI, 503; illus.,
Cushing, cited, 539.
Cut bone in pit 76, 487.
503.
Chipped flint implements, ss
plate 23.
Chisel, antler, in pit 3, 481; in pit
34, 484.
shale in grave XLI, SOT. .
Chisellike implements, 545.
Circular earth belt, 477, 518-10.
Clay in process, plate 25.
Clay pipes, 540.
pipe bowl in pit 82, 489; in grave
XXXIV, 408.
pipe stem in pit 26, 482. :
pot in grave XXV, 497; in grave
LX XII, 508.
Converse, Mrs Harriet Maxwell, :
mentioned, 462; donation to In-
dian museum, 462; work of, :
464-65; death, 465.
Copper articles, 546; plate 37.
arrow points, 547.
beads in grave LI, 504; in grave
MCI, LB.
:
:
Davis, cited, 460.
Deer horn buttons, 545.
jaw scraper, illus., 544.
jaws, 544.
phalanges, 543; in pit 42, 485; in
pit 46, 485; in pit 75, 487; in pit
76, 487; in pit 79, 488.
Deerskin thong in grave LI, 504.
Dewey, Melvil, mentioned, 462,
463; on Mrs Converse’s work, ©
464-65.
INDEX TO AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 551
Dewey knoll, 475; views from,
plates I, 2.
Digging tool in pit 21, 482.
Drills, 538; in pit 83a, 490.
Earthenware, 538-42.
Earthwork, indications of, 518-10;
obliterated, cross-section of soil
beneath, 518.
Elk bones in pit 55, illus., 486.
Elk teeth, 542; perforated, in pit
55, 480; in pit 76, 487; in grave
XXXVIII, 500.
Eries, 525-31; in possession of
region, 474; territory of, 526;
relation to other IJroquoian
tribes, 528; destruction of, 529-
30.
Ethnology, beginnings of in the
State Museum, 459-61; present
field in New York, 461-68.
Excavating, primitive means of,
522.
Fenton, John, mentioned, 475.
Fenton, William T., mentioned,
533.
Fish, skeleton of, in pit 17, 481.
Fishhook, bone, 544.
Flaking tools, 545.
Flint implements, 536; plate 23; in
erie ILO, Ome wk fearenie
ILZOKIL, Oy.
arrowhead in pit 32, 484; in pit
34, 484; in pit 50, 486; in pit
78, 488; in pit 83, 490; in grave
XVIII, 404; in grave XXXV,
499; in grave XCIX, 512.
blade in pit 21, 482; in grave
Will o492; in grave SOX XV,
400; in grave XCV, 5II.
bunt in pit 78, 488.
chipped, objects of, 536-38; in
pit 2, 481; in pit 20, 482; in pit
32, 484; in pit 50, 485; in pit
74, 487; in pit 80, 488; in grave
VII, 492; in grave XCV, 511.
chunks in grave XCV, 5II.
flakes in grave LXXVI, 500.
knife in pit 35, 484; in grave
MEV, Sib; us erave PGi
512.
perforator in pit 27, 482.
scraper in pit 50, 485.
Glass beads, 547; in grave XVIII,
404.
Gorgets, 533, 547; shell, in grave
SM(CIUUL, Biri, Gags
Gouges, 547.
Graves, arrangement of, 522; in
ash pits, 521-22; depth of, 522;
method of excavating, 479-80;
record of, 490-513; summary of
record of, 514-17; diagram show-
ing position of, plate 5; in pit 4,
trench 3, plate 6; in pit 9, trench
3 plate 75 in pit 62) trench) To;
plate 9; in pit 92, trench Io,
plate II; in pit 96, trench Io,
plate 12; XX, pit 44, plate 8;
XXII, diagram of, 496; XXV,
pit 51, plate 8; XXXV, diagram
showing position of articles in,
499; XX XVIII, diagram of, 500;
OOO INO, pmb Ge, pla ti@s
LXCXGG itt 2O eee platenmme:
XCII, views of skull from,
plate 17; XCV, pit 135, plate 13;
MOWIMNL, oie AS late. RE
XCVIII, views of skull from,
plate 16; C, pit 140, plate 15.
Grooved bone implement, in pit 50,
484.
Grooved stone in pit 83a, 490.
Hammer stones, 532; in pit 20, 482;
in pit 50, 485; in pit 83a, 400.
Hammers, 532.
Harrington, M. Raymond, men-
tioned, 475, 531.
Haslem, Theodore, mentioned,
533.
Helix shells, in pit 27, 482.
Helix albolabris in pit 17, 482.
alternata in pit 17, 482.
Hennepin, map of, 526.
55
Hoes, 531, 545.
antler, in pit 21, 482.
Hough, Franklin B., cited, 46r.
Hundt, Magnus, first use of term
anthropology, 460.
Identity of the inhabitants, 525-31.
Iron, pieces of, 546.
bar in pit 32, 484.
tomahawks, 547.
Iroquois, have become anglicized,
465.
Jasper arrow points in
XXXV, 409.
Jesuit Relations, quoted, 527, 520.
Jewel bones in pit 2, 48r.
grave
Knives, 538.
flint, in pit 35, 484; in grave
XILIDS, “ows imal earn (CWS
Sim? til Seen CID, Bre.
of translucent chalcedony, in
grave LXXVI, 509; illus., 537.
La Hontan, map of, 526.
Lapstone in pit 27, 482; in pit 41,
485.
Lead objects, 547.
Lodge sites, 520, 481, 483, 485, 488.
McGuire, Joseph D., quoted, 534-
26.
Mica plates, 547.
Monitor pipes, 547.
Moorehead, cited, 535.
Moose horn hoes, 545.
Morgan, Lewis H., employed to
collect material from the In-
dians, 460; cited, 460, 461.
Morphological characters, 524-25.
Morse, George, statement of, re-
rating to the earth ring, 510.
Mortar, stone, 532; in pit 50, 485.
Mortuary customs indicated, 520-
2.
Mound builders, 474.
Mullers, 532.
Nail,
482.
hand-hammered in pit 17,
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Necklace of shell, 511, 545; plate
14.
Needle, bone, 543; in pit 21, 482;
in pit 28, 483; in pit 29, 483; in
pit 35, 484; in pit 80, 488.
Net sinkers, 532; in pit 21, 482.
Newland, D. H., mentioned, 535.
Pathological conditions, 525.
Pebbles, 531.
iron-stained, in pit 32, 484.
Pendant, notched, in pit 21, 482;
in grave XCIII,. 511.
Pendantlike tube, 544.
Perforator in grave LX XVI, 509.
Periwinkle shells, in pit 21, 482.
PICK, FAAS iim le B. “Si.
Pigments, 547.
Pipe bowl in pit 30, 483; in pit 84,
490.
clay, in pit 82, 489; in grave
XXXIV, 408.
stone, in pit 26, 482; in grave
XX, 405.
terra cotta, in pit 80, 488; an
grave VI, 4o1; illus., 402.
Pipe stem in pit 74, 487; in pit 83a,
490.
charred wooden, in pit 78, 488.
of clay in pit 26, 482.
Pipes, clay, 540.
effigy, in grave
illus., 503.
monitor, 547.
pottery, 540; plate 31; in grave
XXV, 407; in grave XLI, 501.
stone, 534-36; plate 22; in grave
LX; 505; in grave Cy Size
sinye (Cll, iA,
terra cotta, in grave XX, 405;
illus., 405.
Pitching tools, 545; in pit 50, 485;
in pit 83a, 490; of antler in pit
18, 482.
Pits, in the village site, extracts
from the trench book describing,
480-90; examined in the village
section, diagram of, plate 4; 12-
14, diagram of, 493; 31 and 32,
diagram of, 483.
DEWAN, 5028
INDEX TO AN ERIE INDIAN VILLAGE AND BURIAL SITE 553
Polished stone objects, 533-34.
Portage shale, polished bar of,
533.
Post holes, 520.
Pot rim fragment in pit 78, 488;
in pit 80, 488; in pit 84, 490;
illus., 480.
Pot rim points in pit 32, 484; in
pit 34, 484; in pit 42, 485; in pit
50, 486.
Potsherds, 540; illus., 540; in pit
2, USUS sim jerle IMO, ARS sha FONE 7/,
A8I; in pit 26, 482; in pit 30, 483;
in pit 32, 484; in pit 36, 484; in
pit 46, 485; in pit 50, 485; in pit
-74, 487; in pit 80, 488; in pit 82,
489; in grave XX XVIII, 500.
Potters tools, 532.
Pottery pipes, 540-42; illus., 541;
plate 31; in grave XXV, 4097; in
grave XLI, 5ot.
Pottery vessels, 538-40; position
of, 521; illus., 539; plates, 9, 18,
AQ, 27, Ags, AO), AOS ia joy Wy, ALSae
in pit 37, 484; in pit 41, 485; in
pit 43, 485; in pit 73, 487; in pit
83a, 490; in pit 84, 490; in grave
I, 4090; illus., 491; in grave VIII,
492; in grave XIII, 404; in grave
XIV, 404; in grave XVII, 404;
in grave XVIII, 494; in grave
XXII, 496; in grave XXX, 408;
in grave XXXIV, 408; in grave
XX XVII, 409; in grave XL, 500;
Iie lel. scons iil eave
MAM GOrs ilerave cull son:
in grave XLVI, 501; in grave
MEVIT, 500; illus, 502; in grave
PIL, SOAS shal Girne Ib, SOS im
Siehye Ibjl 50a, “GOAs iim techy
LI, 504; in grave LV, 504; in
grave LVI, 504; in grave LVIII,
505; in grave LX, 505; illus., 505;
in grave LXI, 506; illus., 506; in
orave IX IEs 5063- im srave
IOSD VE | S0Gne 1m etave LX ViL
Boge it) erave. IoeV Ll, -i5075. 10
erave, wax 95075 im etrave
LXXIV, 508; in grave LXXXII,
509; in grave LXXXITI, 510; in
Grae DCI Sire im Girayne
SCIW, Bis iin sire XCD, Suze
in grave CI, 512; in grave CVI,
513; in grave CVII, 513.
Putnam, F. W., cited, 544.
Raccoon penis bones, 543; in pit
50, 485.
Richmond, “Ay iG. activities of
462-63; death, 465.
Rings, 540.
COMOe, til rhs BUCINNIS Sui,
Ripley, description of region, 473;
record of excavations at, 473-
513; site, 475; surface features of
the site, 475-76; surface evidence
of an occupation, 476; village
section, 476-77; diminution of
the village plot by encroach-
ment of lake, 477-78; method of
excavating in the village section,
478-79; method of excavating
graves, 479-80; extracts from the
trench book describing the pits
in the village site, 480-90; date
of occupation, 531; inhabitants
must have been Eries, 531; cliffs
at northeastern end of, illus.,
477; Dewey knoll, views from,
plates I, 2; sketch map of Erie
Indian village and burial site,
plate 3.
Rubbing stones in pit 41, 485.
Sagard, cited, 528.
Sanson’s map of 1656, portion of,
520.
Scrapers, 538; in grave LXXVI,
FoOe mm siranve XIOW, Guu
Senecas, trails near Erie site at
Ripley, 474; derived from Eries,
528.
Serrated rib, 540; illus., 540.
Shell articles, 545; plate 36.
beads, 547; in pit 3, 481; in pit
21, 482; in pit 84, 490; in grave
CIN, Siti
554
gorgets in grave XCIII, 511.
periwinkle, in pit 21, 482.
Sherds, see Potsherds.
Shuttle, bone, in pit 29, 483, 543;
plate 34.
Significance of some of the data,
518-109.
Skeletons, record of, 490-513;
position of, 522-24; in pit 48,
A485; in pit 49, 485. See also
Graves.
Smith, Harlan I., cited, 472.
Sources of information, 469-70;
destruction of, 470-71.
Spears, William <A., mentioned,
534.
Spears, 538, 547.
of translucent chalcedony, in
oraven sl axOxeVil 5005n 0 alltis:,
537.
Squier, E. G., cited, 460, 461.
State Museum, beginnings of arch-
eology and ethnology in, 459-61.
Steel in grave XLI, 5or.
Stone implements, description,
531-33; plate 109.
mortar in pit 50, 485, 532.
pipes, 534-36; plate 22; in pit 26,
482; in grave XXI, 495; in
cearehige® IDG Rots. shat fenmehie (C-
5r2: im erave Cl, 512)
press, 534; plate 21.
Stones, inscribed, 547.
Terra cotta pipe bowl, in pit 30,
483; in pit 80, 488; in grave VI,
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
491; illus., 492; in grave XX,
495; illus., 495.
Terra cotta vessel in grave XXVI,
497; in grave XXXIV, 408.
Thurston, cited, 533.
Tomahawks, iron, 547.
Tool of antler in pit 18, 482.
Trench book, extracts describing
the pits im the yillage wisme:
480-00.
Tube, bone, in pit 35, 484.
Turtle shell fragment, 542; in pit
34, 484.
Unio shell, in pit 21, 482; in pit 73,
487; in pit 75, 487; in pit 76, 487;
in pit 84, 400.
Unio complanatus in pit I, 480; in
pit 20, 482; in pit 46, 485.
Vegetable matter preserved by
carbonization, plate 38.
Venus mercenaria in pit 28, 483.
Wampum, 547.
Wampum keeper, University of the
State of New York elected to
office of, 463.
Wendell, Peter, quoted, 450.
Whitlock, H. P., mentioned, 546.
Wilson, Sir Daniel, mentioned, 460.
Wolf teeth, 542; perforated, in pit
50, 486.
Wrist band, copper, in pit 16, 481.
New York State Education Department
New York State Museum
Joun M. CrarKke, Director
PUBLICATIONS
Packages will be sent prepaid except when distance or weight renders the
same impracticable. On 10 or more copies of any one publication 20%
discount will be given. Editions printed are only large enough to meet
special claims and probable sales. When the sale copies are exhausted,
the price for the few reserve copies is advanced to that charged by second-
hand booksellers, in order to limit their distribution to cases of special
need. Such prices are inclosed in[]. All publications are in paper covers,
unless binding is specified.
Museum annual reports 1847—-date. Allin print to 1892, 50¢ a volume, 75¢ in
cloth; 1892—-date, 75c, cloth.
These reports are made up of the reports of the Director, Geologist, Paleontologist, Botanist
and Entomologist, and museum bulletins and memoirs, issued as advance sections of the
reports.
Director’s annual reports 1904-date.
These reports cover the reports of the State Geologist and of the State Paleontologist.
Bound also with the museum reports of which they form a part.
Report for 1904. 138p. 20¢. 1905. 102p. 23pl. 30¢. 1906. 186p. 4rpl. 35¢.
Geologist’s annual reports 1881—date. Rep’ts1, 3-13, 17—date, O; 2, 14-16, Q.
In 1898 the paleontologic work of the State was made distinct from the geologic and was
reported separately from 1899-1903. The two departments were reunited in 1904, and are
now reported in the Director’s report.
The annual reports of the original Natural History Survey, 1837-41, are out of print.
Reports 1-4, 1881-84, were published only in separate form. Of the sth report 4 pages
were reprinted in the 39th museum report, and a supplement to the 6threport was included
in the 4oth museum report. The 7th and subsequent reports are included in the arst and
following museum reports, except that certain lithographic plates in the 11th report (1891)
and 13th (1893) are omitted from the 45th and 47th museum reports.
Separate volumes of the following only are available.
Report Price Report Price Report Price
12 (1892) $.50 17 $.75 21 $.40
14 -75 18 -75 22 -40
I5, 2V. 2 19 .40 _ 28 Pals
16 I 20 50 [See Director’s annual reports]
Paleontologist’s annual reports 1899—date.
See first note under Geologist’s annual reports.
Bound also with museum reports of which they form a part. Reports for 1899 and 1900
may be had for 20c each. Those for 1901-3 were issued as bulletins. In 1904 combined
with the Director’s report.
Entomologist’s annual reports on the injurious and other insects of the
State of New York 1882-date.
Reports 3-20 bound also with museum reports 40-46, 48-58 of which they form a part.
Since 1898 these reports have been issued as bulletins. Reports 3-4, 17 are out of print,
other reports with prices are:
Report Price Report Price Report Price
I $.50 9 $.25 I5 (Ea 9} $.15
2 -30 bade) +35 m@ (°° ne) 5AG
5 -25 Ir -25 3 (CF 25D) 5 BC)
6 an 12 +25 1@ (C an as)
7 ~20 13 .10 20(‘ 24) .40
8 -25 14 (En s) .20 ar (( ex) Gag
Bye) (oy) Sea
Reports 2, 8-12 may also be obtained bound separately in cloth at 25c in addition to the
price given above.
Botanist’s annual reports 1867-date.
Bound also with museum reports 21-—date of which they form a part; the first Botanist’s
report appeared in the 21st museum report and is numbered 21. Reports 21-24, 29, 31-41
were not published separately.
Separate reports for 1871-74, 1876, 1888-96 and 1898 (Botany 3) are out of print. Report
for 1897 may be had for 40c; 1899 for 20c; 1900 for soc. Since 1901 these reports have been
issued as bulletins [see Bo 5-9].
Descriptions and illustrations of edible, poisonous and unwholesome fungi of New York
have also been published in volumes 1 and 3 of the 48th (1894) museum report and in volume
1 of the 49th (1895), 51st (1897), 52d (1898), 54th (1900), 55th (1901), in volume 4 pf the
56th (1902), in volume 2 of the 57th (1903) and in volume 4 pf the 58th (1904) reports.
The descriptions and illustrations of edible and unwholesome species contained in the 49th,
51st and 52d reports have been revised and rearranged, and, combined with others more
recently prepared, constitute Museum memoir 4.
NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Museum bulletins 1887-date. O. To advance subscribers, $2 a year or $x
a year for division (t) geology, economic geology, paleontology, mineralogy;
soc each for divisions (2) general soology, archeology and miscellaneous, (3)
botany, (4) entomology.
Bulletins are also found with the annual reports of the museum as follows:
Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report Bulletin Report
(Goo: 48, Vv. Pe, 225 Bale Was En 11 54, V.3 Ar 3 2p Wait
2 it Wiad 4 Seed TQ Eta ee VERA 4 54,V-1I
3 Gay vege SO Bop Wott 14 B59 Wolf 5 Weg
4 54,V.4 79) Hop Wo 2 wy HO, os} 6 BG await
5 56, Vv.1 Io yA Mots Ob 1 NOAA Bs Wot, DG 7 56,V.4
6 Sin Wolly De i TIS 4 58,V.3 8,9 57, V-2
7 TOW bovis Z3 Belo Wot 9 V.2
Egs,6 48, v.2 4 Pn Sie Oy wu RSs Wu)
4 Oh Wo 2 57, OF es 23,24 SO, V5 Ms 2,2) 956) vied
8 Helonre 8 RO Wo it Bo 3 52, V.1 :
9 54,V.2 9 RG Was 4 Bey Wa tt Memoir
Io Ceres} ae) St Ve etespi © 5 Sn Wok 2 49,V-3
II HOq Wn ie 1D ,1r2 58,V.4 6 BO, Wad 3,4 53,V.2
RA, TS BS wLe Dim = 48, V.1 4 S94 wo 2 5, 0 Sas
2 56, v.I 4-6 AI a OnE 8 58,V.4 a .4
3 Gia io ly ile i Fa) Hq Wo I IN ae eh Wo tt
Pare 54, V.1 Io 54, V.2 2 Bit, Wo
The figures in parenthesis in the following list indicate the bulletin’s number as a New
York State Museum bulletin.
Geology. Gr (14) Kemp, J. F. Geology of Moriah and Westport Town-
ships, Essex Co. N. Y., with notes on the iron mines. 38p. 7pl. 2 maps.
Sep: L895. + 1O6.
(19) Merrill, F. J. H. Guide to the Study of the Geological Collections
of the New York State Museum. 1162p. t19pl. map. Nov. 1898. [5oc]
G2
G3 (21) Kemp, J. F. Geology of the Lake Placid Region. 24p. rpl. map.
SED. TI9S, SE.
G4 (48) Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of Nassau County and
Borough of Queens. 58p. il. opl. map. Dec. 1901. 25¢.
Gs (56) Merrill, F. J. H. Description of the State Geologic Map of rgor.
APH), 2 aMBVOS, HAO, OE, UOOZ, woe.
G6 (77) Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Vicinity of Little Falls, Herkimer
CO, Oso il reel, 2 aaj, Jaa, WOR, BOE
G7 (83) Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene Geology of the Mooers Quadrangle.
62p. 25pl. map. June 1905. 25¢.
G8 (84) Ancient Water Levels of the Champlain and Hudson Valleys.
2060p. ripl. 18 maps. July 1905. 45¢.
Gg (95) Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Northern Adirondack Region.
188p. r5pl. 3 maps. Sep. 1905. 306.
Gio (96) Ogilvie, I. H. Geology of the Paradox Lake Quadrangle. 5,4p.
iL, Tyo aap, IDES: TOS, Bode.
Gir (106) Fairchild, H. L. Glacial Waters in the Erie Basin. 88p. r4pl.
g maps. Feb. 1907. Out of print.
G12 (107) Woodworth, jf. B.; Hartnagel, C. A.; Whitlock, H. P.; Hudson,
G. H.; Clarke, J. M.; White, David: Berkey, C. P. Geclogical Papers.
388p. 56pl.map. May 1907. 906., cloth.
Contents: Woodworth, J. B. Postglacial Faults of Eastern New York.
Hartnagel, C. A. Stratigraphic Relations of the Oneida Conglomerate.
Upper Siluric and Lower Devonic Formations of the Skunnemunk Mountain Region.
Whitlock, H. P. Minerals from Lyon Mountain, Clinton Co.
Hudson, G. H. On Some Pelmatozoa from the Chazy Limestone of New York.
Clarke, J. M. Some New Devonic Fossils.
—— An Interesting Style of Sand-filled Vein.
—— Eurypterus Shales of the Shawangunk Mountains in Eastern New York.
White, David. A Remarkable Fossil Tree Trunk from the Middle Devonic of New York.
Berkey, C. P. Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of the
Highlands.
Gi3 (111) Fairchild, H. L. Drumlins of New York. 58p. 28pl. 19 maps.
fay noo. SBE
G14 (115) Cushing, H. P. Geology of the Long Lake Quadrangle. 88p.
2opl. map. Sep. 1907. 25c.
Fairchild, H. L. Later Glacial Waters in Central New York. In press.
Berkey, C. P. Geology of the Highlands of the Hudson. In preparation.
Csuhing, H. P. Geology of the Theresa Quadrangle. In preparation.
Economic geology. Egr (3) Smock, J. C. Building Stone in the State of
New York. 152p. Mar. 1888. Out of print.
Eg2 (7) —— First Report on the Iron Mines and Iron Ore Districts in
the State of New York. 6+7op. map. June 1889. Out of print.
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
Eg3 (10) Building Stone in New York. 2t10p. map, tab. Sep. 1890. 4oc.
Eg4 (11) Merrill, F. J. H. Salt and Gypsum Industries of New York. gap.
T2pl. 2maps, rr tab. Ap. 1893. [50c]
Egs 2) Ries, Heinrich. Clay Industries of New York. 174p. 2pl. map.
ar. 1895. 306.
Eg6 Dae) Merrill, F. J. H. Mineral Resources of New York. 2224p.
2 maps. Sep. 1895. [50c]
Eg7 (17) Road Materials and Road Building in New York. sep. r4pl.
2 mA, WOCts USO. whee
Eg8 (30) Orton, Edward. Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York. 136p.
il. 3 maps. Nov. 1899. 15¢.
Egg (35) Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York; their Properties and Uses.
456p. 140pl. map. June 1900. $1, cloth.
Egto (44) Lime and Cement Industries of New York; Eckel, E. C.
Chapters on the Cement Industry. 332p. rorpl. 2 maps. Dec. rgot.
85c, cloth.
Egir (61) Dickinson, H. T. Quarries of Bluestone and other Sandstones
in New York. 108p. 18pl. 2 maps. Mar. 1903. 356.
Egr2 (85) Rafter, G. W. Hydrology of New York State. gop. il. 44pl.
5 maps. May to905. $1.50, cloth.
Eg13 (93) Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York.
so. Jahr roOs, 1S.
Egrt4 (100) McCourt, W. E. Fire Tests of Some New York Building
SOMES: | Aop. 20pl: (Nebr age6. 156:
Egt5 (102) Newland, D. H. Mining and Quarry Industry of New York.
Ede Reporte LO2p1. june rooG, | 25c:
Eg16 (112) Mining and Quarry Industry 1906. 82 p. July 1907. TAS Ge
Newland, D. H. & Hartnagel, C. A. The Sandstones of New York. Jn
preparation.
Mineralogy. M1 (4) Nason, F. L. Some New York Minerals and their
Localities. 20p.1pl. Aug. 1888. [roc]
M2 (58) Whitlock, H. P. Guide to the Mineralogic Collections of the New
York State Museum. t5o0p. il. 39pl. 11 models. Sep. 1902. 4oc.
M3 (70) ——— New York Mineral Localities. i11op. Sep. 1903. 206.
M4 (08) Contributions from the Mineralogic Laboratory. 38p. pl.
IDES, TOOFs "ESE
Paleontology. Paz (34) Cumings, E. R. Lower Silurian System of East-
ern Montgomery County; Prosser, C. S. Notes on the Stratigraphy of
Mohawk Valley and Saratoga Corian NYO enol enti Oemme ian
Igo0o. I5¢.
Pa2 Go) Clarke, J. M.; Simpson, G. B. & Loomis, F. B. Paleontologic
PAO F WA2\D. wl. 16 pl, OCE 1@0@, "ee.
Contents: Clarke, J. M. A Remarkable Occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta Beds of
the Chenango Valley, N. Y.
—— Paropsonema cryptophya;, a Peculiar Echinoderm from the Intumescens-zone
(Portage Beds) of Western New York.
—— Dictyonine Hexactinellid Sponges from the Upper Devonic of New York.
=== ‘Tae Mater Biscuit of Squaw Island, Canandaigua Lake,
Simpson, G. B. Preliminary Descriptions ot New Genera of Paleozoic Rugose Corals.
Loomis, F. B Siluric Fungi from Western New York.
Pa3 (42) Ruedemann, Rudolf. Hudson River Beds near Albany and tneir
Taxonomic Equivalents. TAD, 2 jOll, Wap, AO. WOO ByYC.
Pag (45) Grabau, A. W. Geology and Paleontology of Niagara Falls and
Vicinity. 2806p. il. 18pl. map. Ap. rgor. 65c; cloth, goc.
Pas (49) Ruedemann, Rudolf; Clarke, J. M. & Wood, Elvira. Paleon-
tolosicePapersi2.) 240p.. uapl.— Weel roo1. 400.
Contents: Ruedemann, Rudolf. Trenton Conglomerate of Rysedorph Hill.
Clarke, J. M. Limestones of Central and Western New York Interbedded with Bitumi-
nous Shales of the Marcellus Stage.
Wood, Elvira. Marcellus Limestones of Lancaster, Erie Co. N. Y.
Clarke, J. M._ New Agelacrinites.
—— Value of Amnigenia as an Indicator of Fresh-water Deposits during the Devonic of
New York, Ireland and the Rhineland.
Pa6 (52) Clarke, J. M. Report of the State Paleontologist 1901. 28op. il.
gpl. map. 1tab. July 1r902. 4oc.
Pa7 (63) —— Stratigraphy of Canandaigua and Naples Quadrangles.
78p. map. June 1904. 25¢.
Pa& (65) Catalogue ot Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in the New
York State Museum. 848p. May 1903. $1.20, cloth.
Pag (69) Report of the State Paleontologist 1902. 464p. 52pl. 8 maps.
Nov. ryo3. $1, cloth. E
NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Pato (80) —— Report of the State Paleontologist 1903. 396p. 2opl. map.
Feb. 1905. 85¢, cloth.
Parr (81) & Luther, D. D. Watkins and Elmira Quadrangles. 2p.
map. Mar. 1905. 25¢.
Pa1t2 (82) —— Geologic Map of the Tully Quadrangle. 4op. map. Ap. 1905
206.
Pa13 (92) Grabau, A. W. Guide to the Geology and Paleontology of the
Schoharie Region. 316p. il. 24pl. map. Ap. 1906. 75¢, cloth.
Par4 (90) Ruedemann, Rudolf. Cephalopoda of Beekmantown and Chazy
Formations of Champlain Basin. 226p. il. 38pl. Ap. 1906. 75¢, cloth.
Parts (99) Luther, D. D. Geology of the Buffalo Quadrangle. 32p. map.
May 1906. 200.
Pa16 (ror) Geology of the Penn Yan-Hammondsport Quadrangles.
28p. map. July 1906. 25¢.
Pat7 (114) Hartnagel, C. A. Geologic map of the Rochester and Ontario
Beach Quadrangles. 38p.map. Aug. 1907. 206.
White, David. The Devonic Plants of New York. In preparation.
Clarke, J. M. & Luther, D. D. Geologic Maps and Descriptions of the
aes and Nunda Quadrangles including a map of Letchworth Park.
n press.
Luther, D. D. Geology of the Geneva Quadrangle. In preparation.
—— Geology of the Ovid Quadrangle. In preparation.
Geology of the Phelps Quadrangle. In preparation.
Whitnall, H.O. Geology of the Morrisville Quadrangle. Prepared.
Hopkins, T. C. Geology of the Syracuse Quadrangle. In preparation.
Hudson, G. H. Geology of Valcour Island. In preparation.
Zoology. Zz (1) Marshall, W. B. Preliminary List of New York Unioni-
daes szop Mar srSo2 ssc
Z2 (9) Beaks of Unionidae Inhabiting the Vicinity of Albany, N. Y.
24p. 1pl. Aug. 1890. toc.
Z3 (29) Miller, e S. jr. Preliminary List of New York Mammals. 124p.
Octane Soon E5G: ;
Z4 (33) Farr, M.S. Check List of New York Birds. 224p. Ap. 1900. 25¢.
Z5 (38) Miller, G. S. jr. Key to the Land Mammals of Northeastern North
America. 106p. Oct. 1900. 1r5¢.
Z6 (40) Simpson, G. B. Anatomy and Physiology of Polygyra albolabris
and Limax maximus and Embryology of Limax maximus. 82p. 28pl.
OE, LOO » BH
Z7 (43) Kellogg, a L. Clam and Scallop Industries of New York. 36p.
AO, MO, Ao. HOOR. WOE:
Z8 (51) Eckel, E. C. & Paulmier, F. C. Catalogue of Reptiles and Batra-
chians of New York. 64p.il. ipl. Ap. 1902. 1r5¢c.
Eckel, E. C. Serpents of Northeastern United States.
Paulmier, F. C. Lizards, Tortoises and Batrachians of New York.
Zo (60) Bean, T. H. Catalogue of the Fishes of New York. 784p. Feb.
1903. $1, cloth.
Z1o (71) Kellogg, J. L. Feeding Habits and Growth of Venus mercenaria.
ZOD. ple oephOOs am EOG:
Z11 (88) Letson, Elizabeth J. Check List of the Mollusca of New York.
114p. May 1905. 2006.
Zi2 (QI) San eatics EC. Higher Crustacea: of News York, Citys 7opmr
June 1905. 20¢.
Entomology. Enz (5) Lintner, J. A. White Grub of the May Beetle. 32p
il. Nov. 1888. toc.
En2 (6) Cut-worms. 36p.il. Nov. 1888. toc.
En3 (13) San José Scale and Some Destructive Insects of New York
Sate, 5450. Goll, Ao. UEORs wxG.
En4 (20) Felt, E. P. Elm-leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 5pl.
June 1898. 5c.
See Ents.
Ens (23) —— 14th Report of the State Entomologist 1898. 15op. il. gpl.
Dec. £898. 206:
En6 (24) —— Memorial of the Life and Entomologic Work of J. A. Lint-
ner Ph.D. State Entomologist 1874-98; Index to Entomologist’s Re-
ports 1-13. 316p.1pl. Oct. 1899. 35¢.
Supplement to 14th report of the State Entomologist.
"
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS
En7 (26) Collection, Preservation and Distribution of New York In-
Seeises BOplil. Ap. 1899. 56:
En8 (27) Shade eee. Bess in New York State. 26p. il. 5pl. May
1899. 5¢.
Eng (31) 15th Report of the State Entomologist 1899. 128p. June
1900. I5¢.
Enro Gone 16th Report of the State Entomologist rg00. 1118p. 16pl.
Mar. 1901. 25¢.
En1r (37) Catalogue of Some of the More Important Injurious and
Beneficial Insects of New York State. 54p- il. Sep. 1900. toc.
Eni2 (46) Scale Insects of Importance and a List of the Species in
New York State. o4p.il. r5pl. June rg01. 25¢.
Enr3 (47) Needham, J. G. & Betten, Cornelius. Aquatic Insects in the
Adirondacks. 234p. il. 36pl. Sep. 1901. 45¢.
Enr4 (53) Felt, E. P. 17th Report of the State Entomologist 1901. 232p.
il. 6pl. Aug. 1902. Out of print.
Ents (57) Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. 46p. il. 8pl. Aug.
1902. Out of print.
This is a revision of En4 containing the more essential facts observed since that was pre-
pared.
En16 (59) —— Grapevine Root Worm. gop. 6pl. Dec. 1902. 15¢.
See Enig.
Ent7 (64) 18th Report of the State Entomologist 1902. t11op. 6pl.
May 1903. 2006.
En18 (68) Needham, J. G. & others. Aquatic Insects in New York. 322p.
s2pl. Aug. 1903. 80c, cloth.
Entg (72) Felt, E.P. Grapevine Root Worm. 58p. 13pl. Nov. 1903. 206.
This is a revision of En16 containing the more essential facts observed since that was
prepared. :
En20 (74) & Joutel, L. H. Monograph of the Genus Saperda. 88p.
r4pl. June 1904. 25¢.
En21 (76) Felt, E. P. srgoth Report of the State Entomologist 1903. «1150p.
Aplas, LOO4+) L5G.
o ie) Mosquitos or Culicidae of New York. 164p. il. 57pl. Oct.
Pass (86) Needham’ J. G. & others. May Flies and Midges of New York.
352p. il. 37pl. June 1905. 806, cloth.
ee (97) Felt, E. P. 20th Report of the State Entomologist 1904. 246p.
il. rgpl. Nov. r905. 4oc.
En25 (103) Gipsy and Brown Tail Moths. 44p. 1opl. July 1906. 15c.
En26 (104) 21st Report of the State Entomologist 1905. 3144p. topl.
Aug. 1906. 25¢.
En27 (109) —— Tussock Moth and Elm Leaf Beetle. 34p. 8pl. Mar.
1907. 206.
En28 (110) 22d Report of the State Entomologist 1906. 1152p. 3pl.
June 1907. 25¢.
Needham, J.G. Monograph on Stone Flies. In preparation.
Botany. Bor (2) Peck, C. H. Contributions to the Botany of the State of
New York. 66p. 2pl. May 1887. Out of print.
Bo2 (8) Boleti of the United States. g6p. Sep. 1889. [soc]
Bo3 (25) Report of the State Botanist 1898. 76p. 5pl. Oct. 1899.
Out of print.
Bo4 (28) Plants of North Elba. 206p. map. June 1899. 200.
Bos (54) —— Report ofthe State Botanist 1901. 58p.7pl. Nov. 1902. 4oc.
Bo6o (67) Report of the State Botanist 1902. 196p.5pl. May 1903. 5oc.
Bov7 (75) —— Report of the State Botanist 1903. 7op. 4pl. 1904. 4oc.
Bo8 (94) —— Report of the State Botanist 1904. 6op. 1opl. July 1905. 4oc.
Bog (105) Report of the State Botanist 1905. 108p. t12pl. Aug.
1906. 50¢.
Boro (116) Report of the State Botanist 1906. 120p. 6pl. July
IQ07. 35¢.
Archeology. Arz (16) Beauchamp, W.M. Aboriginal Chipped Stone Im-
Pplements of New York. 86p. 23pl. Oct. 1897. 25¢.
Ar2 (18) Polished Stone Articles used by the New York Aborigines.
to4p. 35pl. Nov. 1897. 25¢.
Ar3 (22) Earthenware of the New York Aborigines. 78p.33pl. Oct.
TOOSs 2156. °
NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Ar4 (32) —— Aboriginal Occupation of New York. rg9o0p. 16pl. 2 maps.
Mar. 1900. 306.
Ars (41) Wampum: and Shell Articles used by New York Indians.
166p. 28pl. Mar. rg01. 300.
Ar6 (50) —— Horn and Bone Implements of the New York Indians. rz2p.
43pl. Mar. 1902. 306.
Ar7 (55) - Metallic Implements of the New York Indians. g4p. 38pl.
|itine KOO, AEG.
Ar8 (73) Metallic Ornaments of the New York Indians. 122p. 37pl.
Dec x9038 306:
Arg (78) —— History of the New York Iroquois. 340p. 17pl. map. Feb.
1905. 756, cloth.
Arto (87) Perch Lake Mounds. 84p. t2pl. Ap.1905. 20¢.
Arir (89) Aboriginal Use of Wood in New York. t1gop. 35pl. June
EGOS) .e3i5G:
Ari12 (108) Aboriginal Place Names of New York. 336p. May 1907.
40c.
Ar 13 (113) ---- Civil, Religious and Mourning Councils and Ceremonies of
Adoption: 1238p. 7pl. Junesroo7, e256.
Ar 14 (117) Parker, A. C. An Erie Indian Village and Burial Site. 1o2p.
Aejolk, IDECE NOV, SOG
Meeecllene oa Mst G Merrill, F. J. H. Directory of Natural History
Museums in United States and Canada. AAG, INO, UWOHKOR. AGE:
Ms2 (66) Ellis, Mary. Index to Publications of the New York State Nat-
ural History Survey and New York State Museum 1837-1902. 418p.
June 1603. 756, cloth.
Museum memoirs 1889-date. Q.
1 Beecher, C. E. & Clarke, J. M. Development of Some Silurian Brachi-
opoda. 96p. Spl. Oct. 1889. $1.
2 Hall, James & Clarke, J. M. Paleozoic Reticulate Sponges. 35o0p. il. 7opl.
1898. $1, cloth. . :
Bu Clagke yi. M. The Oriskany Fauna of Becraft Mountain, Columbia Co.
ING Wo Rasy, gol Oeis O00, Sac:
4 Peck,C.H. N.Y. Edible Fungi, 1895-99. s106p.2s5pl. Nov. tg00. 75¢,
This includes revised descriptions and illustrations of fungi reported in the 49th, 5tst and
52d reports of the State Botanist.
5 Clarke. J. M. & Ruedemann, Rudolf. Guelph Formation and Fauna of
New York State. ro6p.21pl. July 1903. $1.50, cloth.
6 Clarke, J. M. Naples Fauna in Western New York. 268p. 26pl. map.
$2, cloth.
7 Ruedemann, Rudolf. Graptolites of New York. Pt 1 Graptolites of the
Lower Beds. 350p.17pl. Feb. 1905. $1.50, cloth.
8 Felt, E. P. Insects Affecting Park and Woodland Trees. v.1 46op.
il. 48pl. Keb. 1906. $2.50 “cloth. v.2) 5438p. il, 2eple hepamnooye
$2, cloth.
9 Clarke, J. M. Early Devonic of New York and Eastern North America.
In press.
to Eastman, C. R. The Devonic Fishes of the New York Formations.
2360p. spl: 190%. $1.25, cloll.
Eaton, E. H. Birds of New York. In preparation.
Ruedemann, R. Graptolites of New York. Pt 2 Graptolites of the Higher
Beds. In press
Natural history of New York. 3ov. il. pl. maps. Q. Albany 1842-94.
DIVISION 1 zooLoGyY. De Kay, James E. Zoology of New York; or, The
New York Fauna; comprising detailed descriptions of all the animals
hitherto observed within the State of New York with brief notices of
those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropri-
ate illustrations. 5v.il.pl.maps. sq.Q. Albany 1842-44. Out OF prin
Historical introduction to the series by Gov. W. H. Seward. 178p.
v. I ptr Mammalia. 131+46p. 33pl. 1842.
300 copies with hand-colored plates.
v. 2 pt2 Birds. 12+380p. r4rpl. 1844.
Colored plates.
v. 3 pt3 Reptiles and Amphibia. 7+98p. pt4a Fishes. 15+ 415p. 1842!
pt3—4 bound together.
v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. Reptiles and Amphibia 23pl. Fishes 7gpl.
1842.
300 copies with hand-colored plates. .
MUSEUM PUBLICATIONS ©
v. 5 pts Mollusca. 4+271p. 4opl. pt6 Crustacea. 70op. 13pl. 1843-44.
Hand-colored plates; pts—6 bound together.
DIVISION 2 BOTANY. Torrey, John. Flora of the State of New York; com-
prising full descriptions of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hith-
erto discovered in the State, with remarks on their economical and medical
properties. 2v. il. pl. sq. Q. Albany 1843. Out of print.
v. 1 Flora of the State of New York. 12+484p. 72pl. 1843.
300 copies with hand-colored plates. ;
v. 2 Flora of the State of New York. 572p. 89pl. 1843.
“300 copies with hand-colored plates. :
DIVISION 3 MINERALOGY. Beck, Lewis C. Mineralogy of New York; com-
prising detailed descriptions of the minerals hitherto found in the State
of New York, and notices of their uses in the arts and agriculture. il. pl.
sq.Q. Albany 1842. Out of print.
v. 1 ptr Economical Mineralogy. ptz Descriptive Mineralogy. 24+536p.
1842.
8 plates additional to those printed as part of the text.
DIVISION 4 GEOLOGY. Mather, W. W.: Emmons, Ebenezer; Vanuxem, Lard-
ner & Hall, James. Geology of New York. 4v. il. pl. sq. Q. Albany
1842-43. Out of print.
v. rt ptr Mather, W. W. First Geological District. 37+653p- 46pl. 1843.
v. 2 pt2 Emmons, Ebenezer. Second Geological District. 10+437p. 17pl.
1842.
v. 3 pt3 Vanuxem, Lardner. Third Geological District. 306p. 1842.
v. 4 pt4 Hall, James. Fourth Geological District. 22+683p. 1opl. map.
- 1843.
DIVISION 5 AGRICULTURE. Emmons, Ebenezer. Agriculture of New York;
comprising an account of the classification, composition and distribution
of the soils and rocks and the natural waters of the different geological
formations, together with a condensed view of the meteorology and agri-
oe. productions of the State. 5v.il. pl.sq.Q. Albany 1846-54. Out
of} print.
v. 1 Soils of the State, their Composition and Distribution. 11+371p. 21rpl.
1846.
v. 2 Analysis of Soils, Plants, Cereals, etc. 8+343+46p. 42pl. 1849.
With hand-colored plates.
wv. 3 Fruits, etc. 8+340p. 1851. -
v. 4 Plates to accompany v. 3. g5pl. 1851.
Hand-colored.
v. 5 Insects Injurious to Agriculture. 8+272p. sopl. 1854.
With hand-colored plates. ’
DIVISION 6 PALEONTOLOGY. Hall, James. Palaeontology of New York. 8v.
il. pl. sq. Q. Albany 1847-94. Bound in cloth.
v. 1 Organic Remain; of the Lower Division of the New York System.
23+338p. gopl. 1847. Out of print.
v. 2 Organic Remains of Lower Middle Division of the New York System.
8+362p. rogpl. 1852. Out of print.
v. 3 Organic Remains of the Lower Helderberg Group and the Oriskany
Sandstone. pti, text. 12+532p. 1859. [$3.50]
pt2. 143pl. 1861. [$2.50]
v. 4 Fossil Brachiopoda of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage and
Chemung Groups. 11+1+428p. 69pl. 1867. $2.50.
v. 5 ptr Lamellibranchiata 1. Monomyaria of the Upper Helderberg,
Hamilton and Chemung Groups. 18+268p. 45pl. 1884. $2.50.
Lamellibranchiata 2. Dimyaria of the Upper Helderberg, Ham-
ilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 62+293p. 5r1pl. 1885. $2.50.
ptz Gasteropoda, Pteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Upper Helder-
. berg, Hamilton, Portage and Chemung Groups. 2v. 1879.. v. 1, text.
I5+492p. v. 2, r20pl. $2.50 for 2 v.
& Simpson, George B. v. 6 Corals and Bryozoa of the Lower and Up-
per Helderberg and Hamilton Groups. 24+298p. -67pl. 1887. $2.50.
& Clarke, John M. v. 7 Trilobites and other Crustacea of the Oris-
kany, Upper Helderberg, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill
Groups. 64+236p. 46pl. 1888. Cont. supplement to v. 5, ptz. Ptero-
poda, Cephalopoda and Annelida. 42p. 18pl. 1888. $2.50.
NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
& Clarke, John M. v. 8 ptr Introduction to the Study = the, Genera
of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16+367p. 44pl. 1892. $2-50.
& ere John M. v. 8 pt2 Paleozoic Brachiopoda. 16 + 3940. _ Sapl. e
~ 1894. $2.5 4
Catalogue of aes Cabinet of Natural History of the State of New York and |
- of the Historical and Antiquarian Collection annexed Le 242p.~ OF—
Handbooks 1893—date. ;
In quantities, 1 cent for each 16 pages or less. Single copies postpaid as below.
New York State Museum. s52p.il. 4c. :
Outlines history and work of the museum with list of staff 1go2.
Paleontology. 12p. 2c. :
Brief outline of State Museum work in paleontology under heads: Definition; Relation to
biology; Relation to stratigraphy; History of paleontology in New Yor Sa
Guide to Excursions in the Fossiliferous Rocks of New York. I24p. Bc.
Itineraries of 32 trips covering nearly the entire series of Paleozoic rocks, prepared specially g
for the use of teachers and students desiring to acquaint themselves more intimately cig the ;
classic rocks of this State.
Entomology. 16p. 2c. : ke a
Economic Geology. 44p.. 4c. a
Insecticides and Fungicides. 20p. 3c.
Classification of New York Series of Geologic Formations. 32p. . 3c. = |
Geologic maps. Merrill, F. J. H. Economic and Geologic Map of. the ‘sida
of New York: issued as part of Museum bulletin 15 and 48th Museum — 4
Report, v. 1. 59x67 cm. 1894. Scale 14 miles to r-inch. 15¢. 4
Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of Quarries of z
Stone Used for Building and Road Metal. Mus. bul. 17. 1897. roc. . @
Map of the State of New York Showing the Distribution of the Rocks. ;
Most Useful for Road Metal. Mus. bul. 17. 1897. 5c. q
Geologic Map of New York. r1g901. Scale 5 miles to 1 inch. In atlas q
' form $3; mounted on rollers $5. Lower Hudson sheet 6oc. Sree a
The lower Hudson sheet, geologically colored, comprises Rockland, Orange, Dutchess, Pate 3
mam, Westchester, New York, Richmond, Kings, Queens and Nassau ¢ounties and parts of ©
Sullivan, Ulster and Suffolk counties; also northeastern New Jersey and part of western A
onnecticut.
Map of New York Showing the Surface Configuration and Water Sheds.
t901. Scale r2 miles to 1 inch. 15c. 4
Map of the State of New York Showing the Location of its Beonomiee ¥
Deposits. 31904. Scale 12 miles to r inch. 15¢. 7
Geologic maps on the United States Geological Survey topographic bases,
scale r in. = 1m. Those marked with an asterisk have alka been, pub-
lished separately. rh ae
*Albany county. Mus. rep’t 49, v. 2. 1898. 5oc.
. Area around Lake Placid. Mus. bul. 21. 1898. a
Vicinity of Frankfort Hill [parts of Herkimer and Oneida eddntiesys Mus.
rept 51, v. 1. 1899. ie
Rockland county. State geol..rep’t 18. 1890.
Amsterdam quadrangle. Mus. bul. 34. 1900.
*Parts of Albany and Rensselaer counties. Mus. bul. 42. TQOI. IOC.
*Niagara river. Mus. bul. 45. roor. 2 5.
Part of Clinton county. State geol. rep’t 19. rgor.
Oyster Bay and Hempstead quadrangles on Long ‘Island. Mus. bul. cadlie
od
Igot.
Portions of Clinton and Essex counties. Mus. bulk coe Tpaee as ; >
Part of town of Northumberland, Saratoga co. State geol. rep’t 21. 1903.
Union Springs, Cayuga county and vicinity. Mus. bul. 69. 1903. a
*Olean quadrangle. Mus. bul. 69. 1903. toc.
*Becraft Mt with 2 sheets of sections. (Scale 1 in. = ¥ m.) Mus. bul. 65.
1903. 206.
-*Canandaigua-Naples quadrangles. Mus. bul. 63. 1904. 206. ~
*Little Falls quadrangle. Mus.-bul. 77. roo5. 15¢. - ~ ©
*Watkins-Elmira quadrangles. Mus. bul. 81. 1905. 206.
*Tully quadrangle. Mus. bul. 82. 1905. toc. -
*Salamanca quadrangle. Mus. bul. 80. 1905. toe.
*Buffalo quadrangle. Mus. bul. 99. 1906. roc.
‘*Penn Yan-Hammondsport quadrangles. Mus. bul. ror. 1906. 200. ©
*Rochester and Ontario Beach Quadrangles. Mus. bul. 114. 5c.
+*Longe Lake Quadrangle. Mus. bul. tre. toc.
a?
BR ts
#h
me
hig
fe | nai aba had a 7) & EEO ren tan, | Ae Aa Rag
14
rest ee ida eae ll
r : ¥ ol fon
rf aa afi of eetere cpamets.4 eaaa, ¥
Ree an Nitti al Tt (2. AA aianaday Dal Aiki ~ mS .,
AAA : + : ;
Ss A a | Tole sap’
Hiddreate vaya {pABane doco May) ala) aula
a~ nna” antral peer ala, Riniedel |
| \eelelaie Aan 2 ee yal Laat An Vhs etm ale
LAT paar Ti | rmtar onlilal Wet Anna see
Riatele ae ge eA HTT HH are = 1484 7 a
bet Ae) An - Abe * & “eR
it ANH aA TLL LY | “ Aay tore : i
: 22 AAOrnn 0 / Ph) ban Aa lal a4 ® af
in HT Sahai. ~~ “aeaMAAnanin : : |
ae. ree Beaen AHA fe marae Nal | ;
ef a
co NAAR eS Pai anni
: cS > > yrs oy
pes SARS eleeleb a
sant. SC Warvaed is : La
a sees ARGS
Ra ee
© SS Sieskes eG hae es we
pete | q FE PH eet es Anil al a
A ahh MA | all clean ee R o Aenea RA Aaya AR + aoe: nny Eon paphal a AP ha 5 tin
A . pe | T1471 . ry “a nS a A. oT) ety F aan 2 eS ie. oa : aG <i AY aah Spe =~aae"™ aree a
‘ Areal af VIL mag IARI A) \ A : silty “Aaa a oahaa* Lirr ery
~ ALL aes im > 3 Arar oN ®, Ane, . aah
Paictetel | eee Talo iacame PTY SLE . AAA Aa ahs A | ie Saaae acarht renee i er = Awaba
A amp : P Pa .<Gil aaae ¥ as ve Slee Oe ae adel |
i - eo «® Pe al Phy 4 Beas! | vyPyeu Z ‘aan
— Fe pee na AIARARR ee tilane 2 :
Lreys age ‘rll | | me X
nace SARA pmnae 00 ba,“ aaah
aaa As sane, ie sWuskee® :
alt ae Uae an, main!
‘al we ie i sl eo : «oe + TA yey
mF yt . an y ' F )
a= Regene .* cannaan' an Rall; leis img iter At Aata gaa A®
Nee \ aw, sSAARSRALRA a a a8 bad a . + MraeteAA Banner rore. an MA _ tase
ts ; ay ie : A : a Git
SN abil . <a : “ae wh he =m, Se Baan * 85@ Ree z {
/ elie’ a usabaas cath sot
: hangs abot a oe anise Matti dy
TT
3 9088 01300 7620